This is a modern-English version of The Voyages of Doctor Dolittle, originally written by Lofting, Hugh.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
THE VOYAGES OF DOCTOR DOLITTLE


I HIS LANDING ON THE ISLAND |
II HIS MEETING WITH THE BEETLE |
III HE LIBERATES THE LOST FAMILIES |
IV HE MAKES FIRE |
V HE LEADS THE PEOPLE TO VICTORY IN WAR |
VI HE IS CROWNED KING |
THE
POPSIPETEL
PICTURE HISTORY OF
KING JONG THINKALOT

DOCTOR DOLITTLE
ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR
BY HUGH LOFTING
Published by
FREDK. A. STOKES Co.
at 443 Fourth Avenue New York A.D. 1922
Frederick A. Stokes Co.
All rights reserved, including that of translation
into foreign languages
First Printing, | August 18, 1922 |
Second Printing, | November 10, 1922 |
Third Printing, | February 28, 1923 |
Fourth Printing, | June 20, 1923 |
Fifth Printing, | August 16, 1923 |
Sixth Printing, | November 30, 1923 |
Seventh Printing, | April 18, 1925 |
Eighth Printing, | March 19, 1926 |
Ninth Printing, | July 30, 1927 |
Tenth Printing, | April 11, 1928 |
Eleventh Printing, | June 19, 1929 |
Twelfth Printing, | September 12, 1930 |
Thirteenth Printing, | August 10, 1931 |
Fourteenth Printing, | September 1, 1933 |
Printed in the United States of America
Colin
and
Elizabeth
CONTENTS
PART ONE | ||
CHAPTER | PAGE | |
Prologue | 1 | |
I | The Shoemaker's Son | 3 |
II | I Hear About the Great Naturalist | 8 |
III | The Doctor's House | 15 |
IV | Table Tennis | 24 |
V | Polynesia | 32 |
VI | The Injured Squirrel | 41 |
VII | Shellfish Chat | 45 |
VIII | Are You a Good Observer? | 50 |
IX | The Dream Garden | 55 |
X | The Private Zoo | 60 |
XI | My Teacher, Polynesia | 65 |
XII | My Awesome Idea | 70 |
XIII | A Traveler Has Arrived | 75 |
XIV | Chee-Chee's Journey | 80 |
XV | I Become a Doctor's Aid | 84 |
PART TWO | ||
I | The Crew of "The Curlew" | 88 |
II | Luke the Hermit | 91 |
III | Jip and the Secret | 95 |
IV | Bob | 99 |
V | Mendoza | 105 |
VI | The Judge's Dog | 111 |
VII | The Mystery Solved | 116 |
VIII | Three Cheers! | 121 |
IX | The Purple Bird of Paradise | 126 |
X | Long Arrow, the Son of Golden Arrow | 129 |
XI | Blind Travel | 135[viii] |
XII | Destiny and Destination | 140 |
PART THREE | ||
I | The Third Man | 144 |
II | Goodbye! | 151 |
III | Our Problems Start | 155 |
IV | Our Struggles Continue | 160 |
V | Polynesia has a strategy | 167 |
VI | The Monteverde Bed-Maker | 172 |
VII | The Doctor's Bet | 177 |
VIII | The Great Bullfight | 184 |
IX | We're Leaving in a Hurry | 193 |
PART FOUR | ||
I | Shellfish Languages Again | 198 |
II | The Fidgit's Story | 205 |
III | Severe Weather | 221 |
IV | Destroyed! | 225 |
V | Land! | 233 |
VI | The Jabizri | 239 |
VII | Hawk's Head Mountain | 245 |
PART FIVE | ||
I | A Great Moment | 253 |
II | “The Men of the Moving Land” | 262 |
III | Fire | 266 |
IV | What Makes an Island Float? | 271 |
V | Conflict! | 275 |
VI | Polynesia General | 282 |
VII | The Parrots' Peace | 287 |
VIII | The Hanging Stone | 291 |
IX | The Election | 300 |
X | The Coronation of King Jong | 308[ix] |
PART SIX | ||
I | New Popsipetel | 314 |
II | Home Thoughts | 322 |
III | The Science of the Red Man | 328 |
IV | The Sea Serpent | 332 |
V | The Shellfish Riddle Finally Solved | 340 |
VI | The Final Cabinet Meeting | 346 |
VII | The Doctor's Choice | 350 |
ILLUSTRATIONS
The Popsipetel Picture-History of King Jong Thinkalot (in colors) | Frontispiece |
PAGE | |
“I would sit on the river-wall with my feet dangling over the water” | 5 |
“And in her right foot she carried a lighted candle!” | 22 |
“‘Being a good noticer is terribly important’” | 53 |
A traveler arrives | 77 |
“On the bed sat the Hermit” | 101 |
“Sat scowling down upon the amazed and gaping jury” | 115 |
“‘What else can I think?’” | 133 |
“‘Boy, where’s the skipper?’” | 147 |
“In these lower levels we came upon the shadowy shapes of dead ships” (in colors) | 162 |
“The Doctor started chatting in Spanish to the bed-maker” | 175 |
“Did acrobatics on the beast’s horns” | 189 |
“‘He talks English!’” | 201 |
“I was alone in the ocean!” | 226 |
“It was a great moment” | 257 |
The Terrible Three | 279 |
[xii]“Working away with their noses against the end of the island” | 293 |
“The Whispering Rocks” | 295 |
“Had to chase his butterflies with a crown upon his head” | 317 |
“‘Tiptoe incognito,’ whispered Bumpo” | 353 |
THE VOYAGES OF DOCTOR DOLITTLE
DOCTOR DOLITTLE
PROLOGUE
ALL that I have written so far about Doctor Dolittle I heard long after it happened from those who had known him—indeed a great deal of it took place before I was born. But I now come to set down that part of the great man’s life which I myself saw and took part in.
ALL that I've written so far about Doctor Dolittle I learned long after it happened from those who knew him—much of it actually happened before I was born. But now I will write about the part of the great man's life that I witnessed and was involved in.
Many years ago the Doctor gave me permission to do this. But we were both of us so busy then voyaging around the world, having adventures and filling note-books full of natural history that I never seemed to get time to sit down and write of our doings.
Many years ago, the Doctor allowed me to do this. But we were both so busy at that time traveling the world, having adventures, and filling notebooks with notes on natural history that I never seemed to find the time to sit down and write about what we were up to.
Now of course, when I am quite an old man, my memory isn’t so good any more. But whenever I am in doubt and have to hesitate and think, I always ask Polynesia, the parrot.
Now, of course, when I'm an old man, my memory isn't great anymore. But whenever I'm uncertain and need to pause and think, I always ask Polynesia, the parrot.
That wonderful bird (she is now nearly two hundred and fifty years old) sits on the top of my desk, usually humming sailor songs to herself, while I write this book. And, as every one who ever met her knows, Polynesia’s memory is the most marvelous[2] memory in the world. If there is any happening I am not quite sure of, she is always able to put me right, to tell me exactly how it took place, who was there and everything about it. In fact sometimes I almost think I ought to say that this book was written by Polynesia instead of me.
That amazing bird (she's now almost two hundred and fifty years old) sits on top of my desk, usually humming sailor songs to herself while I write this book. And, as everyone who’s ever met her knows, Polynesia has the most incredible memory in the world. If there's anything I'm unsure about, she's always able to set me straight, telling me exactly what happened, who was there, and all the details. In fact, sometimes I almost feel like I should say that this book was written by Polynesia instead of me.[2]
Very well then, I will begin. And first of all I must tell you something about myself and how I came to meet the Doctor.
Very well then, I'll start. First, I should tell you a bit about myself and how I met the Doctor.
PART I
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE COBBLER’S SON
MY name was Tommy Stubbins, son of Jacob Stubbins, the cobbler of Puddleby-on-the-Marsh; and I was nine and a half years old. At that time Puddleby was only quite a small town. A river ran through the middle of it; and over this river there was a very old stone bridge, called Kingsbridge, which led you from the market-place on one side to the churchyard on the other.
My name is Tommy Stubbins, son of Jacob Stubbins, the cobbler from Puddleby-on-the-Marsh; and I’m nine and a half years old. Back then, Puddleby was just a small town. A river ran through the center of it, and there was a very old stone bridge called Kingsbridge that took you from the market square on one side to the churchyard on the other.
Sailing-ships came up this river from the sea and anchored near the bridge. I used to go down and watch the sailors unloading the ships upon the river-wall. The sailors sang strange songs as they pulled upon the ropes; and I learned these songs by heart. And I would sit on the river-wall with my feet dangling over the water and sing with the men, pretending to myself that I too was a sailor.
Sailing ships came up this river from the sea and anchored near the bridge. I would go down and watch the sailors unload the ships on the river wall. The sailors sang unusual songs as they pulled on the ropes, and I memorized these songs. I would sit on the river wall with my feet dangling over the water and sing along with the men, pretending that I was a sailor too.
For I longed always to sail away with those brave ships when they turned their backs on Puddleby Church and went creeping down the river again, across the wide lonely marshes to the sea. I longed to go with them out into the world to seek[4] my fortune in foreign lands—Africa, India, China and Peru! When they got round the bend in the river and the water was hidden from view, you could still see their huge brown sails towering over the roofs of the town, moving onward slowly—like some gentle giants that walked among the houses without noise. What strange things would they have seen, I wondered, when next they came back to anchor at Kingsbridge! And, dreaming of the lands I had never seen, I’d sit on there, watching till they were out of sight.
For I always dreamed of sailing away with those brave ships when they turned away from Puddleby Church and crept down the river again, across the wide, lonely marshes to the sea. I yearned to join them and seek my fortune in foreign lands—Africa, India, China, and Peru! When they rounded the bend in the river and the water was out of sight, you could still see their large brown sails towering over the town's rooftops, moving slowly onward—like gentle giants walking among the houses without making a sound. I wondered what strange things they would have seen when they returned to anchor at Kingsbridge! And, daydreaming about the places I had never visited, I would sit there, watching until they disappeared from view.
Three great friends I had in Puddleby in those days. One was Joe, the mussel-man, who lived in a tiny hut by the edge of the water under the bridge. This old man was simply marvelous at making things. I never saw a man so clever with his hands. He used to mend my toy ships for me which I sailed upon the river; he built windmills out of packing-cases and barrel-staves; and he could make the most wonderful kites from old umbrellas.
I had three great friends in Puddleby back then. One was Joe, the mussel man, who lived in a small hut by the water under the bridge. This old man was amazing at making things. I had never met anyone so skilled with their hands. He used to fix my toy ships that I sailed on the river; he built windmills out of packing crates and barrel staves; and he could create the most incredible kites from old umbrellas.
Joe would sometimes take me in his mussel-boat,
and when the tide was running out we would paddle
down the river as far as the edge of the sea to get
mussels and lobsters to sell. And out there on the
cold lonely marshes we would see wild geese flying,
and curlews and redshanks and many other kinds of
seabirds that live among the samfire and the long
grass of the great salt fen. And as we crept up the
river in the evening, when the tide had turned, we[5]
[6]
would see the lights on Kingsbridge twinkle in the
dusk, reminding us of tea-time and warm fires.
Joe would sometimes take me in his mussel boat, and when the tide was going out, we would paddle down the river as far as the edge of the sea to collect mussels and lobsters to sell. Out there on the cold, lonely marshes, we would see wild geese flying, along with curlews, redshanks, and many other types of seabirds that live among the samfire and the long grass of the great salt fen. As we drifted up the river in the evening, when the tide had turned, we[5]
[6] would see the lights on Kingsbridge twinkling in the dusk, reminding us of tea time and warm fires.

Another friend I had was Matthew Mugg, the cat’s-meat-man. He was a funny old person with a bad squint. He looked rather awful but he was really quite nice to talk to. He knew everybody in Puddleby; and he knew all the dogs and all the cats. In those times being a cat’s-meat-man was a regular business. And you could see one nearly any day going through the streets with a wooden tray full of pieces of meat stuck on skewers crying, “Meat! M-E-A-T!” People paid him to give this meat to their cats and dogs instead of feeding them on dog-biscuits or the scraps from the table.
Another friend I had was Matthew Mugg, the cat’s-meat-man. He was a funny old guy with a bad squint. He looked a bit rough, but he was actually really nice to chat with. He knew everyone in Puddleby; he was familiar with all the dogs and all the cats. Back then, being a cat’s-meat-man was a common job. You could see one almost every day walking through the streets with a wooden tray full of pieces of meat on skewers shouting, “Meat! M-E-A-T!” People hired him to give this meat to their cats and dogs instead of feeding them dog biscuits or table scraps.
I enjoyed going round with old Matthew and seeing the cats and dogs come running to the garden-gates whenever they heard his call. Sometimes he let me give the meat to the animals myself; and I thought this was great fun. He knew a lot about dogs and he would tell me the names of the different kinds as we went through the town. He had several dogs of his own; one, a whippet, was a very fast runner, and Matthew used to win prizes with her at the Saturday coursing races; another, a terrier, was a fine ratter. The cat’s-meat-man used to make a business of rat-catching for the millers and farmers as well as his other trade of selling cat’s-meat.
I loved going around with old Matthew and watching the cats and dogs rush to the garden gates whenever they heard him call. Sometimes he let me feed the animals myself, which I thought was a lot of fun. He knew a lot about dogs and would tell me the names of the different breeds as we walked through town. He had several dogs of his own; one, a whippet, was a really fast runner, and Matthew used to win prizes with her at the Saturday racing events; another, a terrier, was great at catching rats. The cat's-meat guy also ran a rat-catching business for the millers and farmers, in addition to selling cat's meat.
My third great friend was Luke the Hermit. But of him I will tell you more later on.
My third close friend was Luke the Hermit. But I'll tell you more about him later.
I did not go to school; because my father was not rich enough to send me. But I was extremely fond of animals. So I used to spend my time collecting birds’ eggs and butterflies, fishing in the river, rambling through the countryside after blackberries and mushrooms and helping the mussel-man mend his nets.
I didn’t go to school because my dad couldn’t afford to send me. But I really loved animals. So I spent my time collecting bird eggs and butterflies, fishing in the river, wandering through the countryside for blackberries and mushrooms, and helping the mussel guy fix his nets.
Yes, it was a very pleasant life I lived in those days long ago—though of course I did not think so then. I was nine and a half years old; and, like all boys, I wanted to grow up—not knowing how well off I was with no cares and nothing to worry me. Always I longed for the time when I should be allowed to leave my father’s house, to take passage in one of those brave ships, to sail down the river through the misty marshes to the sea—out into the world to seek my fortune.
Yes, I had a really great life back then—though I didn’t realize it at the time. I was nine and a half years old, and like all boys, I wanted to grow up—unaware of how lucky I was to have no worries or responsibilities. I always dreamed of the day when I could leave my father’s house, hop on one of those amazing ships, sail down the river through the foggy marshes to the sea—venturing out into the world to find my fortune.
THE SECOND CHAPTER
I HEAR OF THE GREAT NATURALIST
ONE early morning in the Springtime, when I was wandering among the hills at the back of the town, I happened to come upon a hawk with a squirrel in its claws. It was standing on a rock and the squirrel was fighting very hard for its life. The hawk was so frightened when I came upon it suddenly like this, that it dropped the poor creature and flew away. I picked the squirrel up and found that two of its legs were badly hurt. So I carried it in my arms back to the town.
ONE early morning in the spring, when I was walking among the hills behind the town, I stumbled upon a hawk with a squirrel in its claws. It was perched on a rock, and the squirrel was desperately trying to escape. The hawk became so startled when I suddenly appeared that it dropped the poor animal and flew off. I picked up the squirrel and saw that two of its legs were seriously injured. So I carried it in my arms back to town.
When I came to the bridge I went into the mussel-man’s hut and asked him if he could do anything for it. Joe put on his spectacles and examined it carefully. Then he shook his head.
When I got to the bridge, I went into the mussel-man’s hut and asked him if he could help with it. Joe put on his glasses and looked at it closely. Then he shook his head.
“Yon crittur’s got a broken leg,” he said—“and another badly cut an’ all. I can mend you your boats, Tom, but I haven’t the tools nor the learning to make a broken squirrel seaworthy. This is a job for a surgeon—and for a right smart one an’ all. There be only one man I know who could save yon crittur’s life. And that’s John Dolittle.”
“That animal’s got a broken leg,” he said, “and another one is cut up badly too. I can fix your boats, Tom, but I don’t have the tools or the skills to make a broken squirrel fit for the sea. This is a job for a surgeon—and a very good one at that. There’s only one person I know who could save that animal’s life. And that’s John Dolittle.”
“Who is John Dolittle?” I asked. “Is he a vet?”
“Who is John Dolittle?” I asked. “Is he a vet?”
“No,” said the mussel-man. “He’s no vet. Doctor Dolittle is a nacheralist.”
“No,” said the mussel-man. “He’s not a vet. Doctor Dolittle is a naturalist.”
“What’s a nacheralist?”
“What’s a naturalist?”
“A nacheralist,” said Joe, putting away his glasses and starting to fill his pipe, “is a man who knows all about animals and butterflies and plants and rocks an’ all. John Dolittle is a very great nacheralist. I’m surprised you never heard of him—and you daft over animals. He knows a whole lot about shellfish—that I know from my own knowledge. He’s a quiet man and don’t talk much; but there’s folks who do say he’s the greatest nacheralist in the world.”
“A naturalist,” Joe said, putting away his glasses and starting to fill his pipe, “is someone who knows everything about animals, butterflies, plants, rocks, and all that. John Dolittle is a really great naturalist. I'm surprised you've never heard of him—especially since you're crazy about animals. He knows a ton about shellfish—that I know from my own experience. He’s a quiet guy and doesn’t talk much; but there are people who say he’s the greatest naturalist in the world.”
“Where does he live?” I asked.
“Where does he live?” I asked.
“Over on the Oxenthorpe Road, t’other side the town. Don’t know just which house it is, but ’most anyone ’cross there could tell you, I reckon. Go and see him. He’s a great man.”
“On Oxenthorpe Road, on the other side of town. I’m not sure exactly which house it is, but pretty much anyone over there could tell you, I bet. Go see him. He’s a great man.”
So I thanked the mussel-man, took up my squirrel again and started off towards the Oxenthorpe Road.
So I thanked the mussel guy, picked up my squirrel again, and started heading toward Oxenthorpe Road.
The first thing I heard as I came into the market-place was some one calling “Meat! M-E-A-T!”
The first thing I heard when I entered the market was someone shouting, “Meat! M-E-A-T!”
“There’s Matthew Mugg,” I said to myself. “He’ll know where this Doctor lives. Matthew knows everyone.”
"There's Matthew Mugg," I thought to myself. "He'll know where this doctor lives. Matthew knows everyone."
So I hurried across the market-place and caught him up.
So I rushed across the market and caught up with him.
“Matthew,” I said, “do you know Doctor Dolittle?”
“Matthew,” I said, “do you know Doctor Dolittle?”
“Do I know John Dolittle!” said he. “Well, I should think I do! I know him as well as I know my own wife—better, I sometimes think. He’s a great man—a very great man.”
“Do I know John Dolittle!” he said. “Of course I do! I know him as well as I know my own wife—maybe even better, I sometimes think. He’s an amazing man—a truly amazing man.”
“Can you show me where he lives?” I asked. “I want to take this squirrel to him. It has a broken leg.”
“Can you show me where he lives?” I asked. “I want to take this squirrel to him. It has a broken leg.”
“Certainly,” said the cat’s-meat-man. “I’ll be going right by his house directly. Come along and I’ll show you.”
“Sure,” said the cat’s-meat-man. “I’ll be passing right by his house soon. Let’s go, and I’ll show you.”
So off we went together.
So we left together.
“Oh, I’ve known John Dolittle for years and years,” said Matthew as we made our way out of the market-place. “But I’m pretty sure he ain’t home just now. He’s away on a voyage. But he’s liable to be back any day. I’ll show you his house and then you’ll know where to find him.”
“Oh, I’ve known John Dolittle for a long time,” Matthew said as we left the market. “But I’m pretty sure he’s not home right now. He’s off on a trip. But he could be back any day now. I’ll show you his house so you’ll know where to find him.”
All the way down the Oxenthorpe Road Matthew hardly stopped talking about his great friend, Doctor John Dolittle—“M. D.” He talked so much that he forgot all about calling out “Meat!” until we both suddenly noticed that we had a whole procession of dogs following us patiently.
All the way down Oxenthorpe Road, Matthew barely stopped talking about his good friend, Doctor John Dolittle—“M. D.” He talked so much that he forgot to shout out “Meat!” until we both noticed suddenly that we had a whole line of dogs following us patiently.
“Where did the Doctor go to on this voyage?” I asked as Matthew handed round the meat to them.
“Where did the Doctor go on this trip?” I asked as Matthew passed the meat around to them.
“I couldn’t tell you,” he answered. “Nobody never knows where he goes, nor when he’s going,[11] nor when he’s coming back. He lives all alone except for his pets. He’s made some great voyages and some wonderful discoveries. Last time he came back he told me he’d found a tribe of Red Indians in the Pacific Ocean—lived on two islands, they did. The husbands lived on one island and the wives lived on the other. Sensible people, some of them savages. They only met once a year, when the husbands came over to visit the wives for a great feast—Christmas-time, most likely. Yes, he’s a wonderful man is the Doctor. And as for animals, well, there ain’t no one knows as much about ’em as what he does.”
“I couldn’t tell you,” he replied. “Nobody ever knows where he goes, or when he’s going,[11] or when he’s coming back. He lives all alone except for his pets. He’s made some amazing trips and some incredible discoveries. The last time he came back, he told me he’d found a tribe of Native Americans in the Pacific Ocean—they lived on two islands. The husbands stayed on one island and the wives on the other. Some of them were sensible people, despite being savages. They only met once a year when the husbands would come over to see the wives for a big feast—probably around Christmas. Yes, he’s a remarkable man, the Doctor. And when it comes to animals, well, no one knows as much about them as he does.”
“How did he get to know so much about animals?” I asked.
"How did he learn so much about animals?" I asked.
The cat’s-meat-man stopped and leant down to whisper in my ear.
The cat's-meat-man paused and leaned down to whisper in my ear.
“He talks their language,” he said in a hoarse, mysterious voice.
“He talks their language,” he said in a raspy, enigmatic voice.
“The animals’ language?” I cried.
“The animals’ language?” I exclaimed.
“Why certainly,” said Matthew. “All animals have some kind of a language. Some sorts talk more than others; some only speak in sign-language, like deaf-and-dumb. But the Doctor, he understands them all—birds as well as animals. We keep it a secret though, him and me, because folks only laugh at you when you speak of it. Why, he can even write animal-language. He reads aloud to his pets. He’s wrote history-books in monkey-talk,[12] poetry in canary language and comic songs for magpies to sing. It’s a fact. He’s now busy learning the language of the shellfish. But he says it’s hard work—and he has caught some terrible colds, holding his head under water so much. He’s a great man.”
“Of course,” said Matthew. “All animals have some kind of language. Some of them talk more than others; some only communicate in sign language, like people who are deaf and mute. But the Doctor, he understands them all—birds and animals alike. We keep it a secret, just him and me, because people laugh at you when you talk about it. He can even write in animal language. He reads aloud to his pets. He’s written history books in monkey talk,[12], poetry in canary language, and funny songs for magpies to sing. It's true. He's currently busy learning the language of shellfish. But he says it's tough work—and he’s caught some pretty bad colds from holding his head underwater so much. He’s a remarkable man.”
“He certainly must be,” I said. “I do wish he were home so I could meet him.”
“He definitely must be,” I said. “I really wish he were home so I could meet him.”
“Well, there’s his house, look,” said the cat’s-meat-man—“that little one at the bend in the road there—the one high up—like it was sitting on the wall above the street.”
“Well, there’s his house, look,” said the cat’s-meat-man—“that little one at the bend in the road there—the one high up—like it’s sitting on the wall above the street.”
We were now come beyond the edge of the town. And the house that Matthew pointed out was quite a small one standing by itself. There seemed to be a big garden around it; and this garden was much higher than the road, so you had to go up a flight of steps in the wall before you reached the front gate at the top. I could see that there were many fine fruit trees in the garden, for their branches hung down over the wall in places. But the wall was so high I could not see anything else.
We had now gone past the outskirts of the town. The house Matthew pointed out was pretty small and stood alone. It looked like there was a large garden surrounding it, and this garden was much higher than the road, so you had to climb a flight of steps in the wall to get to the front gate at the top. I could tell there were lots of nice fruit trees in the garden because their branches hung down over the wall in spots. But the wall was so tall I couldn't see anything else.
When we reached the house Matthew went up the steps to the front gate and I followed him. I thought he was going to go into the garden; but the gate was locked. A dog came running down from the house; and he took several pieces of meat which the cat’s-meat-man pushed through the bars of the gate, and some paper bags full of corn and bran.[13] I noticed that this dog did not stop to eat the meat, as any ordinary dog would have done, but he took all the things back to the house and disappeared. He had a curious wide collar round his neck which looked as though it were made of brass or something. Then we came away.
When we got to the house, Matthew walked up the steps to the front gate, and I followed him. I thought he was going to head into the garden, but the gate was locked. A dog came running down from the house, grabbing several pieces of meat that the cat food guy pushed through the bars of the gate, along with some paper bags filled with corn and bran.[13] I noticed that this dog didn’t stop to eat the meat like an average dog would; instead, he took everything back to the house and vanished. He had an odd wide collar around his neck that looked like it was made of brass or something similar. Then we left.
“The Doctor isn’t back yet,” said Matthew, “or the gate wouldn’t be locked.”
“The Doctor isn’t back yet,” Matthew said, “or the gate wouldn’t be locked.”
“What were all those things in paper-bags you gave the dog?” I asked.
“What were all those things in paper bags you gave the dog?” I asked.
“Oh, those were provisions,” said Matthew—“things for the animals to eat. The Doctor’s house is simply full of pets. I give the things to the dog, while the Doctor’s away, and the dog gives them to the other animals.”
“Oh, those were supplies,” said Matthew—“things for the animals to eat. The Doctor’s house is just full of pets. I give the stuff to the dog while the Doctor’s away, and the dog hands them out to the other animals.”
“And what was that curious collar he was wearing round his neck?”
“And what was that strange collar he had around his neck?”
“That’s a solid gold dog-collar,” said Matthew. “It was given to him when he was with the Doctor on one of his voyages long ago. He saved a man’s life.”
“That's a solid gold dog collar,” Matthew said. “He got it when he was with the Doctor on one of his journeys ages ago. He saved a man's life.”
“How long has the Doctor had him?” I asked.
“How long has the Doctor had him?” I asked.
“Oh, a long time. Jip’s getting pretty old now. That’s why the Doctor doesn’t take him on his voyages any more. He leaves him behind to take care of the house. Every Monday and Thursday I bring the food to the gate here and give it him through the bars. He never lets any one come inside the garden while the Doctor’s away—not even[14] me, though he knows me well. But you’ll always be able to tell if the Doctor’s back or not—because if he is, the gate will surely be open.”
“Oh, it's been a long time. Jip is getting pretty old now. That’s why the Doctor doesn’t take him on his trips anymore. He leaves him behind to look after the house. Every Monday and Thursday, I bring the food to the gate and give it to him through the bars. He never lets anyone come into the garden while the Doctor’s away—not even[14] me, even though he knows me well. But you’ll always know if the Doctor’s back or not—because if he is, the gate will definitely be open.”
So I went off home to my father’s house and put my squirrel to bed in an old wooden box full of straw. And there I nursed him myself and took care of him as best I could till the time should come when the Doctor would return. And every day I went to the little house with the big garden on the edge of the town and tried the gate to see if it were locked. Sometimes the dog, Jip, would come down to the gate to meet me. But though he always wagged his tail and seemed glad to see me, he never let me come inside the garden.
So I went home to my dad's house and put my squirrel to bed in an old wooden box filled with straw. I took care of him myself as best I could until the Doctor came back. Every day, I went to the little house with the big garden on the edge of town and checked the gate to see if it was locked. Sometimes, the dog, Jip, would come down to the gate to greet me. Even though he always wagged his tail and seemed happy to see me, he never let me into the garden.
THE THIRD CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR’S HOME
ONE Monday afternoon towards the end of April my father asked me to take some shoes which he had mended to a house on the other side of the town. They were for a Colonel Bellowes who was very particular.
ONE Monday afternoon towards the end of April, my dad asked me to take some shoes he had repaired to a house on the other side of town. They were for Colonel Bellowes, who was very particular.
I found the house and rang the bell at the front door. The Colonel opened it, stuck out a very red face and said, “Go round to the tradesmen’s entrance—go to the back door.” Then he slammed the door shut.
I found the house and rang the bell at the front door. The Colonel opened it, stuck his very red face out, and said, “Go around to the tradesmen’s entrance—go to the back door.” Then he slammed the door shut.
I felt inclined to throw the shoes into the middle of his flower-bed. But I thought my father might be angry, so I didn’t. I went round to the back door, and there the Colonel’s wife met me and took the shoes from me. She looked a timid little woman and had her hands all over flour as though she were making bread. She seemed to be terribly afraid of her husband whom I could still hear stumping round the house somewhere, grunting indignantly because I had come to the front door. Then she asked me in a whisper if I would have a[16] bun and a glass of milk. And I said, “Yes, please.”
I felt like throwing the shoes into the middle of his flower bed. But I figured my dad might get mad, so I didn’t. I went around to the back door, where the Colonel’s wife met me and took the shoes from me. She seemed like a timid little woman, her hands covered in flour as if she were baking bread. She looked incredibly scared of her husband, who I could still hear stomping around the house, grunting in annoyance because I had come to the front door. Then she asked me in a whisper if I wanted a[16] bun and a glass of milk. I replied, “Yes, please.”
After I had eaten the bun and milk, I thanked the Colonel’s wife and came away. Then I thought that before I went home I would go and see if the Doctor had come back yet. I had been to his house once already that morning. But I thought I’d just like to go and take another look. My squirrel wasn’t getting any better and I was beginning to be worried about him.
After I finished the bun and milk, I thanked the Colonel’s wife and left. Then I figured that before heading home, I’d check to see if the Doctor had returned yet. I had already been to his house once that morning, but I wanted to take another look. My squirrel wasn’t improving, and I was starting to get worried about him.
So I turned into the Oxenthorpe Road and started off towards the Doctor’s house. On the way I noticed that the sky was clouding over and that it looked as though it might rain.
So I turned onto Oxenthorpe Road and headed towards the Doctor’s house. Along the way, I noticed the sky was getting cloudy and it seemed like it might rain.
I reached the gate and found it still locked. I felt very discouraged. I had been coming here every day for a week now. The dog, Jip, came to the gate and wagged his tail as usual, and then sat down and watched me closely to see that I didn’t get in.
I got to the gate and saw it was still locked. I felt really discouraged. I had been coming here every day for a week now. The dog, Jip, came over to the gate and wagged his tail like usual, then sat down and watched me carefully to make sure I didn’t get in.
I began to fear that my squirrel would die before the Doctor came back. I turned away sadly, went down the steps on to the road and turned towards home again.
I started to worry that my squirrel would die before the Doctor returned. I turned away, feeling sad, went down the steps onto the road, and headed back home.
I wondered if it were supper-time yet. Of course I had no watch of my own, but I noticed a gentleman coming towards me down the road; and when he got nearer I saw it was the Colonel out for a walk. He was all wrapped up in smart overcoats and mufflers and bright-colored gloves. It was[17] not a very cold day but he had so many clothes on he looked like a pillow inside a roll of blankets. I asked him if he would please tell me the time.
I wondered if it was dinner time yet. Of course, I didn't have my own watch, but I saw a gentleman walking toward me down the road; as he got closer, I realized it was the Colonel out for a stroll. He was bundled up in stylish overcoats, scarves, and bright-colored gloves. It was[17] not a particularly cold day, but he had so many layers on that he looked like a pillow wrapped in a bunch of blankets. I asked him if he could please tell me the time.
He stopped, grunted and glared down at me—his red face growing redder still; and when he spoke it sounded like the cork coming out of a gingerbeer-bottle.
He stopped, grunted, and glared down at me—his red face getting even redder; and when he spoke, it sounded like the cork popping out of a ginger beer bottle.
“Do you imagine for one moment,” he spluttered, “that I am going to get myself all unbuttoned just to tell a little boy like you the time!” And he went stumping down the street, grunting harder than ever.
“Do you really think," he exclaimed, "that I’m going to unbutton myself just to tell a kid like you the time!” And he stomped down the street, grunting louder than ever.
I stood still a moment looking after him and wondering how old I would have to be, to have him go to the trouble of getting his watch out. And then, all of a sudden, the rain came down in torrents.
I stood there for a moment watching him and wondering how old I would need to be for him to bother taking out his watch. And then, all of a sudden, the rain started pouring down.
I have never seen it rain so hard. It got dark, almost like night. The wind began to blow; the thunder rolled; the lightning flashed, and in a moment the gutters of the road were flowing like a river. There was no place handy to take shelter, so I put my head down against the driving wind and started to run towards home.
I have never seen it rain so hard. It got dark, almost like night. The wind started to blow; the thunder rumbled; the lightning flashed, and in an instant, the gutters of the road were running like a river. There was no nearby place to take cover, so I lowered my head against the fierce wind and started to run toward home.
I hadn’t gone very far when my head bumped into something soft and I sat down suddenly on the pavement. I looked up to see whom I had run into. And there in front of me, sitting on the wet pavement like myself, was a little round man with a[18] very kind face. He wore a shabby high hat and in his hand he had a small black bag.
I hadn’t gone very far when my head hit something soft and I suddenly plopped down on the pavement. I looked up to see who I had bumped into. There in front of me, sitting on the wet pavement like I was, was a little round man with a[18] very kind face. He was wearing a worn-out top hat and had a small black bag in his hand.
“I’m very sorry,” I said. “I had my head down and I didn’t see you coming.”
“I’m really sorry,” I said. “I had my head down and didn’t see you approaching.”
To my great surprise, instead of getting angry at being knocked down, the little man began to laugh.
To my surprise, instead of getting mad about being knocked down, the little guy started laughing.
“You know this reminds me,” he said, “of a time once when I was in India. I ran full tilt into a woman in a thunderstorm. But she was carrying a pitcher of molasses on her head and I had treacle in my hair for weeks afterwards—the flies followed me everywhere. I didn’t hurt you, did I?”
“You know, this reminds me,” he said, “of a time when I was in India. I ran straight into a woman during a thunderstorm. She was carrying a pitcher of molasses on her head, and I ended up with treacle in my hair for weeks afterward—the flies followed me everywhere. I didn’t hurt you, did I?”
“No,” I said. “I’m all right.”
“No,” I said. “I’m good.”
“It was just as much my fault as it was yours, you know,” said the little man. “I had my head down too—but look here, we mustn’t sit talking like this. You must be soaked. I know I am. How far have you got to go?”
“It was just as much my fault as it was yours, you know,” said the little man. “I was looking down too—but listen, we shouldn’t keep chatting like this. You must be soaked. I know I am. How far do you have to go?”
“My home is on the other side of the town,” I said, as we picked ourselves up.
“My home is on the other side of town,” I said, as we got back on our feet.
“My Goodness, but that was a wet pavement!” said he. “And I declare it’s coming down worse than ever. Come along to my house and get dried. A storm like this can’t last.”
“My goodness, that was a wet sidewalk!” he said. “And I swear it’s pouring harder than ever. Come over to my place and get dried off. A storm like this can’t last.”
He took hold of my hand and we started running back down the road together. As we ran I began to wonder who this funny little man could be, and where he lived. I was a perfect stranger to him,[19] and yet he was taking me to his own home to get dried. Such a change, after the old red-faced Colonel who had refused even to tell me the time! Presently we stopped.
He grabbed my hand and we began running back down the road together. As we ran, I started to wonder who this quirky little man was and where he lived. I was a complete stranger to him,[19] yet he was taking me to his house to get dried off. It was such a contrast from the old red-faced Colonel who wouldn't even tell me the time! Soon, we stopped.
“Here we are,” he said.
“Here we are,” he said.
I looked up to see where we were and found myself back at the foot of the steps leading to the little house with the big garden! My new friend was already running up the steps and opening the gate with some keys he took from his pocket.
I looked up to see where we were and found myself back at the foot of the steps leading to the little house with the big garden! My new friend was already running up the steps and opening the gate with some keys he pulled from his pocket.
“Surely,” I thought, “this cannot be the great Doctor Dolittle himself!”
“Surely,” I thought, “this can’t be the great Doctor Dolittle himself!”
I suppose after hearing so much about him I had expected some one very tall and strong and marvelous. It was hard to believe that this funny little man with the kind smiling face could be really he. Yet here he was, sure enough, running up the steps and opening the very gate which I had been watching for so many days!
I guess after hearing so much about him, I expected someone really tall, strong, and amazing. It was hard to believe that this amusing little man with a kind, smiling face could actually be him. Yet here he was, sure enough, running up the steps and opening the exact gate I had been watching for so many days!
The dog, Jip, came rushing out and started jumping up on him and barking with happiness. The rain was splashing down heavier than ever.
The dog, Jip, ran out and started jumping on him, barking with excitement. The rain was coming down harder than ever.
“Are you Doctor Dolittle?” I shouted as we sped up the short garden-path to the house.
“Are you Doctor Dolittle?” I yelled as we hurried up the short garden path to the house.
“Yes, I’m Doctor Dolittle,” said he, opening the front door with the same bunch of keys. “Get in! Don’t bother about wiping your feet. Never mind the mud. Take it in with you. Get in out of the rain!”
“Yeah, I’m Doctor Dolittle,” he said, opening the front door with the same bunch of keys. “Come in! Don’t worry about wiping your feet. Forget the mud. Bring it inside with you. Get in out of the rain!”
I popped in, he and Jip following. Then he slammed the door to behind us.
I came in, and he and Jip followed. Then he slammed the door shut behind us.
The storm had made it dark enough outside; but inside the house, with the door closed, it was as black as night. Then began the most extraordinary noise that I have ever heard. It sounded like all sorts and kinds of animals and birds calling and squeaking and screeching at the same time. I could hear things trundling down the stairs and hurrying along passages. Somewhere in the dark a duck was quacking, a cock was crowing, a dove was cooing, an owl was hooting, a lamb was bleating and Jip was barking. I felt birds’ wings fluttering and fanning near my face. Things kept bumping into my legs and nearly upsetting me. The whole front hall seemed to be filling up with animals. The noise, together with the roaring of the rain, was tremendous; and I was beginning to grow a little bit scared when I felt the Doctor take hold of my arm and shout into my ear.
The storm had made it dark enough outside, but inside the house, with the door closed, it was as dark as night. Then the most incredible noise I’ve ever heard started. It sounded like all sorts of animals and birds calling, squeaking, and screeching at the same time. I could hear things rumbling down the stairs and rushing along the hallways. Somewhere in the dark, a duck was quacking, a rooster was crowing, a dove was cooing, an owl was hooting, a lamb was bleating, and Jip was barking. I felt birds' wings fluttering and brushing near my face. Things kept bumping into my legs and almost knocking me over. The whole front hall seemed to be filling up with animals. The noise, along with the pouring rain, was overwhelming, and I was starting to feel a little scared when I felt the Doctor grab my arm and shout into my ear.
“Don’t be alarmed. Don’t be frightened. These are just some of my pets. I’ve been away three months and they are glad to see me home again. Stand still where you are till I strike a light. My Gracious, what a storm!—Just listen to that thunder!”
“Don’t be alarmed. Don’t be scared. These are just some of my pets. I’ve been away for three months and they’re happy to see me back again. Stay right where you are until I get a light. My goodness, what a storm!—Just listen to that thunder!”
So there I stood in the pitch-black dark, while all kinds of animals which I couldn’t see chattered and jostled around me. It was a curious and a funny[21] feeling. I had often wondered, when I had looked in from the front gate, what Doctor Dolittle would be like and what the funny little house would have inside it. But I never imagined it would be anything like this. Yet somehow after I had felt the Doctor’s hand upon my arm I was not frightened, only confused. It all seemed like some queer dream; and I was beginning to wonder if I was really awake, when I heard the Doctor speaking again:
So there I was, standing in complete darkness, while all sorts of animals I couldn’t see were chattering and bumping around me. It was a strange and amusing feeling. I had often wondered what Doctor Dolittle would be like and what interesting things his quirky little house would contain when I looked in from the front gate. But I never expected anything like this. Yet, somehow, after I felt the Doctor’s hand on my arm, I wasn’t scared, just confused. It all felt like a weird dream; I was starting to question whether I was really awake when I heard the Doctor speak again:
“My blessed matches are all wet. They won’t strike. Have you got any?”
“My blessed matches are all soaked. They won’t light. Do you have any?”
“No, I’m afraid I haven’t,” I called back.
“No, I’m afraid I haven’t,” I replied.
“Never mind,” said he. “Perhaps Dab-Dab can raise us a light somewhere.”
“It's okay,” he said. “Maybe Dab-Dab can get us some light somewhere.”
Then the Doctor made some funny clicking noises with his tongue and I heard some one trundle up the stairs again and start moving about in the rooms above.
Then the Doctor made some strange clicking noises with his tongue, and I heard someone come up the stairs again and start moving around in the rooms above.
Then we waited quite a while without anything happening.
Then we waited for quite some time without anything happening.
“Will the light be long in coming?” I asked. “Some animal is sitting on my foot and my toes are going to sleep.”
“Will the light take a while to arrive?” I asked. “Some animal is sitting on my foot and my toes are going numb.”
“No, only a minute,” said the Doctor. “She’ll be back in a minute.”
“No, just a minute,” said the Doctor. “She’ll be back in a minute.”
And just then I saw the first glimmerings of a light around the landing above. At once all the animals kept quiet.
And just then I saw the first hints of light around the landing above. Instantly, all the animals fell silent.

“I thought you lived alone,” I said to the Doctor.
“I thought you lived by yourself,” I said to the Doctor.
“So I do,” said he. “It is Dab-Dab who is bringing the light.”
“So I do,” he replied. “It’s Dab-Dab who is bringing the light.”
I looked up the stairs trying to make out who was coming. I could not see around the landing but I heard the most curious footstep on the upper flight. It sounded like some one hopping down from one step to the other, as though he were using only one leg.
I looked up the stairs, trying to see who was coming. I couldn't see around the landing, but I heard the strangest footsteps on the upper flight. It sounded like someone was hopping down from one step to another, as if they were using just one leg.
As the light came lower, it grew brighter and began to throw strange jumping shadows on the walls.
As the light got lower, it became brighter and started to cast strange, flickering shadows on the walls.
“Ah—at last!” said the Doctor. “Good old Dab-Dab!”
“Ah—finally!” said the Doctor. “Good old Dab-Dab!”
And then I thought I really must be dreaming. For there, craning her neck round the bend of the landing, hopping down the stairs on one leg, came a spotless white duck. And in her right foot she carried a lighted candle!
And then I really thought I must be dreaming. Because there, peeking around the corner of the landing, hopping down the stairs on one leg, was a perfectly white duck. And in her right foot, she was carrying a lit candle!
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
THE WIFF-WAFF
WHEN at last I could look around me I found that the hall was indeed simply full of animals. It seemed to me that almost every kind of creature from the countryside must be there: a pigeon, a white rat, an owl, a badger, a jackdaw—there was even a small pig, just in from the rainy garden, carefully wiping his feet on the mat while the light from the candle glistened on his wet pink back.
WHEN I finally looked around me, I saw that the hall was packed with animals. It seemed like almost every type of creature from the countryside was there: a pigeon, a white rat, an owl, a badger, a jackdaw—there was even a small pig that had just come in from the rainy garden, carefully wiping his feet on the mat while the candlelight glistened on his wet pink back.
The Doctor took the candlestick from the duck and turned to me.
The doctor grabbed the candlestick from the duck and faced me.
“Look here,” he said: “you must get those wet clothes off—by the way, what is your name?”
"Look," he said, "you need to take off those wet clothes—by the way, what's your name?"
“Tommy Stubbins,” I said.
"Tommy Stubbins," I said.
“Oh, are you the son of Jacob Stubbins, the shoemaker?”
“Oh, are you Jacob Stubbins’ son, the shoemaker?”
“Yes,” I said.
"Yes," I said.
“Excellent bootmaker, your father,” said the Doctor. “You see these?” and he held up his right foot to show me the enormous boots he was wearing. “Your father made me those boots four years ago, and I’ve been wearing them ever since—perfectly wonderful boots—Well now, look here,[25] Stubbins. You’ve got to change those wet things—and quick. Wait a moment till I get some more candles lit, and then we’ll go upstairs and find some dry clothes. You’ll have to wear an old suit of mine till we can get yours dry again by the kitchen-fire.”
“Your dad is an excellent bootmaker,” the Doctor said. “Do you see these?” He lifted his right foot to show me the huge boots he was wearing. “Your dad made me these boots four years ago, and I’ve been wearing them ever since—absolutely amazing boots. Now, look here,[25] Stubbins. You need to change out of those wet clothes—and fast. Just wait a moment while I get some more candles lit, and then we’ll head upstairs to find you some dry clothes. You’ll have to wear an old suit of mine until we can get yours dry by the kitchen fire.”
So presently when more candles had been lighted round different parts of the house, we went upstairs; and when we had come into a bedroom the Doctor opened a big wardrobe and took out two suits of old clothes. These we put on. Then we carried our wet ones down to the kitchen and started a fire in the big chimney. The coat of the Doctor’s which I was wearing was so large for me that I kept treading on my own coat-tails while I was helping to fetch the wood up from the cellar. But very soon we had a huge big fire blazing up the chimney and we hung our wet clothes around on chairs.
So now that more candles had been lit around different parts of the house, we went upstairs. When we got to a bedroom, the Doctor opened a big wardrobe and took out two suits of old clothes. We put those on. Then we took our wet clothes down to the kitchen and started a fire in the big fireplace. The Doctor’s coat I was wearing was so big that I kept stepping on my own coat-tails while I helped fetch wood from the cellar. But soon we had a huge fire blazing in the fireplace, and we draped our wet clothes over chairs.
“Now let’s cook some supper,” said the Doctor.—“You’ll stay and have supper with me, Stubbins, of course?”
“Now let’s make some dinner,” said the Doctor. “You’re staying to have dinner with me, Stubbins, right?”
Already I was beginning to be very fond of this funny little man who called me “Stubbins,” instead of “Tommy” or “little lad” (I did so hate to be called “little lad”!) This man seemed to begin right away treating me as though I were a grown-up friend of his. And when he asked me to stop and have supper with him I felt terribly proud and happy. But I suddenly remembered that I had[26] not told my mother that I would be out late. So very sadly I answered,
Already, I was starting to really like this funny little man who called me “Stubbins” instead of “Tommy” or “little lad” (I really hated being called “little lad”!). This man immediately treated me like I was one of his grown-up friends. And when he invited me to stop and have supper with him, I felt so proud and happy. But then I suddenly remembered that I hadn’t told my mother I would be out late. So, feeling really sad, I replied,
“Thank you very much. I would like to stay, but I am afraid that my mother will begin to worry and wonder where I am if I don’t get back.”
“Thank you so much. I'd love to stay, but I’m worried my mom will start to get anxious and wonder where I am if I don’t head back.”
“Oh, but my dear Stubbins,” said the Doctor, throwing another log of wood on the fire, “your clothes aren’t dry yet. You’ll have to wait for them, won’t you? By the time they are ready to put on we will have supper cooked and eaten—Did you see where I put my bag?”
“Oh, but my dear Stubbins,” said the Doctor, throwing another log on the fire, “your clothes aren’t dry yet. You’ll have to wait for them, right? By the time they’re ready to wear, we’ll have cooked and eaten supper—Did you see where I put my bag?”
“I think it is still in the hall,” I said. “I’ll go and see.”
“I think it’s still in the hallway,” I said. “I’ll go check.”
I found the bag near the front door. It was made of black leather and looked very, very old. One of its latches was broken and it was tied up round the middle with a piece of string.
I found the bag by the front door. It was made of black leather and looked really old. One of its latches was broken, and it was tied around the middle with a piece of string.
“Thank you,” said the Doctor when I brought it to him.
“Thanks,” said the Doctor when I handed it to him.
“Was that bag all the luggage you had for your voyage?” I asked.
“Is that bag all the luggage you have for your trip?” I asked.
“Yes,” said the Doctor, as he undid the piece of string. “I don’t believe in a lot of baggage. It’s such a nuisance. Life’s too short to fuss with it. And it isn’t really necessary, you know—Where did I put those sausages?”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, as he untied the piece of string. “I don’t believe in carrying too much stuff. It’s such a hassle. Life’s too short to stress about it. And it’s not really needed, you know—Where did I put those sausages?”
The Doctor was feeling about inside the bag. First he brought out a loaf of new bread. Next came a glass jar with a curious metal top to it. He[27] held this up to the light very carefully before he set it down upon the table; and I could see that there was some strange little water-creature swimming about inside. At last the Doctor brought out a pound of sausages.
The Doctor was rummaging through the bag. First, he pulled out a loaf of fresh bread. Next, he took out a glass jar with an unusual metal lid. He[27] held it up to the light carefully before placing it on the table; I could see that there was a strange little water creature swimming around inside. Finally, the Doctor took out a pound of sausages.
“Now,” he said, “all we want is a frying-pan.”
“Now,” he said, “all we need is a frying pan.”
We went into the scullery and there we found some pots and pans hanging against the wall. The Doctor took down the frying-pan. It was quite rusty on the inside.
We went into the kitchen and found some pots and pans hanging on the wall. The Doctor took down the frying pan. It was pretty rusty on the inside.
“Dear me, just look at that!” said he. “That’s the worst of being away so long. The animals are very good and keep the house wonderfully clean as far as they can. Dab-Dab is a perfect marvel as a housekeeper. But some things of course they can’t manage. Never mind, we’ll soon clean it up. You’ll find some silver-sand down there, under the sink, Stubbins. Just hand it up to me, will you?”
“Wow, just look at that!” he said. “That’s the downside of being away for so long. The animals are really good and keep the house as clean as they can. Dab-Dab is an amazing housekeeper. But there are some things they can't handle. No worries, we’ll take care of it soon. You’ll find some silver sand down there, under the sink, Stubbins. Can you just hand it up to me?”
In a few moments we had the pan all shiny and bright and the sausages were put over the kitchen-fire and a beautiful frying smell went all through the house.
In a few moments, we had the pan all shiny and bright, and the sausages were placed over the stove, filling the house with a delicious frying smell.
While the Doctor was busy at the cooking I went and took another look at the funny little creature swimming about in the glass jar.
While the Doctor was busy cooking, I went and took another look at the funny little creature swimming around in the glass jar.
“What is this animal?” I asked.
“What is this animal?” I asked.
“Oh that,” said the Doctor, turning round—“that’s a Wiff-Waff. Its full name is hippocampus pippitopitus. But the natives just call it a Wiff-Waff—on[28] account of the way it waves its tail, swimming, I imagine. That’s what I went on this last voyage for, to get that. You see I’m very busy just now trying to learn the language of the shellfish. They have languages, of that I feel sure. I can talk a little shark language and porpoise dialect myself. But what I particularly want to learn now is shellfish.”
“Oh that,” said the Doctor, turning around—“that’s a Wiff-Waff. Its full name is hippocampus pippitopitus. But the locals just call it a Wiff-Waff—on[28] account of how it waves its tail while swimming, I guess. That’s why I went on this last trip, to get that. You see, I’m really busy right now trying to learn the language of shellfish. They definitely have languages, I'm sure of it. I can speak a bit of shark language and porpoise dialect myself. But what I really want to learn now is shellfish.”
“Why?” I asked.
"Why?" I asked.
“Well, you see, some of the shellfish are the oldest kind of animals in the world that we know of. We find their shells in the rocks—turned to stone—thousands of years old. So I feel quite sure that if I could only get to talk their language, I should be able to learn a whole lot about what the world was like ages and ages and ages ago. You see?”
“Well, you see, some of the shellfish are the oldest types of animals in the world that we know of. We find their shells in the rocks—turned to stone—thousands of years old. So I’m pretty sure that if I could just learn their language, I would be able to find out a lot about what the world was like many, many years ago. You see?”
“But couldn’t some of the other animals tell you as well?”
“But couldn’t some of the other animals tell you that too?”
“I don’t think so,” said the Doctor, prodding the sausages with a fork. “To be sure, the monkeys I knew in Africa some time ago were very helpful in telling me about bygone days; but they only went back a thousand years or so. No, I am certain that the oldest history in the world is to be had from the shellfish—and from them only. You see most of the other animals that were alive in those very ancient times have now become extinct.”
“I don’t think so,” said the Doctor, poking the sausages with a fork. “Sure, the monkeys I met in Africa a while back were really helpful in sharing stories about the past; but they only went back about a thousand years. No, I’m convinced that the oldest history in the world comes from the shellfish—and only from them. You see, most of the other animals that lived in those ancient times are now extinct.”
“Have you learned any shellfish language yet?” I asked.
“Have you learned any shellfish language yet?” I asked.
“No. I’ve only just begun. I wanted this particular kind of a pipe-fish because he is half a shellfish and half an ordinary fish. I went all the way to the Eastern Mediterranean after him. But I’m very much afraid he isn’t going to be a great deal of help to me. To tell you the truth, I’m rather disappointed in his appearance. He doesn’t look very intelligent, does he?”
“No. I’ve only just started. I wanted this specific kind of pipefish because it’s half shellfish and half regular fish. I traveled all the way to the Eastern Mediterranean to find it. But I’m really afraid it’s not going to be very helpful to me. Honestly, I’m a bit disappointed by how it looks. It doesn’t seem very intelligent, does it?”
“No, he doesn’t,” I agreed.
“No, he doesn't,” I agreed.
“Ah,” said the Doctor. “The sausages are done to a turn. Come along—hold your plate near and let me give you some.”
“Ah,” said the Doctor. “The sausages are perfectly cooked. Come on—hold your plate out and let me serve you some.”
Then we sat down at the kitchen-table and started a hearty meal.
Then we sat down at the kitchen table and started a hearty meal.
It was a wonderful kitchen, that. I had many meals there afterwards and I found it a better place to eat in than the grandest dining-room in the world. It was so cozy and home-like and warm. It was so handy for the food too. You took it right off the fire, hot, and put it on the table and ate it. And you could watch your toast toasting at the fender and see it didn’t burn while you drank your soup. And if you had forgotten to put the salt on the table, you didn’t have to get up and go into another room to fetch it; you just reached round and took the big wooden box off the dresser behind you. Then the fireplace—the biggest fireplace you ever saw—was like a room in itself. You could get right inside it even when the logs were burning and sit on the wide[30] seats either side and roast chestnuts after the meal was over—or listen to the kettle singing, or tell stories, or look at picture-books by the light of the fire. It was a marvelous kitchen. It was like the Doctor, comfortable, sensible, friendly and solid.
It was a fantastic kitchen. I had many meals there after and found it a better place to eat than the nicest dining room in the world. It was so cozy, homey, and warm. It was really convenient for food too. You took it right off the fire, hot, and put it on the table to eat. You could watch your toast toasting at the fender and make sure it didn’t burn while you enjoyed your soup. And if you forgot to put the salt on the table, you didn’t have to get up and go into another room to get it; you just reached around and grabbed the big wooden box off the dresser behind you. Then the fireplace—the biggest fireplace you’ve ever seen—was like a room in itself. You could step right inside it even when the logs were burning and sit on the wide seats on either side, roasting chestnuts after the meal was over—or listen to the kettle sing, tell stories, or look at picture books by the light of the fire. It was an amazing kitchen. It was like the Doctor, comfortable, sensible, friendly, and solid.
While we were gobbling away, the door suddenly opened and in marched the duck, Dab-Dab, and the dog, Jip, dragging sheets and pillow-cases behind them over the clean tiled floor. The Doctor, seeing how surprised I was, explained:
While we were munching away, the door suddenly swung open and in walked the duck, Dab-Dab, and the dog, Jip, pulling sheets and pillowcases behind them across the clean tiled floor. The Doctor, noticing how shocked I was, explained:
“They’re just going to air the bedding for me in front of the fire. Dab-Dab is a perfect treasure of a housekeeper; she never forgets anything. I had a sister once who used to keep house for me (poor, dear Sarah! I wonder how she’s getting on—I haven’t seen her in many years). But she wasn’t nearly as good as Dab-Dab. Have another sausage?”
“They’re just going to air out the bedding for me in front of the fire. Dab-Dab is an absolute gem of a housekeeper; she never forgets a thing. I once had a sister who used to take care of the house for me (poor, dear Sarah! I wonder how she’s doing—I haven’t seen her in so many years). But she wasn’t nearly as good as Dab-Dab. Would you like another sausage?”
The Doctor turned and said a few words to the dog and duck in some strange talk and signs. They seemed to understand him perfectly.
The Doctor turned and said a few words to the dog and duck in some strange language and gestures. They seemed to understand him perfectly.
“Can you talk in squirrel language?” I asked.
“Can you speak squirrel?” I asked.
“Oh yes. That’s quite an easy language,” said the Doctor. “You could learn that yourself without a great deal of trouble. But why do you ask?”
“Oh yeah. That’s a pretty easy language,” said the Doctor. “You could learn that on your own without too much hassle. But why do you want to know?”
“Because I have a sick squirrel at home,” I said. “I took it away from a hawk. But two of its legs are badly hurt and I wanted very much to have you see it, if you would. Shall I bring it to-morrow?”
“Because I have a sick squirrel at home,” I said. “I rescued it from a hawk. But two of its legs are seriously injured and I really wanted you to see it, if that's okay. Should I bring it tomorrow?”
“Well, if its leg is badly broken I think I had better see it to-night. It may be too late to do much; but I’ll come home with you and take a look at it.”
“Well, if its leg is seriously broken, I think I should check it out tonight. It might be too late to do much, but I’ll come home with you and take a look at it.”
So presently we felt the clothes by the fire and mine were found to be quite dry. I took them upstairs to the bedroom and changed, and when I came down the Doctor was all ready waiting for me with his little black bag full of medicines and bandages.
So right now, we felt the clothes by the fire, and mine were pretty dry. I took them upstairs to the bedroom and changed, and when I came down, the Doctor was all set, waiting for me with his small black bag full of medicines and bandages.
“Come along,” he said. “The rain has stopped now.”
“Come on,” he said. “The rain has stopped now.”
Outside it had grown bright again and the evening sky was all red with the setting sun; and thrushes were singing in the garden as we opened the gate to go down on to the road.
Outside, it was bright again, and the evening sky was all red from the setting sun; thrushes were singing in the garden as we opened the gate to head down to the road.
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
POLYNESIA
“I THINK your house is the most interesting house I was ever in,” I said as we set off in the direction of the town. “May I come and see you again to-morrow?”
“I think your house is the most interesting house I’ve ever been in,” I said as we headed toward the town. “Can I come and see you again tomorrow?”
“Certainly,” said the Doctor. “Come any day you like. To-morrow I’ll show you the garden and my private zoo.”
“Sure,” said the Doctor. “Come by any day you want. Tomorrow I’ll show you the garden and my personal zoo.”
“Oh, have you a zoo?” I asked.
“Oh, do you have a zoo?” I asked.
“Yes,” said he. “The larger animals are too big for the house, so I keep them in a zoo in the garden. It is not a very big collection but it is interesting in its way.”
“Yes,” he said. “The larger animals are too big for the house, so I keep them in a zoo in the garden. It’s not a huge collection, but it’s interesting in its own way.”
“It must be splendid,” I said, “to be able to talk all the languages of the different animals. Do you think I could ever learn to do it?”
“It must be amazing,” I said, “to be able to communicate in all the languages of the different animals. Do you think I could ever learn how to do it?”
“Oh surely,” said the Doctor—“with practise. You have to be very patient, you know. You really ought to have Polynesia to start you. It was she who gave me my first lessons.”
“Oh definitely,” said the Doctor, “with practice. You have to be very patient, you know. You really should have Polynesia to get started. She was the one who gave me my first lessons.”
“Who is Polynesia?” I asked.
“Who is Polynesia?” I inquired.
“Polynesia was a West African parrot I had. She isn’t with me any more now,” said the Doctor sadly.
“Polynesia was a West African parrot I had. She’s not with me anymore,” said the Doctor sadly.
“Why—is she dead?”
“Why—is she gone?”
“Oh no,” said the Doctor. “She is still living, I hope. But when we reached Africa she seemed so glad to get back to her own country. She wept for joy. And when the time came for me to come back here I had not the heart to take her away from that sunny land—although, it is true, she did offer to come. I left her in Africa—Ah well! I have missed her terribly. She wept again when we left. But I think I did the right thing. She was one of the best friends I ever had. It was she who first gave me the idea of learning the animal languages and becoming an animal doctor. I often wonder if she remained happy in Africa, and whether I shall ever see her funny, old, solemn face again—Good old Polynesia!—A most extraordinary bird—Well, well!”
“Oh no,” said the Doctor. “I hope she’s still alive. But when we got to Africa, she seemed so happy to be back in her own country. She cried tears of joy. And when it was time for me to come back here, I couldn’t bring myself to take her away from that sunny place—even though she did say she would come with me. I left her in Africa—Oh well! I’ve missed her so much. She cried again when we said goodbye. But I think I made the right choice. She was one of the best friends I ever had. She’s the one who first inspired me to learn animal languages and become a vet. I often wonder if she’s still happy in Africa, and if I’ll ever see her funny, old, serious face again—Good old Polynesia!—Such an extraordinary bird—Well, well!”
Just at that moment we heard the noise of some one running behind us; and turning round we saw Jip the dog rushing down the road after us, as fast as his legs could bring him. He seemed very excited about something, and as soon as he came up to us, he started barking and whining to the Doctor in a peculiar way. Then the Doctor too seemed to get all worked up and began talking and making queer signs to the dog. At length he turned to me, his face shining with happiness.
Just then, we heard someone running behind us; when we turned around, we saw Jip the dog sprinting down the road after us as fast as he could. He looked really excited about something, and as soon as he reached us, he started barking and whining at the Doctor in a strange way. Then the Doctor got all worked up too and began talking and making odd gestures to the dog. Finally, he turned to me, his face beaming with happiness.
“Polynesia has come back!” he cried. “Imagine it. Jip says she has just arrived at the house.[34] My! And it’s five years since I saw her—Excuse me a minute.”
“Polynesia is back!” he exclaimed. “Can you believe it? Jip says she just got to the house.[34] Wow! It’s been five years since I last saw her—Hold on a second.”
He turned as if to go back home. But the parrot, Polynesia, was already flying towards us. The Doctor clapped his hands like a child getting a new toy; while the swarm of sparrows in the roadway fluttered, gossiping, up on to the fences, highly scandalized to see a gray and scarlet parrot skimming down an English lane.
He turned as if he was about to head home. But the parrot, Polynesia, was already flying toward us. The Doctor clapped his hands like a kid getting a new toy, while the group of sparrows on the road fluttered up onto the fences, very shocked to see a gray and scarlet parrot gliding down an English lane.
On she came, straight on to the Doctor’s shoulder, where she immediately began talking a steady stream in a language I could not understand. She seemed to have a terrible lot to say. And very soon the Doctor had forgotten all about me and my squirrel and Jip and everything else; till at length the bird clearly asked him something about me.
On she came, right up to the Doctor’s shoulder, where she immediately started chatting away in a language I couldn't understand. She seemed to have a lot to say. Before long, the Doctor had completely forgotten about me, my squirrel, Jip, and everything else; until finally, the bird clearly asked him something about me.
“Oh excuse me, Stubbins!” said the Doctor. “I was so interested listening to my old friend here. We must get on and see this squirrel of yours—Polynesia, this is Thomas Stubbins.”
“Oh, excuse me, Stubbins!” said the Doctor. “I was so interested in listening to my old friend here. We need to move on and check out your squirrel—Polynesia, this is Thomas Stubbins.”
The parrot, on the Doctor’s shoulder, nodded gravely towards me and then, to my great surprise, said quite plainly in English,
The parrot, perched on the Doctor's shoulder, nodded seriously at me and then, to my great surprise, spoke clearly in English,
“How do you do? I remember the night you were born. It was a terribly cold winter. You were a very ugly baby.”
“How’s it going? I remember the night you were born. It was an extremely cold winter. You were an really unattractive baby.”
“Stubbins is anxious to learn animal language,” said the Doctor. “I was just telling him about you[35] and the lessons you gave me when Jip ran up and told us you had arrived.”
“Stubbins is eager to learn animal language,” said the Doctor. “I was just telling him about you[35] and the lessons you taught me when Jip ran up and told us you’d arrived.”
“Well,” said the parrot, turning to me, “I may have started the Doctor learning but I never could have done even that, if he hadn’t first taught me to understand what I was saying when I spoke English. You see, many parrots can talk like a person, but very few of them understand what they are saying. They just say it because—well, because they fancy it is smart or, because they know they will get crackers given them.”
“Well,” said the parrot, turning to me, “I may have started the Doctor learning, but I could never have done even that if he hadn’t first taught me to understand what I was saying when I spoke English. You see, many parrots can talk like a person, but very few of them understand what they are saying. They just say it because—well, because they think it’s clever or because they know they’ll get crackers for it.”
By this time we had turned and were going towards my home with Jip running in front and Polynesia still perched on the Doctor’s shoulder. The bird chattered incessantly, mostly about Africa; but now she spoke in English, out of politeness to me.
By this point, we had turned and were heading towards my house with Jip running ahead and Polynesia still sitting on the Doctor’s shoulder. The bird talked nonstop, mostly about Africa; but now she was speaking in English, to be polite to me.
“How is Prince Bumpo getting on?” asked the Doctor.
“How is Prince Bumpo doing?” asked the Doctor.
“Oh, I’m glad you asked me,” said Polynesia. “I almost forgot to tell you. What do you think?—Bumpo is in England!”
“Oh, I’m glad you asked me,” said Polynesia. “I almost forgot to tell you. What do you think?—Bumpo is in England!”
“In England!—You don’t say!” cried the Doctor. “What on earth is he doing here?”
“In England!—No way!” exclaimed the Doctor. “What on earth is he doing here?”
“His father, the king, sent him here to a place called—er—Bullford, I think it was—to study lessons.”
“His dad, the king, sent him to a place called—um—Bullford, I think it was—for his studies.”
“Bullford!—Bullford!” muttered the Doctor. “I never heard of the place—Oh, you mean Oxford.”
“Bullford!—Bullford!” the Doctor muttered. “I’ve never heard of that place—Oh, you mean Oxford.”
“Yes, that’s the place—Oxford,” said Polynesia “I knew it had cattle in it somewhere. Oxford—that’s the place he’s gone to.”
“Yes, that’s the place—Oxford,” said Polynesia. “I knew it had cattle in it somewhere. Oxford—that's where he’s gone.”
“Well, well,” murmured the Doctor. “Fancy Bumpo studying at Oxford—Well, well!”
"Wow," the Doctor said softly. "Can you believe Bumpo is studying at Oxford—Wow!"
“There were great doings in Jolliginki when he left. He was scared to death to come. He was the first man from that country to go abroad. He thought he was going to be eaten by white cannibals or something. You know what those niggers are—that ignorant! Well!—But his father made him come. He said that all the black kings were sending their sons to Oxford now. It was the fashion, and he would have to go. Bumpo wanted to bring his six wives with him. But the king wouldn’t let him do that either. Poor Bumpo went off in tears—and everybody in the palace was crying too. You never heard such a hullabaloo.”
“There was a lot going on in Jolliginki when he left. He was terrified to come. He was the first man from that country to travel abroad. He thought he was going to be eaten by white cannibals or something. You know how ignorant those people can be! Well!—But his father made him come. He said all the black kings were sending their sons to Oxford now. It was the trend, and he would have to go. Bumpo wanted to bring his six wives with him. But the king wouldn’t allow that either. Poor Bumpo left in tears—and everyone in the palace was crying too. You’ve never heard such a commotion.”
“Do you know if he ever went back in search of The Sleeping Beauty?” asked the Doctor.
“Do you know if he ever went back to look for The Sleeping Beauty?” asked the Doctor.
“Oh yes,” said Polynesia—“the day after you left. And a good thing for him he did: the king got to know about his helping you to escape; and he was dreadfully wild about it.”
“Oh yes,” said Polynesia, “the day after you left. And it was a good thing for him that he did: the king found out about him helping you escape, and he was really furious about it.”
“And The Sleeping Beauty?—did he ever find her?”
“And The Sleeping Beauty? Did he ever find her?”
“Well, he brought back something which he said was The Sleeping Beauty. Myself, I think it was an albino niggeress. She had red hair and the[37] biggest feet you ever saw. But Bumpo was no end pleased with her and finally married her amid great rejoicings. The feastings lasted seven days. She became his chief wife and is now known out there as the Crown-Princess Bumpah—you accent the last syllable.”
“Well, he brought back something that he claimed was The Sleeping Beauty. Personally, I think it was just an albino woman. She had red hair and the[37] biggest feet you’ve ever seen. But Bumpo was really thrilled with her and eventually married her with a lot of celebration. The festivities lasted seven days. She became his main wife and is now known out there as the Crown-Princess Bumpah—you stress the last syllable.”
“And tell me, did he remain white?”
“And tell me, did he stay white?”
“Only for about three months,” said the parrot. “After that his face slowly returned to its natural color. It was just as well. He was so conspicuous in his bathing-suit the way he was, with his face white and the rest of him black.”
“Only for about three months,” said the parrot. “After that, his face gradually went back to its natural color. It was for the best. He stood out so much in his bathing suit the way he was, with his face white and the rest of him black.”
“And how is Chee-Chee getting on?—Chee-Chee,” added the Doctor in explanation to me, “was a pet monkey I had years ago. I left him too in Africa when I came away.”
“And how is Chee-Chee doing?—Chee-Chee,” added the Doctor to explain to me, “was a pet monkey I had years ago. I left him in Africa when I came away.”
“Well,” said Polynesia frowning,—“Chee-Chee is not entirely happy. I saw a good deal of him the last few years. He got dreadfully homesick for you and the house and the garden. It’s funny, but I was just the same way myself. You remember how crazy I was to get back to the dear old land? And Africa is a wonderful country—I don’t care what anybody says. Well, I thought I was going to have a perfectly grand time. But somehow—I don’t know—after a few weeks it seemed to get tiresome. I just couldn’t seem to settle down. Well, to make a long story short, one night I made up my mind that I’d come back here and find you.[38] So I hunted up old Chee-Chee and told him about it. He said he didn’t blame me a bit—felt exactly the same way himself. Africa was so deadly quiet after the life we had led with you. He missed the stories you used to tell us out of your animal books—and the chats we used to have sitting round the kitchen-fire on winter nights. The animals out there were very nice to us and all that. But somehow the dear kind creatures seemed a bit stupid. Chee-Chee said he had noticed it too. But I suppose it wasn’t they who had changed; it was we who were different. When I left, poor old Chee-Chee broke down and cried. He said he felt as though his only friend were leaving him—though, as you know, he has simply millions of relatives there. He said it didn’t seem fair that I should have wings to fly over here any time I liked, and him with no way to follow me. But mark my words, I wouldn’t be a bit surprised if he found a way to come—some day. He’s a smart lad, is Chee-Chee.”
“Well,” Polynesia said, frowning, “Chee-Chee isn’t completely happy. I’ve spent a lot of time with him over the past few years. He got really homesick for you, the house, and the garden. It’s funny because I felt the same way. Remember how eager I was to get back to our beloved homeland? And Africa *is* an amazing place—I don’t care what anyone says. I thought I was going to have a fantastic time. But somehow—I don’t know—after a few weeks, it started to feel boring. I just couldn’t settle down. So, to cut a long story short, one night I decided I’d come back here and find you.[38] I tracked down old Chee-Chee and told him about it. He said he didn’t blame me at all—he felt exactly the same way. Africa was so incredibly quiet after the life we had with you. He missed the stories you used to share from your animal books and the chats we had around the kitchen fire on winter nights. The animals out there were nice to us and all that, but somehow the sweet creatures felt a bit dull. Chee-Chee said he noticed it too. But I guess it wasn’t them who changed; it was us who were different. When I left, poor old Chee-Chee broke down and cried. He said he felt like he was losing his only friend—despite having millions of relatives there. He thought it was unfair that I could fly over here whenever I wanted, while he had no way to follow me. But believe me, I wouldn’t be surprised if he found a way to come—someday. He’s a smart guy, Chee-Chee.”
At this point we arrived at my home. My father’s shop was closed and the shutters were up; but my mother was standing at the door looking down the street.
At this point, we got to my house. My dad's shop was closed, and the shutters were down; but my mom was standing at the door, looking down the street.
“Good evening, Mrs. Stubbins,” said the Doctor. “It is my fault your son is so late. I made him stay to supper while his clothes were drying. He was soaked to the skin; and so was I. We ran into[39] one another in the storm and I insisted on his coming into my house for shelter.”
“Good evening, Mrs. Stubbins,” said the Doctor. “I’m sorry your son is so late. I had him stay for dinner while his clothes were drying. He was drenched to the bone, and so was I. We bumped into each other in the storm, and I insisted he come into my house to get out of the rain.”
“I was beginning to get worried about him,” said my mother. “I am thankful to you, Sir, for looking after him so well and bringing him home.”
“I was starting to get worried about him,” said my mother. “I really appreciate you, Sir, for taking such good care of him and bringing him back home.”
“Don’t mention it—don’t mention it,” said the Doctor. “We have had a very interesting chat.”
"Don't mention it—don't mention it," the Doctor said. "We had a really interesting conversation."
“Who might it be that I have the honor of addressing?” asked my mother staring at the gray parrot perched on the Doctor’s shoulder.
“Who could it be that I have the honor of addressing?” my mother asked, staring at the gray parrot sitting on the Doctor’s shoulder.
“Oh, I’m John Dolittle. I dare say your husband will remember me. He made me some very excellent boots about four years ago. They really are splendid,” added the Doctor, gazing down at his feet with great satisfaction.
“Oh, I’m John Dolittle. I’m pretty sure your husband will remember me. He made me some really excellent boots about four years ago. They are truly fantastic,” added the Doctor, looking down at his feet with great satisfaction.
“The Doctor has come to cure my squirrel, Mother,” said I. “He knows all about animals.”
“The doctor is here to help my squirrel, Mom,” I said. “He knows everything about animals.”
“Oh, no,” said the Doctor, “not all, Stubbins, not all about them by any means.”
“Oh, no,” said the Doctor, “not at all, Stubbins, not everything about them, not by a long shot.”
“It is very kind of you to come so far to look after his pet,” said my mother. “Tom is always bringing home strange creatures from the woods and the fields.”
“It’s really nice of you to come all this way to take care of his pet,” my mother said. “Tom always brings home weird animals from the woods and fields.”
“Is he?” said the Doctor. “Perhaps he will grow up to be a naturalist some day. Who knows?”
“Is he?” said the Doctor. “Maybe he’ll grow up to be a naturalist one day. Who knows?”
“Won’t you come in?” asked my mother. “The place is a little untidy because I haven’t finished[40] the spring cleaning yet. But there’s a nice fire burning in the parlor.”
“Won’t you come in?” asked my mother. “The place is a bit messy because I haven’t finished[40] the spring cleaning yet. But there’s a nice fire going in the living room.”
“Thank you!” said the Doctor. “What a charming home you have!”
“Thank you!” said the Doctor. “What a lovely home you have!”
And after wiping his enormous boots very, very carefully on the mat, the great man passed into the house.
And after carefully wiping his huge boots on the mat, the important man walked into the house.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE WOUNDED SQUIRREL
INSIDE we found my father busy practising on the flute beside the fire. This he always did, every evening, after his work was over.
INSIDE, we found my dad busy practicing on the flute next to the fire. He did this every evening after finishing work.
The Doctor immediately began talking to him about flutes and piccolos and bassoons; and presently my father said,
The Doctor quickly started chatting with him about flutes, piccolos, and bassoons; and soon my father said,
“Perhaps you perform upon the flute yourself, Sir. Won’t you play us a tune?”
“Maybe you play the flute yourself, Sir. Could you play us a song?”
“Well,” said the Doctor, “it is a long time since I touched the instrument. But I would like to try. May I?”
"Well," said the Doctor, "it's been a while since I last used the instrument. But I'd like to give it a try. Is that okay?"
Then the Doctor took the flute from my father and played and played and played. It was wonderful. My mother and father sat as still as statues, staring up at the ceiling as though they were in church; and even I, who didn’t bother much about music except on the mouth-organ—even I felt all sad and cold and creepy and wished I had been a better boy.
Then the Doctor took the flute from my dad and played and played and played. It was amazing. My mom and dad sat completely still, staring up at the ceiling like they were in church; and even I, who didn’t really care about music except on the harmonica—even I felt all sad and cold and creepy and wished I had been a better kid.
“Oh I think that was just beautiful!” sighed my mother when at length the Doctor stopped.
“Oh, I thought that was just beautiful!” sighed my mother when the Doctor finally finished.
“You are a great musician, Sir,” said my father,[42] “a very great musician. Won’t you please play us something else?”
“You're an amazing musician, Sir,” my father said,[42] “a truly great musician. Could you please play something else for us?”
“Why certainly,” said the Doctor—“Oh, but look here, I’ve forgotten all about the squirrel.”
“Of course,” said the Doctor, “Oh wait, I completely forgot about the squirrel.”
“I’ll show him to you,” I said. “He is upstairs in my room.”
"I'll bring him to you," I said. "He's upstairs in my room."
So I led the Doctor to my bedroom at the top of the house and showed him the squirrel in the packing-case filled with straw.
So I took the Doctor to my bedroom at the top of the house and showed him the squirrel in the packing case filled with straw.
The animal, who had always seemed very much afraid of me—though I had tried hard to make him feel at home, sat up at once when the Doctor came into the room and started to chatter. The Doctor chattered back in the same way and the squirrel when he was lifted up to have his leg examined, appeared to be rather pleased than frightened.
The animal, who had always seemed really scared of me—even though I had tried hard to make him feel comfortable—sat up immediately when the Doctor entered the room and started to chat. The Doctor responded in the same way, and when the squirrel was picked up to have his leg checked, he seemed more pleased than scared.
I held a candle while the Doctor tied the leg up in what he called “splints,” which he made out of match-sticks with his pen-knife.
I held a candle while the doctor wrapped the leg in what he called “splints,” which he made from matchsticks with his pocket knife.
“I think you will find that his leg will get better now in a very short time,” said the Doctor closing up his bag. “Don’t let him run about for at least two weeks yet, but keep him in the open air and cover him up with dry leaves if the nights get cool. He tells me he is rather lonely here, all by himself, and is wondering how his wife and children are getting on. I have assured him you are a man to be trusted; and I will send a squirrel who lives in my garden to find out how his family are and to[43] bring him news of them. He must be kept cheerful at all costs. Squirrels are naturally a very cheerful, active race. It is very hard for them to lie still doing nothing. But you needn’t worry about him. He will be all right.”
“I think you’ll find that his leg will get better very soon,” said the Doctor, packing up his bag. “Don’t let him run around for at least two weeks, but keep him outside and cover him with dry leaves if it gets cool at night. He told me he feels a bit lonely here by himself and is wondering how his wife and kids are doing. I’ve assured him that you’re a trustworthy person, and I’ll send a squirrel from my garden to check on his family and bring him news. We need to keep his spirits up. Squirrels are naturally very cheerful and active creatures; they find it hard to just lie around doing nothing. But you don’t need to worry about him. He’ll be fine.”
Then we went back again to the parlor and my mother and father kept him playing the flute till after ten o’clock.
Then we went back to the living room, and my mom and dad had him keep playing the flute until after 10 o'clock.
Although my parents both liked the Doctor tremendously from the first moment that they saw him, and were very proud to have him come and play to us (for we were really terribly poor) they did not realize then what a truly great man he was one day to become. Of course now, when almost everybody in the whole world has heard about Doctor Dolittle and his books, if you were to go to that little house in Puddleby where my father had his cobbler’s shop you would see, set in the wall over the old-fashioned door, a stone with writing on it which says: “JOHN DOLITTLE, THE FAMOUS NATURALIST, PLAYED THE FLUTE IN THIS HOUSE IN THE YEAR 1839.”
Although my parents really liked the Doctor from the first moment they saw him and were proud to have him come and play for us (since we were quite poor), they didn’t realize then what a truly great man he would one day become. Now, when almost everyone in the world has heard about Doctor Dolittle and his books, if you were to visit that little house in Puddleby where my father had his cobbler’s shop, you would see a stone set into the wall above the old-fashioned door, with the inscription: “John Dolittle, the famous naturalist, played the flute in this house in 1839..”
I often look back upon that night long, long ago. And if I close my eyes and think hard I can see that parlor just as it was then: a funny little man in coat-tails, with a round kind face, playing away on the flute in front of the fire; my mother on one side of him and my father on the other, holding their breath and listening with their eyes shut;[44] myself, with Jip, squatting on the carpet at his feet, staring into the coals; and Polynesia perched on the mantlepiece beside his shabby high hat, gravely swinging her head from side to side in time to the music. I see it all, just as though it were before me now.
I often think back to that night many years ago. If I close my eyes and concentrate, I can picture that parlor just as it was: a quirky little man in a tailcoat, with a round, friendly face, playing the flute in front of the fire; my mother on one side and my father on the other, holding their breath and listening with their eyes closed; and me, with Jip, sitting on the carpet at his feet, staring into the glowing coals; and Polynesia perched on the mantle next to his worn high hat, gravely swaying her head from side to side with the music. I see it all as if it were right in front of me now.[44]
And then I remember how, after we had seen the Doctor out at the front door, we all came back into the parlor and talked about him till it was still later; and even after I did go to bed (I had never stayed up so late in my life before) I dreamed about him and a band of strange clever animals that played flutes and fiddles and drums the whole night through.
And then I remember how, after we walked the Doctor to the front door, we all went back into the living room and talked about him until it was really late; and even after I went to bed (I had never stayed up this late before), I dreamed about him and a group of strange, talented animals that played flutes, fiddles, and drums all night long.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
SHELLFISH TALK
THE next morning, although I had gone to bed so late the night before, I was up frightfully early. The first sparrows were just beginning to chirp sleepily on the slates outside my attic window when I jumped out of bed and scrambled into my clothes.
THE next morning, even though I had gone to bed really late the night before, I was up way too early. The first sparrows were just starting to chirp lazily on the roof outside my attic window when I jumped out of bed and hurried into my clothes.
I could hardly wait to get back to the little house with the big garden—to see the Doctor and his private zoo. For the first time in my life I forgot all about breakfast; and creeping down the stairs on tip-toe, so as not to wake my mother and father, I opened the front door and popped out into the empty, silent street.
I could hardly wait to return to the little house with the big garden—to see the Doctor and his private zoo. For the first time in my life, I forgot all about breakfast; and tiptoeing down the stairs to avoid waking my mom and dad, I opened the front door and stepped out into the empty, quiet street.
When I got to the Doctor’s gate I suddenly thought that perhaps it was too early to call on any one: and I began to wonder if the Doctor would be up yet. I looked into the garden. No one seemed to be about. So I opened the gate quietly and went inside.
When I reached the Doctor’s gate, I suddenly thought it might be too early to visit anyone, and I started to wonder if the Doctor was awake yet. I looked into the garden. No one seemed to be around. So I quietly opened the gate and stepped inside.
As I turned to the left to go down a path between some hedges, I heard a voice quite close to me say,
As I turned left to head down a path between some hedges, I heard a voice very close to me say,
“Good morning. How early you are!”
“Good morning! You’re really early!”
I turned around, and there, sitting on the top of a privet hedge, was the gray parrot, Polynesia.
I turned around, and there, perched on top of a privet hedge, was the gray parrot, Polynesia.
“Good morning,” I said. “I suppose I am rather early. Is the Doctor still in bed?”
“Good morning,” I said. “I guess I’m up pretty early. Is the Doctor still sleeping?”
“Oh no,” said Polynesia. “He has been up an hour and a half. You’ll find him in the house somewhere. The front door is open. Just push it and go in. He is sure to be in the kitchen cooking breakfast—or working in his study. Walk right in. I am waiting to see the sun rise. But upon my word I believe it’s forgotten to rise. It is an awful climate, this. Now if we were in Africa the world would be blazing with sunlight at this hour of the morning. Just see that mist rolling over those cabbages. It is enough to give you rheumatism to look at it. Beastly climate—Beastly! Really I don’t know why anything but frogs ever stay in England—Well, don’t let me keep you. Run along and see the Doctor.”
“Oh no,” said Polynesia. “He’s been up for an hour and a half. You’ll find him in the house somewhere. The front door is open. Just push it and go in. He’s probably in the kitchen cooking breakfast—or in his study. Go right ahead. I'm waiting to see the sunrise. But honestly, I think it's forgotten to rise. This climate is terrible. If we were in Africa, the world would be blazing with sunlight at this hour. Just look at that mist rolling over those cabbages. It’s enough to give you rheumatism just to see it. Awful climate—Awful! I really don’t know why anything but frogs ever stays in England—Well, don’t let me keep you. Go on and see the Doctor.”
“Thank you,” I said. “I’ll go and look for him.”
“Thanks,” I said. “I’ll go find him.”
When I opened the front door I could smell bacon frying, so I made my way to the kitchen. There I discovered a large kettle boiling away over the fire and some bacon and eggs in a dish upon the hearth. It seemed to me that the bacon was getting all dried up with the heat. So I pulled the dish a little further away from the fire and went on through the house looking for the Doctor.
When I opened the front door, I could smell bacon frying, so I headed to the kitchen. There, I found a big pot boiling over the fire and some bacon and eggs in a dish on the hearth. It looked like the bacon was getting too dry from the heat. So, I moved the dish a little further from the fire and continued through the house looking for the Doctor.
I found him at last in the Study. I did not know then that it was called the Study. It was certainly a very interesting room, with telescopes and microscopes and all sorts of other strange things which I did not understand about but wished I did. Hanging on the walls were pictures of animals and fishes and strange plants and collections of birds’ eggs and sea-shells in glass cases.
I finally found him in the study. I didn’t know at the time that it was called the study. It was definitely an intriguing room, filled with telescopes, microscopes, and all sorts of other odd items that I didn’t understand but wanted to. The walls were lined with pictures of animals, fish, and bizarre plants, along with collections of bird eggs and seashells displayed in glass cases.
The Doctor was standing at the main table in his dressing-gown. At first I thought he was washing his face. He had a square glass box before him full of water. He was holding one ear under the water while he covered the other with his left hand. As I came in he stood up.
The Doctor was standing at the main table in his bathrobe. At first, I thought he was washing his face. He had a square glass container in front of him filled with water. He was holding one ear under the water while covering the other with his left hand. As I walked in, he stood up.
“Good morning, Stubbins,” said he. “Going to be a nice day, don’t you think? I’ve just been listening to the Wiff-Waff. But he is very disappointing—very.”
“Good morning, Stubbins,” he said. “It’s going to be a nice day, don’t you think? I’ve just been listening to the Wiff-Waff. But he’s really disappointing—very.”
“Why?” I said. “Didn’t you find that he has any language at all?”
“Why?” I asked. “Didn’t you notice that he has any language at all?”
“Oh yes,” said the Doctor, “he has a language. But it is such a poor language—only a few words, like ‘yes’ and ‘no’—‘hot’ and ‘cold.’ That’s all he can say. It’s very disappointing. You see he really belongs to two different families of fishes. I thought he was going to be tremendously helpful—Well, well!”
“Oh yes,” said the Doctor, “he has a language. But it's such a limited language—just a few words, like ‘yes’ and ‘no’—‘hot’ and ‘cold.’ That’s all he can say. It’s really disappointing. You see, he actually belongs to two different families of fish. I thought he was going to be incredibly helpful—Well, well!”
“I suppose,” said I, “that means he hasn’t very[48] much sense—if his language is only two or three words?”
“I guess,” I said, “that means he doesn’t have much sense—if he only uses two or three words?”
“Yes, I suppose it does. Possibly it is the kind of life he leads. You see, they are very rare now, these Wiff-Waffs—very rare and very solitary. They swim around in the deepest parts of the ocean entirely by themselves—always alone. So I presume they really don’t need to talk much.”
“Yes, I guess it does. Maybe it's the kind of life he lives. You see, these Wiff-Waffs are really rare now—very rare and very solitary. They swim around in the deepest parts of the ocean all by themselves—always alone. So I think they really don’t need to talk much.”
“Perhaps some kind of a bigger shellfish would talk more,” I said. “After all, he is very small, isn’t he?”
“Maybe a bigger shellfish would talk more,” I said. “After all, he’s really small, right?”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, “that’s true. Oh I have no doubt that there are shellfish who are good talkers—not the least doubt. But the big shellfish—the biggest of them, are so hard to catch. They are only to be found in the deep parts of the sea; and as they don’t swim very much, but just crawl along the floor of the ocean most of the time, they are very seldom taken in nets. I do wish I could find some way of going down to the bottom of the sea. I could learn a lot if I could only do that. But we are forgetting all about breakfast—Have you had breakfast yet, Stubbins?”
“Yeah,” the Doctor said, “that’s true. Oh, I’m sure there are shellfish that can talk—no doubt about it. But the big shellfish—the biggest ones—are really hard to catch. They’re only found in the deep parts of the ocean, and since they don’t swim much and mostly crawl along the ocean floor, they rarely get caught in nets. I really wish I could figure out how to go down to the bottom of the sea. I could learn so much if I could do that. But we’re forgetting all about breakfast—have you had breakfast yet, Stubbins?”
I told the Doctor that I had forgotten all about it and he at once led the way into the kitchen.
I told the doctor that I had completely forgotten about it, and he immediately showed me to the kitchen.
“Yes,” he said, as he poured the hot water from the kettle into the tea-pot, “if a man could only manage to get right down to the bottom of the[49] sea, and live there a while, he would discover some wonderful things—things that people have never dreamed of.”
“Yes,” he said, as he poured the hot water from the kettle into the teapot, “if a person could just manage to get all the way to the bottom of the[49] sea and spend some time there, they would find some amazing things—things that people have never even imagined.”
“But men do go down, don’t they?” I asked—“divers and people like that?”
“But guys do go down, right?” I asked—“divers and people like that?”
“Oh yes, to be sure,” said the Doctor. “Divers go down. I’ve been down myself in a diving-suit, for that matter. But my!—they only go where the sea is shallow. Divers can’t go down where it is really deep. What I would like to do is to go down to the great depths—where it is miles deep—Well, well, I dare say I shall manage it some day. Let me give you another cup of tea.”
“Oh yes, for sure,” said the Doctor. “Divers go down. I’ve been down myself in a diving suit, actually. But wow!—they only go where the water is shallow. Divers can’t go down where it’s really deep. What I’d love to do is explore the great depths—where it’s miles deep—Well, well, I’m sure I’ll manage it someday. Let me pour you another cup of tea.”
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
ARE YOU A GOOD NOTICER?
JUST at that moment Polynesia came into the room and said something to the Doctor in bird language. Of course I did not understand what it was. But the Doctor at once put down his knife and fork and left the room.
JUST at that moment, Polynesia walked into the room and said something to the Doctor in bird language. Of course, I didn’t understand what it was. But the Doctor immediately put down his knife and fork and left the room.
“You know it is an awful shame,” said the parrot as soon as the Doctor had closed the door. “Directly he comes back home, all the animals over the whole countryside get to hear of it and every sick cat and mangy rabbit for miles around comes to see him and ask his advice. Now there’s a big fat hare outside at the back door with a squawking baby. Can she see the Doctor, please!—Thinks it’s going to have convulsions. Stupid little thing’s been eating Deadly Nightshade again, I suppose. The animals are so inconsiderate at times—especially the mothers. They come round and call the Doctor away from his meals and wake him out of his bed at all hours of the night. I don’t know how he stands it—really I don’t. Why, the poor man never gets any peace at all! I’ve told him time and again to have special hours for the animals to come. But he is so frightfully kind and considerate.[51] He never refuses to see them if there is anything really wrong with them. He says the urgent cases must be seen at once.”
“You know it’s such a shame,” said the parrot as soon as the Doctor had closed the door. “As soon as he gets back home, all the animals in the whole area hear about it, and every sick cat and scruffy rabbit for miles comes to see him and ask for his advice. Right now, there’s a big fat hare outside at the back door with a squawking baby. Can she see the Doctor, please! She thinks it’s going to have convulsions. That silly little thing has probably been eating Deadly Nightshade again, I bet. The animals are so inconsiderate sometimes—especially the mothers. They come around and pull the Doctor away from his meals and wake him from his bed at all hours of the night. I don’t know how he puts up with it—really, I don’t. The poor man never gets any peace at all! I’ve told him time and again to set specific hours for the animals to come. But he is so incredibly kind and considerate.[51] He never says no to them if there’s anything really wrong. He insists the urgent cases must be seen right away.”
“Why don’t some of the animals go and see the other doctors?” I asked.
“Why don’t some of the animals go see the other doctors?” I asked.
“Oh Good Gracious!” exclaimed the parrot, tossing her head scornfully. “Why, there aren’t any other animal-doctors—not real doctors. Oh of course there are those vet persons, to be sure. But, bless you, they’re no good. You see, they can’t understand the animals’ language; so how can you expect them to be any use? Imagine yourself, or your father, going to see a doctor who could not understand a word you say—nor even tell you in your own language what you must do to get well! Poof!—those vets! They’re that stupid, you’ve no idea!—Put the Doctor’s bacon down by the fire, will you?—to keep hot till he comes back.”
“Oh my goodness!” exclaimed the parrot, tossing her head in disbelief. “There aren’t any other animal doctors—not real ones, anyway. Sure, there are those vet people, but honestly, they’re no good. You see, they can’t understand the animals’ language, so how can you expect them to be useful? Imagine yourself, or your dad, going to see a doctor who couldn’t understand a word you say—or even tell you in your own language what you need to do to get better! Ugh!—those vets! They’re that clueless, you have no idea!—Can you put the doctor’s bacon by the fire to keep it warm until he gets back?”
“Do you think I would ever be able to learn the language of the animals?” I asked, laying the plate upon the hearth.
“Do you think I could ever learn to speak the language of animals?” I asked, setting the plate down on the hearth.
“Well, it all depends,” said Polynesia. “Are you clever at lessons?”
“Well, it all depends,” said Polynesia. “Are you good at lessons?”
“I don’t know,” I answered, feeling rather ashamed. “You see, I’ve never been to school. My father is too poor to send me.”
“I don’t know,” I replied, feeling pretty embarrassed. “You see, I’ve never been to school. My dad doesn’t have enough money to send me.”
“Well,” said the parrot, “I don’t suppose you have really missed much—to judge from what I have seen of school-boys. But listen: are you a[52] good noticer?—Do you notice things well? I mean, for instance, supposing you saw two cock-starlings on an apple-tree, and you only took one good look at them—would you be able to tell one from the other if you saw them again the next day?”
“Well,” said the parrot, “I don’t think you’ve missed much—based on what I have seen of schoolboys. But listen: are you a[52] good observer?—Do you notice things well? I mean, for example, if you saw two male starlings on an apple tree and you just took one good look at them—would you be able to tell one from the other if you saw them again the next day?”
“I don’t know,” I said. “I’ve never tried.”
“I don’t know,” I said. “I’ve never tried.”
“Well that,” said Polynesia, brushing some crumbs off the corner of the table with her left foot—“that is what you call powers of observation—noticing the small things about birds and animals: the way they walk and move their heads and flip their wings; the way they sniff the air and twitch their whiskers and wiggle their tails. You have to notice all those little things if you want to learn animal language. For you see, lots of the animals hardly talk at all with their tongues; they use their breath or their tails or their feet instead. That is because many of them, in the olden days when lions and tigers were more plentiful, were afraid to make a noise for fear the savage creatures heard them. Birds, of course, didn’t care; for they always had wings to fly away with. But that is the first thing to remember: being a good noticer is terribly important in learning animal language.”
“Well, that,” said Polynesia, brushing some crumbs off the corner of the table with her left foot, “is what you call powers of observation—noticing the small details about birds and animals: the way they walk, move their heads, and flap their wings; the way they sniff the air, twitch their whiskers, and wag their tails. You have to pay attention to all those little things if you want to learn animal language. You see, many animals hardly talk at all with their mouths; they use their breath or their tails or their feet instead. That’s because a lot of them, back in the days when lions and tigers were more common, were scared to make noise in case the wild creatures heard them. Birds, of course, didn’t mind; they always had wings to fly away with. But that’s the first thing to remember: being a good observer is really important for learning animal language.”
“It sounds pretty hard,” I said.
“It sounds really tough,” I said.
“You’ll have to be very patient,” said Polynesia.
“It takes a long time to say even a few words
properly. But if you come here often I’ll give you[53]
[54]
a few lessons myself. And once you get started
you’ll be surprised how fast you get on. It would
indeed be a good thing if you could learn. Because
then you could do some of the work for the Doctor—I
mean the easier work, like bandaging and giving
pills. Yes, yes, that’s a good idea of mine.
’Twould be a great thing if the poor man could get
some help—and some rest. It is a scandal the way
he works. I see no reason why you shouldn’t be
able to help him a great deal—That is, if you
are really interested in animals.”
“You’ll need to be very patient,” said Polynesia. “It takes a long time to say even a few words correctly. But if you come here often, I’ll give you[53]
[54] a few lessons myself. And once you get started, you’ll be surprised at how quickly you improve. It would really be great if you could learn. Because then you could do some of the work for the Doctor—I mean the easier stuff, like bandaging and giving pills. Yes, yes, that’s a good idea of mine. It would be a huge help if the poor man could get some assistance—and some rest. It’s ridiculous how hard he works. I don’t see why you couldn’t help him a lot—That is, if you’re truly interested in animals.”

“Oh, I’d love that!” I cried. “Do you think the Doctor would let me?”
“Oh, I’d love that!” I exclaimed. “Do you think the Doctor would allow me?”
“Certainly,” said Polynesia—“as soon as you have learned something about doctoring. I’ll speak of it to him myself—Sh! I hear him coming. Quick—bring his bacon back on to the table.”
“Sure,” said Polynesia, “as soon as you know a bit about doctoring. I’ll talk to him myself—Sh! I hear him coming. Quick—put his bacon back on the table.”
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE GARDEN OF DREAMS
WHEN breakfast was over the Doctor took me out to show me the garden. Well, if the house had been interesting, the garden was a hundred times more so. Of all the gardens I have ever seen that was the most delightful, the most fascinating. At first you did not realize how big it was. You never seemed to come to the end of it. When at last you were quite sure that you had seen it all, you would peer over a hedge, or turn a corner, or look up some steps, and there was a whole new part you never expected to find.
WHEN breakfast was over, the Doctor took me outside to show me the garden. Well, if the house had been interesting, the garden was a hundred times more so. Of all the gardens I have ever seen, this one was the most delightful and fascinating. At first, you didn’t realize how big it was. It felt like you never reached the end of it. When you finally thought you had seen it all, you would peek over a hedge, turn a corner, or look up some steps, and there would be an entirely new section you never expected to discover.
It had everything—everything a garden can have, or ever has had. There were wide, wide lawns with carved stone seats, green with moss. Over the lawns hung weeping-willows, and their feathery bough-tips brushed the velvet grass when they swung with the wind. The old flagged paths had high, clipped, yew hedges either side of them, so that they looked like the narrow streets of some old town; and through the hedges, doorways had been made; and over the doorways were shapes like[56] vases and peacocks and half-moons all trimmed out of the living trees. There was a lovely marble fish-pond with golden carp and blue water-lilies in it and big green frogs. A high brick wall alongside the kitchen garden was all covered with pink and yellow peaches ripening in the sun. There was a wonderful great oak, hollow in the trunk, big enough for four men to hide inside. Many summer-houses there were, too—some of wood and some of stone; and one of them was full of books to read. In a corner, among some rocks and ferns, was an outdoor fire-place, where the Doctor used to fry liver and bacon when he had a notion to take his meals in the open air. There was a couch as well on which he used to sleep, it seems, on warm summer nights when the nightingales were singing at their best; it had wheels on it so it could be moved about under any tree they sang in. But the thing that fascinated me most of all was a tiny little tree-house, high up in the top branches of a great elm, with a long rope ladder leading to it. The Doctor told me he used it for looking at the moon and the stars through a telescope.
It had everything—a garden can have, or ever has had. There were wide lawns with carved stone seats, green with moss. Over the lawns hung weeping willows, and their feathery boughs brushed the soft grass when they swayed in the wind. The old stone paths had tall, neatly trimmed yew hedges on either side, making them look like the narrow streets of some ancient town; and through the hedges, doorways had been created; above the doorways were shapes like [56] vases, peacocks, and half-moons all shaped from living trees. There was a beautiful marble fish pond with golden carp and blue water lilies in it, along with big green frogs. A tall brick wall beside the kitchen garden was covered in pink and yellow peaches ripening in the sun. There was a magnificent large oak tree, hollow in the trunk, big enough for four men to hide inside. There were also many summer houses—some made of wood and some of stone; one of them was filled with books to read. In a corner, among some rocks and ferns, was an outdoor fireplace, where the Doctor used to fry liver and bacon when he felt like having his meals outside. There was a couch as well, which he apparently used to sleep on during warm summer nights when the nightingales were singing their best; it had wheels so it could be moved under any tree they sang in. But the thing that fascinated me the most was a tiny little tree house, high up in the top branches of a great elm, with a long rope ladder leading to it. The Doctor told me he used it to observe the moon and the stars through a telescope.
It was the kind of a garden where you could wander and explore for days and days—always coming upon something new, always glad to find the old spots over again. That first time that I saw the Doctor’s garden I was so charmed by it that I felt I would like to live in it—always and always—and[57] never go outside of it again. For it had everything within its walls to give happiness, to make living pleasant—to keep the heart at peace. It was the Garden of Dreams.
It was the kind of garden where you could roam and explore for days—constantly discovering something new and always happy to revisit the familiar spots. The first time I saw the Doctor’s garden, I was so enchanted by it that I wished I could live there forever—never wanting to leave. It had everything within its walls to bring joy, make life enjoyable, and keep the heart at peace. It was the Garden of Dreams.[57]
One peculiar thing I noticed immediately I came into it; and that was what a lot of birds there were about. Every tree seemed to have two or three nests in it. And heaps of other wild creatures appeared to be making themselves at home there, too. Stoats and tortoises and dormice seemed to be quite common, and not in the least shy. Toads of different colors and sizes hopped about the lawn as though it belonged to them. Green lizards (which were very rare in Puddleby) sat up on the stones in the sunlight and blinked at us. Even snakes were to be seen.
One unusual thing I noticed as soon as I got there was how many birds were around. Every tree seemed to have two or three nests in it. And a lot of other wild animals seemed to be making themselves at home there, too. Stoats, tortoises, and dormice appeared to be pretty common and not shy at all. Toads of different colors and sizes hopped around the lawn as if it belonged to them. Green lizards (which were very rare in Puddleby) sat on the stones in the sunlight and blinked at us. Even snakes could be spotted.
“You need not be afraid of them,” said the Doctor, noticing that I started somewhat when a large black snake wiggled across the path right in front of us. “These fellows are not poisonous. They do a great deal of good in keeping down many kinds of garden-pests. I play the flute to them sometimes in the evening. They love it. Stand right up on their tails and carry on no end. Funny thing, their taste for music.”
“You don't have to worry about them,” the Doctor said, noticing that I jumped a bit when a large black snake slithered across the path in front of us. “These guys aren't poisonous. They help a lot by keeping various garden pests in check. I sometimes play the flute for them in the evening. They absolutely love it. They stand up on their tails and go wild. It's funny how much they enjoy music.”
“Why do all these animals come and live here?” I asked. “I never saw a garden with so many creatures in it.”
“Why do all these animals come and live here?” I asked. “I’ve never seen a garden with so many creatures in it.”
“Well, I suppose it’s because they get the kind[58] of food they like; and nobody worries or disturbs them. And then, of course, they know me. And if they or their children get sick I presume they find it handy to be living in a doctor’s garden—Look! You see that sparrow on the sundial, swearing at the blackbird down below? Well, he has been coming here every summer for years. He comes from London. The country sparrows round about here are always laughing at him. They say he chirps with such a Cockney accent. He is a most amusing bird—very brave but very cheeky. He loves nothing better than an argument, but he always ends it by getting rude. He is a real city bird. In London he lives around St. Paul’s Cathedral. ‘Cheapside,’ we call him.”
"Well, I guess it’s because they get the kind of food they like, and nobody bothers or disturbs them. Plus, they know me. And if they or their kids get sick, I bet they find it convenient to be living in a doctor’s garden—Look! See that sparrow on the sundial, yelling at the blackbird down below? He’s been coming here every summer for years. He comes from London. The local sparrows around here always laugh at him. They say he chirps with a Cockney accent. He’s a really funny bird—very brave but also very cheeky. He loves nothing more than a good argument, but he always ends up being rude. He’s a true city bird. In London, he lives near St. Paul’s Cathedral. We call him ‘Cheapside.’"
“Are all these birds from the country round here?” I asked.
“Are all these birds from the area around here?” I asked.
“Most of them,” said the Doctor. “But a few rare ones visit me every year who ordinarily never come near England at all. For instance, that handsome little fellow hovering over the snapdragon there, he’s a Ruby-throated Humming-bird. Comes from America. Strictly speaking, he has no business in this climate at all. It is too cool. I make him sleep in the kitchen at night. Then every August, about the last week of the month, I have a Purple Bird-of-Paradise come all the way from Brazil to see me. She is a very great swell.[59] Hasn’t arrived yet of course. And there are a few others, foreign birds from the tropics mostly, who drop in on me in the course of the summer months. But come, I must show you the zoo.”
“Most of them,” said the Doctor. “But a few rare ones visit me every year who usually never come anywhere near England at all. For example, that handsome little guy hovering over the snapdragon there, he’s a Ruby-throated Hummingbird. He comes from America. Strictly speaking, he doesn’t belong in this climate at all. It’s too cool. I make him sleep in the kitchen at night. Then every August, about the last week of the month, I have a Purple Bird-of-Paradise come all the way from Brazil to see me. She’s quite the big deal. [59] She hasn’t arrived yet, of course. And there are a few others, foreign birds from the tropics mostly, who drop by to see me during the summer months. But come on, I need to show you the zoo.”
THE TENTH CHAPTER
THE PRIVATE ZOO
I DID not think there could be anything left in that garden which we had not seen. But the Doctor took me by the arm and started off down a little narrow path and after many windings and twistings and turnings we found ourselves before a small door in a high stone wall. The Doctor pushed it open.
I didn't think there was anything left in that garden that we hadn't seen. But the Doctor took my arm and led me down a narrow path, and after many twists and turns, we ended up in front of a small door in a tall stone wall. The Doctor pushed it open.
Inside was still another garden. I had expected to find cages with animals inside them. But there were none to be seen. Instead there were little stone houses here and there all over the garden; and each house had a window and a door. As we walked in, many of these doors opened and animals came running out to us evidently expecting food.
Inside was yet another garden. I had expected to find cages with animals in them. But there were none in sight. Instead, there were small stone houses scattered throughout the garden, each with a window and a door. As we entered, many of these doors opened, and animals came running out to us, clearly expecting food.
“Haven’t the doors any locks on them?” I asked the Doctor.
“Haven’t the doors got any locks on them?” I asked the Doctor.
“Oh yes,” he said, “every door has a lock. But in my zoo the doors open from the inside, not from the out. The locks are only there so the animals can go and shut themselves in any time they want to get away from the annoyance of other animals or from people who might come here. Every[61] animal in this zoo stays here because he likes it, not because he is made to.”
“Oh yes,” he said, “every door has a lock. But in my zoo, the doors open from the inside, not the outside. The locks are only there so the animals can shut themselves in whenever they want to escape the annoyance of other animals or people who might come here. Every[61] animal in this zoo stays because they want to, not because they have to.”
“They all look very happy and clean,” I said. “Would you mind telling me the names of some of them?”
“They all look really happy and clean,” I said. “Could you tell me the names of a few of them?”
“Certainly. Well now: that funny-looking thing with plates on his back, nosing under the brick over there, is a South American armadillo. The little chap talking to him is a Canadian woodchuck. They both live in those holes you see at the foot of the wall. The two little beasts doing antics in the pond are a pair of Russian minks—and that reminds me: I must go and get them some herrings from the town before noon—it is early-closing to-day. That animal just stepping out of his house is an antelope, one of the smaller South African kinds. Now let us move to the other side of those bushes there and I will show you some more.”
“Sure. So, that quirky-looking creature with plates on its back, sniffing around by the brick over there, is a South American armadillo. The little guy chatting with it is a Canadian woodchuck. They both live in those burrows at the base of the wall. The two little animals putting on a show in the pond are a pair of Russian minks—and that reminds me: I need to grab them some herring from town before noon—it’s early closing today. That animal just coming out of its den is an antelope, one of the smaller types from South Africa. Now let’s head over to the other side of those bushes, and I'll show you some more.”
“Are those deer over there?” I asked.
“Are those deer over there?” I asked.
“Deer!” said the Doctor. “Where do you mean?”
“Deer!” said the Doctor. “Where are you talking about?”
“Over there,” I said, pointing—“nibbling the grass border of the bed. There are two of them.”
“Over there,” I said, pointing—“nibbling the grass along the edge of the bed. There are two of them.”
“Oh, that,” said the Doctor with a smile. “That isn’t two animals: that’s one animal with two heads—the only two-headed animal in the world. It’s called the ‘pushmi-pullyu.’ I brought him from Africa. He’s very tame—acts as a kind of night-watchman for my zoo. He only sleeps with one[62] head at a time, you see—very handy—the other head stays awake all night.”
“Oh, that,” said the Doctor with a smile. “That isn’t two animals; it’s one animal with two heads—the only two-headed animal in the world. It’s called the ‘pushmi-pullyu.’ I brought him from Africa. He’s very tame—acts as a kind of night-watchman for my zoo. He only sleeps with one[62] head at a time, you see—very handy—the other head stays awake all night.”
“Have you any lions or tigers?” I asked as we moved on.
“Do you have any lions or tigers?” I asked as we continued onward.
“No,” said the Doctor. “It wouldn’t be possible to keep them here—and I wouldn’t keep them even if I could. If I had my way, Stubbins, there wouldn’t be a single lion or tiger in captivity anywhere in the world. They never take to it. They’re never happy. They never settle down. They are always thinking of the big countries they have left behind. You can see it in their eyes, dreaming—dreaming always of the great open spaces where they were born; dreaming of the deep, dark jungles where their mothers first taught them how to scent and track the deer. And what are they given in exchange for all this?” asked the Doctor, stopping in his walk and growing all red and angry—“What are they given in exchange for the glory of an African sunrise, for the twilight breeze whispering through the palms, for the green shade of the matted, tangled vines, for the cool, big-starred nights of the desert, for the patter of the waterfall after a hard day’s hunt? What, I ask you, are they given in exchange for these? Why, a bare cage with iron bars; an ugly piece of dead meat thrust in to them once a day; and a crowd of fools to come and stare at them with open mouths!—No, Stubbins. Lions and tigers,[63] the Big Hunters, should never, never be seen in zoos.”
“No,” the Doctor said. “It wouldn’t be possible to keep them here—and I wouldn’t keep them even if I could. If it were up to me, Stubbins, there wouldn’t be a single lion or tiger in captivity anywhere in the world. They never adjust to it. They’re never happy. They never settle down. They’re always thinking about the vast lands they’ve left behind. You can see it in their eyes, dreaming—always dreaming of the great open spaces where they were born; dreaming of the deep, dark jungles where their mothers first taught them to scent and track deer. And what do they get in return for all this?” the Doctor asked, stopping in his walk, getting all red and angry—“What do they get in exchange for the beauty of an African sunrise, for the evening breeze rustling through the palms, for the green shade of the tangled vines, for the cool, starry nights of the desert, for the sound of the waterfall after a long day’s hunt? What, I ask you, do they get in return for these? Why, a bare cage with iron bars; a nasty piece of dead meat thrown in to them once a day; and a crowd of idiots coming to stare at them with their mouths hanging open!—No, Stubbins. Lions and tigers, [63] the Big Hunters, should never, ever be seen in zoos.”
The Doctor seemed to have grown terribly serious—almost sad. But suddenly his manner changed again and he took me by the arm with his same old cheerful smile.
The Doctor looked really serious—almost sad. But then, without warning, his attitude shifted again and he grabbed my arm with that same cheerful smile he always had.
“But we haven’t seen the butterfly-houses yet—nor the aquariums. Come along. I am very proud of my butterfly-houses.”
“But we haven't seen the butterfly houses yet—or the aquariums. Come on. I'm really proud of my butterfly houses.”
Off we went again and came presently into a hedged enclosure. Here I saw several big huts made of fine wire netting, like cages. Inside the netting all sorts of beautiful flowers were growing in the sun, with butterflies skimming over them. The Doctor pointed to the end of one of the huts where little boxes with holes in them stood in a row.
Off we went again and soon arrived at a fenced area. Here I saw several large huts made of fine wire mesh, like cages. Inside the mesh, all kinds of beautiful flowers were blooming in the sunlight, with butterflies fluttering above them. The Doctor pointed to the end of one of the huts where little boxes with holes in them were lined up in a row.
“Those are the hatching-boxes,” said he. “There I put the different kinds of caterpillars. And as soon as they turn into butterflies and moths they come out into these flower-gardens to feed.”
“Those are the hatching boxes,” he said. “I put the different kinds of caterpillars there. And as soon as they turn into butterflies and moths, they come out into these flower gardens to feed.”
“Do butterflies have a language?” I asked.
“Do butterflies have a language?” I asked.
“Oh I fancy they have,” said the Doctor—“and the beetles too. But so far I haven’t succeeded in learning much about insect languages. I have been too busy lately trying to master the shellfish-talk. I mean to take it up though.”
“Oh, I think they have,” said the Doctor. “And the beetles too. But so far, I haven’t managed to learn much about insect languages. I’ve been too busy lately trying to figure out how to communicate with shellfish. However, I plan to work on it.”
At that moment Polynesia joined us and said, “Doctor, there are two guinea-pigs at the back[64] door. They say they have run away from the boy who kept them because they didn’t get the right stuff to eat. They want to know if you will take them in.”
At that moment, Polynesia came over and said, “Doctor, there are two guinea pigs at the back door. They say they escaped from the boy who was taking care of them because they weren’t getting the right food. They want to know if you’ll take them in.”
“All right,” said the Doctor. “Show them the way to the zoo. Give them the house on the left, near the gate—the one the black fox had. Tell them what the rules are and give them a square meal—Now, Stubbins, we will go on to the aquariums. And first of all I must show you my big, glass, sea-water tank where I keep the shellfish.”
“Okay,” said the Doctor. “Show them the way to the zoo. Give them the house on the left, near the gate—the one that had the black fox. Explain the rules to them and make sure they get a good meal—Now, Stubbins, we’ll move on to the aquariums. First, I need to show you my big, glass, seawater tank where I keep the shellfish.”
THE ELEVENTH CHAPTER
MY SCHOOLMASTER, POLYNESIA
WELL, there were not many days after that, you may be sure, when I did not come to see my new friend. Indeed I was at his house practically all day and every day. So that one evening my mother asked me jokingly why I did not take my bed over there and live at the Doctor’s house altogether.
WELL, there weren't many days after that when I didn't go to see my new friend. In fact, I was at his house almost all day, every day. So one evening, my mom jokingly asked me why I didn't just take my bed over there and live at the Doctor's place full-time.
After a while I think I got to be quite useful to the Doctor, feeding his pets for him; helping to make new houses and fences for the zoo; assisting with the sick animals that came; doing all manner of odd jobs about the place. So that although I enjoyed it all very much (it was indeed like living in a new world) I really think the Doctor would have missed me if I had not come so often.
After a while, I think I became pretty useful to the Doctor, feeding his pets, helping to build new houses and fences for the zoo, assisting with sick animals that came in, and doing all sorts of odd jobs around the place. So, even though I really enjoyed it (it felt like living in a whole new world), I believe the Doctor would have missed me if I hadn't come around so often.
And all this time Polynesia came with me wherever I went, teaching me bird language and showing me how to understand the talking signs of the animals. At first I thought I would never be able to learn at all—it seemed so difficult. But the old parrot was wonderfully patient with me—though I could see that occasionally she had hard work to keep her temper.
And all this time, Polynesia was with me wherever I went, teaching me the language of birds and showing me how to understand the signs animals make. At first, I thought I would never learn—it felt so hard. But the old parrot was incredibly patient with me, even though I could tell that sometimes she struggled to keep her cool.
Soon I began to pick up the strange chatter of the birds and to understand the funny talking antics of the dogs. I used to practise listening to the mice behind the wainscot after I went to bed, and watching the cats on the roofs and pigeons in the market-square of Puddleby.
Soon I started to catch the odd chatter of the birds and figured out the funny ways the dogs communicate. I would practice listening to the mice behind the wall after I went to bed, and I watched the cats on the rooftops and the pigeons in the market square of Puddleby.
And the days passed very quickly—as they always do when life is pleasant; and the days turned into weeks, and weeks into months; and soon the roses in the Doctor’s garden were losing their petals and yellow leaves lay upon the wide green lawn. For the summer was nearly gone.
And the days flew by—as they always do when life is good; and the days became weeks, and weeks turned into months; and soon the roses in the Doctor’s garden were shedding their petals and yellow leaves rested on the wide green lawn. For the summer was almost over.
One day Polynesia and I were talking in the library. This was a fine long room with a grand mantlepiece and the walls were covered from the ceiling to the floor with shelves full of books: books of stories, books on gardening, books about medicine, books of travel; these I loved—and especially the Doctor’s great atlas with all its maps of the different countries of the world.
One day, Polynesia and I were chatting in the library. It was a spacious room with a stunning mantelpiece, and the walls were lined from floor to ceiling with shelves filled with books: storybooks, gardening books, medical books, travel books; I loved them all—especially the Doctor’s big atlas with all its maps of the different countries around the world.
This afternoon Polynesia was showing me the books about animals which John Dolittle had written himself.
This afternoon, Polynesia was showing me the books about animals that John Dolittle had written himself.
“My!” I said, “what a lot of books the Doctor has—all the way around the room! Goodness! I wish I could read! It must be tremendously interesting. Can you read, Polynesia?”
“Wow!” I said, “look at all the books the Doctor has—spanning the entire room! Amazing! I wish I could read! It must be so interesting. Can you read, Polynesia?”
“Only a little,” said she. “Be careful how you turn those pages—don’t tear them. No, I really[67] don’t get time enough for reading—much. That letter there is a k and this is a b.”
“Just a bit,” she said. “Watch how you turn those pages—don’t rip them. No, I honestly[67] don’t have enough time for reading—much. That letter there is a k and this one is a b.”
“What does this word under the picture mean?” I asked.
“What does this word under the picture mean?” I asked.
“Let me see,” she said, and started spelling it out. “B-A-B-O-O-N—that’s Monkey. Reading isn’t nearly as hard as it looks, once you know the letters.”
“Let me see,” she said, and started spelling it out. “B-A-B-O-O-N—that’s Monkey. Reading isn’t as tough as it seems once you know the letters.”
“Polynesia,” I said, “I want to ask you something very important.”
“Polynesia,” I said, “I need to ask you something really important.”
“What is it, my boy?” said she, smoothing down the feathers of her right wing. Polynesia often spoke to me in a very patronizing way. But I did not mind it from her. After all, she was nearly two hundred years old; and I was only ten.
“What is it, my boy?” she said, smoothing down the feathers of her right wing. Polynesia often talked to me in a very condescending way. But I didn’t mind it from her. After all, she was almost two hundred years old, and I was only ten.
“Listen,” I said, “my mother doesn’t think it is right that I come here for so many meals. And I was going to ask you: supposing I did a whole lot more work for the Doctor—why couldn’t I come and live here altogether? You see, instead of being paid like a regular gardener or workman, I would get my bed and meals in exchange for the work I did. What do you think?”
“Listen,” I said, “my mom doesn’t think it’s right for me to come here for so many meals. I was going to ask you: if I did a lot more work for the Doctor—why couldn’t I come and live here full-time? Instead of being paid like a regular gardener or worker, I would get my bed and meals in exchange for the work I did. What do you think?”
“You mean you want to be a proper assistant to the Doctor, is that it?”
"You mean you want to be a real assistant to the Doctor, right?"
“Yes. I suppose that’s what you call it,” I answered. “You know you said yourself that you thought I could be very useful to him.”
“Yes. I guess that’s what you call it,” I replied. “You know you mentioned that you thought I could be really helpful to him.”
“Well”—she thought a moment—“I really[68] don’t see why not. But is this what you want to be when you grow up, a naturalist?”
“Well,” she thought for a moment, “I really[68] don’t see why not. But is this what you want to be when you grow up, a naturalist?”
“Yes,” I said, “I have made up my mind. I would sooner be a naturalist than anything else in the world.”
“Yes,” I said, “I’ve made up my mind. I’d rather be a naturalist than anything else in the world.”
“Humph!—Let’s go and speak to the Doctor about it,” said Polynesia. “He’s in the next room—in the study. Open the door very gently—he may be working and not want to be disturbed.”
“Humph!—Let’s go talk to the Doctor about it,” said Polynesia. “He’s in the next room—in the study. Open the door quietly—he might be working and not want to be disturbed.”
I opened the door quietly and peeped in. The first thing I saw was an enormous black retriever dog sitting in the middle of the hearth-rug with his ears cocked up, listening to the Doctor who was reading aloud to him from a letter.
I quietly opened the door and peeked inside. The first thing I noticed was a huge black retriever sitting right in the middle of the rug by the fireplace, his ears perked up as he listened to the Doctor reading a letter aloud to him.
“What is the Doctor doing?” I asked Polynesia in a whisper.
“What is the Doctor doing?” I whispered to Polynesia.
“Oh, the dog has had a letter from his mistress and he has brought it to the Doctor to read for him. That’s all. He belongs to a funny little girl called Minnie Dooley, who lives on the other side of the town. She has pigtails down her back. She and her brother have gone away to the seaside for the Summer; and the old retriever is heart-broken while the children are gone. So they write letters to him—in English of course. And as the old dog doesn’t understand them, he brings them here, and the Doctor turns them into dog language for him. I think Minnie must have written that she is coming[69] back—to judge from the dog’s excitement. Just look at him carrying on!”
“Oh, the dog got a letter from his owner, and he brought it to the Doctor to read for him. That’s it. He belongs to a funny little girl named Minnie Dooley, who lives on the other side of town. She has pigtails down her back. She and her brother have gone to the seaside for the summer, and the old retriever is heartbroken while the kids are away. So they write letters to him—in English, of course. And since the old dog doesn’t understand them, he brings them here, and the Doctor translates them into dog language for him. I think Minnie must have written that she’s coming back—to judge by the dog’s excitement. Just look at him going on!”
Indeed the retriever seemed to be suddenly overcome with joy. As the Doctor finished the letter the old dog started barking at the top of his voice, wagging his tail wildly and jumping about the study. He took the letter in his mouth and ran out of the room snorting hard and mumbling to himself.
Indeed, the retriever suddenly appeared to be filled with joy. As the Doctor finished the letter, the old dog started barking loudly, wagging his tail excitedly and jumping around the study. He grabbed the letter in his mouth and dashed out of the room, snorting and mumbling to himself.
“He’s going down to meet the coach,” whispered Polynesia. “That dog’s devotion to those children is more than I can understand. You should see Minnie! She’s the most conceited little minx that ever walked. She squints too.”
“He’s going down to meet the coach,” whispered Polynesia. “That dog’s loyalty to those kids is beyond me. You should see Minnie! She’s the most stuck-up little diva that ever existed. She squints too.”
THE TWELFTH CHAPTER
MY GREAT IDEA
PRESENTLY the Doctor looked up and saw us at the door.
PRESENTLY the Doctor looked up and saw us at the door.
“Oh—come in, Stubbins,” said he, “did you wish to speak to me? Come in and take a chair.”
“Oh—come in, Stubbins,” he said, “did you want to talk to me? Come in and have a seat.”
“Doctor,” I said, “I want to be a naturalist—like you—when I grow up.”
“Doctor,” I said, “I want to be a naturalist—just like you—when I grow up.”
“Oh you do, do you?” murmured the Doctor. “Humph!—Well!—Dear me!—You don’t say!—Well, well! Have you er—have you spoken to your mother and father about it?”
“Oh, you do, do you?” murmured the Doctor. “Hmm! Well! Wow! You don’t say! Well, well! Have you, um—have you talked to your mom and dad about it?”
“No, not yet,” I said. “I want you to speak to them for me. You would do it better. I want to be your helper—your assistant, if you’ll have me. Last night my mother was saying that she didn’t consider it right for me to come here so often for meals. And I’ve been thinking about it a good deal since. Couldn’t we make some arrangement—couldn’t I work for my meals and sleep here?”
“No, not yet,” I said. “I want you to talk to them for me. You'd do it better. I want to be your helper—your assistant, if you'll have me. Last night my mom was saying that she didn’t think it was right for me to come here so often for meals. And I’ve been thinking about it a lot since then. Can’t we come up with some kind of arrangement—couldn’t I work for my meals and sleep here?”
“But my dear Stubbins,” said the Doctor, laughing, “you are quite welcome to come here for three meals a day all the year round. I’m only too glad to have you. Besides, you do do a lot of[71] work, as it is. I’ve often felt that I ought to pay you for what you do—But what arrangement was it that you thought of?”
“But my dear Stubbins,” said the Doctor, laughing, “you're more than welcome to come here for three meals a day all year round. I’m really happy to have you. Plus, you actually do a lot of work already. I’ve often thought I should pay you for what you do—But what arrangement did you have in mind?”
“Well, I thought,” said I, “that perhaps you would come and see my mother and father and tell them that if they let me live here with you and work hard, that you will teach me to read and write. You see my mother is awfully anxious to have me learn reading and writing. And besides, I couldn’t be a proper naturalist without, could I?”
“Well, I thought,” I said, “that maybe you would come and talk to my mom and dad and tell them that if they let me stay here with you and work hard, you’ll teach me to read and write. You see, my mom really wants me to learn reading and writing. And besides, I couldn’t be a real naturalist without it, could I?”
“Oh, I don’t know so much about that,” said the Doctor. “It is nice, I admit, to be able to read and write. But naturalists are not all alike, you know. For example: this young fellow Charles Darwin that people are talking about so much now—he’s a Cambridge graduate—reads and writes very well. And then Cuvier—he used to be a tutor. But listen, the greatest naturalist of them all doesn’t even know how to write his own name nor to read the A B C.”
“Oh, I’m not sure about that,” said the Doctor. “It’s nice, I’ll admit, to be able to read and write. But not all naturalists are the same, you know. For example, this young guy Charles Darwin, who people are talking about a lot right now—he graduated from Cambridge—reads and writes really well. And then there's Cuvier—he used to be a tutor. But listen, the greatest naturalist of them all can’t even write his own name or read the A B C.”
“Who is he?” I asked.
“Who is he?” I asked.
“He is a mysterious person,” said the Doctor—“a very mysterious person. His name is Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow. He is a Red Indian.”
“He’s a mysterious guy,” said the Doctor—“a very mysterious guy. His name is Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow. He’s a Native American.”
“Have you ever seen him?” I asked.
“Have you ever seen him?” I asked.
“No,” said the Doctor, “I’ve never seen him. No white man has ever met him. I fancy Mr. Darwin doesn’t even know that he exists. He lives[72] almost entirely with the animals and with the different tribes of Indians—usually somewhere among the mountains of Peru. Never stays long in one place. Goes from tribe to tribe, like a sort of Indian tramp.”
“No,” said the Doctor, “I’ve never seen him. No white man has ever met him. I don’t think Mr. Darwin even knows he exists. He lives[72] almost entirely with animals and with different tribes of Indians—usually somewhere in the mountains of Peru. He never stays long in one place. He moves from tribe to tribe, like a kind of Indian drifter.”
“How do you know so much about him?” I asked—“if you’ve never even seen him?”
“How do you know so much about him?” I asked, “if you’ve never even met him?”
“The Purple Bird-of-Paradise,” said the Doctor—“she told me all about him. She says he is a perfectly marvelous naturalist. I got her to take a message to him for me last time she was here. I am expecting her back any day now. I can hardly wait to see what answer she has brought from him. It is already almost the last week of August. I do hope nothing has happened to her on the way.”
“The Purple Bird-of-Paradise,” said the Doctor, “she told me all about him. She says he’s a totally amazing naturalist. I had her take a message to him for me the last time she was here. I’m expecting her back any day now. I can hardly wait to see what answer she has brought from him. It’s already almost the last week of August. I really hope nothing has happened to her on the way.”
“But why do the animals and birds come to you when they are sick?” I said—“Why don’t they go to him, if he is so very wonderful?”
“But why do the animals and birds come to you when they’re sick?” I asked. “Why don’t they go to him if he’s so amazing?”
“It seems that my methods are more up to date,” said the Doctor. “But from what the Purple Bird-of-Paradise tells me, Long Arrow’s knowledge of natural history must be positively tremendous. His specialty is botany—plants and all that sort of thing. But he knows a lot about birds and animals too. He’s very good on bees and beetles—But now tell me, Stubbins, are you quite sure that you really want to be a naturalist?”
“It seems my methods are more current,” said the Doctor. “But according to the Purple Bird-of-Paradise, Long Arrow’s understanding of natural history must be absolutely amazing. His specialty is botany—plants and all that stuff. But he knows a lot about birds and animals too. He’s really knowledgeable about bees and beetles. But now tell me, Stubbins, are you absolutely sure you really want to be a naturalist?”
“Yes,” said I, “my mind is made up.”
“Yes,” I said, “I’ve made up my mind.”
“Well you know, it isn’t a very good profession[73] for making money. Not at all, it isn’t. Most of the good naturalists don’t make any money whatever. All they do is spend money, buying butterfly-nets and cases for birds’ eggs and things. It is only now, after I have been a naturalist for many years, that I am beginning to make a little money from the books I write.”
“Well, you know, it’s not a great profession for making money. Not at all. Most of the good naturalists don’t make any money at all. All they do is spend money on butterfly nets and cases for bird eggs and stuff. It’s only now, after being a naturalist for many years, that I’m starting to make a little money from the books I write.”
“I don’t care about money,” I said. “I want to be a naturalist. Won’t you please come and have dinner with my mother and father next Thursday—I told them I was going to ask you—and then you can talk to them about it. You see, there’s another thing: if I’m living with you, and sort of belong to your house and business, I shall be able to come with you next time you go on a voyage.”
“I don’t care about money,” I said. “I want to be a naturalist. Can you please come and have dinner with my mom and dad next Thursday? I told them I was going to ask you—and then you can talk to them about it. You see, there’s another thing: if I’m living with you and sort of part of your home and business, I’ll be able to go with you the next time you go on a trip.”
“Oh, I see,” said he, smiling. “So you want to come on a voyage with me, do you?—Ah hah!”
“Oh, I get it,” he said with a smile. “So you want to join me on a voyage, huh?—Ah ha!”
“I want to go on all your voyages with you. It would be much easier for you if you had someone to carry the butterfly-nets and note-books. Wouldn’t it now?”
“I want to join you on all your trips. It would be a lot easier for you if you had someone to carry the butterfly nets and notebooks. Wouldn’t it?”
For a long time the Doctor sat thinking, drumming on the desk with his fingers, while I waited, terribly impatiently, to see what he was going to say.
For a long time, the Doctor sat deep in thought, tapping his fingers on the desk while I waited, incredibly impatient, to find out what he was going to say.
At last he shrugged his shoulders and stood up.
At last, he shrugged his shoulders and got up.
“Well, Stubbins,” said he, “I’ll come and talk it over with you and your parents next Thursday. And—well, we’ll see. We’ll see. Give your[74] mother and father my compliments and thank them for their invitation, will you?”
“Well, Stubbins,” he said, “I’ll come and talk it over with you and your parents next Thursday. And—well, we’ll see. We’ll see. Please give your [74] mother and father my compliments and thank them for their invitation, okay?”
Then I tore home like the wind to tell my mother that the Doctor had promised to come.
Then I raced home like the wind to tell my mom that the doctor had promised to come.
THE THIRTEENTH CHAPTER
A TRAVELER ARRIVES
THE next day I was sitting on the wall of the Doctor’s garden after tea, talking to Dab-Dab. I had now learned so much from Polynesia that I could talk to most birds and some animals without a great deal of difficulty. I found Dab-Dab a very nice, old, motherly bird—though not nearly so clever and interesting as Polynesia. She had been housekeeper for the Doctor many years now.
THE next day I was sitting on the wall of the Doctor’s garden after tea, chatting with Dab-Dab. I had learned so much from Polynesia that I could talk to most birds and some animals without much trouble. I found Dab-Dab to be a very sweet, old, motherly bird—though not nearly as clever and interesting as Polynesia. She had been the Doctor’s housekeeper for many years now.
Well, as I was saying, the old duck and I were sitting on the flat top of the garden-wall that evening, looking down into the Oxenthorpe Road below. We were watching some sheep being driven to market in Puddleby; and Dab-Dab had just been telling me about the Doctor’s adventures in Africa. For she had gone on a voyage with him to that country long ago.
Well, as I was saying, the old duck and I were sitting on top of the garden wall that evening, looking down at the Oxenthorpe Road below. We were watching some sheep being taken to market in Puddleby, and Dab-Dab had just been telling me about the Doctor’s adventures in Africa. She had gone on a trip with him to that country a long time ago.
Suddenly I heard a curious distant noise down the road, towards the town. It sounded like a lot of people cheering. I stood up on the wall to see if I could make out what was coming. Presently there appeared round a bend a great crowd of[76] school-children following a very ragged, curious-looking woman.
Suddenly, I heard a strange noise in the distance down the road, toward the town. It sounded like a huge crowd cheering. I stood up on the wall to see if I could figure out what was coming. Soon, around a bend, I saw a large group of[76] school kids following a very tattered, odd-looking woman.
“What in the world can it be?” cried Dab-Dab.
“What could it possibly be?” cried Dab-Dab.
The children were all laughing and shouting. And certainly the woman they were following was most extraordinary. She had very long arms and the most stooping shoulders I have ever seen. She wore a straw hat on the side of her head with poppies on it; and her skirt was so long for her it dragged on the ground like a ball-gown’s train. I could not see anything of her face because of the wide hat pulled over her eyes. But as she got nearer to us and the laughing of the children grew louder, I noticed that her hands were very dark in color, and hairy, like a witch’s.
The kids were all laughing and shouting. And the woman they were following was definitely something else. She had really long arms and the most slumped shoulders I've ever seen. She wore a straw hat tilted to the side of her head with poppies on it, and her skirt was so long that it dragged on the ground like a ball gown's train. I couldn't see her face at all because of the wide hat pulled down over her eyes. But as she got closer to us and the kids' laughter got louder, I noticed that her hands were really dark and hairy, like a witch's.
Then all of a sudden Dab-Dab at my side startled me by crying out in a loud voice,
Then suddenly, Dab-Dab next to me startled me by yelling out loudly,
“Why, it’s Chee-Chee!—Chee-Chee come back at last! How dare those children tease him! I’ll give the little imps something to laugh at!”
“Hey, it’s Chee-Chee!—Chee-Chee is back at last! How could those kids tease him like that! I’ll show those little troublemakers something to laugh about!”
And she flew right off the wall down into the road and made straight for the children, squawking away in a most terrifying fashion and pecking at their feet and legs. The children made off down the street back to the town as hard as they could run.
And she flew right off the wall down to the road and headed straight for the kids, squawking loudly in a really scary way and pecking at their feet and legs. The kids ran down the street back to town as fast as they could.
The strange-looking figure in the straw hat stood
gazing after them a moment and then came wearily
up to the gate. It didn’t bother to undo the latch
but just climbed right over the gate as though it[77]
[78]
were something in the way. And then I noticed
that it took hold of the bars with its feet, so that
it really had four hands to climb with. But it was
only when I at last got a glimpse of the face under
the hat that I could be really sure it was a monkey.
The odd figure in the straw hat stood staring after them for a moment, then slowly approached the gate. Instead of bothering to lift the latch, it just climbed over the gate like it was nothing in the way. Then I saw that it grabbed the bars with its feet, giving it four limbs to climb with. But it was only when I finally got a look at the face under the hat that I could be certain it was a monkey.

Chee-Chee—for it was he—frowned at me suspiciously from the top of the gate, as though he thought I was going to laugh at him like the other boys and girls. Then he dropped into the garden on the inside and immediately started taking off his clothes. He tore the straw hat in two and threw it down into the road. Then he took off his bodice and skirt, jumped on them savagely and began kicking them round the front garden.
Chee-Chee—it was him—looked at me suspiciously from the top of the gate, as if he thought I was going to laugh at him like the other kids. Then he jumped into the garden on the inside and immediately started undressing. He ripped his straw hat in half and tossed it onto the road. Then he took off his top and skirt, stomped on them angrily, and started kicking them around the front garden.
Presently I heard a screech from the house, and out flew Polynesia, followed by the Doctor and Jip.
Right now, I heard a scream from the house, and out came Polynesia, followed by the Doctor and Jip.
“Chee-Chee!—Chee-Chee!” shouted the parrot. “You’ve come at last! I always told the Doctor you’d find a way. How ever did you do it?”
“Chee-Chee!—Chee-Chee!” shouted the parrot. “You finally made it! I always told the Doctor you’d figure it out. How did you manage to do it?”
They all gathered round him shaking him by his four hands, laughing and asking him a million questions at once. Then they all started back for the house.
They all gathered around him, shaking him by his four hands, laughing and bombarding him with a million questions at once. Then they all headed back to the house.
“Run up to my bedroom, Stubbins,” said the Doctor, turning to me. “You’ll find a bag of peanuts in the small left-hand drawer of the bureau. I have always kept them there in case he might come back unexpectedly some day. And wait a minute—see if Dab-Dab has any bananas in the pantry.[79] Chee-Chee hasn’t had a banana, he tells me, in two months.”
“Run up to my bedroom, Stubbins,” said the Doctor, turning to me. “You’ll find a bag of peanuts in the small left-hand drawer of the dresser. I’ve always kept them there just in case he comes back unexpectedly one day. And wait a minute—check if Dab-Dab has any bananas in the pantry.[79] Chee-Chee hasn’t had a banana, he tells me, in two months.”
When I came down again to the kitchen I found everybody listening attentively to the monkey who was telling the story of his journey from Africa.
When I came back down to the kitchen, I found everyone paying close attention to the monkey who was sharing the story of his journey from Africa.
THE FOURTEENTH CHAPTER
CHEE-CHEE’S VOYAGE
It seems that after Polynesia had left, Chee-Chee had grown more homesick than ever for the Doctor and the little house in Puddleby. At last he had made up his mind that by hook or crook he would follow her. And one day, going down to the seashore, he saw a lot of people, black and white, getting on to a ship that was coming to England. He tried to get on too. But they turned him back and drove him away. And presently he noticed a whole big family of funny people passing on to the ship. And one of the children in this family reminded Chee-Chee of a cousin of his with whom he had once been in love. So he said to himself, “That girl looks just as much like a monkey as I look like a girl. If I could only get some clothes to wear I might easily slip on to the ship amongst these families, and people would take me for a girl. Good idea!”
It seems that after Polynesia left, Chee-Chee became more homesick than ever for the Doctor and the little house in Puddleby. Finally, he decided that he would find a way to follow her. One day, while heading to the beach, he saw a lot of people, both black and white, boarding a ship that was headed for England. He tried to get on too, but they turned him away and pushed him off. Then he spotted a large family of quirky people making their way to the ship. One of the kids in that family reminded Chee-Chee of a cousin he had once had a crush on. He thought to himself, “That girl looks just as much like a monkey as I look like a girl. If I could just find some clothes to put on, I could easily blend in with these families, and people would mistake me for a girl. Great idea!”
So he went off to a town that was quite close, and hopping in through an open window he found a skirt and bodice lying on a chair. They belonged[81] to a fashionable black lady who was taking a bath. Chee-Chee put them on. Next he went back to the seashore, mingled with the crowd there and at last sneaked safely on to the big ship. Then he thought he had better hide, for fear people might look at him too closely. And he stayed hidden all the time the ship was sailing to England—only coming out at night, when everybody was asleep, to find food.
So he headed to a nearby town, and by slipping through an open window, he discovered a dress and top draped over a chair. They belonged[81] to a stylish Black woman who was taking a bath. Chee-Chee put them on. Then he returned to the beach, blended in with the crowd, and eventually snuck onto the big ship safely. He figured it was best to hide, worried that people might notice him too closely. He stayed hidden for the entire journey to England—only coming out at night when everyone was asleep to scrounge for food.
When he reached England and tried to get off the ship, the sailors saw at last that he was only a monkey dressed up in girl’s clothes; and they wanted to keep him for a pet. But he managed to give them the slip; and once he was on shore, he dived into the crowd and got away. But he was still a long distance from Puddleby and had to come right across the whole breadth of England.
When he arrived in England and attempted to disembark from the ship, the sailors finally realized he was just a monkey in a girl's outfit; they wanted to keep him as a pet. However, he was able to escape them and once on land, he blended into the crowd and disappeared. But he was still far from Puddleby and needed to cross the entire width of England.
He had a terrible time of it. Whenever he passed through a town all the children ran after him in a crowd, laughing; and often silly people caught hold of him and tried to stop him, so that he had to run up lamp-posts and climb to chimney-pots to escape from them. At night he used to sleep in ditches or barns or anywhere he could hide; and he lived on the berries he picked from the hedges and the cob-nuts that grew in the copses. At length, after many adventures and narrow squeaks, he saw the tower of Puddleby Church and he knew that at last he was near his old home.
He had a really rough time. Every time he walked through a town, all the kids chased after him, laughing. Often, foolish people grabbed him and tried to stop him, so he had to run up lamp-posts and climb onto chimney tops to get away. At night, he would sleep in ditches or barns or anywhere he could hide. He survived on the berries he found in the hedges and the hazelnuts that grew in the woods. Eventually, after many adventures and close calls, he spotted the tower of Puddleby Church and realized he was finally close to his old home.
When Chee-Chee had finished his story he ate[82] six bananas without stopping and drank a whole bowlful of milk.
When Chee-Chee finished his story, he ate[82] six bananas nonstop and drank an entire bowl of milk.
“My!” he said, “why wasn’t I born with wings, like Polynesia, so I could fly here? You’ve no idea how I grew to hate that hat and skirt. I’ve never been so uncomfortable in my life. All the way from Bristol here, if the wretched hat wasn’t falling off my head or catching in the trees, those beastly skirts were tripping me up and getting wound round everything. What on earth do women wear those things for? Goodness, I was glad to see old Puddleby this morning when I climbed over the hill by Bellaby’s farm!”
“My!” he said, “why wasn’t I born with wings, like Polynesia, so I could fly here? You have no idea how much I grew to hate that hat and skirt. I’ve never been so uncomfortable in my life. All the way from Bristol to here, if that awful hat wasn’t falling off my head or getting caught in the trees, those horrible skirts were tripping me up and wrapping around everything. What on earth do women wear those things for? Goodness, I was so relieved to see old Puddleby this morning when I climbed over the hill by Bellaby’s farm!”
“Your bed on top of the plate-rack in the scullery is all ready for you,” said the Doctor. “We never had it disturbed in case you might come back.”
“Your bed on top of the plate rack in the
“Yes,” said Dab-Dab, “and you can have the old smoking-jacket of the Doctor’s which you used to use as a blanket, in case it is cold in the night.”
“Yes,” said Dab-Dab, “and you can have the Doctor’s old smoking jacket that you used to use as a blanket, in case it gets cold at night.”
“Thanks,” said Chee-Chee. “It’s good to be back in the old house again. Everything’s just the same as when I left—except the clean roller-towel on the back of the door there—that’s new—Well, I think I’ll go to bed now. I need sleep.”
“Thanks,” said Chee-Chee. “It feels great to be back in the old house again. Everything is just as it was when I left—except for the clean roller towel on the back of the door—that’s new. Well, I think I’ll head to bed now. I need some sleep.”
Then we all went out of the kitchen into the scullery and watched Chee-Chee climb the plate-rack like a sailor going up a mast. On the top, he curled himself up, pulled the old smoking-jacket[83] over him, and in a minute he was snoring peacefully.
Then we all left the kitchen and went into the scullery to watch Chee-Chee climb the plate rack like a sailor scaling a mast. At the top, he curled up, wrapped himself in the old smoking jacket[83], and within a minute he was snoring peacefully.
“Good old Chee-Chee!” whispered the Doctor. “I’m glad he’s back.”
“Good old Chee-Chee!” whispered the Doctor. “I’m glad he’s back.”
“Yes—good old Chee-Chee!” echoed Dab-Dab and Polynesia.
“Yes—good old Chee-Chee!” echoed Dab-Dab and Polynesia.
Then we all tip-toed out of the scullery and closed the door very gently behind us.
Then we all tiptoed out of the kitchen and quietly closed the door behind us.
THE FIFTEENTH CHAPTER
I BECOME A DOCTOR’S ASSISTANT
WHEN Thursday evening came there was great excitement at our house. My mother had asked me what were the Doctor’s favorite dishes, and I had told her: spare ribs, sliced beet-root, fried bread, shrimps and treacle-tart. To-night she had them all on the table waiting for him; and she was now fussing round the house to see if everything was tidy and in readiness for his coming.
WHEN Thursday evening arrived, there was a lot of excitement at our house. My mom had asked me what the Doctor’s favorite dishes were, and I told her: spare ribs, sliced beetroot, fried bread, shrimp, and treacle tart. Tonight, she had all of them on the table waiting for him, and she was now busying herself around the house to make sure everything was neat and ready for his arrival.
At last we heard a knock upon the door, and of course it was I who got there first to let him in.
At last, we heard a knock on the door, and of course, I was the first to get there to let him in.
The Doctor had brought his own flute with him this time. And after supper was over (which he enjoyed very much) the table was cleared away and the washing-up left in the kitchen-sink till the next day. Then the Doctor and my father started playing duets.
The Doctor had brought his own flute with him this time. After dinner was over (which he enjoyed a lot), the table was cleared away and the dishes were left in the kitchen sink until the next day. Then the Doctor and my father began playing duets.
They got so interested in this that I began to be afraid that they would never come to talking over my business. But at last the Doctor said,
They were so interested in this that I started to worry they would never get around to discussing my business. But finally, the Doctor said,
“Your son tells me that he is anxious to become a naturalist.”
“Your son tells me that he is eager to become a naturalist.”
And then began a long talk which lasted far into[85] the night. At first both my mother and father were rather against the idea—as they had been from the beginning. They said it was only a boyish whim, and that I would get tired of it very soon. But after the matter had been talked over from every side, the Doctor turned to my father and said,
And then a long conversation started that went on well into[85] the night. Initially, both my mom and dad were pretty opposed to the idea—just like they had been from the start. They believed it was just a youthful fancy and that I would lose interest in it pretty quickly. But after discussing the issue from every angle, the Doctor looked at my dad and said,
“Well now, supposing, Mr. Stubbins, that your son came to me for two years—that is, until he is twelve years old. During those two years he will have time to see if he is going to grow tired of it or not. Also during that time, I will promise to teach him reading and writing and perhaps a little arithmetic as well. What do you say to that?”
“Well now, let’s say, Mr. Stubbins, that your son came to me for two years—that is, until he turns twelve. In those two years, he’ll have the chance to see if he’s going to get tired of it or not. During that time, I promise to teach him reading and writing, and maybe a bit of arithmetic too. What do you think?”
“I don’t know,” said my father, shaking his head. “You are very kind and it is a handsome offer you make, Doctor. But I feel that Tommy ought to be learning some trade by which he can earn his living later on.”
“I don’t know,” said my father, shaking his head. “You’re very kind, and it’s a generous offer you’re making, Doctor. But I believe Tommy should be learning a trade that will help him earn a living in the future.”
Then my mother spoke up. Although she was nearly in tears at the prospect of my leaving her house while I was still so young, she pointed out to my father that this was a grand chance for me to get learning.
Then my mom spoke up. Even though she was almost in tears at the thought of me leaving her house while I was still so young, she reminded my dad that this was a great opportunity for me to learn.
“Now Jacob,” she said, “you know that many lads in the town have been to the Grammar School till they were fourteen or fifteen years old. Tommy can easily spare these two years for his education; and if he learns no more than to read[86] and write, the time will not be lost. Though goodness knows,” she added, getting out her handkerchief to cry, “the house will seem terribly empty when he’s gone.”
“Now Jacob,” she said, “you know that many boys in the town have attended the Grammar School until they were fourteen or fifteen. Tommy can easily take these two years for his education; and even if he only learns to read[86] and write, it won’t be a waste of time. Though goodness knows,” she added, pulling out her handkerchief to wipe her tears, “the house will feel so empty when he’s gone.”
“I will take care that he comes to see you, Mrs. Stubbins,” said the Doctor—“every day, if you like. After all, he will not be very far away.”
“I’ll make sure he comes to see you, Mrs. Stubbins,” said the Doctor—“every day, if that’s what you want. After all, he won’t be too far away.”
Well, at length my father gave in; and it was agreed that I was to live with the Doctor and work for him for two years in exchange for learning to read and write and for my board and lodging.
Well, eventually my father agreed; and it was decided that I would live with the Doctor and work for him for two years in return for learning to read and write and for my food and accommodation.
“Of course,” added the Doctor, “while I have money I will keep Tommy in clothes as well. But money is a very irregular thing with me; sometimes I have some, and then sometimes I haven’t.”
“Of course,” the Doctor added, “as long as I have money, I’ll keep Tommy in clothes too. But money is pretty unpredictable for me; sometimes I have some, and other times I don’t.”
“You are very good, Doctor,” said my mother, drying her tears. “It seems to me that Tommy is a very fortunate boy.”
"You are really wonderful, Doctor," my mom said, wiping her tears. "I think Tommy is a really lucky boy."
And then, thoughtless, selfish little imp that I was, I leaned over and whispered in the Doctor’s ear,
And then, being a thoughtless, selfish little troublemaker, I leaned over and whispered in the Doctor’s ear,
“Please don’t forget to say something about the voyages.”
“Please don’t forget to mention something about the trips.”
“Oh, by the way,” said John Dolittle, “of course occasionally my work requires me to travel. You will have no objection, I take it, to your son’s coming with me?”
“Oh, by the way,” said John Dolittle, “my work does require me to travel from time to time. I assume you won’t mind if your son comes with me?”
My poor mother looked up sharply, more unhappy and anxious than ever at this new turn;[87] while I stood behind the Doctor’s chair, my heart thumping with excitement, waiting for my father’s answer.
My poor mom looked up suddenly, more upset and worried than ever at this new situation;[87] while I stood behind the Doctor’s chair, my heart racing with excitement, waiting for my dad’s response.
“No,” he said slowly after a while. “If we agree to the other arrangement I don’t see that we’ve the right to make any objection to that.”
“No,” he said slowly after a while. “If we go with the other arrangement, I don’t think we have the right to object to that.”
Well, there surely was never a happier boy in the world than I was at that moment. My head was in the clouds. I trod on air. I could scarcely keep from dancing round the parlor. At last the dream of my life was to come true! At last I was to be given a chance to seek my fortune, to have adventures! For I knew perfectly well that it was now almost time for the Doctor to start upon another voyage. Polynesia had told me that he hardly ever stayed at home for more than six months at a stretch. Therefore he would be surely going again within a fortnight. And I—I, Tommy Stubbins, would go with him! Just to think of it!—to cross the Sea, to walk on foreign shores, to roam the World!
Well, there’s never been a happier boy in the world than I was at that moment. My head was in the clouds. I was walking on air. I could barely stop myself from dancing around the living room. At last, the dream of my life was about to come true! Finally, I was going to get a chance to seek my fortune and have adventures! I knew perfectly well that it was almost time for the Doctor to set off on another voyage. Polynesia had told me that he hardly ever stayed home for more than six months at a time. So, he would surely be leaving again within two weeks. And I—I, Tommy Stubbins, would go with him! Just to think about it!—to cross the sea, to walk on foreign shores, to explore the world!

PART TWO
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE CREW OF “THE CURLEW”
FROM that time on of course my position in the town was very different. I was no longer a poor cobbler’s son. I carried my nose in the air as I went down the High Street with Jip in his gold collar at my side; and snobbish little boys who had despised me before because I was not rich enough to go to school now pointed me out to their friends and whispered, “You see him? He’s a doctor’s assistant—and only ten years old!”
FROM that time on, my position in the town was completely changed. I was no longer just the poor cobbler's son. I walked with my head held high as I strolled down the High Street with Jip in his gold collar beside me; and the snobby little boys who had looked down on me before because I wasn't rich enough to go to school now pointed me out to their friends and whispered, “You see him? He’s a doctor’s assistant—and only ten years old!”
But their eyes would have opened still wider with wonder if they had but known that I and the dog that was with me could talk to one another.
But their eyes would have opened even wider with wonder if they had only known that I and the dog with me could talk to each other.
Two days after the Doctor had been to our house to dinner he told me very sadly that he was afraid that he would have to give up trying to learn the language of the shellfish—at all events for the present.
Two days after the Doctor came over for dinner, he sadly told me that he was afraid he would have to stop trying to learn the language of the shellfish—at least for now.
“I’m very discouraged, Stubbins, very. I’ve tried the mussels and the clams, the oysters and the whelks, cockles and scallops; seven different kinds[89] of crabs and all the lobster family. I think I’ll leave it for the present and go at it again later on.”
“I’m really down, Stubbins, really. I’ve tried the mussels and clams, oysters and whelks, cockles and scallops; seven different kinds[89] of crabs and all the lobster family. I think I’ll put it aside for now and come back to it later.”
“What will you turn to now?” I asked.
“What will you do now?” I asked.
“Well, I rather thought of going on a voyage, Stubbins. It’s quite a time now since I’ve been away. And there is a great deal of work waiting for me abroad.”
“Well, I was actually thinking about going on a trip, Stubbins. It’s been a while since I’ve been away. And there’s a lot of work waiting for me overseas.”
“When shall we start?” I asked.
“When are we starting?” I asked.
“Well, first I shall have to wait till the Purple Bird-of-Paradise gets here. I must see if she has any message for me from Long Arrow. She’s late. She should have been here ten days ago. I hope to goodness she’s all right.”
“Well, first I need to wait until the Purple Bird-of-Paradise arrives. I have to see if she has any message for me from Long Arrow. She’s late. She should have been here ten days ago. I really hope she’s okay.”
“Well, hadn’t we better be seeing about getting a boat?” I said. “She is sure to be here in a day or so; and there will be lots of things to do to get ready in the mean time, won’t there?”
“Well, shouldn’t we look into getting a boat?” I said. “She’s definitely going to be here in a day or so; and there will be plenty of things to do to get ready in the meantime, right?”
“Yes, indeed,” said the Doctor. “Suppose we go down and see your friend Joe, the mussel-man. He will know about boats.”
“Yes, definitely,” said the Doctor. “How about we head down and see your friend Joe, the mussel-man? He’ll know about boats.”
“I’d like to come too,” said Jip.
“I want to come too,” said Jip.
“All right, come along,” said the Doctor, and off we went.
"Okay, let’s go," said the Doctor, and off we went.
Joe said yes, he had a boat—one he had just bought—but it needed three people to sail her. We told him we would like to see it anyway.
Joe said yes, he had a boat—one he just bought—but it needed three people to sail it. We told him we’d like to see it anyway.
So the mussel-man took us off a little way down the river and showed us the neatest, prettiest, little vessel that ever was built. She was called The[90] Curlew. Joe said he would sell her to us cheap. But the trouble was that the boat needed three people, while we were only two.
So the mussel-man took us a little ways down the river and showed us the neatest, prettiest little boat that was ever built. She was called The[90] Curlew. Joe said he would sell her to us for a low price. But the problem was that the boat needed three people, and there were only two of us.
“Of course I shall be taking Chee-Chee,” said the Doctor. “But although he is very quick and clever, he is not as strong as a man. We really ought to have another person to sail a boat as big as that.”
“Of course I'm bringing Chee-Chee,” said the Doctor. “But even though he's really quick and smart, he's not as strong as a man. We definitely should have another person to sail a boat that big.”
“I know of a good sailor, Doctor,” said Joe—“a first-class seaman who would be glad of the job.”
“I know a great sailor, Doctor,” said Joe—“a first-rate seaman who would love to take the job.”
“No, thank you, Joe,” said Doctor Dolittle. “I don’t want any seamen. I couldn’t afford to hire them. And then they hamper me so, seamen do, when I’m at sea. They’re always wanting to do things the proper way; and I like to do them my way—Now let me see: who could we take with us?”
“No, thanks, Joe,” said Doctor Dolittle. “I don’t want any sailors. I can’t afford to hire them. Plus, they slow me down when I’m at sea. They always want to do things the right way, and I prefer to do them my way—Now let me think: who could we bring with us?”
“There’s Matthew Mugg, the cat’s-meat-man,” I said.
“There's Matthew Mugg, the cat food guy," I said.
“No, he wouldn’t do. Matthew’s a very nice fellow, but he talks too much—mostly about his rheumatism. You have to be frightfully particular whom you take with you on long voyages.”
"No, he wouldn’t work. Matthew’s a really nice guy, but he talks too much—mostly about his rheumatism. You have to be extremely careful about whom you take with you on long trips."
“How about Luke the Hermit?” I asked.
“How about Luke the Hermit?” I asked.
“That’s a good idea—splendid—if he’ll come. Let’s go and ask him right away.”
"That's a great idea—awesome—if he'll agree to it. Let's go ask him right now."
THE SECOND CHAPTER
LUKE THE HERMIT
THE Hermit was an old friend of ours, as I have already told you. He was a very peculiar person. Far out on the marshes he lived in a little bit of a shack—all alone except for his brindle bulldog. No one knew where he came from—not even his name. Just “Luke the Hermit” folks called him. He never came into the town; never seemed to want to see or talk to people. His dog, Bob, drove them away if they came near his hut. When you asked anyone in Puddleby who he was or why he lived out in that lonely place by himself, the only answer you got was, “Oh, Luke the Hermit? Well, there’s some mystery about him. Nobody knows what it is. But there’s a mystery. Don’t go near him. He’ll set the dog on you.”
THE Hermit was an old friend of ours, as I’ve already mentioned. He was a very unique person. He lived way out on the marshes in a tiny shack—all alone except for his brindle bulldog. No one knew where he came from—not even his name. People just called him “Luke the Hermit.” He never came into town; he didn’t seem to want to see or talk to anyone. His dog, Bob, chased them away if they got too close to his hut. When you asked anyone in Puddleby who he was or why he lived out there all by himself, the only answer you got was, “Oh, Luke the Hermit? Well, there’s some mystery about him. Nobody knows what it is. But there’s definitely a mystery. Don’t go near him. He’ll set the dog on you.”
Nevertheless there were two people who often went out to that little shack on the fens: the Doctor and myself. And Bob, the bulldog, never barked when he heard us coming. For we liked Luke; and Luke liked us.
Nevertheless, there were two people who often went out to that little shack in the marshes: the Doctor and me. And Bob, the bulldog, never barked when he heard us approaching. Because we liked Luke, and Luke liked us.
This afternoon, crossing the marshes we faced a cold wind blowing from the East. As we[92] approached the hut Jip put up his ears and said,
This afternoon, as we crossed the marshes, we encountered a cold wind coming from the East. As we[92] got closer to the hut, Jip perked up his ears and said,
“That’s funny!”
"That's hilarious!"
“What’s funny?” asked the Doctor.
“What’s funny?” the Doctor asked.
“That Bob hasn’t come out to meet us. He should have heard us long ago—or smelt us. What’s that queer noise?”
“That Bob hasn’t come out to meet us. He should have heard us by now—or smelled us. What’s that strange noise?”
“Sounds to me like a gate creaking,” said the Doctor. “Maybe it’s Luke’s door, only we can’t see the door from here; it’s on the far side of the shack.”
“Sounds to me like a gate creaking,” said the Doctor. “Maybe it’s Luke’s door, but we can’t see it from here; it’s on the other side of the shack.”
“I hope Bob isn’t sick,” said Jip; and he let out a bark to see if that would call him. But the only answer he got was the wailing of the wind across the wide, salt fen.
“I hope Bob isn’t sick,” Jip said, and he barked to see if that would get his attention. But the only response he heard was the howling of the wind across the vast, salty marsh.
We hurried forward, all three of us thinking hard.
We rushed ahead, all three of us deep in thought.
When we reached the front of the shack we found the door open, swinging and creaking dismally in the wind. We looked inside. There was no one there.
When we got to the front of the shack, we found the door open, swinging and creaking sadly in the wind. We looked inside. There was no one there.
“Isn’t Luke at home then?” said I. “Perhaps he’s out for a walk.”
“Isn’t Luke home right now?” I asked. “Maybe he’s out for a walk.”
“He is always at home,” said the Doctor frowning in a peculiar sort of way. “And even if he were out for a walk he wouldn’t leave his door banging in the wind behind him. There is something queer about this—What are you doing in there, Jip?”
“He is always at home,” said the Doctor, frowning in a strange way. “And even if he were out for a walk, he wouldn’t leave his door slamming in the wind behind him. There’s something odd about this—What are you doing in there, Jip?”
“Nothing much—nothing worth speaking of,” said Jip examining the floor of the hut extremely carefully.
“Not much—nothing worth mentioning,” said Jip, looking closely at the floor of the hut.
“Come here, Jip,” said the Doctor in a stern voice. “You are hiding something from me. You see signs and you know something—or you guess it. What has happened? Tell me. Where is the Hermit?”
“Come here, Jip,” the Doctor said in a serious tone. “You're hiding something from me. You see signs and you know something—or you have a guess. What happened? Tell me. Where is the Hermit?”
“I don’t know,” said Jip looking very guilty and uncomfortable. “I don’t know where he is.”
"I don’t know," Jip said, looking really guilty and uneasy. "I don’t know where he is."
“Well, you know something. I can tell it from the look in your eye. What is it?”
“Well, you know something. I can tell from the look in your eye. What is it?”
But Jip didn’t answer.
But Jip didn’t respond.
For ten minutes the Doctor kept questioning him. But not a word would the dog say.
For ten minutes, the Doctor kept asking him questions. But the dog didn’t say a word.
“Well,” said the Doctor at last, “it is no use our standing around here in the cold. The Hermit’s gone. That’s all. We might as well go home to luncheon.”
“Well,” said the Doctor finally, “there’s no point in standing around here in the cold. The Hermit’s gone. That’s it. We might as well head home for lunch.”
As we buttoned up our coats and started back across the marsh, Jip ran ahead pretending he was looking for water-rats.
As we zipped up our coats and headed back across the marsh, Jip took off ahead, pretending he was searching for water rats.
“He knows something all right,” whispered the Doctor. “And I think he knows what has happened too. It’s funny, his not wanting to tell me. He has never done that before—not in eleven years. He has always told me everything—Strange—very strange!”
“He knows something, for sure,” whispered the Doctor. “And I think he knows what’s happened too. It's weird that he doesn't want to tell me. He’s never done that before—not in eleven years. He’s always told me everything—strange—really strange!”
“Do you mean you think he knows all about the Hermit, the big mystery about him which folks hint at and all that?”
“Are you saying you think he knows everything about the Hermit, the big mystery surrounding him that people hint at and all that?”
“I shouldn’t wonder if he did,” the Doctor answered slowly. “I noticed something in his expression the moment we found that door open and the hut empty. And the way he sniffed the floor too—it told him something, that floor did. He saw signs we couldn’t see—I wonder why he won’t tell me. I’ll try him again. Here, Jip! Jip!—Where is the dog? I thought he went on in front.”
“I wouldn't be surprised if he did,” the Doctor replied slowly. “I noticed something in his expression the moment we discovered that the door was open and the hut was empty. And the way he sniffed the floor too—it revealed something to him, that floor did. He noticed signs we couldn’t see—I wonder why he won’t tell me. I’ll ask him again. Here, Jip! Jip!—Where's the dog? I thought he went ahead.”
“So did I,” I said. “He was there a moment ago. I saw him as large as life. Jip—Jip—Jip—JIP!”
“Me too,” I said. “He was just here a second ago. I saw him clearly. Jip—Jip—Jip—JIP!”
But he was gone. We called and called. We even walked back to the hut. But Jip had disappeared.
But he was gone. We called and called. We even walked back to the hut. But Jip had vanished.
“Oh well,” I said, “most likely he has just run home ahead of us. He often does that, you know. We’ll find him there when we get back to the house.”
“Oh well,” I said, “he probably just ran home ahead of us. He often does that, you know. We’ll find him there when we get back to the house.”
But the Doctor just closed his coat-collar tighter against the wind and strode on muttering, “Odd—very odd!”
But the Doctor just tightened his coat collar against the wind and walked on, muttering, “Weird—very weird!”
THE THIRD CHAPTER
JIP AND THE SECRET
WHEN we reached the house the first question the Doctor asked of Dab-Dab in the hall was,
WHEN we got to the house, the first question the Doctor asked Dab-Dab in the hallway was,
“Is Jip home yet?”
“Is Jip back home yet?”
“No,” said Dab-Dab, “I haven’t seen him.”
“No,” Dab-Dab said, “I haven’t seen him.”
“Let me know the moment he comes in, will you, please?” said the Doctor, hanging up his hat.
“Just let me know when he arrives, okay?” said the Doctor, taking off his hat.
“Certainly I will,” said Dab-Dab. “Don’t be long over washing your hands; the lunch is on the table.”
“Of course I will,” said Dab-Dab. “Don’t take too long washing your hands; lunch is on the table.”
Just as we were sitting down to luncheon in the kitchen we heard a great racket at the front door. I ran and opened it. In bounded Jip.
Just as we were sitting down for lunch in the kitchen, we heard a loud noise at the front door. I ran and opened it. In came Jip.
“Doctor!” he cried, “come into the library quick. I’ve got something to tell you—No, Dab-Dab, the luncheon must wait. Please hurry, Doctor. There’s not a moment to be lost. Don’t let any of the animals come—just you and Tommy.”
“Doctor!” he shouted, “come to the library fast. I have something to tell you—No, Dab-Dab, the lunch can wait. Please hurry, Doctor. There’s no time to waste. Don’t let any of the other animals come—just you and Tommy.”
“Now,” he said, when we were inside the library and the door was closed, “turn the key in the lock and make sure there’s no one listening under the windows.”
“Now,” he said, when we were inside the library and the door was closed, “turn the key in the lock and make sure no one is listening outside the windows.”
“It’s all right,” said the Doctor. “Nobody can hear you here. Now what is it?”
"It’s okay," said the Doctor. "No one can hear you here. So, what’s going on?"
“Well, Doctor,” said Jip (he was badly out of breath from running), “I know all about the Hermit—I have known for years. But I couldn’t tell you.”
“Well, Doctor,” Jip said, breathing heavily from running, “I know all about the Hermit—I’ve known for years. But I just couldn’t tell you.”
“Why?” asked the Doctor.
"Why?" the Doctor asked.
“Because I’d promised not to tell any one. It was Bob, his dog, that told me. And I swore to him that I would keep the secret.”
“Because I promised not to tell anyone. It was Bob, his dog, who told me. And I swore to him that I would keep the secret.”
“Well, and are you going to tell me now?”
“Well, are you going to tell me now?”
“Yes,” said Jip, “we’ve got to save him. I followed Bob’s scent just now when I left you out there on the marshes. And I found him. And I said to him, ‘Is it all right,’ I said, ‘for me to tell the Doctor now? Maybe he can do something.’ And Bob says to me, ‘Yes,’ says he, ‘it’s all right because—’”
“Yes,” said Jip, “we have to save him. I just followed Bob’s scent when I left you out there on the marshes. And I found him. I asked him, ‘Is it okay for me to tell the Doctor now? Maybe he can help.’ And Bob said to me, ‘Yeah,’ he said, ‘it’s okay because—’”
“Oh, for Heaven’s sake, go on, go on!” cried the Doctor. “Tell us what the mystery is—not what you said to Bob and what Bob said to you. What has happened? Where is the Hermit?”
“Oh, for heaven's sake, go on, go on!” shouted the Doctor. “Tell us what the mystery is—not what you said to Bob and what Bob said to you. What happened? Where is the Hermit?”
“He’s in Puddleby Jail,” said Jip. “He’s in prison.”
“He's in Puddleby Jail,” Jip said. “He's in prison.”
“In prison!”
“In jail!”
“Yes.”
"Yep."
“What for?—What’s he done?”
"Why?—What did he do?"
Jip went over to the door and smelt at the bottom of it to see if any one were listening outside.[97] Then he came back to the Doctor on tiptoe and whispered,
Jip walked over to the door and sniffed at the bottom to check if anyone was listening outside.[97] Then he returned to the Doctor quietly and whispered,
“He killed a man!”
"He killed someone!"
“Lord preserve us!” cried the Doctor, sitting down heavily in a chair and mopping his forehead with a handkerchief. “When did he do it?”
“Goodness gracious!” exclaimed the Doctor, plopping down heavily in a chair and wiping his forehead with a handkerchief. “When did he do it?”
“Fifteen years ago—in a Mexican gold-mine. That’s why he has been a hermit ever since. He shaved off his beard and kept away from people out there on the marshes so he wouldn’t be recognized. But last week, it seems these new-fangled policemen came to Town; and they heard there was a strange man who kept to himself all alone in a shack on the fen. And they got suspicious. For a long time people had been hunting all over the world for the man that did that killing in the Mexican gold-mine fifteen years ago. So these policemen went out to the shack, and they recognized Luke by a mole on his arm. And they took him to prison.”
“Fifteen years ago—in a Mexican gold mine. That’s why he’s been living as a recluse ever since. He shaved off his beard and stayed away from people out on the marshes so he wouldn’t be recognized. But last week, it seems these new-age cops came to town; and they heard there was a strange man who kept to himself all alone in a shack on the marsh. And they got suspicious. For a long time, people had been searching all over the world for the man who committed that murder in the Mexican gold mine fifteen years ago. So these cops went out to the shack, recognized Luke by a mole on his arm, and took him to jail.”
“Well, well!” murmured the Doctor. “Who would have thought it?—Luke, the philosopher!—Killed a man!—I can hardly believe it.”
“Well, well!” the Doctor said softly. “Who would have guessed?—Luke, the philosopher!—Killed a man!—I can barely believe it.”
“It’s true enough—unfortunately,” said Jip. “Luke did it. But it wasn’t his fault. Bob says so. And he was there and saw it all. He was scarcely more than a puppy at the time. Bob says Luke couldn’t help it. He had to do it.”
“It’s true, unfortunately,” said Jip. “Luke did it. But it wasn’t his fault. Bob says so. And he was there and saw everything. He was barely more than a puppy back then. Bob says Luke couldn’t help it. He had to do it.”
“Where is Bob now?” asked the Doctor.
“Where is Bob now?” the Doctor asked.
“Down at the prison. I wanted him to come with me here to see you; but he won’t leave the prison while Luke is there. He just sits outside the door of the prison-cell and won’t move. He doesn’t even eat the food they give him. Won’t you please come down there, Doctor, and see if there is anything you can do? The trial is to be this afternoon at two o’clock. What time is it now?”
“Down at the prison. I wanted him to come with me to see you, but he won’t leave the prison while Luke is there. He just sits outside the cell door and won’t budge. He doesn’t even eat the food they give him. Could you please come down there, Doctor, and see if you can do anything? The trial is this afternoon at two o’clock. What time is it now?”
“It’s ten minutes past one.”
"It’s 1:10."
“Bob says he thinks they are going to kill Luke for a punishment if they can prove that he did it—or certainly keep him in prison for the rest of his life. Won’t you please come? Perhaps if you spoke to the judge and told him what a good man Luke really is they’d let him off.”
“Bob thinks they might kill Luke as punishment if they can prove he did it—or definitely keep him in prison for life. Can you please come? Maybe if you talked to the judge and shared what a good person Luke really is, they’d let him go.”
“Of course I’ll come,” said the Doctor getting up and moving to go. “But I’m very much afraid that I shan’t be of any real help.” He turned at the door and hesitated thoughtfully.
“Of course I’ll come,” said the Doctor, getting up and starting to leave. “But I’m really worried that I won’t be of any real help.” He paused at the door, deep in thought.
“And yet—I wonder—”
"And yet—I wonder—"
Then he opened the door and passed out with Jip and me close at his heels.
Then he opened the door and rushed out with Jip and me right behind him.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
BOB
DAB-DAB was terribly upset when she found we were going away again without luncheon; and she made us take some cold pork-pies in our pockets to eat on the way.
DAB-DAB was really upset when she discovered we were leaving again without lunch; and she insisted we take some cold pork pies in our pockets to eat on the way.
When we got to Puddleby Court-house (it was next door to the prison), we found a great crowd gathered around the building.
When we arrived at Puddleby Court-house (it was right next to the prison), we saw a huge crowd gathered around the building.
This was the week of the Assizes—a business which happened every three months, when many pick-pockets and other bad characters were tried by a very grand judge who came all the way from London. And anybody in Puddleby who had nothing special to do used to come to the Court-house to hear the trials.
This was the week of the Assizes—a routine event that happened every three months, when many pickpockets and other criminals were tried by a very important judge who came all the way from London. Anyone in Puddleby who had nothing else going on would come to the courthouse to watch the trials.
But to-day it was different. The crowd was not made up of just a few idle people. It was enormous. The news had run through the countryside that Luke the Hermit was to be tried for killing a man and that the great mystery which had hung over him so long was to be cleared up at last. The butcher and the baker had closed their shops and taken a holiday. All the farmers from round-about,[100] and all the townsfolk, were there with their Sunday clothes on, trying to get seats in the Court-house or gossipping outside in low whispers. The High Street was so crowded you could hardly move along it. I had never seen the quiet old town in such a state of excitement before. For Puddleby had not had such an Assizes since 1799, when Ferdinand Phipps, the Rector’s oldest son, had robbed the bank.
But today was different. The crowd wasn't just made up of a few idle people. It was huge. News had spread across the countryside that Luke the Hermit was going on trial for killing a man and that the long-standing mystery surrounding him would finally be solved. The butcher and the baker closed their shops and took a day off. All the farmers from the surrounding area, as well as all the townsfolk, were there in their Sunday best, trying to find seats in the courthouse or gossiping quietly outside. The High Street was so packed you could barely move along it. I had never seen the quiet old town in such a state of excitement before. Puddleby hadn't had an Assizes since 1799 when Ferdinand Phipps, the Rector’s oldest son, had robbed the bank.
If I hadn’t had the Doctor with me I am sure I would never have been able to make my way through the mob packed around the Court-house door. But I just followed behind him, hanging on to his coat-tails; and at last we got safely into the jail.
If I hadn't had the Doctor with me, I'm sure I never would have made it through the crowd packed around the courthouse door. But I just followed behind him, holding onto his coat-tails, and finally, we got safely into the jail.
“I want to see Luke,” said the Doctor to a very grand person in a blue coat with brass buttons standing at the door.
“I want to see Luke,” the Doctor said to a very important-looking person in a blue coat with brass buttons standing at the door.
“Ask at the Superintendent’s office,” said the man. “Third door on the left down the corridor.”
“Ask at the Superintendent’s office,” the man said. “It’s the third door on the left down the hall.”
“Who is that person you spoke to, Doctor?” I asked as we went along the passage.
“Who was that person you talked to, Doctor?” I asked as we walked down the hallway.
“He is a policeman.”
“He's a cop.”
“And what are policemen?”
“And what are cops?”
“Policemen? They are to keep people in order. They’ve just been invented—by Sir Robert Peel. That’s why they are also called ‘peelers’ sometimes. It is a wonderful age we live in. They’re always thinking of something new—This will be the Superintendent’s office, I suppose.”
“Police officers? They’re here to maintain order. They’ve just been created—thanks to Sir Robert Peel. That’s why they’re sometimes called ‘peelers.’ It’s an amazing time we live in. They’re always coming up with new ideas—This must be the Superintendent’s office, I guess.”

From there another policeman was sent with us to show us the way.
From there, another police officer was sent with us to show us the way.
Outside the door of Luke’s cell we found Bob, the bulldog, who wagged his tail sadly when he saw us. The man who was guiding us took a large bunch of keys from his pocket and opened the door.
Outside the door of Luke’s cell, we found Bob, the bulldog, who wagged his tail sadly when he saw us. The man guiding us took a large bunch of keys from his pocket and opened the door.
I had never been inside a real prison-cell before; and I felt quite a thrill when the policeman went out and locked the door after him, leaving us shut in the dimly-lighted, little, stone room. Before he went, he said that as soon as we had done talking with our friend we should knock upon the door and he would come and let us out.
I had never been inside a real prison cell before, and I felt a rush of excitement when the police officer stepped out and locked the door behind him, leaving us alone in the dimly lit, small stone room. Before he left, he said that once we were done talking with our friend, we should knock on the door, and he would come to let us out.
At first I could hardly see anything, it was so dim inside. But after a little I made out a low bed against the wall, under a small barred window. On the bed, staring down at the floor between his feet, sat the Hermit, his head resting in his hands.
At first, I could barely see anything; it was so dark inside. But after a bit, I noticed a low bed against the wall, under a small barred window. On the bed, looking down at the floor between his feet, sat the Hermit, his head resting in his hands.
“Well, Luke,” said the Doctor in a kindly voice, “they don’t give you much light in here, do they?”
“Well, Luke,” the Doctor said gently, “they really don’t give you much light in here, do they?”
Very slowly the Hermit looked up from the floor.
Very slowly, the Hermit looked up from the floor.
“Hulloa, John Dolittle. What brings you here?”
“Halo, John Dolittle. What’s brought you here?”
“I’ve come to see you. I would have been here sooner, only I didn’t hear about all this till a few minutes ago. I went to your hut to ask you if you would join me on a voyage; and when I found it empty I had no idea where you could be. I am dreadfully sorry to hear about your bad luck.[103] I’ve come to see if there is anything I can do.”
“I’ve come to see you. I would have been here sooner, but I didn’t find out about all this until a few minutes ago. I went to your hut to ask if you would join me on a trip, and when I found it empty, I had no idea where you could be. I’m really sorry to hear about your bad luck.[103] I’m here to see if there’s anything I can do.”
Luke shook his head.
Luke shook his head.
“No, I don’t imagine there is anything can be done. They’ve caught me at last. That’s the end of it, I suppose.”
“No, I don’t think there’s anything that can be done. They’ve finally caught me. I guess that’s the end of it.”
He got up stiffly and started walking up and down the little room.
He got up stiffly and began pacing back and forth in the small room.
“In a way I’m glad it’s over,” said he. “I never got any peace, always thinking they were after me—afraid to speak to anyone. They were bound to get me in the end—Yes, I’m glad it’s over.”
“In a way, I'm glad it's over,” he said. “I never had any peace, always thinking they were after me—afraid to talk to anyone. They were bound to catch me in the end—Yeah, I’m glad it’s over.”
Then the Doctor talked to Luke for more than half an hour, trying to cheer him up; while I sat around wondering what I ought to say and wishing I could do something.
Then the Doctor chatted with Luke for over half an hour, trying to lift his spirits, while I sat there thinking about what I should say and wishing I could do something.
At last the Doctor said he wanted to see Bob; and we knocked upon the door and were let out by the policeman.
At last, the Doctor said he wanted to see Bob; and we knocked on the door and were let out by the police officer.
“Bob,” said the Doctor to the big bulldog in the passage, “come out with me into the porch. I want to ask you something.”
“Bob,” the Doctor said to the big bulldog in the hallway, “come out with me to the porch. I want to ask you something.”
“How is he, Doctor?” asked Bob as we walked down the corridor into the Court-house porch.
“How is he, Doctor?” Bob asked as we walked down the hallway into the courthouse porch.
“Oh, Luke’s all right. Very miserable of course, but he’s all right. Now tell me, Bob: you saw this business happen, didn’t you? You were there when the man was killed, eh?”
“Oh, Luke’s fine. Very unhappy, of course, but he’s fine. Now tell me, Bob: you witnessed this happen, didn’t you? You were there when the man was killed, right?”
“I was, Doctor,” said Bob, “and I tell you—”
“I was, Doctor,” said Bob, “and I swear—”
“All right,” the Doctor interrupted, “that’s all I want to know for the present. There isn’t[104] time to tell me more now. The trial is just going to begin. There are the judge and the lawyers coming up the steps. Now listen, Bob: I want you to stay with me when I go into the court-room. And whatever I tell you to do, do it. Do you understand? Don’t make any scenes. Don’t bite anybody, no matter what they may say about Luke. Just behave perfectly quietly and answer any question I may ask you—truthfully. Do you understand?”
“All right,” the Doctor interrupted, “that’s all I need to know for now. There isn’t [104] time to tell me more at the moment. The trial is about to begin. Here come the judge and the lawyers up the steps. Now listen, Bob: I want you to stick with me when I go into the courtroom. And whatever I tell you to do, do it. Do you get it? No drama. Don’t bite anyone, no matter what they say about Luke. Just behave calmly and answer any question I might ask you—honestly. Do you understand?”
“Very well. But do you think you will be able to get him off, Doctor?” asked Bob. “He’s a good man, Doctor. He really is. There never was a better.”
“Alright. But do you think you’ll be able to get him off, Doctor?” asked Bob. “He’s a good man, Doctor. He really is. There has never been a better.”
“We’ll see, we’ll see, Bob. It’s a new thing I’m going to try. I’m not sure the judge will allow it. But—well, we’ll see. It’s time to go into the court-room now. Don’t forget what I told you. Remember: for Heaven’s sake don’t start biting any one or you’ll get us all put out and spoil everything.”
“We’ll see, we’ll see, Bob. It’s something new I’m going to try. I’m not sure the judge will approve it. But—well, we’ll see. It’s time to head into the courtroom now. Don’t forget what I told you. Remember: for goodness’ sake don’t start biting anyone or you’ll get us all kicked out and ruin everything.”
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
MENDOZA
INSIDE the court-room everything was very solemn and wonderful. It was a high, big room. Raised above the floor, against the wall was the Judge’s desk; and here the judge was already sitting—an old, handsome man in a marvelous big wig of gray hair and a gown of black. Below him was another wide, long desk at which lawyers in white wigs sat. The whole thing reminded me of a mixture between a church and a school.
INSIDE the courtroom, everything felt very serious and impressive. It was a large, spacious room. Elevated above the floor, against the wall was the judge’s desk, where an old, distinguished man was already seated—wearing an amazing large gray wig and a black robe. Below him was another long, wide desk where lawyers in white wigs sat. The entire scene reminded me of a mix between a church and a school.
“Those twelve men at the side,” whispered the Doctor—“those in pews like a choir, they are what is called the jury. It is they who decide whether Luke is guilty—whether he did it or not.”
“Those twelve men over there,” whispered the Doctor—“the ones in the pews like a choir, they’re what’s called the jury. They’re the ones who decide whether Luke is guilty—whether he did it or not.”
“And look!” I said, “there’s Luke himself in a sort of pulpit-thing with policemen each side of him. And there’s another pulpit, the same kind, the other side of the room, see—only that one’s empty.”
“And look!” I said, “there’s Luke himself in this kind of pulpit with policemen on either side of him. And there’s another pulpit, the same kind, on the other side of the room, see—only that one’s empty.”
“That one is called the witness-box,” said the Doctor. “Now I’m going down to speak to one of those men in white wigs; and I want you to wait here and keep these two seats for us. Bob will[106] stay with you. Keep an eye on him—better hold on to his collar. I shan’t be more than a minute or so.”
“That thing over there is called the witness box,” the Doctor said. “I’m going to talk to one of those guys in white wigs now, and I need you to wait here and save these two seats for us. Bob will[106] stay with you. Keep an eye on him—better hold on to his collar. I won’t be more than a minute or so.”
With that the Doctor disappeared into the crowd which filled the main part of the room.
With that, the Doctor vanished into the crowd that filled the main part of the room.
Then I saw the judge take up a funny little wooden hammer and knock on his desk with it. This, it seemed, was to make people keep quiet, for immediately every one stopped buzzing and talking and began to listen very respectfully. Then another man in a black gown stood up and began reading from a paper in his hand.
Then I saw the judge pick up a small wooden gavel and bang it on his desk. This was clearly to get everyone to quiet down, because right away, everyone stopped chatting and started to listen attentively. Then another man in a black robe stood up and began reading from a document in his hand.
He mumbled away exactly as though he were saying his prayers and didn’t want any one to understand what language they were in. But I managed to catch a few words:
He mumbled away just like he was saying his prayers and didn't want anyone to understand what language he was using. But I managed to catch a few words:
“Biz—biz—biz—biz—biz—otherwise known as Luke the Hermit, of—biz—biz—biz—biz—for killing his partner with—biz—biz—biz—otherwise known as Bluebeard Bill on the night of the—biz—biz—biz—in the biz—biz—biz—of Mexico. Therefore Her Majesty’s—biz—biz—biz—”
“Biz—biz—biz—biz—biz—also known as Luke the Hermit, for—biz—biz—biz—biz—killing his partner with—biz—biz—biz—who was known as Bluebeard Bill on the night of the—biz—biz—biz—in the biz—biz—biz—of Mexico. Therefore Her Majesty’s—biz—biz—biz—”
At this moment I felt some one take hold of my arm from the back, and turning round I found the Doctor had returned with one of the men in white wigs.
At that moment, I felt someone grab my arm from behind, and when I turned around, I saw that the Doctor had come back with one of the men in white wigs.
“Stubbins, this is Mr. Percy Jenkyns,” said the Doctor. “He is Luke’s lawyer. It is his business to get Luke off—if he can.”
“Stubbins, this is Mr. Percy Jenkyns,” the Doctor said. “He’s Luke’s lawyer. It's his job to get Luke freed—if he can.”
Mr. Jenkyns seemed to be an extremely young man with a round smooth face like a boy. He shook hands with me and then immediately turned and went on talking with the Doctor.
Mr. Jenkyns seemed to be a very young man with a round, smooth face like a boy. He shook hands with me and then immediately turned to continue talking with the Doctor.
“Oh, I think it is a perfectly precious idea,” he was saying. “Of course the dog must be admitted as a witness; he was the only one who saw the thing take place. I’m awfully glad you came. I wouldn’t have missed this for anything. My hat! Won’t it make the old court sit up? They’re always frightfully dull, these Assizes. But this will stir things. A bulldog witness for the defense! I do hope there are plenty of reporters present—Yes, there’s one making a sketch of the prisoner. I shall become known after this—And won’t Conkey be pleased? My hat!”
“Oh, I think that's a fantastic idea,” he was saying. “Of course the dog should be allowed to testify; he was the only one who saw what happened. I’m really glad you came. I wouldn’t have missed this for anything. Wow! Won’t this catch the court’s attention? They’re always so boring at these Assizes. But this will shake things up. A bulldog witness for the defense! I really hope there are a lot of reporters here—Yes, there’s one drawing the prisoner. I’m going to be famous after this—And won’t Conkey be happy? Wow!”
He put his hand over his mouth to smother a laugh and his eyes fairly sparkled with mischief.
He covered his mouth to hold back a laugh, and his eyes sparkled with mischief.
“Who is Conkey?” I asked the Doctor.
“Who is Conkey?” I asked the doctor.
“Sh! He is speaking of the judge up there, the Honorable Eustace Beauchamp Conckley.”
“Shh! He’s talking about the judge up there, the Honorable Eustace Beauchamp Conckley.”
“Now,” said Mr. Jenkyns, bringing out a note-book, “tell me a little more about yourself, Doctor. You took your degree as Doctor of Medicine at Durham, I think you said. And the name of your last book was?”
“Now,” said Mr. Jenkyns, pulling out a notebook, “tell me a bit more about yourself, Doctor. You mentioned that you earned your Doctor of Medicine degree at Durham, right? And what was the title of your last book?”
I could not hear any more for they talked in whispers; and I fell to looking round the court again.
I couldn't hear anything anymore because they were talking in whispers, so I started looking around the courtyard again.
Of course I could not understand everything that was going on, though it was all very interesting. People kept getting up in the place the Doctor called the witness-box, and the lawyers at the long table asked them questions about “the night of the 29th.” Then the people would get down again and somebody else would get up and be questioned.
Of course, I couldn’t understand everything that was happening, but it was all very interesting. People kept getting up in the place the Doctor called the witness box, and the lawyers at the long table asked them questions about “the night of the 29th.” Then the people would sit down again, and someone else would get up and be questioned.
One of the lawyers (who, the Doctor told me afterwards, was called the Prosecutor) seemed to be doing his best to get the Hermit into trouble by asking questions which made it look as though he had always been a very bad man. He was a nasty lawyer, this Prosecutor, with a long nose.
One of the lawyers (who, the Doctor told me later, was called the Prosecutor) seemed to be trying hard to get the Hermit in trouble by asking questions that made it seem like he had always been a really bad person. This Prosecutor was a nasty lawyer, with a long nose.
Most of the time I could hardly keep my eyes off poor Luke, who sat there between his two policemen, staring at the floor as though he weren’t interested. The only time I saw him take any notice at all was when a small dark man with wicked, little, watery eyes got up into the witness-box. I heard Bob snarl under my chair as this person came into the court-room and Luke’s eyes just blazed with anger and contempt.
Most of the time, I could barely take my eyes off poor Luke, who sat there between his two police officers, staring at the floor like he didn’t care. The only moment I saw him pay any attention was when a short, dark man with cruel, watery eyes got into the witness stand. I heard Bob snarl under my chair as this guy walked into the courtroom, and Luke’s eyes were just filled with rage and disdain.
This man said his name was Mendoza and that he was the one who had guided the Mexican police to the mine after Bluebeard Bill had been killed. And at every word he said I could hear Bob down below me muttering between his teeth,
This guy said his name was Mendoza and that he was the one who took the Mexican police to the mine after Bluebeard Bill was killed. And with every word he spoke, I could hear Bob below me muttering under his breath,
“It’s a lie! It’s a lie! I’ll chew his face. It’s a lie!”
“It’s a lie! It’s a lie! I’ll bite his face. It’s a lie!”
And both the Doctor and I had hard work keeping the dog under the seat.
And both the Doctor and I struggled to keep the dog under the seat.
Then I noticed that our Mr. Jenkyns had disappeared from the Doctor’s side. But presently I saw him stand up at the long table to speak to the judge.
Then I noticed that Mr. Jenkyns had vanished from the Doctor’s side. But soon I saw him get up at the long table to address the judge.
“Your Honor,” said he, “I wish to introduce a new witness for the defense, Doctor John Dolittle, the naturalist. Will you please step into the witness-stand, Doctor?”
“Your Honor,” he said, “I’d like to introduce a new witness for the defense, Doctor John Dolittle, the naturalist. Could you please take the witness stand, Doctor?”
There was a buzz of excitement as the Doctor made his way across the crowded room; and I noticed the nasty lawyer with the long nose lean down and whisper something to a friend, smiling in an ugly way which made me want to pinch him.
There was a buzz of excitement as the Doctor walked across the crowded room; and I saw the sleazy lawyer with the long nose lean down and whisper something to a friend, smiling in a creepy way that made me want to pinch him.
Then Mr. Jenkyns asked the Doctor a whole lot of questions about himself and made him answer in a loud voice so the whole court could hear. He finished up by saying,
Then Mr. Jenkyns asked the Doctor a bunch of questions about himself and made him answer in a loud voice so everyone in the courtroom could hear. He wrapped up by saying,
“And you are prepared to swear, Doctor Dolittle, that you understand the language of dogs and can make them understand you. Is that so?”
"And you're ready to swear, Doctor Dolittle, that you understand the language of dogs and can make them understand you. Is that right?"
“Yes,” said the Doctor, “that is so.”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, “that's right.”
“And what, might I ask,” put in the judge in a very quiet, dignified voice, “has all this to do with the killing of er—er—Bluebeard Bill?”
“And what, may I ask,” the judge interjected in a very calm, dignified voice, “does all this have to do with the killing of uh—uh—Bluebeard Bill?”
“This, Your Honor,” said Mr. Jenkyns, talking in a very grand manner as though he were on a stage in a theatre: “there is in this court-room at[110] the present moment a bulldog, who was the only living thing that saw the man killed. With the Court’s permission I propose to put that dog in the witness-stand and have him questioned before you by the eminent scientist, Doctor John Dolittle.”
“This, Your Honor,” said Mr. Jenkyns, speaking in a very dramatic way as if he were on stage: “there is in this courtroom at[110] the moment a bulldog, who was the only living being that witnessed the man being killed. With the Court’s permission, I propose to place that dog in the witness stand and have him interrogated in front of you by the renowned scientist, Doctor John Dolittle.”
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE JUDGE’S DOG
AT first there was a dead silence in the Court. Then everybody began whispering or giggling at the same time, till the whole room sounded like a great hive of bees. Many people seemed to be shocked; most of them were amused; and a few were angry.
At first, there was complete silence in the courtroom. Then everyone started whispering or giggling all at once, making the whole room sound like a buzzing hive of bees. Many people looked shocked; most were amused; and a few were angry.
Presently up sprang the nasty lawyer with the long nose.
Presently, the nasty lawyer with the long nose jumped up.
“I protest, Your Honor,” he cried, waving his arms wildly to the judge. “I object. The dignity of this court is in peril. I protest.”
“I protest, Your Honor,” he shouted, waving his arms around frantically at the judge. “I object. The dignity of this court is at stake. I protest.”
“I am the one to take care of the dignity of this court,” said the judge.
“I’m the one responsible for maintaining the dignity of this court,” said the judge.
Then Mr. Jenkyns got up again. (If it hadn’t been such a serious matter, it was almost like a Punch-and-Judy show: somebody was always popping down and somebody else popping up).
Then Mr. Jenkyns got up again. (If it hadn’t been such a serious issue, it was almost like a Punch-and-Judy show: somebody was always disappearing and somebody else reappearing).
“If there is any doubt on the score of our being able to do as we say, Your Honor will have no objection, I trust, to the Doctor’s giving the Court a demonstration of his powers—of showing that he actually can understand the speech of animals?”
“If there’s any doubt about whether we can do what we say, Your Honor, I trust you won’t mind if the Doctor gives the Court a demonstration of his abilities—showing that he really can understand animal speech?”
I thought I saw a twinkle of amusement come into[112] the old judge’s eyes as he sat considering a moment before he answered.
I thought I saw a glimmer of amusement in[112] the old judge’s eyes as he sat there, thinking for a moment before responding.
“No,” he said at last, “I don’t think so.” Then he turned to the Doctor.
“No,” he finally said, “I don’t think so.” Then he turned to the Doctor.
“Are you quite sure you can do this?” he asked.
“Are you really sure you can do this?” he asked.
“Quite, Your Honor,” said the Doctor—“quite sure.”
“Absolutely, Your Honor,” said the Doctor—“completely sure.”
“Very well then,” said the judge. “If you can satisfy us that you really are able to understand canine testimony, the dog shall be admitted as a witness. I do not see, in that case, how I could object to his being heard. But I warn you that if you are trying to make a laughing-stock of this Court it will go hard with you.”
“Alright then,” said the judge. “If you can prove to us that you really understand what the dog is saying, then the dog can be allowed as a witness. I don’t see how I could object to that. But I want to warn you that if you’re just trying to turn this Court into a joke, you’ll be in serious trouble.”
“I protest, I protest!” yelled the long-nosed Prosecutor. “This is a scandal, an outrage to the Bar!”
“I protest, I protest!” shouted the long-nosed Prosecutor. “This is a scandal, an outrage to the legal profession!”
“Sit down!” said the judge in a very stern voice.
“Sit down!” said the judge in a very serious tone.
“What animal does Your Honor wish me to talk with?” asked the Doctor.
“What animal would you like me to talk to, Your Honor?” asked the Doctor.
“I would like you to talk to my own dog,” said the judge. “He is outside in the cloak-room. I will have him brought in; and then we shall see what you can do.”
“I want you to talk to my dog,” said the judge. “He’s outside in the cloakroom. I’ll have him brought in; then we’ll see what you can do.”
Then someone went out and fetched the judge’s dog, a lovely great Russian wolf-hound with slender legs and a shaggy coat. He was a proud and beautiful creature.
Then someone went out and brought back the judge’s dog, a gorgeous Russian wolfhound with long legs and a thick coat. He was a majestic and beautiful animal.
“Now, Doctor,” said the judge, “did you ever[113] see this dog before?—Remember you are in the witness-stand and under oath.”
“Now, Doctor,” said the judge, “have you ever[113] seen this dog before?—Keep in mind you’re in the witness stand and under oath.”
“No, Your Honor, I never saw him before.”
“No, Your Honor, I’ve never seen him before.”
“Very well then, will you please ask him to tell you what I had for supper last night? He was with me and watched me while I ate.”
“Sure, could you ask him to tell you what I had for dinner last night? He was with me and saw me eat.”
Then the Doctor and the dog started talking to one another in signs and sounds; and they kept at it for quite a long time. And the Doctor began to giggle and get so interested that he seemed to forget all about the Court and the judge and everything else.
Then the Doctor and the dog started communicating with each other using gestures and sounds, and they carried on for quite a while. The Doctor began to chuckle and got so caught up in the conversation that he seemed to forget all about the Court, the judge, and everything else.
“What a time he takes!” I heard a fat woman in front of me whispering. “He’s only pretending. Of course he can’t do it! Who ever heard of talking to a dog? He must think we’re children.”
“What a long time he’s taking!” I heard a heavyset woman in front of me whisper. “He’s just pretending. There’s no way he can actually do it! Who’s ever heard of talking to a dog? He must think we’re kids.”
“Haven’t you finished yet?” the judge asked the Doctor. “It shouldn’t take that long just to ask what I had for supper.”
“Haven’t you finished yet?” the judge asked the doctor. “It shouldn’t take that long just to ask what I had for dinner.”
“Oh no, Your Honor,” said the Doctor. “The dog told me that long ago. But then he went on to tell me what you did after supper.”
“Oh no, Your Honor,” said the Doctor. “The dog told me that a long time ago. But then he went on to tell me what you did after dinner.”
“Never mind that,” said the judge. “Tell me what answer he gave you to my question.”
"Forget that," said the judge. "Just tell me what he answered to my question."
“He says you had a mutton-chop, two baked potatoes, a pickled walnut and a glass of ale.”
“He says you had a mutton chop, two baked potatoes, a pickled walnut, and a glass of ale.”
The Honorable Eustace Beauchamp Conckley went white to the lips.
The Honorable Eustace Beauchamp Conckley went pale to the lips.
“Sounds like witchcraft,” he muttered. “I never dreamed—”
“Sounds like witchcraft,” he muttered. “I never imagined—”
“And after your supper,” the Doctor went on, “he says you went to see a prize-fight and then sat up playing cards for money till twelve o’clock and came home singing, ‘We won’t get—’”
“And after your dinner,” the Doctor continued, “he says you went to watch a boxing match and then stayed up playing poker for money until midnight and came home singing, ‘We won’t get—’”
“That will do,” the judge interrupted, “I am satisfied you can do as you say. The prisoner’s dog shall be admitted as a witness.”
“That’s enough,” the judge interrupted, “I believe you can do what you say. The prisoner’s dog will be allowed to testify as a witness.”
“I protest, I object!” screamed the Prosecutor. “Your Honor, this is—”
“I protest, I object!” shouted the Prosecutor. “Your Honor, this is—”
“Sit down!” roared the judge. “I say the dog shall be heard. That ends the matter. Put the witness in the stand.”
“Sit down!” the judge shouted. “I insist the dog will be heard. That settles it. Bring the witness to the stand.”
And then for the first time in the solemn history of England a dog was put in the witness-stand of Her Majesty’s Court of Assizes. And it was I, Tommy Stubbins (when the Doctor made a sign to me across the room) who proudly led Bob up the aisle, through the astonished crowd, past the frowning, spluttering, long-nosed Prosecutor, and made him comfortable on a high chair in the witness-box; from where the old bulldog sat scowling down over the rail upon the amazed and gaping jury.
And then, for the first time in the serious history of England, a dog was called to the witness stand in Her Majesty’s Court of Assizes. And it was me, Tommy Stubbins (when the Doctor signaled to me from across the room) who proudly led Bob up the aisle, through the shocked crowd, past the angry, sputtering, long-nosed Prosecutor, and made him comfortable on a high chair in the witness box; where the old bulldog sat glaring down over the rail at the astonished and open-mouthed jury.

THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE END OF THE MYSTERY
THE trial went swiftly forward after that. Mr. Jenkyns told the Doctor to ask Bob what he saw on the “night of the 29th;” and when Bob had told all he knew and the Doctor had turned it into English for the judge and the jury, this was what he had to say:
THE trial moved quickly from that point. Mr. Jenkyns instructed the Doctor to ask Bob what he witnessed on the “night of the 29th;” and when Bob had shared everything he knew and the Doctor had translated it into English for the judge and the jury, this was what he had to say:
“On the night of the 29th of November, 1824, I was with my master, Luke Fitzjohn (otherwise known as Luke the Hermit) and his two partners, Manuel Mendoza and William Boggs (otherwise known as Bluebeard Bill) on their gold-mine in Mexico. For a long time these three men had been hunting for gold; and they had dug a deep hole in the ground. On the morning of the 29th gold was discovered, lots of it, at the bottom of this hole. And all three, my master and his two partners, were very happy about it because now they would be rich. But Manuel Mendoza asked Bluebeard Bill to go for a walk with him. These two men I had always suspected of being bad. So when I noticed that they left my master behind, I followed them secretly to see what they were up to. And in a deep cave in the mountains I heard[117] them arrange together to kill Luke the Hermit so that they should get all the gold and he have none.”
“On the night of November 29, 1824, I was with my boss, Luke Fitzjohn (also known as Luke the Hermit), and his two partners, Manuel Mendoza and William Boggs (also known as Bluebeard Bill), at their gold mine in Mexico. These three men had been searching for gold for a long time, and they had dug a deep hole in the ground. On the morning of the 29th, they discovered a lot of gold at the bottom of that hole. All three—my boss and his partners—were really happy about it because they would finally be rich. But then, Manuel Mendoza asked Bluebeard Bill to take a walk with him. I had always suspected something was off about these two. So, when I saw them leave my boss behind, I followed them quietly to see what they were up to. In a deep cave in the mountains, I heard them plot to kill Luke the Hermit so they could keep all the gold for themselves.”
At this point the judge asked, “Where is the witness Mendoza? Constable, see that he does not leave the court.”
At this point, the judge asked, “Where's the witness Mendoza? Constable, make sure he doesn't leave the courtroom.”
But the wicked little man with the watery eyes had already sneaked out when no one was looking and he was never seen in Puddleby again.
But the wicked little man with the watery eyes had already sneaked out when no one was watching, and he was never seen in Puddleby again.
“Then,” Bob’s statement went on, “I went to my master and tried very hard to make him understand that his partners were dangerous men. But it was no use. He did not understand dog language. So I did the next best thing: I never let him out of my sight but stayed with him every moment of the day and night.
“Then,” Bob continued, “I went to my boss and really tried to make him understand that his partners were dangerous guys. But it was pointless. He just didn’t get dog language. So I did the next best thing: I never took my eyes off him and stayed with him every moment of the day and night.
“Now the hole that they had made was so deep that to get down and up it you had to go in a big bucket tied on the end of a rope; and the three men used to haul one another up and let one another down the mine in this way. That was how the gold was brought up too—in the bucket. Well, about seven o’clock in the evening my master was standing at the top of the mine, hauling up Bluebeard Bill who was in the bucket. Just as he had got Bill halfway up I saw Mendoza come out of the hut where we all lived. Mendoza thought that Bill was away buying groceries. But he wasn’t: he was in the bucket. And when Mendoza saw Luke hauling and straining on the rope he thought he was pulling up a bucket[118]ful of gold. So he drew a pistol from his pocket and came sneaking up behind Luke to shoot him.
“Now the hole they had made was so deep that to get in and out, you had to use a big bucket tied to a rope; and the three men would haul each other up and let each other down the mine this way. That’s how they brought up the gold too—in the bucket. Well, around seven o’clock in the evening, my boss was standing at the top of the mine, pulling up Bluebeard Bill who was in the bucket. Just as he had Bill halfway up, I saw Mendoza come out of the hut where we all lived. Mendoza thought Bill was out buying groceries. But he wasn’t: he was in the bucket. And when Mendoza saw Luke hauling and straining on the rope, he thought he was pulling up a bucket[118]ful of gold. So he pulled a pistol from his pocket and sneaked up behind Luke to shoot him.
“I barked and barked to warn my master of the danger he was in; but he was so busy hauling up Bill (who was a heavy fat man) that he took no notice of me. I saw that if I didn’t do something quick he would surely be shot. So I did a thing I’ve never done before: suddenly and savagely I bit my master in the leg from behind. Luke was so hurt and startled that he did just what I wanted him to do: he let go the rope with both hands at once and turned round. And then, Crash! down went Bill in his bucket to the bottom of the mine and he was killed.
“I barked and barked to warn my owner about the danger he was in, but he was so focused on pulling up Bill (who was a heavy, overweight guy) that he didn’t pay any attention to me. I realized that if I didn’t act fast, he would definitely get shot. So I did something I had never done before: I suddenly and fiercely bit my owner in the leg from behind. Luke was so shocked and hurt that he did exactly what I wanted him to do: he let go of the rope with both hands and turned around. And then, Crash! down went Bill in his bucket to the bottom of the mine and he was killed.
“While my master was busy scolding me Mendoza put his pistol in his pocket, came up with a smile on his face and looked down the mine.
“While my boss was busy yelling at me, Mendoza put his gun in his pocket, approached with a smile on his face, and looked down the mine.”
“‘Why, Good Gracious!’ said he to Luke, ‘You’ve killed Bluebeard Bill. I must go and tell the police’—hoping, you see, to get the whole mine to himself when Luke should be put in prison. Then he jumped on his horse and galloped away.
“‘Wow, oh my!’ he said to Luke, ‘You’ve killed Bluebeard Bill. I need to go tell the police’—hoping, you see, to get the entire mine for himself when Luke ended up in prison. Then he hopped on his horse and rode off quickly.”
“And soon my master grew afraid; for he saw that if Mendoza only told enough lies to the police, it would look as though he had killed Bill on purpose. So while Mendoza was gone he and I stole away together secretly and came to England. Here he shaved off his beard and became a hermit.[119] And ever since, for fifteen years, we’ve remained in hiding. This is all I have to say. And I swear it is the truth, every word.”
“And soon my master got scared; because he realized that if Mendoza told enough lies to the police, it would seem like he had intentionally killed Bill. So while Mendoza was away, he and I quietly slipped away together and went to England. There, he shaved off his beard and became a recluse.[119] And ever since, for fifteen years, we’ve been in hiding. That’s all I have to say. And I promise it’s the truth, every word.”
When the Doctor finished reading Bob’s long speech the excitement among the twelve men of the jury was positively terrific. One, a very old man with white hair, began to weep in a loud voice at the thought of poor Luke hiding on the fen for fifteen years for something he couldn’t help. And all the others set to whispering and nodding their heads to one another.
When the Doctor finished reading Bob's lengthy speech, the excitement among the twelve jurors was incredible. One, an elderly man with white hair, started to cry loudly at the thought of poor Luke hiding in the marsh for fifteen years for something beyond his control. The others began to whisper and nod to each other.
In the middle of all this up got that horrible Prosecutor again, waving his arms more wildly than ever.
In the middle of all this, that awful Prosecutor stood up again, waving his arms more frantically than ever.
“Your Honor,” he cried, “I must object to this evidence as biased. Of course the dog would not tell the truth against his own master. I object. I protest.”
“Your Honor,” he shouted, “I have to object to this evidence as biased. Obviously, the dog wouldn’t speak against its own owner. I object. I protest.”
“Very well,” said the judge, “you are at liberty to cross-examine. It is your duty as Prosecutor to prove his evidence untrue. There is the dog: question him, if you do not believe what he says.”
“Alright,” said the judge, “you can go ahead with the cross-examination. It's your job as the Prosecutor to show that his evidence is false. There’s the dog: ask him questions if you doubt what he says.”
I thought the long-nosed lawyer would have a fit. He looked first at the dog, then at the Doctor, then at the judge, then back at the dog scowling from the witness-box. He opened his mouth to say something; but no words came. He waved his arms some more. His face got redder and redder. At last, clutching his forehead, he sank weakly into[120] his seat and had to be helped out of the court-room by two friends. As he was half carried through the door he was still feebly murmuring, “I protest—I object—I protest!”
I thought the lawyer with the long nose was going to lose it. He looked at the dog, then at the Doctor, then at the judge, and back at the dog glaring from the witness box. He opened his mouth to say something, but nothing came out. He waved his arms around some more. His face got redder and redder. Finally, gripping his forehead, he weakly sank into[120] his seat and needed help from two friends to get out of the courtroom. As he was half-carried through the door, he was still weakly mumbling, “I protest—I object—I protest!”
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THREE CHEERS
NEXT the judge made a very long speech to the jury; and when it was over all the twelve jurymen got up and went out into the next room. And at that point the Doctor came back, leading Bob, to the seat beside me.
NEXT the judge gave a lengthy speech to the jury; and when it finished, all twelve jurors stood up and went into the next room. At that moment, the Doctor returned, leading Bob to the seat next to me.
“What have the jurymen gone out for?” I asked.
“What are the jurymen out for?” I asked.
“They always do that at the end of a trial—to make up their minds whether the prisoner did it or not.”
“They always do that at the end of a trial—to decide whether the prisoner is guilty or not.”
“Couldn’t you and Bob go in with them and help them make up their minds the right way?” I asked.
“Couldn’t you and Bob go in with them and help them make the right decision?” I asked.
“No, that’s not allowed. They have to talk it over in secret. Sometimes it takes—My Gracious, look, they’re coming back already! They didn’t spend long over it.”
“No, that’s not allowed. They have to discuss it privately. Sometimes it takes—Wow, look, they’re already back! They didn’t take long at all.”
Everybody kept quite still while the twelve men came tramping back into their places in the pews. Then one of them, the leader—a little man—stood up and turned to the judge. Every one was holding his breath, especially the Doctor and myself, to see what he was going to say. You could have heard a pin drop while the whole court-room, the whole[122] of Puddleby in fact, waited with craning necks and straining ears to hear the weighty words.
Everyone stayed completely quiet as the twelve men marched back to their spots in the pews. Then one of them, the leader—a short guy—stood up and faced the judge. Everyone was holding their breath, especially the Doctor and me, to hear what he was going to say. You could have heard a pin drop as the entire courtroom, the whole[122] of Puddleby, in fact, leaned in with straining necks and eager ears to catch his important words.
“Your Honor,” said the little man, “the jury returns a verdict of Not Guilty.”
“Your Honor,” said the little man, “the jury finds the defendant Not Guilty.”
“What’s that mean?” I asked, turning to the Doctor.
“What does that mean?” I asked, turning to the Doctor.
But I found Doctor John Dolittle, the famous naturalist, standing on top of a chair, dancing about on one leg like a schoolboy.
But I found Doctor John Dolittle, the famous naturalist, standing on a chair, hopping on one leg like a schoolboy.
“It means he’s free!” he cried, “Luke is free!”
“It means he’s free!” he shouted, “Luke is free!”
“Then he’ll be able to come on the voyage with us, won’t he?”
“Then he’ll be able to join us on the trip, right?”
But I could not hear his answer; for the whole court-room seemed to be jumping up on chairs like the Doctor. The crowd had suddenly gone crazy. All the people were laughing and calling and waving to Luke to show him how glad they were that he was free. The noise was deafening.
But I couldn’t hear his answer because the whole courtroom felt like it was jumping up on chairs like the Doctor. The crowd had suddenly lost it. Everyone was laughing, shouting, and waving at Luke to show how happy they were that he was free. The noise was overwhelming.
Then it stopped. All was quiet again; and the people stood up respectfully while the judge left the Court. For the trial of Luke the Hermit, that famous trial which to this day they are still talking of in Puddleby, was over.
Then it stopped. All was quiet again, and the people stood up respectfully as the judge left the Court. The trial of Luke the Hermit, that famous trial which they are still talking about in Puddleby today, was over.
In the hush while the judge was leaving, a sudden shriek rang out, and there, in the doorway stood a woman, her arms out-stretched to the Hermit.
In the quiet as the judge was leaving, a sudden scream echoed, and there, in the doorway, stood a woman, her arms extended towards the Hermit.
“Luke!” she cried, “I’ve found you at last!”
“Luke!” she shouted, “I finally found you!”
“It’s his wife,” the fat woman in front of me[123] whispered. “She ain’t seen ’im in fifteen years, poor dear! What a lovely re-union. I’m glad I came. I wouldn’t have missed this for anything!”
“It’s his wife,” the overweight woman in front of me[123] whispered. “She hasn't seen him in fifteen years, poor thing! What a beautiful reunion. I’m really glad I came. I wouldn’t have missed this for anything!”
As soon as the judge had gone the noise broke out again; and now the folks gathered round Luke and his wife and shook them by the hand and congratulated them and laughed over them and cried over them.
As soon as the judge left, the noise started up again; and now the people gathered around Luke and his wife, shaking their hands, congratulating them, laughing with them, and shedding tears of joy for them.
“Come along, Stubbins,” said the Doctor, taking me by the arm, “let’s get out of this while we can.”
“Come on, Stubbins,” the Doctor said, grabbing my arm, “let’s get out of here while we still can.”
“But aren’t you going to speak to Luke?” I said—“to ask him if he’ll come on the voyage?”
“But aren’t you going to talk to Luke?” I said—“to see if he’ll join us on the trip?”
“It wouldn’t be a bit of use,” said the Doctor. “His wife’s come for him. No man stands any chance of going on a voyage when his wife hasn’t seen him in fifteen years. Come along. Let’s get home to tea. We didn’t have any lunch, remember. And we’ve earned something to eat. We’ll have one of those mixed meals, lunch and tea combined—with watercress and ham. Nice change. Come along.”
“It wouldn’t be any use,” the Doctor said. “His wife is here for him. No man has a chance of going on a trip when his wife hasn’t seen him in fifteen years. Come on. Let’s head home for tea. We didn’t have lunch, remember? And we deserve something to eat. We’ll have one of those mixed meals, lunch and tea combined—with watercress and ham. Nice change. Let’s go.”
Just as we were going to step out at a side door I heard the crowd shouting,
Just as we were about to go out a side door, I heard the crowd yelling,
“The Doctor! The Doctor! Where’s the Doctor? The Hermit would have hanged if it hadn’t been for the Doctor. Speech! Speech!—The Doctor!”
“The Doctor! The Doctor! Where’s the Doctor? The Hermit would have been hanged if it hadn’t been for the Doctor. Speech! Speech!—The Doctor!”
And a man came running up to us and said,
And a guy ran up to us and said,
“The people are calling for you, Sir.”
“The people want to see you, Sir.”
“I’m very sorry,” said the Doctor, “but I’m in a hurry.”
“I’m really sorry,” said the Doctor, “but I’m in a rush.”
“The crowd won’t be denied, Sir,” said the man. “They want you to make a speech in the market-place.”
“The crowd won’t be ignored, Sir,” said the man. “They want you to give a speech in the market square.”
“Beg them to excuse me,” said the Doctor—“with my compliments. I have an appointment at my house—a very important one which I may not break. Tell Luke to make a speech. Come along, Stubbins, this way.”
“Please ask them to forgive me,” said the Doctor—“with my regards. I have a very important appointment at my house that I can’t miss. Tell Luke to give a speech. Let’s go, Stubbins, this way.”
“Oh Lord!” he muttered as we got out into the open air and found another crowd waiting for him at the side door. “Let’s go up that alleyway—to the left. Quick!—Run!”
“Oh Lord!” he muttered as we stepped out into the open air and saw another crowd waiting for him at the side door. “Let’s go up that alleyway—to the left. Quick!—Run!”
We took to our heels, darted through a couple of side streets and just managed to get away from the crowd.
We ran quickly, zigzagged through a few side streets, and barely escaped the crowd.
It was not till we had gained the Oxenthorpe Road that we dared to slow down to a walk and take our breath. And even when we reached the Doctor’s gate and turned to look backwards towards the town, the faint murmur of many voices still reached us on the evening wind.
It wasn't until we got to the Oxenthorpe Road that we felt safe enough to slow down to a walk and catch our breath. And even when we reached the Doctor’s gate and turned to look back at the town, we could still hear the distant murmur of many voices carried by the evening wind.
“They’re still clamoring for you,” I said. “Listen!”
“They’re still calling for you,” I said. “Listen!”
The murmur suddenly swelled up into a low distant roar; and although it was a mile and half away you could distinctly hear the words,
The murmur suddenly grew into a low, distant roar; and even though it was a mile and a half away, you could clearly hear the words,
“Three cheers for Luke the Hermit: Hooray!—Three cheers for his dog: Hooray!—Three cheers for his wife: Hooray!—Three cheers for the Doctor: Hooray! Hooray! HOO-R-A-Y!”
“Three cheers for Luke the Hermit: Hooray!—Three cheers for his dog: Hooray!—Three cheers for his wife: Hooray!—Three cheers for the Doctor: Hooray! Hooray! Hooray!”
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE PURPLE BIRD-OF-PARADISE
POLYNESIA was waiting for us in the front porch. She looked full of some important news.
POLYNESIA was waiting for us on the front porch. She looked like she had some important news.
“Doctor,” said she, “the Purple Bird-of-Paradise has arrived!”
"Doctor," she said, "the Purple Bird-of-Paradise has arrived!"
“At last!” said the Doctor. “I had begun to fear some accident had befallen her. And how is Miranda?”
“At last!” said the Doctor. “I was starting to worry that something had happened to her. And how is Miranda?”
From the excited way in which the Doctor fumbled his key into the lock I guessed that we were not going to get our tea right away, even now.
From the way the Doctor eagerly fumbled his key into the lock, I figured we weren’t getting our tea anytime soon, even now.
“Oh, she seemed all right when she arrived,” said Polynesia—“tired from her long journey of course but otherwise all right. But what do you think? That mischief-making sparrow, Cheapside, insulted her as soon as she came into the garden. When I arrived on the scene she was in tears and was all for turning round and going straight back to Brazil to-night. I had the hardest work persuading her to wait till you came. She’s in the study. I shut Cheapside in one of your book-cases and told him I’d tell you exactly what had happened the moment you got home.”
“Oh, she seemed fine when she got here,” said Polynesia, “tired from her long trip, of course, but otherwise good. But can you believe it? That troublemaking sparrow, Cheapside, insulted her as soon as she stepped into the garden. When I got there, she was in tears and was ready to turn around and head straight back to Brazil tonight. I had a tough time convincing her to wait until you arrived. She’s in the study. I locked Cheapside in one of your bookcases and told him I’d fill you in on exactly what happened as soon as you got home.”
The Doctor frowned, then walked silently and quickly to the study.
The Doctor frowned, then walked quietly and swiftly to the study.
Here we found the candles lit; for the daylight was nearly gone. Dab-Dab was standing on the floor mounting guard over one of the glass-fronted book-cases in which Cheapside had been imprisoned. The noisy little sparrow was still fluttering angrily behind the glass when we came in.
Here we found the candles lit because daylight was almost gone. Dab-Dab was standing on the floor, keeping watch over one of the glass-fronted bookcases where Cheapside had been trapped. The noisy little sparrow was still fluttering angrily behind the glass when we entered.
In the centre of the big table, perched on the ink-stand, stood the most beautiful bird I have ever seen. She had a deep violet-colored breast, scarlet wings and a long, long sweeping tail of gold. She was unimaginably beautiful but looked dreadfully tired. Already she had her head under her wing; and she swayed gently from side to side on top of the ink-stand like a bird that has flown long and far.
In the middle of the large table, resting on the ink stand, was the most beautiful bird I’ve ever seen. She had a deep violet breast, scarlet wings, and an incredibly long, sweeping golden tail. She was unbelievably gorgeous but seemed really exhausted. She already had her head tucked under her wing and swayed gently from side to side on top of the ink stand like a bird that had flown a long way.
“Sh!” said Dab-Dab. “Miranda is asleep. I’ve got this little imp Cheapside in here. Listen, Doctor: for Heaven’s sake send that sparrow away before he does any more mischief. He’s nothing but a vulgar little nuisance. We’ve had a perfectly awful time trying to get Miranda to stay. Shall I serve your tea in here, or will you come into the kitchen when you’re ready?”
“Sh!” said Dab-Dab. “Miranda is asleep. I’ve got this little troublemaker Cheapside in here. Listen, Doctor: for goodness’ sake, send that sparrow away before he causes any more chaos. He’s just a bothersome nuisance. We’ve had a really tough time getting Miranda to stay. Should I serve your tea in here, or will you come into the kitchen when you’re ready?”
“We’ll come into the kitchen, Dab-Dab,” said the Doctor. “Let Cheapside out before you go, please.”
“We’ll head into the kitchen, Dab-Dab,” the Doctor said. “Could you let Cheapside out before you leave, please?”
Dab-Dab opened the bookcase-door and Cheapside strutted out trying hard not to look guilty.
Dab-Dab opened the bookcase door, and Cheapside stepped out, doing his best to look innocent.
“Cheapside,” said the Doctor sternly, “what did you say to Miranda when she arrived?”
“Cheapside,” the Doctor said firmly, “what did you say to Miranda when she got here?”
“I didn’t say nothing, Doc, straight I didn’t. That is, nothing much. I was picking up crumbs off the gravel path when she comes swanking into the garden, turning up her nose in all directions, as though she owned the earth—just because she’s got a lot of colored plumage. A London sparrow’s as good as her any day. I don’t hold by these gawdy bedizened foreigners nohow. Why don’t they stay in their own country?”
“I didn’t say anything, Doc, honestly I didn’t. Well, not much. I was picking up crumbs off the gravel path when she strutted into the garden, looking down her nose at everything, like she owned the place—just because she’s got all that colorful plumage. A London sparrow is just as good as her any day. I’m not a fan of these flashy foreigners at all. Why don’t they just stay in their own country?”
“But what did you say to her that got her so offended?”
“But what did you say to her that made her so upset?”
“All I said was, ‘You don’t belong in an English garden; you ought to be in a milliner’s window.’ That’s all.”
“All I said was, ‘You don’t fit in an English garden; you should be in a hat shop window.’ That’s it.”
“You ought to be ashamed of yourself, Cheapside. Don’t you realize that this bird has come thousands of miles to see me—only to be insulted by your impertinent tongue as soon as she reaches my garden? What do you mean by it?—If she had gone away again before I got back to-night I would never have forgiven you—Leave the room.”
“You should be ashamed of yourself, Cheapside. Don’t you realize that this bird has traveled thousands of miles to see me—only to be insulted by your rude remarks the moment she arrives in my garden? What do you think you’re doing? If she had left before I got back tonight, I would never have forgiven you—Get out of the room.”
Sheepishly, but still trying to look as though he didn’t care, Cheapside hopped out into the passage and Dab-Dab closed the door.
Sheepishly, but still trying to act like he didn’t care, Cheapside jumped out into the passage and Dab-Dab shut the door.
The Doctor went up to the beautiful bird on the ink-stand and gently stroked its back. Instantly its head popped out from under its wing.
The Doctor walked over to the beautiful bird on the inkstand and softly stroked its back. Immediately, its head popped out from under its wing.
THE TENTH CHAPTER
LONG ARROW, THE SON OF GOLDEN ARROW
“WELL, Miranda,” said the Doctor. “I’m terribly sorry this has happened. But you mustn’t mind Cheapside; he doesn’t know any better. He’s a city bird; and all his life he has had to squabble for a living. You must make allowances. He doesn’t know any better.”
“WELL, Miranda,” said the Doctor. “I’m really sorry this has happened. But you shouldn’t hold it against Cheapside; he doesn’t know any better. He’s a city bird, and his whole life he’s had to fight for his survival. You have to understand. He just doesn’t know any better.”
Miranda stretched her gorgeous wings wearily. Now that I saw her awake and moving I noticed what a superior, well-bred manner she had. There were tears in her eyes and her beak was trembling.
Miranda stretched her beautiful wings tiredly. Now that I saw her awake and moving, I noticed how graceful and refined she was. There were tears in her eyes, and her beak was shaking.
“I wouldn’t have minded so much,” she said in a high silvery voice, “if I hadn’t been so dreadfully worn out—That and something else,” she added beneath her breath.
“I wouldn’t have minded so much,” she said in a high, silvery voice, “if I hadn’t been so completely worn out—That and something else,” she added under her breath.
“Did you have a hard time getting here?” asked the Doctor.
“Did you have a hard time getting here?” the Doctor asked.
“The worst passage I ever made,” said Miranda. “The weather—Well there. What’s the use? I’m here anyway.”
“The worst journey I ever made,” said Miranda. “The weather—Well, what’s the point? I’m here now anyway.”
“Tell me,” said the Doctor as though he had been impatiently waiting to say something for a[130] long time: “what did Long Arrow say when you gave him my message?”
“Tell me,” said the Doctor as if he had been eagerly waiting to say something for a[130] long time: “what did Long Arrow say when you passed on my message?”
The Purple Bird-of-Paradise hung her head.
The Purple Bird-of-Paradise hung her head.
“That’s the worst part of it,” she said. “I might almost as well have not come at all. I wasn’t able to deliver your message. I couldn’t find him. Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow, has disappeared!”
“That's the worst part,” she said. “I might as well not have come at all. I couldn't deliver your message. I couldn't find him. Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow, has disappeared!”
“Disappeared!” cried the Doctor. “Why, what’s become of him?”
“Disappeared!” exclaimed the Doctor. “What happened to him?”
“Nobody knows,” Miranda answered. “He had often disappeared before, as I have told you—so that the Indians didn’t know where he was. But it’s a mighty hard thing to hide away from the birds. I had always been able to find some owl or martin who could tell me where he was—if I wanted to know. But not this time. That’s why I’m nearly a fortnight late in coming to you: I kept hunting and hunting, asking everywhere. I went over the whole length and breadth of South America. But there wasn’t a living thing could tell me where he was.”
“Nobody knows,” Miranda replied. “He’s often gone missing before, as I’ve mentioned to you—so the Indians had no idea where he went. But it’s really tough to hide from the birds. I’ve always been able to find some owl or martin that could tell me where he was—if I wanted to know. But not this time. That’s why I’m almost two weeks late getting to you: I kept searching and searching, asking everyone I could. I traveled all across South America. But not a single creature could tell me where he was.”
There was a sad silence in the room after she had finished; the Doctor was frowning in a peculiar sort of way and Polynesia scratched her head.
There was a heavy silence in the room after she finished; the Doctor was frowning in a strange way, and Polynesia scratched her head.
“Did you ask the black parrots?” asked Polynesia. “They usually know everything.”
“Did you ask the black parrots?” Polynesia asked. “They usually know everything.”
“Certainly I did,” said Miranda. “And I was so upset at not being able to find out anything, that I forgot all about observing the weather-signs before I started my flight here. I didn’t even bother to break my journey at the Azores, but cut right across, making for the Straits of Gibraltar—as though it were June or July. And of course I ran into a perfectly frightful storm in mid-Atlantic. I really thought I’d never come through it. Luckily I found a piece of a wrecked vessel floating in the sea after the storm had partly died down; and I roosted on it and took some sleep. If I hadn’t been able to take that rest I wouldn’t be here to tell the tale.”
“Of course I did,” said Miranda. “And I was so upset about not being able to find out anything that I completely forgot to observe the weather signs before I started my flight here. I didn’t even stop at the Azores; I just went straight across, heading for the Straits of Gibraltar—as if it were June or July. Naturally, I ran into a horrible storm in the middle of the Atlantic. I really thought I wouldn’t make it through. Fortunately, after the storm calmed down a bit, I spotted a piece of a wrecked ship floating in the water; I landed on it and got some sleep. If I hadn’t been able to rest, I wouldn’t be here to share my story.”
“Poor Miranda! What a time you must have had!” said the Doctor. “But tell me, were you able to find out whereabouts Long Arrow was last seen?”
“Poor Miranda! You must have had quite a time!” said the Doctor. “But tell me, were you able to find out where Long Arrow was last seen?”
“Yes. A young albatross told me he had seen him on Spidermonkey Island?”
“Yes. A young albatross told me he had seen him on Spidermonkey Island?”
“Spidermonkey Island? That’s somewhere off the coast of Brazil, isn’t it?”
“Spidermonkey Island? That’s somewhere near the coast of Brazil, right?”
“Yes, that’s it. Of course I flew there right away and asked every bird on the island—and it is a big island, a hundred miles long. It seems that Long Arrow was visiting some peculiar Indians that live there; and that when last seen he was going up into the mountains looking for rare[132] medicine-plants. I got that from a tame hawk, a pet, which the Chief of the Indians keeps for hunting partridges with. I nearly got caught and put in a cage for my pains too. That’s the worst of having beautiful feathers: it’s as much as your life is worth to go near most humans—They say, ‘oh how pretty!’ and shoot an arrow or a bullet into you. You and Long Arrow were the only two men that I would ever trust myself near—out of all the people in the world.”
“Yes, that’s it. Of course, I flew there immediately and asked every bird on the island—and it’s a big island, a hundred miles long. It turns out that Long Arrow was visiting some unusual Indians who live there; and the last anyone saw him, he was heading up into the mountains searching for rare[132] medicinal plants. I found that out from a tame hawk, a pet that the Chief of the Indians keeps for hunting partridges. I almost got caught and caged for my efforts, too. That’s the downside of having beautiful feathers: it can cost you your life to get too close to most humans—they say, ‘oh how pretty!’ and shoot an arrow or a bullet at you. You and Long Arrow were the only two people I would ever trust myself near—out of all the people in the world.”
“But was he never known to have returned from the mountains?”
“But was he ever known to have come back from the mountains?”
“No. That was the last that was seen or heard of him. I questioned the sea-birds around the shores to find out if he had left the island in a canoe. But they could tell me nothing.”
“No. That was the last anyone saw or heard of him. I asked the sea birds by the shore if he had left the island in a canoe. But they couldn’t tell me anything.”
“Do you think that some accident has happened to him?” asked the Doctor in a fearful voice.
“Do you think something bad has happened to him?” asked the Doctor in a worried voice.
“I’m afraid it must have,” said Miranda shaking her head.
“I’m afraid it has to,” said Miranda, shaking her head.
“Well,” said John Dolittle slowly, “if I could
never meet Long Arrow face to face it would be
the greatest disappointment in my whole life. Not
only that, but it would be a great loss to the knowledge
of the human race. For, from what you have
told me of him, he knew more natural science than
all the rest of us put together; and if he has gone
without any one to write it down for him, so the
world may be the better for it, it would be a terrible[133]
[134]
thing. But you don’t really think that he is dead,
do you?”
"Well," John Dolittle said slowly, "if I never get to meet Long Arrow face to face, it would be the biggest disappointment of my life. Not only that, but it would also be a huge loss for human knowledge. From what you’ve told me about him, he knew more about natural science than all of us put together; and if he went without anyone to write it down, so the world could benefit from it, that would be a terrible[133]
[134] thing. But you don’t really think he's dead, do you?"

“What else can I think?” asked Miranda, bursting into tears, “when for six whole months he has not been seen by flesh, fish or fowl.”
“What else can I think?” asked Miranda, bursting into tears. “When he hasn’t been seen by anyone—human, animal, or bird—for six whole months.”
THE ELEVENTH CHAPTER
BLIND TRAVEL
THIS news about Long Arrow made us all very sad. And I could see from the silent dreamy way the Doctor took his tea that he was dreadfully upset. Every once in a while he would stop eating altogether and sit staring at the spots on the kitchen table-cloth as though his thoughts were far away; till Dab-Dab, who was watching to see that he got a good meal, would cough or rattle the pots in the sink.
THIS news about Long Arrow made us all really sad. I could tell from the quiet, distant way the Doctor was drinking his tea that he was really upset. Every now and then, he would stop eating completely and just stare at the stains on the kitchen tablecloth, as if his mind was elsewhere; until Dab-Dab, who was keeping an eye on him to make sure he ate well, would cough or rattle the pots in the sink.
I did my best to cheer him up by reminding him of all he had done for Luke and his wife that afternoon. And when that didn’t seem to work, I went on talking about our preparations for the voyage.
I tried my best to lift his spirits by reminding him of everything he had done for Luke and his wife that afternoon. When that didn’t seem to help, I started talking about our plans for the trip.
“But you see, Stubbins,” said he as we rose from the table and Dab-Dab and Chee-Chee began to clear away, “I don’t know where to go now. I feel sort of lost since Miranda brought me this news. On this voyage I had planned going to see Long Arrow. I had been looking forward to it for a whole year. I felt he might help me in learning the language of the shellfish—and perhaps in finding some way of getting to the bottom of the[136] sea. But now?—He’s gone! And all his great knowledge has gone with him.”
“But you see, Stubbins,” he said as we got up from the table and Dab-Dab and Chee-Chee started to clean up, “I don’t know where to go now. I feel kind of lost since Miranda gave me this news. On this trip, I was planning to go see Long Arrow. I had been looking forward to it for a whole year. I thought he might help me learn the language of the shellfish—and maybe even find a way to explore the bottom of the[136] sea. But now?—He’s gone! And all his great knowledge is gone with him.”
Then he seemed to fall a-dreaming again.
Then he seemed to drift back into a dream.
“Just to think of it!” he murmured. “Long Arrow and I, two students—Although I’d never met him, I felt as though I knew him quite well. For, in his way—without any schooling—he has, all his life, been trying to do the very things which I have tried to do in mine—And now he’s gone!—A whole world lay between us—And only a bird knew us both!”
“Just to think of it!” he said quietly. “Long Arrow and I, two students—Even though I’d never met him, I felt like I knew him really well. Because, in his own way—without any formal education—he has, all his life, been trying to do the same things that I’ve been trying to do in mine—And now he’s gone!—A whole world separated us—And only a bird knew us both!”
We went back into the study, where Jip brought the Doctor his slippers and his pipe. And after the pipe was lit and the smoke began to fill the room the old man seemed to cheer up a little.
We went back into the study, where Jip brought the Doctor his slippers and his pipe. Once the pipe was lit and the smoke started to fill the room, the old man seemed to perk up a bit.
“But you will go on some voyage, Doctor, won’t you?” I asked—“even if you can’t go to find Long Arrow.”
“But you will go on some trip, Doctor, right?” I asked—“even if you can’t go to find Long Arrow.”
He looked up sharply into my face; and I suppose he saw how anxious I was. Because he suddenly smiled his old, boyish smile and said,
He looked up quickly at my face, and I guess he noticed how worried I was. Then he suddenly smiled his familiar, boyish smile and said,
“Yes, Stubbins. Don’t worry. We’ll go. We mustn’t stop working and learning, even if poor Long Arrow has disappeared—But where to go: that’s the question. Where shall we go?”
“Yeah, Stubbins. Don’t worry. We’ll go. We can’t stop working and learning, even if poor Long Arrow is missing—But where to go: that’s the question. Where should we head?”
There were so many places that I wanted to go that I couldn’t make up my mind right away. And while I was still thinking, the Doctor sat up in his chair and said,
There were so many places I wanted to visit that I couldn't decide right away. And while I was still figuring it out, the Doctor sat up in his chair and said,
“I tell you what we’ll do, Stubbins: it’s a game I used to play when I was young—before Sarah came to live with me. I used to call it Blind Travel. Whenever I wanted to go on a voyage, and I couldn’t make up my mind where to go, I would take the atlas and open it with my eyes shut. Next, I’d wave a pencil, still without looking, and stick it down on whatever page had fallen open. Then I’d open my eyes and look. It’s a very exciting game, is Blind Travel. Because you have to swear, before you begin, that you will go to the place the pencil touches, come what may. Shall we play it?”
“I'll tell you what we’ll do, Stubbins: it’s a game I used to play when I was younger—before Sarah moved in with me. I called it Blind Travel. Whenever I wanted to go on a trip and couldn’t decide where to go, I would grab the atlas and open it with my eyes closed. Then, I’d wave a pencil around, still not looking, and stick it down on whatever page it landed on. After that, I’d open my eyes and check it out. Blind Travel is a really exciting game. Because you have to promise, before you start, that you’ll go to the place the pencil points to, no matter what happens. Want to play?”
“Oh, let’s!” I almost yelled. “How thrilling! I hope it’s China—or Borneo—or Bagdad.”
“Oh, let’s!” I nearly shouted. “How exciting! I hope it’s China—or Borneo—or Baghdad.”
And in a moment I had scrambled up the bookcase, dragged the big atlas from the top shelf and laid it on the table before the Doctor.
And in an instant, I climbed up the bookcase, pulled down the big atlas from the top shelf, and laid it on the table in front of the Doctor.
I knew every page in that atlas by heart. How many days and nights I had lingered over its old faded maps, following the blue rivers from the mountains to the sea; wondering what the little towns really looked like, and how wide were the sprawling lakes! I had had a lot of fun with that atlas, traveling, in my mind, all over the world. I can see it now: the first page had no map; it just told you that it was printed in Edinburgh in 1808, and a whole lot more about the book. The next page was the Solar System, showing the sun and planets, the stars and the moon. The third page[138] was the chart of the North and South Poles. Then came the hemispheres, the oceans, the continents and the countries.
I knew every page in that atlas by heart. How many days and nights I had spent over its old, faded maps, tracing the blue rivers from the mountains to the sea; wondering what the little towns really looked like and how wide the sprawling lakes were! I had a lot of fun with that atlas, traveling in my mind all over the world. I can see it now: the first page had no map; it just told you it was printed in Edinburgh in 1808, along with a bunch of other information about the book. The next page was the Solar System, showing the sun, the planets, the stars, and the moon. The third page[138] was the chart of the North and South Poles. Then came the hemispheres, the oceans, the continents, and the countries.
As the Doctor began sharpening his pencil a thought came to me.
As the Doctor started sharpening his pencil, a thought crossed my mind.
“What if the pencil falls upon the North Pole,” I asked, “will we have to go there?”
“What if the pencil lands on the North Pole?” I asked. “Will we have to go there?”
“No. The rules of the game say you don’t have to go any place you’ve been to before. You are allowed another try. I’ve been to the North Pole,” he ended quietly, “so we shan’t have to go there.”
“No. The rules of the game say you don’t have to go anywhere you’ve been before. You get another chance. I’ve been to the North Pole,” he said quietly, “so we won’t have to go there.”
I could hardly speak with astonishment.
I could barely speak out of amazement.
“You’ve been to the North pole!” I managed to gasp out at last. “But I thought it was still undiscovered. The map shows all the places explorers have reached to, trying to get there. Why isn’t your name down if you discovered it?”
“You’ve been to the North Pole!” I finally managed to say. “But I thought it was still undiscovered. The map shows all the places explorers have reached, trying to get there. Why isn’t your name on it if you discovered it?”
“I promised to keep it a secret. And you must promise me never to tell any one. Yes, I discovered the North Pole in April, 1809. But shortly after I got there the polar bears came to me in a body and told me there was a great deal of coal there, buried beneath the snow. They knew, they said, that human beings would do anything, and go anywhere, to get coal. So would I please keep it a secret. Because once people began coming up there to start coal-mines, their beautiful white country would be spoiled—and there was nowhere else in the world cold enough for polar[139] bears to be comfortable. So of course I had to promise them I would. Ah, well, it will be discovered again some day, by somebody else. But I want the polar bears to have their play-ground to themselves as long as possible. And I daresay it will be a good while yet—for it certainly is a fiendish place to get to—Well now, are we ready?—Good! Take the pencil and stand here close to the table. When the book falls open, wave the pencil round three times and jab it down. Ready?—All right. Shut your eyes.”
“I promised to keep it a secret. And you have to promise me you won’t tell anyone. Yes, I discovered the North Pole in April 1809. But shortly after I arrived, the polar bears gathered around me and told me there was a huge amount of coal buried under the snow. They knew that humans would do anything and go anywhere to get coal. So, they asked me to please keep it a secret. Because once people started coming up there to mine coal, their beautiful white land would be ruined—and there’s nowhere else in the world cold enough for polar bears to be comfortable. So, of course, I had to promise them I would. Ah, well, it will be found out again someday by someone
It was a tense and fearful moment—but very thrilling. We both had our eyes shut tight. I heard the atlas fall open with a bang. I wondered what page it was: England or Asia. If it should be the map of Asia, so much would depend on where that pencil would land. I waved three times in a circle. I began to lower my hand. The pencil-point touched the page.
It was a tense, nerve-wracking moment—but really exciting. We both had our eyes shut tight. I heard the atlas slam open. I wondered what page it was: England or Asia. If it was the map of Asia, so much would depend on where that pencil landed. I waved three times in a circle. I started to lower my hand. The pencil tip touched the page.
“All right,” I called out, “it’s done.”
“All right,” I shouted, “it’s done.”
THE TWELFTH CHAPTER
DESTINY AND DESTINATION
WE both opened our eyes; then bumped our heads together with a crack in our eagerness to lean over and see where we were to go.
We both opened our eyes and accidentally bumped our heads together with a crack as we eagerly leaned over to see where we were supposed to go.
The atlas lay open at a map called, Chart of the South Atlantic Ocean. My pencil-point was resting right in the center of a tiny island. The name of it was printed so small that the Doctor had to get out his strong spectacles to read it. I was trembling with excitement.
The atlas was open to a map titled, Chart of the South Atlantic Ocean. My pencil was pointed right at the center of a small island. The name was printed so small that the Doctor had to put on his strong glasses to read it. I was buzzing with excitement.
“Spidermonkey Island,” he read out slowly. Then he whistled softly beneath his breath. “Of all the extraordinary things! You’ve hit upon the very island where Long Arrow was last seen on earth—I wonder—Well, well! How very singular!”
“Spidermonkey Island,” he read slowly. Then he whistled softly to himself. “Of all the incredible things! You’ve stumbled upon the exact island where Long Arrow was last seen on earth—I wonder—Well, well! How very strange!”
“We’ll go there, Doctor, won’t we?” I asked.
“We’ll go there, right, Doctor?” I asked.
“Of course we will. The rules of the game say we’ve got to.”
"Of course we will. The rules of the game say we have to."
“I’m so glad it wasn’t Oxenthorpe or Bristol,” I said. “It’ll be a grand voyage, this. Look at all the sea we’ve got to cross. Will it take us long?”
“I’m really glad it wasn’t Oxenthorpe or Bristol,” I said. “This is going to be an amazing journey. Just look at all the sea we have to cross. Is it going to take us a long time?”
“Oh, no,” said the Doctor—“not very. With a good boat and a good wind we should make it easily in four weeks. But isn’t it extraordinary? Of all the places in the world you picked out that one with your eyes shut. Spidermonkey Island after all!—Well, there’s one good thing about it: I shall be able to get some Jabizri beetles.”
“Oh, no,” said the Doctor, “not really. With a good boat and a decent wind, we should be able to get there in about four weeks. But isn’t it amazing? You randomly chose that place out of all the options. Spidermonkey Island of all places! Well, at least there’s one positive: I’ll be able to collect some Jabizri beetles.”
“What are Jabizri beetles?”
"What are Jabizri beetles?"
“They are a very rare kind of beetles with peculiar habits. I want to study them. There are only three countries in the world where they are to be found. Spidermonkey Island is one of them. But even there they are very scarce.”
“They're a really rare type of beetle with unusual habits. I want to study them. There are only three countries in the world where you can find them. Spidermonkey Island is one of those places. But even there, they're pretty scarce.”
“What is this little question-mark after the name of the island for?” I asked, pointing to the map.
“What’s this little question mark after the name of the island for?” I asked, pointing to the map.
“That means that the island’s position in the ocean is not known very exactly—that it is somewhere about there. Ships have probably seen it in that neighborhood, that is all, most likely. It is quite possible we shall be the first white men to land there. But I daresay we shall have some difficulty in finding it first.”
“That means that the island’s location in the ocean isn’t known very precisely—it’s somewhere around there. Ships have probably spotted it in that area, and that’s about it, most likely. It's quite possible we’ll be the first white men to set foot on it. But I bet we’ll have some trouble finding it first.”
How like a dream it all sounded! The two of us sitting there at the big study-table; the candles lit; the smoke curling towards the dim ceiling from the Doctor’s pipe—the two of us sitting there, talking about finding an island in the ocean and being the first white men to land upon it!
How dreamlike it all sounded! The two of us sitting there at the big study table; the candles lit; the smoke curling up toward the dim ceiling from the Doctor’s pipe—the two of us sitting there, talking about discovering an island in the ocean and being the first white men to land on it!
“I’ll bet it will be a great voyage,” I said. “It[142] looks a lovely island on the map. Will there be black men there?”
“I bet it will be an amazing trip,” I said. “It[142] looks like a beautiful island on the map. Will there be black people there?”
“No. A peculiar tribe of Red Indians lives on it, Miranda tells me.”
“No. A strange tribe of Native Americans lives there, Miranda tells me.”
At this point the poor Bird-of-Paradise stirred and woke up. In our excitement we had forgotten to speak low.
At this point, the poor Bird-of-Paradise stirred and woke up. In our excitement, we had forgotten to keep our voices down.
“We are going to Spidermonkey Island, Miranda,” said the Doctor. “You know where it is, do you not?”
“We're going to Spidermonkey Island, Miranda,” said the Doctor. “You know where it is, right?”
“I know where it was the last time I saw it,” said the bird. “But whether it will be there still, I can’t say.”
“I know where it was the last time I saw it,” said the bird. “But I can’t say if it’s still there.”
“What do you mean?” asked the Doctor. “It is always in the same place surely?”
“What do you mean?” asked the Doctor. “Isn’t it always in the same spot?”
“Not by any means,” said Miranda. “Why, didn’t you know?—Spidermonkey Island is a floating island. It moves around all over the place—usually somewhere near southern South America. But of course I could surely find it for you if you want to go there.”
“Not at all,” said Miranda. “Why, didn’t you know?—Spidermonkey Island is a floating island. It drifts around all over the place—usually somewhere near southern South America. But I can definitely help you find it if you want to go there.”
At this fresh piece of news I could contain myself no longer. I was bursting to tell some one. I ran dancing and singing from the room to find Chee-Chee.
At this new piece of news, I couldn't hold it in anymore. I was itching to tell someone. I ran out of the room dancing and singing to find Chee-Chee.
At the door I tripped over Dab-Dab, who was just coming in with her wings full of plates, and fell headlong on my nose.
At the door, I stumbled over Dab-Dab, who was just coming in with her wings loaded with plates, and fell flat on my face.
“Has the boy gone crazy?” cried the duck. “Where do you think you’re going, ninny?”
“Has the boy lost his mind?” exclaimed the duck. “Where do you think you’re going, silly?”
“To Spidermonkey Island!” I shouted, picking myself up and doing cart-wheels down the hall—“Spidermonkey Island! Hooray!—And it’s a floating island!”
“To Spidermonkey Island!” I yelled, getting up and doing cartwheels down the hall—“Spidermonkey Island! Yay!—And it’s a floating island!”
“You’re going to Bedlam, I should say,” snorted the housekeeper. “Look what you’ve done to my best china!”
“You're going to Bedlam, I have to say,” scoffed the housekeeper. “Look what you’ve done to my finest china!”
But I was far too happy to listen to her scolding; and I ran on, singing, into the kitchen to find Chee-Chee.
But I was way too happy to pay attention to her scolding; and I ran on, singing, into the kitchen to find Chee-Chee.

PART THREE
THE FIRST CHAPTER
THE THIRD MAN
THAT same week we began our preparations for the voyage.
THAT same week, we started getting ready for the trip.
Joe, the mussel-man, had the Curlew moved down the river and tied it up along the river-wall, so it would be more handy for loading. And for three whole days we carried provisions down to our beautiful new boat and stowed them away.
Joe, the mussel-man, had the Curlew moved down the river and docked it along the river-wall, making it easier for loading. For three full days, we brought supplies down to our beautiful new boat and stored them away.
I was surprised to find how roomy and big she was inside. There were three little cabins, a saloon (or dining-room) and underneath all this, a big place called the hold where the food and extra sails and other things were kept.
I was surprised to see how spacious and large she was inside. There were three small cabins, a saloon (or dining room), and below all that, a large area called the hold where the food, spare sails, and other supplies were stored.
I think Joe must have told everybody in the town about our coming voyage, because there was always a regular crowd watching us when we brought the things down to put aboard. And of course sooner or later old Matthew Mugg was bound to turn up.
I think Joe must have told everyone in town about our upcoming trip because there was always a steady crowd watching us when we brought our stuff to load onto the boat. And of course, sooner or later, old Matthew Mugg was sure to show up.
“My Goodness, Tommy,” said he, as he watched me carrying on some sacks of flour, “but that’s a[145] pretty boat! Where might the Doctor be going to this voyage?”
“My goodness, Tommy,” he said as he watched me carrying some sacks of flour, “that’s a pretty boat! Where do you think the Doctor is headed on this trip?”
“We’re going to Spidermonkey Island,” I said proudly.
“We’re going to Spidermonkey Island,” I said proudly.
“And be you the only one the Doctor’s taking along?”
“And are you the only one the Doctor’s taking along?”
“Well, he has spoken of wanting to take another man,” I said; “but so far he hasn’t made up his mind.”
“Well, he has mentioned wanting to take another guy,” I said; “but so far he hasn’t made a decision.”
Matthew grunted; then squinted up at the graceful masts of the Curlew.
Matthew grunted, then squinted up at the elegant masts of the Curlew.
“You know, Tommy,” said he, “if it wasn’t for my rheumatism I’ve half a mind to come with the Doctor myself. There’s something about a boat standing ready to sail that always did make me feel venturesome and travelish-like. What’s that stuff in the cans you’re taking on?”
“You know, Tommy,” he said, “if it weren’t for my rheumatism, I’d really consider going with the Doctor myself. There’s something about a boat ready to sail that always makes me feel adventurous and like traveling. What’s that stuff in the cans you’re bringing on?”
“This is treacle,” I said—“twenty pounds of treacle.”
“This is syrup,” I said—“twenty pounds of syrup.”
“My Goodness,” he sighed, turning away sadly. “That makes me feel more like going with you than ever—But my rheumatism is that bad I can’t hardly—”
“My goodness,” he sighed, turning away sadly. “That makes me feel more like going with you than ever—but my rheumatism is so bad I can hardly—”
I didn’t hear any more for Matthew had moved off, still mumbling, into the crowd that stood about the wharf. The clock in Puddleby Church struck noon and I turned back, feeling very busy and important, to the task of loading.
I didn’t hear anything else because Matthew had wandered off, still mumbling, into the crowd gathered by the wharf. The clock in Puddleby Church struck noon, and I turned back, feeling very busy and important, to the job of loading.
But it wasn’t very long before some one else came[146] along and interrupted my work. This was a huge, big, burly man with a red beard and tattoo-marks all over his arms. He wiped his mouth with the back of his hand, spat twice on to the river-wall and said,
But it wasn’t long before someone else came[146] by and interrupted my work. He was a massive, burly guy with a red beard and tattoos all over his arms. He wiped his mouth with the back of his hand, spat twice onto the river wall, and said,
“Boy, where’s the skipper?”
"Hey, where's the captain?"
“The skipper!—Who do you mean?” I asked.
“The skipper!—Who are you talking about?” I asked.
“The captain—Where’s the captain of this craft?” he said, pointing to the Curlew.
“The captain—Where’s the captain of this boat?” he asked, pointing to the Curlew.
“Oh, you mean the Doctor,” said I. “Well, he isn’t here at present.”
“Oh, you mean the doctor,” I said. “Well, he isn’t here right now.”
At that moment the Doctor arrived with his arms full of note-books and butterfly-nets and glass cases and other natural history things. The big man went up to him, respectfully touching his cap.
At that moment, the Doctor arrived, his arms loaded with notebooks, butterfly nets, glass cases, and other natural history supplies. The big man approached him, respectfully tipping his cap.
“Good morning, Captain,” said he. “I heard you was in need of hands for a voyage. My name’s Ben Butcher, able seaman.”
“Good morning, Captain,” he said. “I heard you needed extra crew for a voyage. My name’s Ben Butcher, skilled seaman.”
“I am very glad to know you,” said the Doctor. “But I’m afraid I shan’t be able to take on any more crew.”
“I’m really glad to meet you,” said the Doctor. “But I’m afraid I can’t take on any more crew.”
“Why, but Captain,” said the able seaman, “you surely ain’t going to face deep-sea weather with nothing more than this bit of a lad to help you—and with a cutter that big!”
“Why, Captain,” said the skilled sailor, “you can't seriously think of facing rough seas with just this young guy to help you—and on a boat that size!”
The Doctor assured him that he was; but the man
didn’t go away. He hung around and argued.
He told us he had known of many ships being sunk
through “undermanning.” He got out what he[147]
[148]
called his stiffikit—a paper which said what a good
sailor he was—and implored us, if we valued our
lives, to take him.
The doctor assured him that he was, but the man didn’t leave. He stuck around and argued. He told us he knew of many ships sinking due to “undermanning.” He pulled out what he called his stiffikit—a paper that stated what a great sailor he was—and begged us, if we valued our lives, to take him.

But the Doctor was quite firm—polite but determined—and finally the man walked sorrowfully away, telling us he never expected to see us alive again.
But the Doctor was very firm—polite but resolute—and finally the man walked away sadly, telling us he never thought he would see us alive again.
Callers of one sort and another kept us quite busy that morning. The Doctor had no sooner gone below to stow away his note-books than another visitor appeared upon the gang-plank. This was a most extraordinary-looking black man. The only other negroes I had seen had been in circuses, where they wore feathers and bone necklaces and things like that. But this one was dressed in a fashionable frock coat with an enormous bright red cravat. On his head was a straw hat with a gay band; and over this he held a large green umbrella. He was very smart in every respect except his feet. He wore no shoes or socks.
Callers of various kinds kept us busy that morning. The Doctor had barely gone below to put away his notebooks when another visitor showed up on the gangplank. This was a remarkably unusual-looking Black man. The only other Black people I’d seen had been in circuses, dressed in feathers and bone necklaces and things like that. But this guy was wearing a stylish frock coat with a huge bright red tie. He had a straw hat with a colorful band on his head, and he held a large green umbrella above him. He looked sharp in every way except for his feet. He was barefoot, with no shoes or socks.
“Pardon me,” said he, bowing elegantly, “but is this the ship of the physician Dolittle?”
“Excuse me,” he said, bowing gracefully, “but is this the ship of Dr. Dolittle?”
“Yes,” I said, “did you wish to see him?”
“Yes,” I said, “did you want to see him?”
“I did—if it will not be discommodious,” he answered.
"I did—if it won't be inconvenient," he replied.
“Who shall I say it is?”
“Who should I say it is?”
“I am Bumpo Kahbooboo, Crown Prince of Jolliginki.”
“I am Bumpo Kahbooboo, the Crown Prince of Jolliginki.”
I ran downstairs at once and told the Doctor.
I ran downstairs right away and told the doctor.
“How fortunate!” cried John Dolittle. “My old friend Bumpo! Well, well!—He’s studying at Oxford, you know. How good of him to come all this way to call on me!” And he tumbled up the ladder to greet his visitor.
“How lucky!” exclaimed John Dolittle. “My old friend Bumpo! Well, well!—He’s studying at Oxford, you know. How nice of him to come all this way to visit me!” And he hurried up the ladder to greet his guest.
The strange black man seemed to be overcome with joy when the Doctor appeared and shook him warmly by the hand.
The strange Black man looked really happy when the Doctor showed up and shook his hand warmly.
“News reached me,” he said, “that you were about to sail upon a voyage. I hastened to see you before your departure. I am sublimely ecstasied that I did not miss you.”
“News got to me,” he said, “that you were about to set sail on a journey. I rushed to see you before you left. I’m incredibly thrilled that I didn’t miss you.”
“You very nearly did miss us,” said the Doctor. “As it happened, we were delayed somewhat in getting the necessary number of men to sail our boat. If it hadn’t been for that, we would have been gone three days ago.”
“You almost missed us,” said the Doctor. “Actually, we were a bit delayed in gathering enough people to sail our boat. If it weren't for that, we would have left three days ago.”
“How many men does your ship’s company yet require?” asked Bumpo.
“How many more crew members does your ship need?” asked Bumpo.
“Only one,” said the Doctor—“But it is so hard to find the right one.”
“Only one,” said the Doctor, “But it’s so hard to find the right one.”
“Methinks I detect something of the finger of Destination in this,” said Bumpo. “How would I do?”
“Might I sense the touch of Fate in this?” said Bumpo. “What should I do?”
“Splendidly,” said the Doctor. “But what about your studies? You can’t very well just go off and leave your university career to take care of itself, you know.”
“Absolutely,” said the Doctor. “But what about your studies? You can’t just abandon your university career and expect it to take care of itself, you know.”
“I need a holiday,” said Bumpo. “Even had I[150] not gone with you, I intended at the end of this term to take a three-months’ absconsion—But besides, I shall not be neglecting my edification if I accompany you. Before I left Jolliginki my august father, the King, told me to be sure and travel plenty. You are a man of great studiosity. To see the world in your company is an opportunity not to be sneezed upon. No, no, indeed.”
“I need a vacation,” Bumpo said. “Even if I hadn’t gone with you, I planned to take a three-month break at the end of this term. But besides that, I won't be neglecting my education if I join you. Before I left Jolliginki, my respected father, the King, told me to make sure and travel a lot. You have a great thirst for knowledge. Experiencing the world with you is an opportunity not to be missed. No, no, really.”
“How did you like the life at Oxford?” asked the Doctor.
“How did you enjoy life at Oxford?” asked the Doctor.
“Oh, passably, passably,” said Bumpo. “I liked it all except the algebra and the shoes. The algebra hurt my head and the shoes hurt my feet. I threw the shoes over a wall as soon as I got out of the college quadrilateral this morning; and the algebra I am happily forgetting very fast—I liked Cicero—Yes, I think Cicero’s fine—so simultaneous. By the way, they tell me his son is rowing for our college next year—charming fellow.”
“Oh, it was okay, okay,” said Bumpo. “I liked everything except the math and the shoes. The math gave me a headache and the shoes were uncomfortable. I tossed the shoes over a wall as soon as I left the college courtyard this morning; and I’m quickly forgetting the math—I liked Cicero—Yeah, I think Cicero’s great—so relevant. By the way, I’ve heard his son is rowing for our college next year—what a nice guy.”
The Doctor looked down at the black man’s huge bare feet thoughtfully a moment.
The Doctor looked down at the large bare feet of the Black man, deep in thought for a moment.
“Well,” he said slowly, “there is something in what you say, Bumpo, about getting education from the world as well as from the college. And if you are really sure that you want to come, we shall be delighted to have you. Because, to tell you the truth, I think you are exactly the man we need.”
“Well,” he said slowly, “you do have a point, Bumpo, about getting education from the world as well as from college. And if you’re really sure you want to come, we’d be thrilled to have you. Because, to be honest, I think you’re exactly the person we need.”
THE SECOND CHAPTER
GOOD-BYE!
TWO days after that we had all in readiness for our departure.
Two days after that, we were all set to leave.
On this voyage Jip begged so hard to be taken that the Doctor finally gave in and said he could come. Polynesia and Chee-Chee were the only other animals to go with us. Dab-Dab was left in charge of the house and the animal family we were to leave behind.
On this trip, Jip begged so much to go that the Doctor finally agreed he could come along. Polynesia and Chee-Chee were the only other animals that joined us. Dab-Dab was left in charge of the house and the animal family we were leaving behind.
Of course, as is always the way, at the last moment we kept remembering things we had forgotten; and when we finally closed the house up and went down the steps to the road, we were all burdened with armfuls of odd packages.
Of course, as always happens, at the last minute we kept remembering things we had forgotten; and when we finally locked up the house and went down the steps to the road, we were all loaded down with random packages.
Halfway to the river, the Doctor suddenly remembered that he had left the stock-pot boiling on the kitchen-fire. However, we saw a blackbird flying by who nested in our garden, and the Doctor asked her to go back for us and tell Dab-Dab about it.
Halfway to the river, the Doctor suddenly remembered that he had left the stockpot boiling on the stove. However, we saw a blackbird flying by that nested in our garden, and the Doctor asked her to go back for us and tell Dab-Dab about it.
Down at the river-wall we found a great crowd waiting to see us off.
Down at the river wall, we found a huge crowd waiting to send us off.
Standing right near the gang-plank were my mother and father. I hoped that they would not[152] make a scene, or burst into tears or anything like that. But as a matter of fact they behaved quite well—for parents. My mother said something about being sure not to get my feet wet; and my father just smiled a crooked sort of smile, patted me on the back and wished me luck. Good-byes are awfully uncomfortable things and I was glad when it was over and we passed on to the ship.
Standing right by the gangplank were my mom and dad. I hoped they wouldn’t make a scene or burst into tears or anything like that. But actually, they handled it pretty well—for parents. My mom said something about making sure I didn’t get my feet wet, and my dad just smiled a lopsided smile, patted me on the back, and wished me good luck. Goodbyes are really awkward, and I was relieved when it was over and we moved onto the ship.
We were a little surprised not to see Matthew Mugg among the crowd. We had felt sure that he would be there; and the Doctor had intended to give him some extra instructions about the food for the animals we had left at the house.
We were a bit surprised not to see Matthew Mugg in the crowd. We were sure he would be there; and the Doctor had planned to give him some extra instructions about the food for the animals we had left at the house.
At last, after much pulling and tugging, we got the anchor up and undid a lot of mooring-ropes. Then the Curlew began to move gently down the river with the out-running tide, while the people on the wall cheered and waved their handkerchiefs.
At last, after a lot of pulling and tugging, we got the anchor up and untied a bunch of mooring ropes. Then the Curlew started moving gently down the river with the outgoing tide, while the people on the wall cheered and waved their handkerchiefs.
We bumped into one or two other boats getting out into the stream; and at one sharp bend in the river we got stuck on a mud bank for a few minutes. But though the people on the shore seemed to get very excited at these things, the Doctor did not appear to be disturbed by them in the least.
We ran into a couple of other boats as we made our way into the stream, and at one sharp turn in the river, we got stuck on a mud bank for a few minutes. However, even though the people on the shore seemed really worked up about it, the Doctor didn’t seem bothered at all.
“These little accidents will happen in the most carefully regulated voyages,” he said as he leaned over the side and fished for his boots which had got stuck in the mud while we were pushing off. “Sailing is much easier when you get out into the[153] open sea. There aren’t so many silly things to bump into.”
“These little accidents can happen on even the most carefully planned trips,” he said as he leaned over the side and searched for his boots, which had gotten stuck in the mud while we were pushing off. “Sailing is a lot easier once you’re out in the[153] open sea. There aren’t as many random things to run into.”
For me indeed it was a great and wonderful feeling, that getting out into the open sea, when at length we passed the little lighthouse at the mouth of the river and found ourselves free of the land. It was all so new and different: just the sky above you and sea below. This ship, which was to be our house and our street, our home and our garden, for so many days to come, seemed so tiny in all this wide water—so tiny and yet so snug, sufficient, safe.
For me, it really was an amazing feeling when we finally got out into the open sea, passing the little lighthouse at the mouth of the river and leaving the land behind. Everything felt so new and different: just the sky above us and the sea below. This ship, which was going to be our house and street, our home and garden for so many days ahead, felt so small in all this vast water—tiny but cozy, enough, and safe.
I looked around me and took in a deep breath. The Doctor was at the wheel steering the boat which was now leaping and plunging gently through the waves. (I had expected to feel seasick at first but was delighted to find that I didn’t.) Bumpo had been told off to go downstairs and prepare dinner for us. Chee-Chee was coiling up ropes in the stern and laying them in neat piles. My work was fastening down the things on the deck so that nothing could roll about if the weather should grow rough when we got further from the land. Jip was up in the peak of the boat with ears cocked and nose stuck out—like a statue, so still—his keen old eyes keeping a sharp look-out for floating wrecks, sand-bars, and other dangers. Each one of us had some special job to do, part of the proper running of a ship. Even old Polynesia was taking the sea’s temperature with the Doctor’s bath-thermometer[154] tied on the end of a string, to make sure there were no icebergs near us. As I listened to her swearing softly to herself because she couldn’t read the pesky figures in the fading light, I realized that the voyage had begun in earnest and that very soon it would be night—my first night at sea!
I looked around and took a deep breath. The Doctor was at the wheel, steering the boat as it bounced gently through the waves. (I had expected to feel seasick at first but was thrilled to find that I didn’t.) Bumpo had been assigned to go downstairs and prepare dinner for us. Chee-Chee was coiling ropes at the back and stacking them neatly. My job was to secure everything on the deck so that nothing would roll around if the weather turned rough as we moved further from shore. Jip was up at the front of the boat, ears perked and nose out—like a statue, so still—his sharp old eyes watching for floating wrecks, sandbars, and other hazards. Each of us had a specific task to ensure the ship ran smoothly. Even old Polynesia was checking the sea's temperature with the Doctor’s bath thermometer tied to a string, making sure there were no icebergs nearby. As I heard her muttering softly to herself because she couldn’t read the annoying figures in the fading light, I realized that the voyage had truly begun and that night was coming soon—my first night at sea!
THE THIRD CHAPTER
OUR TROUBLES BEGIN
JUST before supper-time Bumpo appeared from downstairs and went to the Doctor at the wheel.
JUST before supper, Bumpo came up from downstairs and went to the Doctor at the wheel.
“A stowaway in the hold, Sir,” said he in a very business-like seafaring voice. “I just discovered him, behind the flour-bags.”
“A stowaway in the cargo hold, sir,” he said in a very professional seafarer's tone. “I just found him, hiding behind the flour bags.”
“Dear me!” said the Doctor. “What a nuisance! Stubbins, go down with Bumpo and bring the man up. I can’t leave the wheel just now.”
“Goodness!” said the Doctor. “What a hassle! Stubbins, go down with Bumpo and get the man. I can’t leave the wheel right now.”
So Bumpo and I went down into the hold; and there, behind the flour-bags, plastered in flour from head to foot, we found a man. After we had swept most of the flour off him with a broom, we discovered that it was Matthew Mugg. We hauled him upstairs sneezing and took him before the Doctor.
So Bumpo and I went down into the hold, and there, behind the flour bags, covered in flour from head to toe, we found a man. After we brushed most of the flour off him with a broom, we realized it was Matthew Mugg. We pulled him upstairs sneezing and took him to see the Doctor.
“Why Matthew!” said John Dolittle. “What on earth are you doing here?”
“Why, Matthew!” said John Dolittle. “What in the world are you doing here?”
“The temptation was too much for me, Doctor,” said the cat’s-meat-man. “You know I’ve often asked you to take me on voyages with you and you never would. Well, this time, knowing that you needed an extra man, I thought if I stayed hid till the ship was well at sea you would find I came in[156] handy like and keep me. But I had to lie so doubled up, for hours, behind them flour-bags, that my rheumatism came on something awful. I just had to change my position; and of course just as I stretched out my legs along comes this here African cook of yours and sees my feet sticking out—Don’t this ship roll something awful! How long has this storm been going on? I reckon this damp sea air wouldn’t be very good for my rheumatics.”
“The temptation was too much for me, Doctor,” said the cat’s-meat-man. “You know I’ve often asked you to take me on trips with you, and you never did. Well, this time, knowing you needed an extra hand, I thought if I hid until the ship was well at sea, you’d find me helpful and keep me on. But I had to lie twisted up for hours behind those flour bags, and my rheumatism flared up really badly. I just had to change my position; and of course, just as I stretched out my legs, along comes your African cook and sees my feet sticking out—Doesn’t this ship rock a lot! How long has this storm been going on? I guess this damp sea air isn’t great for my rheumatics.”
“No, Matthew it really isn’t. You ought not to have come. You are not in any way suited to this kind of a life. I’m sure you wouldn’t enjoy a long voyage a bit. We’ll stop in at Penzance and put you ashore. Bumpo, please go downstairs to my bunk; and listen: in the pocket of my dressing-gown you’ll find some maps. Bring me the small one—with blue pencil-marks at the top. I know Penzance is over here on our left somewhere. But I must find out what light-houses there are before I change the ship’s course and sail inshore.”
“No, Matthew, it really isn’t. You shouldn't have come. You’re not suited for this kind of life at all. I’m sure you wouldn’t enjoy a long voyage at all. We’ll stop in at Penzance and let you off. Bumpo, please go downstairs to my bunk; and listen: in the pocket of my dressing gown, you’ll find some maps. Bring me the small one—with blue pencil marks at the top. I know Penzance is over here on our left somewhere. But I need to find out what lighthouses there are before I change the ship’s course and sail inshore.”
“Very good, Sir,” said Bumpo, turning round smartly and making for the stairway.
“Sounds good, Sir,” said Bumpo, turning around quickly and heading for the stairs.
“Now Matthew,” said the Doctor, “you can take the coach from Penzance to Bristol. And from there it is not very far to Puddleby, as you know. Don’t forget to take the usual provisions to the house every Thursday, and be particularly careful to remember the extra supply of herrings for the baby minks.”
“Now Matthew,” said the Doctor, “you can take the coach from Penzance to Bristol. And from there, it’s not too far to Puddleby, as you know. Don’t forget to bring the usual supplies to the house every Thursday, and be sure to remember the extra supply of herrings for the baby minks.”
While we were waiting for the maps Chee-Chee and I set about lighting the lamps: a green one on the right side of the ship, a red one on the left and a white one on the mast.
While we were waiting for the maps, Chee-Chee and I started lighting the lamps: a green one on the right side of the ship, a red one on the left, and a white one on the mast.
At last we heard some one trundling on the stairs again and the Doctor said,
At last, we heard someone coming down the stairs again, and the Doctor said,
“Ah, here’s Bumpo with the maps at last!”
“Ah, here’s Bumpo with the maps finally!”
But to our great astonishment it was not Bumpo alone that appeared but three people.
But to our great surprise, it wasn't just Bumpo who showed up, but three people.
“Good Lord deliver us! Who are these?” cried John Dolittle.
“Good Lord, help us! Who are these people?” cried John Dolittle.
“Two more stowaways, Sir,” said Bumpo stepping forward briskly. “I found them in your cabin hiding under the bunk. One woman and one man, Sir. Here are the maps.”
“Two more stowaways, Sir,” Bumpo said as he stepped forward quickly. “I found them in your cabin hiding under the bunk. One woman and one man, Sir. Here are the maps.”
“This is too much,” said the Doctor feebly. “Who are they? I can’t see their faces in this dim light. Strike a match, Bumpo.”
“This is too much,” said the Doctor weakly. “Who are they? I can’t see their faces in this dim light. Light a match, Bumpo.”
You could never guess who it was. It was Luke and his wife. Mrs. Luke appeared to be very miserable and seasick.
You would never guess who it was. It was Luke and his wife. Mrs. Luke looked really unhappy and quite seasick.
They explained to the Doctor that after they had settled down to live together in the little shack out on the fens, so many people came to visit them (having heard about the great trial) that life became impossible; and they had decided to escape from Puddleby in this manner—for they had no money to leave any other way—and try to find some new place to live where they and their story[158] wouldn’t be so well known. But as soon as the ship had begun to roll Mrs. Luke had got most dreadfully unwell.
They told the Doctor that after they settled down to live together in the small cabin out on the marshes, so many people came to visit them (having heard about the big trial) that life became unbearable; and they decided to leave Puddleby this way—since they didn't have money to leave any other way—and try to find a new place to live where they and their story[158] wouldn't be as well-known. But as soon as the ship started to sway, Mrs. Luke became extremely unwell.
Poor Luke apologized many times for being such a nuisance and said that the whole thing had been his wife’s idea.
Poor Luke apologized repeatedly for being such a bother and said that the whole situation had been his wife's idea.
The Doctor, after he had sent below for his medicine-bag and had given Mrs. Luke some sal volatile and smelling-salts, said he thought the best thing to do would be for him to lend them some money and put them ashore at Penzance with Matthew. He also wrote a letter for Luke to take with him to a friend the Doctor had in the town of Penzance who, it was hoped, would be able to find Luke work to do there.
The Doctor, after sending below for his medicine bag and giving Mrs. Luke some sal volatile and smelling salts, said he thought the best thing to do would be to lend them some money and drop them off at Penzance with Matthew. He also wrote a letter for Luke to take to a friend of the Doctor's in Penzance who, it was hoped, would be able to help Luke find work there.
As the Doctor opened his purse and took out some gold coins I heard Polynesia, who was sitting on my shoulder watching the whole affair, mutter beneath her breath,
As the Doctor opened his wallet and took out some gold coins, I heard Polynesia, who was sitting on my shoulder and watching the whole thing, mumble under her breath,
“There he goes—lending his last blessed penny—three pounds ten—all the money we had for the whole trip! Now we haven’t the price of a postage-stamp aboard if we should lose an anchor or have to buy a pint of tar—Well, let’s pray we don’t run out of food—Why doesn’t he give them the ship and walk home?”
“There he goes—giving away his last precious penny—three pounds ten—all the money we had for the whole trip! Now we don’t even have enough for a postage stamp if we lose an anchor or need to buy a pint of tar—Well, let’s hope we don’t run out of food—Why doesn’t he just give them the ship and walk home?”
Presently with the help of the map the course of the boat was changed and, to Mrs. Luke’s great relief, we made for Penzance and dry land.
Right now, with the help of the map, we changed the boat's course and, to Mrs. Luke’s great relief, headed for Penzance and solid ground.
I was tremendously interested to see how a ship could be steered into a port at night with nothing but light-houses and a compass to guide you. It seemed to me that the Doctor missed all the rocks and sand-bars very cleverly.
I was really curious to see how a ship could be navigated into a port at night using only lighthouses and a compass. It looked to me like the Doctor skillfully avoided all the rocks and sandbars.
We got into that funny little Cornish harbor about eleven o’clock that night. The Doctor took his stowaways on shore in our small row-boat which we kept on the deck of the Curlew and found them rooms at the hotel there. When he got back he told us that Mrs. Luke had gone straight to bed and was feeling much better.
We arrived at that quirky little Cornish harbor around eleven o’clock that night. The Doctor took his stowaways ashore in our small rowboat that we kept on the deck of the Curlew and found them rooms at the hotel there. When he returned, he told us that Mrs. Luke had gone straight to bed and was feeling much better.
It was now after midnight; so we decided to stay in the harbor and wait till morning before setting out again.
It was now past midnight, so we decided to stay in the harbor and wait until morning before setting out again.
I was glad to get to bed, although I felt that staying up so tremendously late was great fun. As I climbed into the bunk over the Doctor’s and pulled the blankets snugly round me, I found I could look out of the port-hole at my elbow, and, without raising my head from the pillow, could see the lights of Penzance swinging gently up and down with the motion of the ship at anchor. It was like being rocked to sleep with a little show going on to amuse you. I was just deciding that I liked the life of the sea very much when I fell fast asleep.
I was happy to get to bed, even though I thought staying up so late was a lot of fun. As I climbed into the bunk above the Doctor’s and pulled the blankets snugly around me, I noticed I could look out of the porthole at my elbow and, without lifting my head from the pillow, could see the lights of Penzance gently swaying up and down with the motion of the ship at anchor. It felt like being rocked to sleep with a little show to entertain me. I was just starting to think that I really liked life at sea when I fell fast asleep.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
OUR TROUBLES CONTINUE
THE next morning when we were eating a very excellent breakfast of kidneys and bacon, prepared by our good cook Bumpo, the Doctor said to me,
THE next morning when we were having a great breakfast of kidneys and bacon, made by our talented cook Bumpo, the Doctor said to me,
“I was just wondering, Stubbins, whether I should stop at the Capa Blanca Islands or run right across for the coast of Brazil. Miranda said we could expect a spell of excellent weather now—for four and a half weeks at least.”
“I was just thinking, Stubbins, whether I should stop at the Capa Blanca Islands or head straight across to the coast of Brazil. Miranda mentioned that we could look forward to fantastic weather now—for at least four and a half weeks.”
“Well,” I said, spooning out the sugar at the bottom of my cocoa-cup, “I should think it would be best to make straight across while we are sure of good weather. And besides the Purple Bird-of-Paradise is going to keep a lookout for us, isn’t she? She’ll be wondering what’s happened to us if we don’t get there in about a month.”
“Well,” I said, scooping out the sugar at the bottom of my cocoa cup, “I think it’s best to go straight across while the weather is good. Plus, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise is going to watch out for us, right? She’ll be curious about what happened to us if we don’t get there in about a month.”
“True, quite true, Stubbins. On the other hand, the Capa Blancas make a very convenient stopping place on our way across. If we should need supplies or repairs it would be very handy to put in there.”
“That's right, Stubbins. But the Capa Blancas are a really convenient place to stop on our journey. If we need supplies or repairs, it would be super useful to drop by there.”
“How long will it take us from here to the Capa Blancas?” I asked.
“How long will it take us to get from here to the Capa Blancas?” I asked.
“About six days,” said the Doctor—“Well, we[161] can decide later. For the next two days at any rate our direction would be the same practically in either case. If you have finished breakfast let’s go and get under way.”
“About six days,” said the Doctor—“Well, we[161] can decide later. For the next two days, our direction will be pretty much the same in either case. If you’ve finished breakfast, let’s go and get started.”
Upstairs I found our vessel surrounded by white and gray seagulls who flashed and circled about in the sunny morning air, looking for food-scraps thrown out by the ships into the harbor.
Upstairs, I found our boat surrounded by white and gray seagulls that flapped and circled in the sunny morning air, searching for food scraps tossed out by the ships into the harbor.
By about half past seven we had the anchor up and the sails set to a nice steady breeze; and this time we got out into the open sea without bumping into a single thing. We met the Penzance fishing fleet coming in from the night’s fishing, and very trim and neat they looked, in a line like soldiers, with their red-brown sails all leaning over the same way and the white water dancing before their bows.
By around 7:30, we had pulled up the anchor and set the sails to a nice, steady breeze; this time we got out into the open sea without bumping into anything. We encountered the Penzance fishing fleet coming in from their night of fishing, and they looked very tidy and neat, lined up like soldiers, with their red-brown sails all leaning in the same direction and the white water dancing in front of their bows.
For the next three or four days everything went smoothly and nothing unusual happened. During this time we all got settled down into our regular jobs; and in spare moments the Doctor showed each of us how to take our turns at the wheel, the proper manner of keeping a ship on her right course, and what to do if the wind changed suddenly. We divided the twenty-four hours of the day into three spells; and we took it in turns to sleep our eight hours and be awake sixteen. So the ship was well looked after, with two of us always on duty.
For the next three or four days, everything went smoothly and nothing unusual happened. During this time, we all settled into our regular jobs; and in our spare moments, the Doctor showed each of us how to take our turns at the wheel, the right way to keep a ship on course, and what to do if the wind suddenly changed. We divided the day into three shifts; and we took turns sleeping for eight hours and being awake for sixteen. This way, the ship was well taken care of, with two of us always on duty.
Besides that, Polynesia, who was an older sailor[162] than any of us, and really knew a lot about running ships, seemed to be always awake—except when she took her couple of winks in the sun, standing on one leg beside the wheel. You may be sure that no one ever got a chance to stay abed more than his eight hours while Polynesia was around. She used to watch the ship’s clock; and if you overslept a half-minute, she would come down to the cabin and peck you gently on the nose till you got up.
Besides that, Polynesia, who was an older sailor[162] than any of us, really knew a lot about running ships and always seemed to be awake—except when she took a couple of naps in the sun, standing on one leg next to the wheel. You can bet that no one ever got a chance to stay in bed for more than eight hours while Polynesia was around. She used to keep an eye on the ship’s clock, and if you overslept by even half a minute, she would come down to the cabin and gently peck you on the nose until you got up.
I very soon grew to be quite fond of our funny black friend Bumpo, with his grand way of speaking and his enormous feet which some one was always stepping on or falling over. Although he was much older than I was and had been to college, he never tried to lord it over me. He seemed to be forever smiling and kept all of us in good humor. It wasn’t long before I began to see the Doctor’s good sense in bringing him—in spite of the fact that he knew nothing whatever about sailing or travel.
I quickly grew to really like our funny black friend Bumpo, with his grand way of speaking and his huge feet, which someone was always stepping on or tripping over. Even though he was much older than me and had been to college, he never acted superior to me. He always seemed to be smiling and kept all of us in a good mood. Before long, I started to appreciate the Doctor's good judgment in bringing him along, even though he knew absolutely nothing about sailing or traveling.
On the morning of the fifth day out, just as I was taking the wheel over from the Doctor, Bumpo appeared and said,
On the morning of the fifth day out, just as I was taking the wheel from the Doctor, Bumpo showed up and said,
“The salt beef is nearly all gone, Sir.”
“The salt beef is almost gone, Sir.”
“The salt beef!” cried the Doctor. “Why, we brought a hundred and twenty pounds with us. We couldn’t have eaten that in five days. What can have become of it?”[163]
“The salt beef!” shouted the Doctor. “We brought a hundred and twenty pounds of it with us. There’s no way we could have eaten that in five days. What could have happened to it?”[163]
“I don’t know, Sir, I’m sure. Every time I go down to the stores I find another hunk missing. If it is rats that are eating it, then they are certainly colossal rodents.”
“I don’t know, Sir, for sure. Every time I go down to the stores, I find another chunk gone. If it’s rats that are eating it, then they must be huge rodents.”
Polynesia who was walking up and down a stay-rope taking her morning exercise, put in,
Polynesia, who was pacing back and forth on a rope, was getting her morning exercise.
“We must search the hold. If this is allowed to go on we will all be starving before a week is out. Come downstairs with me, Tommy, and we will look into this matter.”
“We need to check the storage area. If we let this continue, we’ll all be starving within a week. Come downstairs with me, Tommy, and let’s figure this out.”
So we went downstairs into the store-room and Polynesia told us to keep quite still and listen. This we did. And presently we heard from a dark corner of the hold the distinct sound of someone snoring.
So we went downstairs into the storage room and Polynesia told us to stay completely quiet and listen. We did just that. Soon, we heard from a dark corner of the hold the clear sound of someone snoring.
“Ah, I thought so,” said Polynesia. “It’s a man—and a big one. Climb in there, both of you, and haul him out. It sounds as though he were behind that barrel—Gosh! We seem to have brought half of Puddleby with us. Anyone would think we were a penny ferry-boat. Such cheek! Haul him out.”
“Ah, I figured as much,” said Polynesia. “It’s a man—and a big one. Get in there, both of you, and pull him out. It sounds like he’s behind that barrel—Wow! It feels like we’ve brought half of Puddleby with us. You’d think we were a cheap ferry. Such nerve! Pull him out.”
So Bumpo and I lit a lantern and climbed over the stores. And there, behind the barrel, sure enough, we found an enormous bearded man fast asleep with a well-fed look on his face. We woke him up.
So Bumpo and I lit a lantern and climbed over the shelves. And there, behind the barrel, sure enough, we found a huge bearded man fast asleep with a satisfied look on his face. We woke him up.
“Washamarrer?” he said sleepily.
"Washamarrer?" he said, half asleep.
It was Ben Butcher, the able seaman.
It was Ben Butcher, the skilled sailor.
Polynesia spluttered like an angry fire-cracker.
Polynesia burst forth like an annoyed firecracker.
“This is the last straw,” said she. “The one man in the world we least wanted. Shiver my timbers, what cheek!”
“This is the last straw,” she said. “The one guy in the world we wanted the least. Can you believe the audacity?”
“Would it not be, advisable,” suggested Bumpo, “while the varlet is still sleepy, to strike him on the head with some heavy object and push him through a port-hole into the sea?”
“Wouldn’t it be a good idea,” suggested Bumpo, “while the guy is still sleepy, to hit him on the head with something heavy and push him through a porthole into the sea?”
“No. We’d get into trouble,” said Polynesia. “We’re not in Jolliginki now, you know—worse luck!—Besides, there never was a port-hole big enough to push that man through. Bring him upstairs to the Doctor.”
“No. We’d get in trouble,” said Polynesia. “We’re not in Jolliginki anymore, you know—unfortunately!—Besides, there was never a porthole big enough to push that man through. Bring him upstairs to the Doctor.”
So we led the man to the wheel where he respectfully touched his cap to the Doctor.
So we took the man to the wheel, where he politely tipped his cap to the Doctor.
“Another stowaway, Sir,” said Bumpo smartly.
“Another stowaway, Sir,” Bumpo said smartly.
I thought the poor Doctor would have a fit.
I thought the poor Doctor was going to have a panic attack.
“Good morning, Captain,” said the man. “Ben Butcher, able seaman, at your service. I knew you’d need me, so I took the liberty of stowing away—much against my conscience. But I just couldn’t bear to see you poor landsmen set out on this voyage without a single real seaman to help you. You’d never have got home alive if I hadn’t come—Why look at your mainsail, Sir—all loose at the throat. First gust of wind come along, and away goes your canvas overboard—Well, it’s all right now I’m here. We’ll soon get things in shipshape.”
“Good morning, Captain,” the man said. “I’m Ben Butcher, an experienced seaman, at your service. I knew you’d need me, so I took the chance to stow away—against my better judgment. But I just couldn’t stand the thought of you inexperienced landlubbers setting out on this journey without a real sailor to help you. You wouldn’t have made it back alive if I hadn’t come—Just look at your mainsail, Sir—all loose at the throat. The first strong gust of wind comes along, and your sail is going overboard—Well, it’s all good now that I’m here. We’ll have everything squared away in no time.”
“No, it isn’t all right,” said the Doctor, “it’s all wrong. And I’m not at all glad to see you. I told you in Puddleby I didn’t want you. You had no right to come.”
“No, it’s not okay,” said the Doctor, “it’s all wrong. And I’m not happy to see you at all. I told you in Puddleby that I didn’t want you here. You had no right to show up.”
“But Captain,” said the able seaman, “you can’t sail this ship without me. You don’t understand navigation. Why, look at the compass now: you’ve let her swing a point and a half off her course. It’s madness for you to try to do this trip alone—if you’ll pardon my saying so, Sir. Why—why, you’ll lose the ship!”
“But Captain,” said the skilled seaman, “you can’t sail this ship without me. You don’t know how to navigate. Just look at the compass now: you’ve let her drift a point and a half off course. It’s crazy for you to try to make this trip on your own—if you don’t mind me saying so, Sir. Honestly—you’ll lose the ship!”
“Look here,” said the Doctor, a sudden stern look coming into his eyes, “losing a ship is nothing to me. I’ve lost ships before and it doesn’t bother me in the least. When I set out to go to a place, I get there. Do you understand? I may know nothing whatever about sailing and navigation, but I get there just the same. Now you may be the best seaman in the world, but on this ship you’re just a plain ordinary nuisance—very plain and very ordinary. And I am now going to call at the nearest port and put you ashore.”
“Listen,” the Doctor said, a sudden serious look coming into his eyes, “losing a ship means nothing to me. I’ve lost ships before, and it doesn’t bother me at all. When I set out to go somewhere, I get there. Do you understand? I might not know anything about sailing or navigation, but I reach my destination just the same. Now you could be the best sailor in the world, but on this ship you’re just an ordinary hassle—very ordinary and very much a hassle. And I’m going to stop at the nearest port and drop you off.”
“Yes, and think yourself lucky,” Polynesia put in, “that you are not locked up for stowing away and eating all our salt beef.”
“Yes, and consider yourself lucky,” Polynesia added, “that you’re not locked up for sneaking aboard and eating all our salt beef.”
“I don’t know what the mischief we’re going to do now,” I heard her whisper to Bumpo. “We’ve no money to buy any more; and that salt beef was the most important part of the stores.”
“I don’t know what trouble we’re going to get into now,” I heard her whisper to Bumpo. “We don’t have any money to buy more, and that salty beef was the most important part of our supplies.”
“Would it not be good political economy,” Bumpo whispered back, “if we salted the able seaman and ate him instead? I should judge that he would weigh more than a hundred and twenty pounds.”
“Wouldn’t it be good economics,” Bumpo whispered back, “if we salted the sailor and ate him instead? I’d guess he weighs more than a hundred and twenty pounds.”
“How often must I tell you that we are not in Jolliginki,” snapped Polynesia. “Those things are not done on white men’s ships—Still,” she murmured after a moment’s thought, “it’s an awfully bright idea. I don’t suppose anybody saw him come on to the ship—Oh, but Heavens! we haven’t got enough salt. Besides, he’d be sure to taste of tobacco.”
“How many times do I have to tell you that we’re not in Jolliginki?” snapped Polynesia. “Those things don’t happen on white men’s ships—Still,” she murmured after a moment of thought, “it’s a really clever idea. I doubt anyone saw him get onto the ship—Oh, but my goodness! We don’t have enough salt. Plus, he’d definitely taste like tobacco.”
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
POLYNESIA HAS A PLAN
THEN the Doctor told me to take the wheel while he made a little calculation with his map and worked out what new course we should take.
THEN the Doctor told me to take the wheel while he made a quick calculation with his map and figured out what new course we should take.
“I shall have to run for the Capa Blancas after all,” he told me when the seaman’s back was turned. “Dreadful nuisance! But I’d sooner swim back to Puddleby than have to listen to that fellow’s talk all the way to Brazil.”
“I guess I’ll have to go for the Capa Blancas after all,” he said when the seaman wasn’t looking. “What a pain! But I’d rather swim back to Puddleby than listen to that guy’s chatter all the way to Brazil.”
Indeed he was a terrible person, this Ben Butcher. You’d think that any one after being told he wasn’t wanted would have had the decency to keep quiet. But not Ben Butcher. He kept going round the deck pointing out all the things we had wrong. According to him there wasn’t a thing right on the whole ship. The anchor was hitched up wrong; the hatches weren’t fastened down properly; the sails were put on back to front; all our knots were the wrong kind of knots.
Indeed, he was a terrible person, this Ben Butcher. You’d think that anyone who was told they weren’t wanted would have the decency to keep quiet. But not Ben Butcher. He kept walking around the deck pointing out everything we did wrong. According to him, there wasn’t a single thing right on the whole ship. The anchor was secured wrong; the hatches weren’t fastened down properly; the sails were attached backward; all our knots were the wrong kind of knots.
At last the Doctor told him to stop talking and go downstairs. He refused—said he wasn’t going[168] to be sunk by landlubbers while he was still able to stay on deck.
At last, the Doctor told him to stop talking and go downstairs. He refused, saying he wasn't going to be dragged down by people who didn't know anything about the sea while he was still able to stay on deck.
This made us feel a little uneasy. He was such an enormous man there was no knowing what he might do if he got really obstreperous.
This made us feel a bit uneasy. He was such a huge guy that there was no telling what he might do if he got really out of control.
Bumpo and I were talking about this downstairs in the dining-saloon when Polynesia, Jip and Chee-Chee came and joined us. And, as usual, Polynesia had a plan.
Bumpo and I were chatting about this downstairs in the dining room when Polynesia, Jip, and Chee-Chee came over to join us. And, as always, Polynesia had a plan.
“Listen,” she said, “I am certain this Ben Butcher is a smuggler and a bad man. I am a very good judge of seamen, remember, and I don’t like the cut of this man’s jib. I—”
“Listen,” she said, “I’m sure this Ben Butcher is a smuggler and a bad guy. I’m a really good judge of sailors, remember, and I don’t like the way this guy carries himself. I—”
“Do you really think,” I interrupted, “that it is safe for the Doctor to cross the Atlantic without any regular seamen on his ship?”
“Do you really think,” I interrupted, “that it is safe for the Doctor to cross the Atlantic without any regular sailors on his ship?”
You see it had upset me quite a good deal to find that all the things we had been doing were wrong; and I was beginning to wonder what might happen if we ran into a storm—particularly as Miranda had only said the weather would be good for a certain time; and we seemed to be having so many delays. But Polynesia merely tossed her head scornfully.
You see, it really bothered me to discover that everything we had been doing was wrong; and I was starting to worry about what would happen if we encountered a storm—especially since Miranda had only mentioned that the weather would be nice for a limited time; and we seemed to be experiencing so many delays. But Polynesia just shook her head dismissively.
“Oh, bless you, my boy,” said she, “you’re always safe with John Dolittle. Remember that. Don’t take any notice of that stupid old salt. Of course it is perfectly true the Doctor does do everything wrong. But with him it doesn’t matter.[169] Mark my words, if you travel with John Dolittle you always get there, as you heard him say. I’ve been with him lots of times and I know. Sometimes the ship is upside down when you get there, and sometimes it’s right way up. But you get there just the same. And then of course there’s another thing about the Doctor,” she added thoughtfully: “he always has extraordinary good luck. He may have his troubles; but with him things seem to have a habit of turning out all right in the end. I remember once when we were going through the Straits of Magellan the wind was so strong—”
“Oh, bless you, my boy,” she said, “you’re always safe with John Dolittle. Remember that. Don’t pay any attention to that silly old sailor. It’s true that the Doctor does everything wrong. But with him, it doesn’t matter.[169] Mark my words, if you travel with John Dolittle, you always make it there, just like he said. I’ve been with him many times, and I know. Sometimes the ship is upside down when you arrive, and sometimes it’s right side up. But you get there either way. And then there’s another thing about the Doctor,” she added thoughtfully: “he always has amazing luck. He might have his challenges, but things seem to turn out just fine in the end with him. I remember once when we were going through the Straits of Magellan, the wind was so strong—”
“But what are we going to do about Ben Butcher?” Jip put in. “You had some plan Polynesia, hadn’t you?”
“But what are we going to do about Ben Butcher?” Jip asked. “You had some plan, Polynesia, didn’t you?”
“Yes. What I’m afraid of is that he may hit the Doctor on the head when he’s not looking and make himself captain of the Curlew. Bad sailors do that sometimes. Then they run the ship their own way and take it where they want. That’s what you call a mutiny.”
“Yes. What I’m worried about is that he might hit the Doctor on the head when he’s not paying attention and make himself the captain of the Curlew. Bad sailors do that sometimes. Then they take control of the ship and steer it wherever they want. That’s what you call a mutiny.”
“Yes,” said Jip, “and we ought to do something pretty quick. We can’t reach the Capa Blancas before the day after to-morrow at best. I don’t like to leave the Doctor alone with him for a minute. He smells like a very bad man to me.”
“Yes,” Jip said, “and we should act fast. We can’t get to the Capa Blancas until at least the day after tomorrow. I really don’t want to leave the Doctor alone with him, even for a second. He seems like a really shady guy to me.”
“Well, I’ve got it all worked out,” said Polynesia. “Listen: is there a key in that door?”
“Well, I’ve figured everything out,” said Polynesia. “Hey, is there a key in that door?”
We looked outside the dining-room and found that there was.
We looked outside the dining room and saw that there was.
“All right,” said Polynesia. “Now Bumpo lays the table for lunch and we all go and hide. Then at twelve o’clock Bumpo rings the dinner-bell down here. As soon as Ben hears it he’ll come down expecting more salt beef. Bumpo must hide behind the door outside. The moment that Ben is seated at the dining-table Bumpo slams the door and locks it. Then we’ve got him. See?”
“All right,” said Polynesia. “Now Bumpo sets the table for lunch and we all go and hide. Then at twelve o’clock, Bumpo rings the dinner bell down here. As soon as Ben hears it, he’ll come down expecting more salt beef. Bumpo has to hide behind the door outside. The moment Ben is seated at the dining table, Bumpo slams the door and locks it. Then we’ve got him. Got it?”
“How stratagenious!” Bumpo chuckled. “As Cicero said, parrots cum parishioners facilime congregation. I’ll lay the table at once.”
“How clever!” Bumpo chuckled. “As Cicero said, parrots cum parishioners facilime congregation. I’ll set the table right away.”
“Yes and take that Worcestershire sauce off the dresser with you when you go out,” said Polynesia. “Don’t leave any loose eatables around. That fellow has had enough to last any man for three days. Besides, he won’t be so inclined to start a fight when we put him ashore at the Capa Blancas if we thin him down a bit before we let him out.”
“Yes, and take that Worcestershire sauce off the dresser with you when you leave,” said Polynesia. “Don’t leave any loose snacks lying around. That guy has had enough to last any man for three days. Besides, he won’t be so eager to start a fight when we drop him off at the Capa Blancas if we lighten him up a bit before we let him out.”
So we all went and hid ourselves in the passage where we could watch what happened. And presently Bumpo came to the foot of the stairs and rang the dinner-bell like mad. Then he hopped behind the dining-room door and we all kept still and listened.
So we all went and hid in the hallway where we could see what was happening. Soon, Bumpo came to the bottom of the stairs and rang the dinner bell like crazy. Then he hopped behind the dining room door, and we all stayed quiet and listened.
Almost immediately, thump, thump, thump, down the stairs tramped Ben Butcher, the able seaman. He walked into the dining-saloon, sat himself down[171] at the head of the table in the Doctor’s place, tucked a napkin under his fat chin and heaved a sigh of expectation.
Almost immediately, thump, thump, thump, down the stairs stomped Ben Butcher, the skilled seaman. He walked into the dining room, sat down[171] at the head of the table in the Doctor’s spot, tucked a napkin under his plump chin, and let out a sigh of anticipation.
Then, bang! Bumpo slammed the door and locked it.
Then, bang! Bumpo slammed the door and locked it.
“That settles him for a while,” said Polynesia coming out from her hiding-place. “Now let him teach navigation to the side-board. Gosh, the cheek of the man! I’ve forgotten more about the sea than that lumbering lout will ever know. Let’s go upstairs and tell the Doctor. Bumpo, you will have to serve the meals in the cabin for the next couple of days.”
“That sorts him out for a bit,” said Polynesia as she came out from her hiding spot. “Now let him teach navigation to the sideboard. Wow, the nerve of that guy! I've forgotten more about the sea than that clumsy oaf will ever know. Let’s head upstairs and tell the Doctor. Bumpo, you’ll need to serve the meals in the cabin for the next few days.”
And bursting into a rollicking Norwegian sea-song, she climbed up to my shoulder and we went on deck.
And breaking into a lively Norwegian sea song, she climbed up onto my shoulder and we headed out on deck.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE BED-MAKER OF MONTEVERDE
WE remained three days in the Capa Blanca Islands.
WE stayed three days in the Capa Blanca Islands.
There were two reasons why we stayed there so long when we were really in such a hurry to get away. One was the shortage in our provisions caused by the able seaman’s enormous appetite. When we came to go over the stores and make a list, we found that he had eaten a whole lot of other things besides the beef. And having no money, we were sorely puzzled how to buy more. The Doctor went through his trunk to see if there was anything he could sell. But the only thing he could find was an old watch with the hands broken and the back dented in; and we decided this would not bring us in enough money to buy much more than a pound of tea. Bumpo suggested that he sing comic songs in the streets which he had learned in Jolliginki. But the Doctor said he did not think that the islanders would care for African music.
There were two reasons why we stayed there so long even though we were really in a hurry to leave. One was the shortage of our supplies caused by the sailor’s huge appetite. When we went through the food and made a list, we found that he had eaten a lot of other things besides the beef. And since we had no money, we were really puzzled about how to buy more. The Doctor looked through his trunk to see if there was anything he could sell. But the only thing he found was an old watch with broken hands and a dented back; we decided it wouldn’t sell for much more than a pound of tea. Bumpo suggested that he could sing funny songs in the streets, which he had learned in Jolliginki. But the Doctor said he didn’t think the islanders would be interested in African music.
The other thing that kept us was the bullfight. In these islands, which belonged to Spain, they had bullfights every Sunday. It was on a Friday that[173] we arrived there; and after we had got rid of the able seaman we took a walk through the town.
The other thing that kept us was the bullfight. In these islands, which belonged to Spain, they had bullfights every Sunday. It was on a Friday that[173] we arrived there; and after we had gotten rid of the able seaman, we took a walk through the town.
It was a very funny little town, quite different from any that I had ever seen. The streets were all twisty and winding and so narrow that a wagon could only just pass along them. The houses over-hung at the top and came so close together that people in the attics could lean out of the windows and shake hands with their neighbors on the opposite side of the street. The Doctor told us the town was very, very old. It was called Monteverde.
It was a really quirky little town, completely different from any I had ever seen. The streets were all twisty and winding and so narrow that a wagon could barely fit through. The houses jutted out at the top and were so close together that people in the attics could lean out of the windows and shake hands with their neighbors across the street. The Doctor told us the town was really, really old. It was called Monteverde.
As we had no money of course we did not go to a hotel or anything like that. But on the second evening when we were passing by a bed-maker’s shop we noticed several beds, which the man had made, standing on the pavement outside. The Doctor started chatting in Spanish to the bed-maker who was sitting at his door whistling to a parrot in a cage. The Doctor and the bed-maker got very friendly talking about birds and things. And as it grew near to supper-time the man asked us to stop and sup with him.
Since we didn’t have any money, we obviously didn’t go to a hotel or anything similar. However, on the second evening, as we walked by a bed-maker’s shop, we saw several beds the man had made displayed on the sidewalk. The Doctor began chatting in Spanish with the bed-maker, who was sitting at his door, whistling to a parrot in a cage. The Doctor and the bed-maker became quite friendly, discussing birds and other topics. As it got closer to dinner time, the man invited us to stay and have supper with him.
This of course we were very glad to do. And after the meal was over (very nice dishes they were, mostly cooked in olive-oil—I particularly liked the fried bananas) we sat outside on the pavement again and went on talking far into the night.
This, of course, we were very happy to do. And after the meal was over (they were very nice dishes, mostly cooked in olive oil—I especially liked the fried bananas), we sat outside on the pavement again and continued talking late into the night.
At last when we got up to go back to our ship, this very nice shopkeeper wouldn’t hear of our going away on any account. He said the streets down by the harbor were very badly lighted and there was no moon. We would surely get lost. He invited us to spend the night with him and go back to our ship in the morning.
At last, when we got up to head back to our ship, this really nice shopkeeper wouldn’t let us leave at all. He said the streets down by the harbor were poorly lit and there was no moon. We would definitely get lost. He invited us to spend the night with him and go back to our ship in the morning.
Well, we finally agreed; and as our good friend had no spare bedrooms, the three of us, the Doctor, Bumpo and I, slept on the beds set out for sale on the pavement before the shop. The night was so hot we needed no coverings. It was great fun to fall asleep out of doors like this, watching the people walking to and fro and the gay life of the streets. It seemed to me that Spanish people never went to bed at all. Late as it was, all the little restaurants and cafés around us were wide open, with customers drinking coffee and chatting merrily at the small tables outside. The sound of a guitar strumming softly in the distance mingled with the clatter of chinaware and the babble of voices.
Well, we finally agreed; and since our good friend didn't have any extra bedrooms, the three of us— the Doctor, Bumpo, and I— slept on the beds set out for sale on the pavement in front of the shop. The night was so hot we didn’t need any blankets. It was a lot of fun to fall asleep outside like this, watching people come and go and enjoying the lively atmosphere of the streets. It seemed to me that Spanish people never went to bed at all. Even though it was late, all the little restaurants and cafés around us were wide open, with customers sipping coffee and chatting happily at the small tables outside. The sound of a guitar playing softly in the distance blended with the clatter of dishes and the chatter of voices.
Somehow it made me think of my mother and
father far away in Puddleby, with their regular
habits, the evening practise on the flute and the rest—doing
the same thing every day. I felt sort of
sorry for them in a way, because they missed the
fun of this traveling life, where we were doing
something new all the time—even sleeping differently.[175]
[176]
But I suppose if they had been invited to
go to bed on a pavement in front of a shop they
wouldn’t have cared for the idea at all. It is funny
how some people are.
Somehow, it reminded me of my mom and dad back in Puddleby, with their usual routines, practicing the flute every evening and everything—doing the same thing every day. I felt a bit sorry for them because they were missing out on the excitement of this traveling life, where we were trying something new all the time—even sleeping in different places.[175]
[176] But I guess if they had been asked to sleep on the pavement in front of a shop, they wouldn't have liked the idea at all. It's funny how some people are.

THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR’S WAGER
NEXT morning we were awakened by a great racket. There was a procession coming down the street, a number of men in very gay clothes followed by a large crowd of admiring ladies and cheering children. I asked the Doctor who they were.
NEXT morning we were woken up by a loud noise. There was a parade coming down the street, with several men in brightly colored outfits followed by a big crowd of admiring women and cheering kids. I asked the Doctor who they were.
“They are the bullfighters,” he said. “There is to be a bullfight to-morrow.”
“They're the bullfighters,” he said. “There's going to be a bullfight tomorrow.”
“What is a bullfight?” I asked.
"What’s a bullfight?" I inquired.
To my great surprise the Doctor got red in the face with anger. It reminded me of the time when he had spoken of the lions and tigers in his private zoo.
To my great surprise, the Doctor turned red with anger. It reminded me of the time when he talked about the lions and tigers in his private zoo.
“A bullfight is a stupid, cruel, disgusting business,” said he. “These Spanish people are most lovable and hospitable folk. How they can enjoy these wretched bullfights is a thing I could never understand.”
“A bullfight is a stupid, cruel, disgusting event,” he said. “These Spanish people are really lovable and hospitable. I can never understand how they can enjoy these miserable bullfights.”
Then the Doctor went on to explain to me how a bull was first made very angry by teasing and then allowed to run into a circus where men came out with red cloaks, waved them at him, and ran away. Next the bull was allowed to tire himself out by[178] tossing and killing a lot of poor, old, broken-down horses who couldn’t defend themselves. Then, when the bull was thoroughly out of breath and wearied by this, a man came out with a sword and killed the bull.
Then the Doctor went on to explain to me how a bull becomes really angry from being teased and then gets sent into a circus where men come out with red capes, wave them at him, and run away. Next, the bull is allowed to tire himself out by tossing around and killing a bunch of poor, old, broken horses who can’t defend themselves. After the bull is completely out of breath and exhausted from this, a man comes out with a sword and kills the bull.
“Every Sunday,” said the Doctor, “in almost every big town in Spain there are six bulls killed like that and as many horses.”
“Every Sunday,” said the Doctor, “in almost every major town in Spain, six bulls are killed like that and just as many horses.”
“But aren’t the men ever killed by the bull?” I asked.
“But don’t bulls ever kill the men?” I asked.
“Unfortunately very seldom,” said he. “A bull is not nearly as dangerous as he looks, even when he’s angry, if you are only quick on your feet and don’t lose your head. These bullfighters are very clever and nimble. And the people, especially the Spanish ladies, think no end of them. A famous bullfighter (or matador, as they call them) is a more important man in Spain than a king—Here comes another crowd of them round the corner, look. See the girls throwing kisses to them. Ridiculous business!”
“Unfortunately very rarely,” he said. “A bull isn’t nearly as dangerous as it seems, even when it’s angry, as long as you’re quick on your feet and keep your cool. These bullfighters are really skilled and agile. And the people, especially the Spanish ladies, think the world of them. A famous bullfighter (or matador, as they call them) is more important in Spain than a king—Here comes another group of them around the corner, look. See the girls blowing kisses to them. It’s ridiculous!”
At that moment our friend the bed-maker came out to see the procession go past. And while he was wishing us good morning and enquiring how we had slept, a friend of his walked up and joined us. The bed-maker introduced this friend to us as Don Enrique Cardenas.
At that moment, our friend the bed-maker came out to watch the procession go by. As he was wishing us good morning and asking how we had slept, a friend of his walked up and joined us. The bed-maker introduced this friend to us as Don Enrique Cardenas.
Don Enrique when he heard where we were from, spoke to us in English. He appeared[179] to be a well-educated, gentlemanly sort of person.
Don Enrique, when he found out where we were from, spoke to us in English. He seemed[179]like a well-educated, gentlemanly kind of person.
“And you go to see the bullfight to-morrow, yes?” he asked the Doctor pleasantly.
“And you’re going to see the bullfight tomorrow, right?” he asked the Doctor cheerfully.
“Certainly not,” said John Dolittle firmly. “I don’t like bullfights—cruel, cowardly shows.”
“Definitely not,” John Dolittle said firmly. “I don’t like bullfights—they're cruel, cowardly spectacles.”
Don Enrique nearly exploded. I never saw a man get so excited. He told the Doctor that he didn’t know what he was talking about. He said bullfighting was a noble sport and that the matadors were the bravest men in the world.
Don Enrique nearly exploded. I’ve never seen a man get so worked up. He told the Doctor that he didn’t know what he was talking about. He said bullfighting was a noble sport and that the matadors were the bravest men in the world.
“Oh, rubbish!” said the Doctor. “You never give the poor bull a chance. It is only when he is all tired and dazed that your precious matadors dare to try and kill him.”
“Oh, nonsense!” said the Doctor. “You never give the poor bull a chance. It’s only when he’s all worn out and confused that your precious matadors dare to try and kill him.”
I thought the Spaniard was going to strike the Doctor he got so angry. While he was still spluttering to find words, the bed-maker came between them and took the Doctor aside. He explained to John Dolittle in a whisper that this Don Enrique Cardenas was a very important person; that he it was who supplied the bulls—a special, strong black kind—from his own farm for all the bullfights in the Capa Blancas. He was a very rich man, the bed-maker said, a most important personage. He mustn’t be allowed to take offense on any account.
I thought the Spaniard was about to hit the Doctor because he got so angry. While he was still stumbling over his words, the bed-maker stepped in between them and pulled the Doctor aside. He whispered to John Dolittle that this Don Enrique Cardenas was a very important person; he was the one who supplied the special, strong black bulls from his own farm for all the bullfights in the Capa Blancas. The bed-maker said he was incredibly wealthy and a very significant figure. We couldn't let him take offense under any circumstances.
I watched the Doctor’s face as the bed-maker finished, and I saw a flash of boyish mischief come into his eyes as though an idea had struck him. He turned to the angry Spaniard.
I watched the Doctor's face while the bed-maker finished, and I noticed a hint of playful mischief spark in his eyes as if he had a sudden idea. He turned to the furious Spaniard.
“Don Enrique,” he said, “you tell me your bullfighters are very brave men and skilful. It seems I have offended you by saying that bullfighting is a poor sport. What is the name of the best matador you have for to-morrow’s show?”
“Don Enrique,” he said, “you say your bullfighters are very brave and skilled. It seems I’ve upset you by saying that bullfighting is a bad sport. Who is the best matador you have for tomorrow’s show?”
“Pepito de Malaga,” said Don Enrique, “one of the greatest names, one of the bravest men, in all Spain.”
“Pepito de Malaga,” said Don Enrique, “one of the greatest names, one of the bravest men, in all of Spain.”
“Very well,” said the Doctor, “I have a proposal to make to you. I have never fought a bull in my life. Now supposing I were to go into the ring to-morrow with Pepito de Malaga and any other matadors you choose; and if I can do more tricks with a bull than they can, would you promise to do something for me?”
“Okay," said the Doctor, "I have an idea for you. I’ve never fought a bull before. So, what if I went into the ring tomorrow with Pepito de Malaga and any other matadors you pick? If I can do more tricks with a bull than they can, would you promise to do something for me?”
Don Enrique threw back his head and laughed.
Don Enrique threw his head back and laughed.
“Man,” he said, “you must be mad! You would be killed at once. One has to be trained for years to become a proper bullfighter.”
“Dude,” he said, “you must be crazy! You’d get killed right away. It takes years of training to become a real bullfighter.”
“Supposing I were willing to take the risk of that—You are not afraid, I take it, to accept my offer?”
“Let’s say I was willing to take that risk—You’re not afraid, I assume, to accept my offer?”
The Spaniard frowned.
The Spaniard scowled.
“Afraid!” he cried, “Sir, if you can beat Pepito de Malaga in the bull-ring I’ll promise you anything it is possible for me to grant.”
“Afraid!” he exclaimed, “Sir, if you can defeat Pepito de Malaga in the bullring, I’ll promise you anything I can give.”
“Very good,” said the Doctor, “now I understand that you are quite a powerful man in these islands. If you wished to stop all bullfighting here[181] after to-morrow, you could do it, couldn’t you?”
“Very good,” said the Doctor, “now I see that you’re quite a powerful man in these islands. If you wanted to put an end to all bullfighting here[181] after tomorrow, you could do it, right?”
“Yes,” said Don Enrique proudly—“I could.”
“Yes,” Don Enrique said proudly—“I could.”
“Well that is what I ask of you—if I win my wager,” said John Dolittle. “If I can do more with angry bulls than can Pepito de Malaga, you are to promise me that there shall never be another bullfight in the Capa Blancas so long as you are alive to stop it. Is it a bargain?”
“Well, that’s what I’m asking of you—if I win my bet,” said John Dolittle. “If I can handle angry bulls better than Pepito de Malaga, you have to promise me that there will never be another bullfight in the Capa Blancas as long as you are around to put a stop to it. Deal?”
The Spaniard held out his hand.
The Spaniard offered his hand.
“It is a bargain,” he said—“I promise. But I must warn you that you are merely throwing your life away, for you will certainly be killed. However, that is no more than you deserve for saying that bullfighting is an unworthy sport. I will meet you here to-morrow morning if you should wish to arrange any particulars. Good day, Sir.”
“It’s a deal,” he said—“I promise. But I have to warn you that you’re just throwing your life away, because you will definitely get killed. Still, that’s no more than you deserve for saying that bullfighting is a worthless sport. I’ll meet you here tomorrow morning if you want to go over any details. Have a good day, Sir.”
As the Spaniard turned and walked into the shop with the bed-maker, Polynesia, who had been listening as usual, flew up on to my shoulder and whispered in my ear,
As the Spanish man turned and walked into the shop with the bed-maker, Polynesia, who had been listening as usual, flew up onto my shoulder and whispered in my ear,
“I have a plan. Get hold of Bumpo and come some place where the Doctor can’t hear us. I want to talk to you.”
“I have a plan. Grab Bumpo and come somewhere the Doctor can’t hear us. I need to talk to you.”
I nudged Bumpo’s elbow and we crossed the street and pretended to look into a jeweler’s window; while the Doctor sat down upon his bed to lace up his boots, the only part of his clothing he had taken off for the night.
I tapped Bumpo's elbow and we walked across the street, acting like we were checking out a jewelry store window; while the Doctor sat on his bed to lace up his boots, which were the only items of clothing he had removed for the night.
“Listen,” said Polynesia, “I’ve been breaking[182] my head trying to think up some way we can get money to buy those stores with; and at last I’ve got it.”
“Listen,” said Polynesia, “I’ve been racking my brain trying to come up with a way for us to get money to buy those stores, and I finally figured it out.”
“The money?” said Bumpo.
“Where’s the money?” said Bumpo.
“No, stupid. The idea—to make the money with. Listen: the Doctor is simply bound to win this game to-morrow, sure as you’re alive. Now all we have to do is to make a side bet with these Spaniards—they’re great on gambling—and the trick’s done.”
“No, you idiot. The plan—to win the money with. Listen: the Doctor is definitely going to win this game tomorrow, just like you’re alive. Now, all we need to do is make a side bet with these Spaniards—they love to gamble—and we’ll be all set.”
“What’s a side bet?” I asked.
“What’s a side bet?” I asked.
“Oh I know what that is,” said Bumpo proudly. “We used to have lots of them at Oxford when boat-racing was on. I go to Don Enrique and say, ‘I bet you a hundred pounds the Doctor wins.’ Then if he does win, Don Enrique pays me a hundred pounds; and if he doesn’t, I have to pay Don Enrique.”
“Oh, I know what that is,” Bumpo said proudly. “We used to have a ton of those at Oxford when boat racing was happening. I go to Don Enrique and say, ‘I bet you a hundred pounds the Doctor wins.’ Then if he wins, Don Enrique pays me a hundred pounds; and if he doesn’t, I have to pay Don Enrique.”
“That’s the idea,” said Polynesia. “Only don’t say a hundred pounds: say two-thousand five-hundred pesetas. Now come and find old Don Ricky-ticky and try to look rich.”
“That's the plan,” said Polynesia. “But instead of saying a hundred pounds, say two thousand five hundred pesetas. Now come on and find old Don Ricky-ticky and try to look wealthy.”
So we crossed the street again and slipped into the bed-maker’s shop while the Doctor was still busy with his boots.
So we crossed the street again and slipped into the bed-maker’s shop while the Doctor was still occupied with his boots.
“Don Enrique,” said Bumpo, “allow me to introduce myself. I am the Crown Prince of Jolliginki. Would you care to have a small bet with me on to-morrow’s bullfight?”
“Don Enrique,” Bumpo said, “let me introduce myself. I am the Crown Prince of Jolliginki. Would you like to place a small bet with me on tomorrow’s bullfight?”
Don Enrique bowed.
Don Enrique bowed.
“Why certainly,” he said, “I shall be delighted. But I must warn you that you are bound to lose. How much?”
“Of course,” he said, “I’d be happy to. But I have to warn you, you're definitely going to lose. How much?”
“Oh a mere truffle,” said Bumpo—“just for the fun of the thing, you know. What do you say to three-thousand pesetas?”
“Oh, just a truffle,” said Bumpo—“just for the fun of it, you know. How about three thousand pesetas?”
“I agree,” said the Spaniard bowing once more. “I will meet you after the bullfight to-morrow.”
“I agree,” said the Spaniard, bowing once more. “I'll meet you after the bullfight tomorrow.”
“So that’s all right,” said Polynesia as we came out to join the Doctor. “I feel as though quite a load had been taken off my mind.”
“So that’s cool,” said Polynesia as we stepped out to join the Doctor. “I feel like a weight has been lifted off my mind.”
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THE GREAT BULLFIGHT
THE next day was a great day in Monteverde. All the streets were hung with flags; and everywhere gaily dressed crowds were to be seen flocking towards the bull-ring, as the big circus was called where the fights took place.
THE next day was a fantastic day in Monteverde. All the streets were decorated with flags, and everywhere you could see lively crowds dressed up, making their way towards the bullring, as the big circus was known where the fights happened.
The news of the Doctor’s challenge had gone round the town and, it seemed, had caused much amusement to the islanders. The very idea of a mere foreigner daring to match himself against the great Pepito de Malaga!—Serve him right if he got killed!
The news of the Doctor’s challenge spread throughout the town and seemed to amuse the islanders greatly. The idea of a simple foreigner having the guts to take on the great Pepito de Malaga!—He would totally deserve it if he got killed!
The Doctor had borrowed a bullfighter’s suit from Don Enrique; and very gay and wonderful he looked in it, though Bumpo and I had hard work getting the waistcoat to close in front and even then the buttons kept bursting off it in all directions.
The Doctor had borrowed a bullfighter’s suit from Don Enrique, and he looked really stylish and amazing in it, even though Bumpo and I struggled to get the waistcoat to close in the front, and even then, the buttons kept popping off in all directions.
When we set out from the harbor to walk to the bull-ring, crowds of small boys ran after us making fun of the Doctor’s fatness, calling out, “Juan Hagapoco, el grueso matador!” which is the Spanish for, “John Dolittle, the fat bullfighter.”
When we left the harbor to walk to the bullring, crowds of little boys chased after us, teasing the Doctor about being overweight, shouting, “Juan Hagapoco, el grueso matador!,” which means “John Dolittle, the fat bullfighter” in Spanish.
As soon as we arrived the Doctor said he would[185] like to take a look at the bulls before the fight began; and we were at once led to the bull pen where, behind a high railing, six enormous black bulls were tramping around wildly.
As soon as we arrived, the Doctor said he would[185] like to check out the bulls before the fight started; and we were immediately taken to the bull pen where, behind a high railing, six massive black bulls were stomping around restlessly.
In a few hurried words and signs the Doctor told the bulls what he was going to do and gave them careful instructions for their part of the show. The poor creatures were tremendously glad when they heard that there was a chance of bullfighting being stopped; and they promised to do exactly as they were told.
In a few quick words and gestures, the Doctor explained to the bulls what he planned to do and gave them clear instructions for their role in the show. The poor animals were incredibly happy when they learned that there was a chance bullfighting would be canceled; they promised to follow instructions precisely.
Of course the man who took us in there didn’t understand what we were doing. He merely thought the fat Englishman was crazy when he saw the Doctor making signs and talking in ox tongue.
Of course, the guy who brought us in there didn’t understand what we were up to. He just thought the overweight Englishman was crazy when he saw the Doctor making gestures and speaking in a strange dialect.
From there the Doctor went to the matadors’ dressing-rooms while Bumpo and I with Polynesia made our way into the bull-ring and took our seats in the great open-air theatre.
From there, the Doctor went to the matadors’ dressing rooms while Bumpo, Polynesia, and I made our way into the bullring and took our seats in the large open-air theater.
It was a very gay sight. Thousands of ladies and gentlemen were there, all dressed in their smartest clothes; and everybody seemed very happy and cheerful.
It was a really joyful scene. Thousands of women and men were there, all dressed in their best clothes; and everyone looked very happy and cheerful.
Right at the beginning Don Enrique got up and explained to the people that the first item on the program was to be a match between the English Doctor and Pepito de Malaga. He told them what he had promised if the Doctor should win. But the people did not seem to think there was much[186] chance of that. A roar of laughter went up at the very mention of such a thing.
Right at the start, Don Enrique stood up and informed everyone that the first item on the agenda would be a match between the English Doctor and Pepito de Malaga. He shared what he had promised if the Doctor won. However, the crowd didn’t seem to believe there was much chance of that happening. A loud laugh erupted at the very mention of it.
When Pepito came into the ring everybody cheered, the ladies blew kisses and the men clapped and waved their hats.
When Pepito entered the ring, everyone cheered, the ladies blew kisses, and the men clapped and waved their hats.
Presently a large door on the other side of the ring was rolled back and in galloped one of the bulls; then the door was closed again. At once the matador became very much on the alert. He waved his red cloak and the bull rushed at him. Pepito stepped nimbly aside and the people cheered again.
Right now, a big door on the other side of the arena swung open, and one of the bulls charged in. Then the door closed again. Immediately, the matador became very alert. He waved his red cape, and the bull charged at him. Pepito quickly stepped aside, and the crowd cheered once more.
This game was repeated several times. But I noticed that whenever Pepito got into a tight place and seemed to be in real danger from the bull, an assistant of his, who always hung around somewhere near, drew the bull’s attention upon himself by waving another red cloak. Then the bull would chase the assistant and Pepito was left in safety. Most often, as soon as he had drawn the bull off, this assistant ran for the high fence and vaulted out of the ring to save himself. They evidently had it all arranged, these matadors; and it didn’t seem to me that they were in any very great danger from the poor clumsy bull so long as they didn’t slip and fall.
This game was played several times. But I noticed that whenever Pepito found himself in a tough spot and looked like he was really in danger from the bull, one of his assistants, who was always lurking nearby, distracted the bull by waving another red cape. Then the bull would chase the assistant, leaving Pepito safe. Most of the time, as soon as he lured the bull away, this assistant would sprint for the high fence and jump out of the ring to save himself. They clearly had it all planned out, these matadors; it didn’t seem to me that they were in much real danger from the poor, clumsy bull as long as they didn’t trip and fall.
After about ten minutes of this kind of thing the small door into the matadors’ dressing-room opened and the Doctor strolled into the ring. As[187] soon as his fat figure, dressed in sky-blue velvet, appeared, the crowd rocked in their seats with laughter.
After about ten minutes of this kind of thing, the small door to the matadors’ dressing room opened, and the Doctor walked into the ring. As[187] soon as his plump figure, dressed in sky-blue velvet, appeared, the crowd shook with laughter.
Juan Hagapoco, as they had called him, walked out into the centre of the ring and bowed ceremoniously to the ladies in the boxes. Then he bowed to the bull. Then he bowed to Pepito. While he was bowing to Pepito’s assistant the bull started to rush at him from behind.
Juan Hagapoco, as they had called him, stepped into the center of the ring and bowed formally to the ladies in the boxes. Then he bowed to the bull. After that, he bowed to Pepito. While he was bowing to Pepito’s assistant, the bull charged at him from behind.
“Look out! Look out!—The bull! You will be killed!” yelled the crowd.
“Watch out! Watch out!—The bull! You’re gonna get hurt!” shouted the crowd.
But the Doctor calmly finished his bow. Then turning round he folded his arms, fixed the on-rushing bull with his eye and frowned a terrible frown.
But the Doctor calmly finished his bow. Then, turning around, he crossed his arms, stared down the oncoming bull, and frowned a fierce frown.
Presently a curious thing happened: the bull’s speed got slower and slower. It almost looked as though he were afraid of that frown. Soon he stopped altogether. The Doctor shook his finger at him. He began to tremble. At last, tucking his tail between his legs, the bull turned round and ran away.
Currently, something odd happened: the bull's speed decreased more and more. It almost seemed like he was scared of that frown. Soon, he completely stopped. The Doctor waved his finger at him. He started to shake. Finally, tucking his tail between his legs, the bull turned around and ran away.
The crowd gasped. The Doctor ran after him. Round and round the ring they went, both of them puffing and blowing like grampuses. Excited whispers began to break out among the people. This was something new in bullfighting, to have the bull running away from the man, instead of the man away from the bull. At last in the tenth lap, with a final burst of speed, Juan Hagapoco,[188] the English matador, caught the poor bull by the tail.
The crowd gasped. The Doctor chased after him. They spun around the ring, both of them panting heavily. Excited whispers started to spread among the people. This was a new twist in bullfighting—having the bull run away from the man instead of the man fleeing from the bull. Finally, in the tenth lap, with one last burst of speed, Juan Hagapoco,[188] the English matador, grabbed the poor bull by the tail.
Then leading the now timid creature into the middle of the ring, the Doctor made him do all manner of tricks: standing on the hind legs, standing on the front legs, dancing, hopping, rolling over. He finished up by making the bull kneel down; then he got on to his back and did handsprings and other acrobatics on the beast’s horns.
Then, guiding the now nervous animal into the center of the ring, the Doctor made him perform all sorts of tricks: standing on his back legs, standing on his front legs, dancing, hopping, rolling over. He wrapped up by making the bull kneel down; then he climbed onto its back and did handsprings and other acrobatics on the beast’s horns.
Pepito and his assistant had their noses sadly out of joint. The crowd had forgotten them entirely. They were standing together by the fence not far from where I sat, muttering to one another and slowly growing green with jealousy.
Pepito and his assistant were feeling pretty down. The crowd had completely forgotten about them. They stood together by the fence not far from where I was sitting, grumbling to each other and slowly turning green with envy.
Finally the Doctor turned towards Don Enrique’s seat and bowing said in a loud voice, “This bull is no good any more. He’s terrified and out of breath. Take him away, please.”
Finally, the Doctor turned toward Don Enrique’s seat and, bowing, said in a loud voice, “This bull isn’t good anymore. He’s scared and out of breath. Please take him away.”
“Does the caballero wish for a fresh bull?” asked Don Enrique.
“Does the gentleman want a fresh bull?” asked Don Enrique.
“No,” said the Doctor, “I want five fresh bulls. And I would like them all in the ring at once, please.”
“No,” said the Doctor, “I want five fresh bulls. And I’d like them all in the ring at once, please.”
At this a cry of horror burst from the people. They had been used to seeing matadors escaping from one bull at a time. But five!—That must mean certain death.
At this, a cry of horror erupted from the crowd. They were used to seeing matadors escape from one bull at a time. But five!—That had to mean certain death.
Pepito sprang forward and called to Don Enrique
not to allow it, saying it was against all the[189]
[190]
rules of bullfighting. (“Ha!” Polynesia chuckled
into my ear. “It’s like the Doctor’s navigation:
he breaks all the rules; but he gets there. If they’ll
only let him, he’ll give them the best show for their
money they ever saw.”) A great argument began.
Half the people seemed to be on Pepito’s side and
half on the Doctor’s side. At last the Doctor
turned to Pepito and made another very grand bow
which burst the last button off his waistcoat.
Pepito jumped forward and told Don Enrique not to do it, insisting it went against all the [189]
[190] rules of bullfighting. (“Ha!” Polynesia whispered in my ear. “It’s just like the Doctor’s navigation: he ignores all the rules, but he gets there. If they’ll just let him, he’ll give them the best show for their money they’ve ever seen.”) A big debate broke out. Half the people seemed to support Pepito and half supported the Doctor. Finally, the Doctor turned to Pepito and made another very grand bow, which popped the last button off his waistcoat.

“Well, of course if the caballero is afraid—” he began with a bland smile.
"Well, of course, if the gentleman is afraid—" he started with a friendly smile.
“Afraid!” screamed Pepito. “I am afraid of nothing on earth. I am the greatest matador in Spain. With this right hand I have killed nine hundred and fifty-seven bulls.”
“Afraid!” screamed Pepito. “I’m afraid of nothing on earth. I’m the greatest matador in Spain. With this right hand, I’ve killed nine hundred and fifty-seven bulls.”
“All right then,” said the Doctor, “let us see if you can kill five more. Let the bulls in!” he shouted. “Pepito de Malaga is not afraid.”
“All right then,” said the Doctor, “let's see if you can take down five more. Let the bulls in!” he shouted. “Pepito de Malaga isn’t afraid.”
A dreadful silence hung over the great theatre as the heavy door into the bull pen was rolled back. Then with a roar the five big bulls bounded into the ring.
A tense silence filled the large theater as the heavy door to the bull pen was rolled open. Then, with a roar, the five massive bulls burst into the arena.
“Look fierce,” I heard the Doctor call to them in cattle language. “Don’t scatter. Keep close. Get ready for a rush. Take Pepito, the one in purple, first. But for Heaven’s sake don’t kill him. Just chase him out of the ring—Now then, all together, go for him!”
“Look fierce,” I heard the Doctor shout to them in cattle language. “Don’t scatter. Stick together. Get ready for a rush. Start with Pepito, the one in purple. But for Heaven’s sake, don’t kill him. Just chase him out of the ring—Now then, all together, go for him!”
The bulls put down their heads and all in line,[191] like a squadron of cavalry, charged across the ring straight for poor Pepito.
The bulls lowered their heads and lined up,[191] like a cavalry unit, charging across the ring right towards poor Pepito.
For one moment the Spaniard tried his hardest to look brave. But the sight of the five pairs of horns coming at him at full gallop was too much. He turned white to the lips, ran for the fence, vaulted it and disappeared.
For a brief moment, the Spaniard focused all his effort on appearing fearless. But seeing the five pairs of horns charging straight at him was overwhelming. He turned pale, sprinted toward the fence, jumped over it, and vanished.
“Now the other one,” the Doctor hissed. And in two seconds the gallant assistant was nowhere to be seen. Juan Hagapoco, the fat matador, was left alone in the ring with five rampaging bulls.
“Now the other one,” the Doctor hissed. And in two seconds, the brave assistant was gone. Juan Hagapoco, the overweight matador, was left alone in the ring with five furious bulls.
The rest of the show was really well worth seeing. First, all five bulls went raging round the ring, butting at the fence with their horns, pawing up the sand, hunting for something to kill. Then each one in turn would pretend to catch sight of the Doctor for the first time and giving a bellow of rage, would lower his wicked looking horns and shoot like an arrow across the ring as though he meant to toss him to the sky.
The rest of the show was definitely worth watching. First, all five bulls charged around the ring, butting against the fence with their horns and kicking up the sand, searching for something to attack. Then each one would act like it was seeing the Doctor for the first time, letting out a furious bellow, lowering its sharp-looking horns, and launching itself across the ring as if it intended to throw him into the air.
It was really frightfully exciting. And even I, who knew it was all arranged beforehand, held my breath in terror for the Doctor’s life when I saw how near they came to sticking him. But just at the last moment, when the horns’ points were two inches from the sky-blue waistcoat, the Doctor would spring nimbly to one side and the great brutes would go thundering harmlessly by, missing him by no more than a hair.
It was incredibly thrilling. And even I, who knew it was all planned ahead of time, held my breath in fear for the Doctor’s life when I saw how close they came to impaling him. But just at the last second, when the horns were two inches away from his sky-blue waistcoat, the Doctor would nimbly jump to the side, and the massive beasts would thunder harmlessly past, missing him by barely a hair.
Then all five of them went for him together, completely surrounding him, slashing at him with their horns and bellowing with fury. How he escaped alive I don’t know. For several minutes his round figure could hardly be seen at all in that scrimmage of tossing heads, stamping hoofs and waving tails.—It was, as Polynesia had prophesied, the greatest bullfight ever seen.
Then all five of them charged at him together, completely surrounding him, jabbing at him with their horns and roaring with rage. I don’t know how he got out alive. For several minutes, his round shape was barely visible in that chaos of flailing heads, stomping hooves, and swaying tails.—It was, just as Polynesia had predicted, the greatest bullfight ever witnessed.
One woman in the crowd got quite hysterical and screamed up to Don Enrique,
One woman in the crowd got really hysterical and yelled up to Don Enrique,
“Stop the fight! Stop the fight! He is too brave a man to be killed. This is the most wonderful matador in the world. Let him live! Stop the fight!”
“Stop the fight! Stop the fight! He’s too brave a man to be killed. This is the greatest matador in the world. Let him live! Stop the fight!”
But presently the Doctor was seen to break loose from the mob of animals that surrounded him. Then catching each of them by the horns, one after another, he would give their heads a sudden twist and throw them down flat on the sand. The great fellows acted their parts extremely well. I have never seen trained animals in a circus do better. They lay there panting on the ground where the Doctor threw them as if they were exhausted and completely beaten.
But soon the Doctor was seen breaking free from the crowd of animals surrounding him. Then, grabbing each of them by the horns, one by one, he would give their heads a quick twist and throw them flat onto the sand. The big guys played their roles incredibly well. I’ve never seen trained animals in a circus do better. They lay there panting on the ground where the Doctor tossed them, as if they were exhausted and completely defeated.
Then with a final bow to the ladies John Dolittle took a cigar from his pocket, lit it and strolled out of the ring.
Then, with a final nod to the ladies, John Dolittle took a cigar from his pocket, lit it, and walked out of the ring.
THE NINTH CHAPTER
WE DEPART IN A HURRY
AS soon as the door closed behind the Doctor the most tremendous noise I have ever heard broke loose. Some of the men appeared to be angry (friends of Pepito’s, I suppose); but the ladies called and called to have the Doctor come back into the ring.
As soon as the door shut behind the Doctor, the loudest noise I’ve ever heard erupted. Some of the men seemed upset (I guess they were friends of Pepito’s), but the women shouted repeatedly for the Doctor to return to the ring.
When at length he did so, the women seemed to go entirely mad over him. They blew kisses to him. They called him a darling. Then they started taking off their flowers, their rings, their necklaces, and their brooches and threw them down at his feet. You never saw anything like it—a perfect shower of jewelry and roses.
When he finally did, the women went completely crazy for him. They blew kisses his way. They called him a darling. Then they began removing their flowers, rings, necklaces, and brooches and tossed them at his feet. You'd never seen anything like it—a complete shower of jewelry and roses.
But the Doctor just smiled up at them, bowed once more and backed out.
But the Doctor just smiled at them, bowed again, and backed out.
“Now, Bumpo,” said Polynesia, “this is where you go down and gather up all those trinkets and we’ll sell ’em. That’s what the big matadors do: leave the jewelry on the ground and their assistants collect it for them. We might as well lay in a good supply of money while we’ve got the chance—you never know when you may need it when you’re traveling with the Doctor. Never mind the roses—you[194] can leave them—but don’t leave any rings. And when you’ve finished go and get your three-thousand pesetas out of Don Ricky-ticky. Tommy and I will meet you outside and we’ll pawn the gew-gaws at that Jew’s shop opposite the bed-maker’s. Run along—and not a word to the Doctor, remember.”
“Now, Bumpo,” said Polynesia, “this is where you go down and pick up all those trinkets, and we’ll sell them. That’s what the big matadors do: they leave the jewelry on the ground, and their assistants collect it for them. We might as well stock up on cash while we have the chance—you never know when you’ll need it traveling with the Doctor. Forget about the roses—you can leave those behind—but don’t leave any rings. And when you’re done, go get your three thousand pesetas from Don Ricky-ticky. Tommy and I will meet you outside, and we’ll pawn the stuff at that shop across from the bed-maker’s. Hurry up—and don’t say a word to the Doctor, remember.”
Outside the bull-ring we found the crowd still in a great state of excitement. Violent arguments were going on everywhere. Bumpo joined us with his pockets bulging in all directions; and we made our way slowly through the dense crowd to that side of the building where the matadors’ dressing-room was. The Doctor was waiting at the door for us.
Outside the bullring, we found the crowd buzzing with excitement. Heated arguments erupted everywhere. Bumpo joined us, his pockets stuffed in every direction, and we slowly made our way through the thick crowd to the side of the building where the matadors' dressing room was. The Doctor was waiting at the door for us.
“Good work, Doctor!” said Polynesia, flying on to his shoulder—“Great work!—But listen: I smell danger. I think you had better get back to the ship now as quick and as quietly as you can. Put your overcoat on over that giddy suit. I don’t like the looks of this crowd. More than half of them are furious because you’ve won. Don Ricky-ticky must now stop the bullfighting—and you know how they love it. What I’m afraid of is that some of these matadors who are just mad with jealousy may start some dirty work. I think this would be a good time for us to get away.”
“Great job, Doctor!” said Polynesia, landing on his shoulder. “Awesome job! But listen: I smell trouble. I think you should get back to the ship as quickly and quietly as you can. Throw your overcoat on over that silly outfit. I don’t like the look of this crowd. More than half of them are angry because you’ve won. Don Ricky-ticky has to put a stop to the bullfighting—and you know how much they love it. What I’m worried about is that some of these matadors, who are just furious with jealousy, might start causing problems. I think now would be a good time for us to leave.”
“I dare say you’re right, Polynesia,” said the Doctor—“You usually are. The crowd does seem[195] to be a bit restless. I’ll slip down to the ship alone—so I shan’t be so noticeable; and I’ll wait for you there. You come by some different way. But don’t be long about it. Hurry!”
“I have to say, you’re right, Polynesia,” said the Doctor—“You usually are. The crowd does seem[195] a bit restless. I’ll head down to the ship by myself—so I won’t stand out as much; and I’ll wait for you there. You take a different route. But don’t take too long. Hurry!”
As soon as the Doctor had departed Bumpo sought out Don Enrique and said,
As soon as the Doctor left, Bumpo went to find Don Enrique and said,
“Honorable Sir, you owe me three-thousand pesetas.”
“Dear Sir, you owe me three thousand pesetas.”
Without a word, but looking cross-eyed with annoyance, Don Enrique paid his bet.
Without saying a word, but looking irritated with crossed eyes, Don Enrique paid his bet.
We next set out to buy the provisions; and on the way we hired a cab and took it along with us.
We then headed out to buy the supplies, and on the way, we grabbed a cab to take with us.
Not very far away we found a big grocer’s shop which seemed to sell everything to eat. We went in and bought up the finest lot of food you ever saw in your life.
Not too far away, we found a big grocery store that seemed to sell everything you could possibly eat. We went in and bought the best selection of food you’ve ever seen in your life.
As a matter of fact, Polynesia had been right about the danger we were in. The news of our victory must have spread like lightning through the whole town. For as we came out of the shop and loaded the cab up with our stores, we saw various little knots of angry men hunting round the streets, waving sticks and shouting,
As a matter of fact, Polynesia was right about the danger we were in. The news of our victory must have spread like wildfire throughout the whole town. As we came out of the shop and loaded the cab with our supplies, we saw several small groups of angry men searching the streets, waving sticks and shouting.
“The Englishmen! Where are those accursed Englishmen who stopped the bullfighting?—Hang them to a lamp-post!—Throw them in the sea! The Englishmen!—We want the Englishmen!”
“The English! Where are those damn English who put an end to the bullfighting?—Hang them from a lamppost!—Throw them in the sea! The English!—We want the English!”
After that we didn’t waste any time, you may be sure. Bumpo grabbed the Spanish cab-driver and[196] explained to him in signs that if he didn’t drive down to the harbor as fast as he knew how and keep his mouth shut the whole way, he would choke the life out of him. Then we jumped into the cab on top of the food, slammed the door, pulled down the blinds and away we went.
After that, we didn’t waste any time, that's for sure. Bumpo grabbed the Spanish cab driver and[196] signaled to him that if he didn’t drive down to the harbor as fast as he could and keep quiet the whole way, he would strangle him. Then we jumped into the cab on top of the food, slammed the door, pulled down the blinds, and off we went.
“We won’t get a chance to pawn the jewelry now,” said Polynesia, as we bumped over the cobbly streets. “But never mind—it may come in handy later on. And anyway we’ve got two-thousand five-hundred pesetas left out of the bet. Don’t give the cabby more than two pesetas fifty, Bumpo. That’s the right fare, I know.”
“We won’t get a chance to sell the jewelry now,” said Polynesia as we bounced over the bumpy streets. “But it’s okay—it might be useful later. And besides, we’ve got two thousand five hundred pesetas left from the bet. Don’t give the cab driver more than two fifty, Bumpo. That’s the right fare, I know.”
Well, we reached the harbor all right and we were mighty glad to find that the Doctor had sent Chee-Chee back with the row-boat to wait for us at the landing-wall.
Well, we made it to the harbor and we were really happy to see that the Doctor had sent Chee-Chee back with the rowboat to wait for us at the landing wall.
Unfortunately while we were in the middle of loading the supplies from the cab into the boat, the angry mob arrived upon the wharf and made a rush for us. Bumpo snatched up a big beam of wood that lay near and swung it round and round his head, letting out dreadful African battle-yells the while. This kept the crowd off while Chee-Chee and I hustled the last of the stores into the boat and clambered in ourselves. Bumpo threw his beam of wood into the thick of the Spaniards and leapt in after us. Then we pushed off and rowed like mad for the Curlew.
Unfortunately, while we were unloading the supplies from the cab into the boat, an angry mob showed up at the dock and charged at us. Bumpo grabbed a large wooden beam that was nearby and swung it over his head, yelling fierce African battle cries the entire time. This kept the crowd at bay while Chee-Chee and I hurried to get the last of the supplies into the boat and climbed in ourselves. Bumpo threw his beam into the middle of the Spaniards and jumped in after us. Then we pushed off and rowed like crazy toward the Curlew.
The mob upon the wall howled with rage, shook their fists and hurled stones and all manner of things after us. Poor old Bumpo got hit on the head with a bottle. But as he had a very strong head it only raised a small bump while the bottle smashed into a thousand pieces.
The crowd on the wall screamed with anger, shook their fists, and threw stones and all sorts of things at us. Poor old Bumpo got struck on the head with a bottle. But since he had a really tough head, it only caused a small bump while the bottle shattered into a thousand pieces.
When we reached the ship’s side the Doctor had the anchor drawn up and the sails set and everything in readiness to get away. Looking back we saw boats coming out from the harbor-wall after us, filled with angry, shouting men. So we didn’t bother to unload our rowboat but just tied it on to the ship’s stern with a rope and jumped aboard.
When we got to the side of the ship, the Doctor had the anchor pulled up, the sails set, and everything ready to leave. Looking back, we saw boats coming from the harbor wall after us, packed with angry, shouting men. So we didn’t bother unloading our rowboat; we just tied it to the ship’s stern with a rope and jumped aboard.
It only took a moment more to swing the Curlew round into the wind; and soon we were speeding out of the harbor on our way to Brazil.
It only took a moment more to turn the Curlew into the wind; and soon we were racing out of the harbor on our way to Brazil.
“Ha!” sighed Polynesia, as we all flopped down on the deck to take a rest and get our breath. “That wasn’t a bad adventure—quite reminds me of my old seafaring days when I sailed with the smugglers—Golly, that was the life!—Never mind your head, Bumpo. It will be all right when the Doctor puts a little arnica on it. Think what we got out of the scrap: a boat-load of ship’s stores, pockets full of jewelry and thousands of pesetas. Not bad, you know—not bad.”
“Ha!” sighed Polynesia as we all collapsed on the deck to rest and catch our breath. “That wasn’t a bad adventure—reminds me of my old sailing days when I was with the smugglers—Wow, that was the life!—Don’t worry about your head, Bumpo. It’ll be fine once the Doctor puts some arnica on it. Just think about what we got from that scuffle: a boatload of supplies, pockets full of jewelry, and thousands of pesetas. Not too shabby, you know—not too shabby.”

PART FOUR
THE FIRST CHAPTER
SHELLFISH LANGUAGES AGAIN
MIRANDA, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise had prophesied rightly when she had foretold a good spell of weather. For three weeks the good ship Curlew plowed her way through smiling seas before a steady powerful wind.
MIRANDA, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise, was spot on when she predicted a stretch of nice weather. For three weeks, the good ship Curlew sailed smoothly through cheerful seas with a strong, steady wind at her back.
I suppose most real sailors would have found this part of the voyage dull. But not I. As we got further South and further West the face of the sea seemed different every day. And all the little things of a voyage which an old hand would have hardly bothered to notice were matters of great interest for my eager eyes.
I guess most real sailors would have thought this part of the trip was boring. But not me. As we traveled further South and West, the appearance of the sea changed every day. And all the little things about the journey that an experienced sailor would barely notice were really interesting to me.
We did not pass many ships. When we did see one, the Doctor would get out his telescope and we would all take a look at it. Sometimes he would signal to it, asking for news, by hauling up little colored flags upon the mast; and the ship would signal back to us in the same way. The meaning of all the signals was printed in a book which the Doctor kept in the cabin. He told me it was the language of the sea and that all ships could understand[199] it whether they be English, Dutch, or French.
We didn't see many ships. When we did spot one, the Doctor would pull out his telescope, and we’d all take a look. Sometimes he would signal to it, asking for news, by raising little colored flags on the mast; and the ship would respond the same way. The meanings of all the signals were printed in a book that the Doctor kept in the cabin. He told me it was the language of the sea and that all ships could understand it, whether they were English, Dutch, or French.[199]
Our greatest happening during those first weeks was passing an iceberg. When the sun shone on it it burst into a hundred colors, sparkling like a jeweled palace in a fairy-story. Through the telescope we saw a mother polar bear with a cub sitting on it, watching us. The Doctor recognized her as one of the bears who had spoken to him when he was discovering the North Pole. So he sailed the ship up close and offered to take her and her baby on to the Curlew if she wished it. But she only shook her head, thanking him; she said it would be far too hot for the cub on the deck of our ship, with no ice to keep his feet cool. It had been indeed a very hot day; but the nearness of that great mountain of ice made us all turn up our coat-collars and shiver with the cold.
Our biggest moment during those first weeks was passing by an iceberg. When the sun hit it, it exploded into a hundred colors, sparkling like a jeweled palace in a fairy tale. Through the telescope, we spotted a mother polar bear with her cub sitting on it, watching us. The Doctor recognized her as one of the bears who had talked to him when he was exploring the North Pole. So he steered the ship closer and offered to take her and her baby aboard the Curlew if she wanted. But she just shook her head, thanking him; she said it would be way too hot for the cub on the deck of our ship, with no ice to cool his feet. It was indeed a very hot day; yet the proximity of that massive mountain of ice made us all pull up our coat collars and shiver from the cold.
During those quiet peaceful days I improved my reading and writing a great deal with the Doctor’s help. I got on so well that he let me keep the ship’s log. This is a big book kept on every ship, a kind of diary, in which the number of miles run, the direction of your course and everything else that happens is written down.
During those calm and peaceful days, I made a lot of progress in my reading and writing with the Doctor's help. I did so well that he allowed me to keep the ship's log. This is a large book that every ship maintains, kind of like a diary, where the number of miles traveled, the direction of the course, and everything else that happens is recorded.
The Doctor too, in what spare time he had, was nearly always writing—in his note-books. I used to peep into these sometimes, now that I could read, but I found it hard work to make out the Doctor’s handwriting. Many of these note-books seemed to[200] be about sea things. There were six thick ones filled full with notes and sketches of different seaweeds; and there were others on sea birds; others on sea worms; others on seashells. They were all some day to be re-written, printed and bound like regular books.
The Doctor, whenever he had some free time, was almost always writing in his notebooks. Now that I could read, I would sometimes peek into them, but I found it difficult to decipher the Doctor’s handwriting. Many of these notebooks seemed to[200] focus on marine topics. There were six thick ones packed with notes and sketches of various seaweeds; others about seabirds; others about sea worms; and others about seashells. They were all meant to be rewritten, printed, and bound like regular books someday.
One afternoon we saw, floating around us, great quantities of stuff that looked like dead grass. The Doctor told me this was gulf-weed. A little further on it became so thick that it covered all the water as far as the eye could reach; it made the Curlew look as though she were moving across a meadow instead of sailing the Atlantic.
One afternoon, we noticed a lot of stuff floating around us that looked like dead grass. The Doctor explained that this was gulf-weed. A bit further on, it got so thick that it covered the water as far as we could see; it made the Curlew look like it was moving across a meadow instead of sailing the Atlantic.
Crawling about upon this weed, many crabs were to be seen. And the sight of them reminded the Doctor of his dream of learning the language of the shellfish. He fished several of these crabs up with a net and put them in his listening-tank to see if he could understand them. Among the crabs he also caught a strange-looking, chubby, little fish which he told me was called a Silver Fidgit.
Crawling around on this weed, many crabs were visible. Seeing them reminded the Doctor of his dream of learning the language of shellfish. He caught several of these crabs with a net and put them in his listening tank to see if he could understand them. Among the crabs, he also caught a strange-looking, chubby little fish, which he told me was called a Silver Fidgit.
After he had listened to the crabs for a while with no success, he put the fidgit into the tank and began to listen to that. I had to leave him at this moment to go and attend to some duties on the deck. But presently I heard him below shouting for me to come down again.
After he listened to the crabs for a while without any luck, he put the fidgit in the tank and started listening to that. I had to leave him at that moment to take care of some duties on the deck. But soon, I heard him downstairs calling for me to come back down.

“Why, Doctor,” I said, “what is it?—What’s the matter?”
“Why, Doctor,” I said, “what’s wrong?—What’s the issue?”
“The fidgit,” he whispered, pointing with a trembling finger to the listening-tank in which the little round fish was still swimming quietly, “he talks English! And—and—and he whistles tunes—English tunes!”
“The fidgit,” he whispered, pointing with a shaking finger to the listening tank where the small round fish was still swimming quietly, “it speaks English! And—and—and it whistles tunes—English tunes!”
“Talks English!” I cried—“Whistles!—Why, it’s impossible.”
“Speaks English!” I exclaimed—“Whistles!—That's impossible.”
“It’s a fact,” said the Doctor, white in the face with excitement. “It’s only a few words, scattered, with no particular sense to them—all mixed up with his own language which I can’t make out yet. But they’re English words, unless there’s something very wrong with my hearing—And the tune he whistles, it’s as plain as anything—always the same tune. Now you listen and tell me what you make of it. Tell me everything you hear. Don’t miss a word.”
“It’s true,” said the Doctor, his face pale with excitement. “It's just a few words, scattered around, with no clear meaning—mixed up with his own language that I still can’t understand. But they’re English words, unless my hearing is really off—And the tune he whistles, it’s as clear as day—always the same tune. Now you listen and tell me what you think. Tell me everything you hear. Don’t leave out a single word.”
I went to the glass tank upon the table while the Doctor grabbed a note-book and a pencil. Undoing my collar I stood upon the empty packing-case he had been using for a stand and put my right ear down under the water.
I went to the glass tank on the table while the Doctor grabbed a notebook and a pencil. After loosening my collar, I stood on the empty packing case he had been using as a stand and put my right ear under the water.
For some moments I detected nothing at all—except, with my dry ear, the heavy breathing of the Doctor as he waited, all stiff and anxious, for me to say something. At last from within the water[203], sounding like a child singing miles and miles away, I heard an unbelievably thin, small voice.
For a while, I didn't notice anything at all—except, with my dry ear, the Doctor's heavy breathing as he stood there, all tense and worried, waiting for me to say something. Finally, from somewhere in the water[203], I heard an incredibly thin, tiny voice, like a child singing far away.
“Ah!” I said.
“Wow!” I said.
“What is it?” asked the Doctor in a hoarse, trembly whisper. “What does he say?”
“What is it?” asked the Doctor in a raspy, shaky whisper. “What does he say?”
“I can’t quite make it out,” I said. “It’s mostly in some strange fish language—Oh, but wait a minute!—Yes, now I get it—‘No smoking’.... ‘My, here’s a queer one!’ ‘Popcorn and picture postcards here’.... ‘This way out’.... ‘Don’t spit’—What funny things to say, Doctor!—Oh, but wait!—Now he’s whistling the tune.”
“I can’t really figure it out,” I said. “It’s mostly in some weird fish language—Oh, hang on!—Yes, now I get it—‘No smoking’.... ‘Wow, here’s a strange one!’ ‘Popcorn and picture postcards available here’.... ‘This way out’.... ‘Don’t spit’—What funny things to say, Doctor!—Oh, but wait!—Now he’s whistling the tune.”
“What tune is it?” gasped the Doctor.
“What song is it?” gasped the Doctor.
“John Peel.”
“John Peel.”
“Ah hah,” cried the Doctor, “that’s what I made it out to be.” And he wrote furiously in his note-book.
“Ah ha,” shouted the Doctor, “that’s what I figured it out to be.” And he scribbled quickly in his notebook.
I went on listening.
I kept listening.
“This is most extraordinary,” the Doctor kept muttering to himself as his pencil went wiggling over the page—“Most extraordinary—but frightfully thrilling. I wonder where he—”
“This is really amazing,” the Doctor kept muttering to himself as his pencil wiggled over the page—“Really amazing—but incredibly thrilling. I wonder where he—”
“Here’s some more,” I cried—“some more English.... ‘The big tank needs cleaning’.... That’s all. Now he’s talking fish-talk again.”
“Here’s some more,” I shouted—“some more English.... ‘The big tank needs cleaning’.... That’s it. Now he’s speaking fish again.”
“The big tank!” the Doctor murmured frowning in a puzzled kind of way. “I wonder where on earth he learned—”
“The big tank!” the Doctor murmured, frowning in a puzzled sort of way. “I wonder where on earth he learned—”
Then he bounded up out of his chair.
Then he jumped up out of his chair.
“I have it,” he yelled, “this fish has escaped from an aquarium. Why, of course! Look at the kind of things he has learned: ‘Picture postcards’—they always sell them in aquariums; ‘Don’t spit’; ‘No smoking’; ‘This way out’—the things the attendants say. And then, ‘My, here’s a queer one!’ That’s the kind of thing that people exclaim when they look into the tanks. It all fits. There’s no doubt about it, Stubbins: we have here a fish who has escaped from captivity. And it’s quite possible—not certain, by any means, but quite possible—that I may now, through him, be able to establish communication with the shellfish. This is a great piece of luck.”
“I’ve got it!” he shouted. “This fish has escaped from an aquarium. Of course! Just look at what it’s learned: ‘Picture postcards’—they always sell those at aquariums; ‘Don’t spit’; ‘No smoking’; ‘This way out’—those are the things the staff say. And then, ‘Wow, here’s a strange one!’ That’s the kind of stuff people say when they look into the tanks. It all makes sense. There's no doubt about it, Stubbins: we’ve got a fish that has broken free from captivity. And it’s quite possible—not certain, but certainly possible—that I might, through him, be able to communicate with the shellfish. This is a huge stroke of luck.”
THE SECOND CHAPTER
THE FIDGIT’S STORY
WELL, now that he was started once more upon his old hobby of the shellfish languages, there was no stopping the Doctor. He worked right through the night.
WELL, now that he had gotten back into his old passion for shellfish languages, there was no stopping the Doctor. He worked all night long.
A little after midnight I fell asleep in a chair; about two in the morning Bumpo fell asleep at the wheel; and for five hours the Curlew was allowed to drift where she liked. But still John Dolittle worked on, trying his hardest to understand the fidgit’s language, struggling to make the fidgit understand him.
A little after midnight, I dozed off in a chair; around two in the morning, Bumpo fell asleep at the wheel; and for five hours, the Curlew was just drifting wherever it wanted. But John Dolittle kept at it, doing his best to figure out the fidgit’s language, working hard to make the fidgit understand him.
When I woke up it was broad daylight again. The Doctor was still standing at the listening-tank, looking as tired as an owl and dreadfully wet. But on his face there was a proud and happy smile.
When I woke up, it was bright daylight again. The Doctor was still standing at the listening-tank, looking as tired as an owl and soaking wet. But there was a proud and happy smile on his face.
“Stubbins,” he said as soon as he saw me stir, “I’ve done it. I’ve got the key to the fidgit’s language. It’s a frightfully difficult language—quite different from anything I ever heard. The only thing it reminds me of—slightly—is ancient Hebrew. It isn’t shellfish; but it’s a big step towards it. Now, the next thing, I want you to take a pencil and a[206] fresh notebook and write down everything I say. The fidgit has promised to tell me the story of his life. I will translate it into English and you put it down in the book. Are you ready?”
“Stubbins,” he said as soon as he saw me wake up, “I’ve done it. I’ve figured out how to understand the fidgit's language. It’s an incredibly tough language—totally unlike anything I’ve ever heard before. The only thing it somewhat reminds me of is ancient Hebrew. It’s not shellfish, but it’s a big step in that direction. Now, the next thing is, I need you to grab a pencil and a[206] fresh notebook and write down everything I say. The fidgit has promised to share his life story with me. I will translate it into English, and you’ll write it in the book. Are you ready?”
Once more the Doctor lowered his ear beneath the level of the water; and as he began to speak, I started to write. And this is the story that the fidgit told us.
Once again, the Doctor leaned down to listen under the water, and as he started to speak, I began to write. Here’s the story that the fidgit shared with us.
“I was born in the Pacific Ocean, close to the coast of Chile. I was one of a family of two-thousand five-hundred and ten. Soon after our mother and father left us, we youngsters got scattered. The family was broken up—by a herd of whales who chased us. I and my sister, Clippa (she was my favorite sister) had a very narrow escape for our lives. As a rule, whales are not very hard to get away from if you are good at dodging—if you’ve only got a quick swerve. But this one that came after Clippa and myself was a very mean whale. Every time he lost us under a stone or something he’d come back and hunt and hunt till he routed us out into the open again. I never saw such a nasty, persevering brute.
“I was born in the Pacific Ocean, near the coast of Chile. I was part of a family of two thousand five hundred and ten. Shortly after our parents left us, we kids got scattered. The family was torn apart—by a group of whales who were chasing us. My sister, Clippa (she was my favorite sister), and I had a very close call for our lives. Usually, whales aren’t too hard to escape if you’re good at dodging—if you can just make a quick swerve. But the one that came after Clippa and me was a really mean whale. Every time he lost us behind a rock or something, he’d come back and search and search until he flushed us out into the open again. I’ve never seen such a nasty, determined brute.”
“Well, we shook him at last—though not before he had worried us for hundreds of miles northward, up the west coast of South America. But luck was[207] against us that day. While we were resting and trying to get our breath, another family of fidgits came rushing by, shouting, ‘Come on! Swim for your lives! The dog-fish are coming!’
“Well, we finally shook him off—though not before he had stressed us out for hundreds of miles north, up the west coast of South America. But luck was[207] not on our side that day. While we were resting and trying to catch our breath, another group of fidgits came charging by, yelling, ‘Come on! Swim for your lives! The dog-fish are coming!’”
“Now dog-fish are particularly fond of fidgits. We are, you might say, their favorite food—and for that reason we always keep away from deep, muddy waters. What’s more, dog-fish are not easy to escape from; they are terribly fast and clever hunters. So up we had to jump and on again.
“Now dogfish really like fidgets. We are, you could say, their favorite snack—and that’s why we always steer clear of deep, muddy waters. Furthermore, dogfish are hard to get away from; they are incredibly fast and smart hunters. So we had to jump up and keep going.”
“After we had gone a few more hundred miles we looked back and saw that the dog-fish were gaining on us. So we turned into a harbor. It happened to be one on the west coast of the United States. Here we guessed, and hoped, the dog-fish would not be likely to follow us. As it happened, they didn’t even see us turn in, but dashed on northward and we never saw them again. I hope they froze to death in the Arctic Seas.
“After we had traveled a few more hundred miles, we looked back and saw that the dogfish were catching up to us. So, we headed into a harbor. It turned out to be one on the west coast of the United States. Here, we guessed and hoped that the dogfish wouldn’t be likely to follow us. As it happened, they didn’t even notice us turning in, but rushed northward, and we never saw them again. I hope they froze to death in the Arctic Seas.”
“But, as I said, luck was against us that day. While I and my sister were cruising gently round the ships anchored in the harbor looking for orange-peels, a great delicacy with us—Swoop! Bang!—we were caught in a net.
“But, as I said, luck was not on our side that day. While my sister and I were leisurely circling the ships anchored in the harbor looking for orange peels, a real treat for us—Swoop! Bang!—we got caught in a net.
“We struggled for all we were worth; but it was no use. The net was small-meshed and strongly made. Kicking and flipping we were hauled up the side of the ship and dumped down on the deck, high and dry in a blazing noon-day sun.
“We fought with all our strength, but it was pointless. The net was tightly woven and well made. Kicking and squirming, we were pulled up the side of the ship and tossed onto the deck, exposed and dry under the scorching noon sun.
“Here a couple of old men in whiskers and spectacles leant over us, making strange sounds. Some codling had got caught in the net the same time as we were. These the old men threw back into the sea; but us they seemed to think very precious. They put us carefully into a large jar and after they had taken us on shore they went to a big house and changed us from the jar into glass boxes full of water. This house was on the edge of the harbor; and a small stream of sea-water was made to flow through the glass tank so we could breathe properly. Of course we had never lived inside glass walls before; and at first we kept on trying to swim through them and got our noses awfully sore bumping the glass at full speed.
“Two old men with beards and glasses leaned over us, making strange noises. Some small fish had gotten caught in the net at the same time we did. The old men tossed those fish back into the sea, but they seemed to think we were very special. They carefully placed us in a large jar and, after bringing us ashore, took us to a big house where they transferred us from the jar into glass boxes filled with water. This house was located by the harbor, and a small stream of seawater flowed through the glass tanks so we could breathe properly. We had never lived inside glass walls before, and at first, we kept trying to swim through them, which made our noses sore from banging against the glass at full speed.”
“Then followed weeks and weeks of weary idleness. They treated us well, so far as they knew how. The old fellows in spectacles came and looked at us proudly twice a day and saw that we had the proper food to eat, the right amount of light and that the water was not too hot or too cold. But oh, the dullness of that life! It seemed we were a kind of a show. At a certain hour every morning the big doors of the house were thrown open and everybody in the city who had nothing special to do came in and looked at us. There were other tanks filled with different kinds of fishes all round the walls of the big room. And the crowds would go from tank to tank, looking in at us[209] through the glass—with their mouths open, like half-witted flounders. We got so sick of it that we used to open our mouths back at them; and this they seemed to think highly comical.
“Then came weeks and weeks of exhausting boredom. They treated us well, as much as they knew how. The older guys in glasses came by twice a day, looking at us proudly, making sure we had the right food, enough light, and that the water wasn't too hot or too cold. But oh, how dull that life was! It felt like we were some sort of exhibit. Every morning at a specific hour, the massive doors of the house swung open and everyone in the city who had nothing better to do came in to stare at us. There were other tanks filled with different kinds of fish all around the walls of the big room. The crowds would move from tank to tank, peering at us through the glass—with their mouths hanging open, like clueless flounders. We got so fed up with it that we’d start opening our mouths back at them; and they seemed to find that hilarious.
“One day my sister said to me, ‘Think you, Brother, that these strange creatures who have captured us can talk?’
“One day my sister said to me, ‘Do you think, Brother, that these strange creatures who have captured us can talk?’”
“‘Surely,’ said I, ‘have you not noticed that some talk with the lips only, some with the whole face, and yet others discourse with the hands? When they come quite close to the glass you can hear them. Listen!’
“‘Surely,’ I said, ‘haven’t you noticed that some people only talk with their lips, some with their whole face, and others communicate with their hands? When they get really close to the glass, you can hear them. Listen!’”
“At that moment a female, larger than the rest, pressed her nose up against the glass, pointed at me and said to her young behind her, ‘Oh, look, here’s a queer one!’
“At that moment, a female, larger than the others, pressed her nose against the glass, pointed at me, and said to her young behind her, ‘Oh, look, here’s a weird one!’”
“And then we noticed that they nearly always said this when they looked in. And for a long time we thought that such was the whole extent of the language, this being a people of but few ideas. To help pass away the weary hours we learned it by heart, ‘Oh, look, here’s a queer one!’ But we never got to know what it meant. Other phrases, however, we did get the meaning of; and we even learned to read a little in man-talk. Many big signs there were, set up upon the walls; and when we saw that the keepers stopped the people from spitting and smoking, pointed to these signs angrily and read them out loud, we knew then that these[210] writings signified, No Smoking and Don’t Spit.
“And then we noticed that they almost always said this when they looked in. For a long time, we thought that was the full extent of their language since they seemed to have so few ideas. To help pass the long hours, we memorized it: ‘Oh, look, here’s a strange one!’ But we never found out what it meant. However, we did understand some other phrases; we even learned to read a bit of human language. There were many large signs on the walls, and when we saw the keepers stopping people from spitting and smoking, angrily pointing at these signs and reading them out loud, we realized then that these[210] writings meant, No Smoking and Don’t Spit.
“Then in the evenings, after the crowd had gone, the same aged male with one leg of wood, swept up the peanut-shells with a broom every night. And while he was so doing he always whistled the same tune to himself. This melody we rather liked; and we learned that too by heart—thinking it was part of the language.
“Then in the evenings, after the crowd had left, the same old man with a wooden leg swept up the peanut shells with a broom every night. And while he did this, he always whistled the same tune to himself. We really liked this melody; and we learned it by heart—thinking it was part of the language.”
“Thus a whole year went by in this dismal place. Some days new fishes were brought in to the other tanks; and other days old fishes were taken out. At first we had hoped we would only be kept here for a while, and that after we had been looked at sufficiently we would be returned to freedom and the sea. But as month after month went by, and we were left undisturbed, our hearts grew heavy within our prison-walls of glass and we spoke to one another less and less.
“Thus a whole year went by in this dismal place. Some days new fish were brought in to the other tanks; on other days, old fish were taken out. At first, we hoped we would only be kept here for a while, and that after we had been observed enough, we would be returned to freedom and the sea. But as month after month passed and we were left undisturbed, our hearts grew heavy within our glass prison walls, and we spoke to each other less and less.”
“One day, when the crowd was thickest in the big room, a woman with a red face fainted from the heat. I watched through the glass and saw that the rest of the people got highly excited—though to me it did not seem to be a matter of very great importance. They threw cold water on her and carried her out into the open air.
“One day, when the crowd was at its largest in the big room, a woman with a red face collapsed from the heat. I watched through the glass and saw that the others got very worked up—though it didn’t seem like a big deal to me. They splashed cold water on her and carried her outside into the fresh air.”
“This made me think mightily; and presently a great idea burst upon me.
“This made me think really hard; and soon a great idea struck me.”
“‘Sister,’ I said, turning to poor Clippa who was sulking at the bottom of our prison trying to[211] hide behind a stone from the stupid gaze of the children who thronged about our tank, ‘supposing that we pretended we were sick: do you think they would take us also from this stuffy house?’
“‘Sister,’ I said, turning to poor Clippa who was sulking at the bottom of our prison trying to[211] hide behind a stone from the stupid gaze of the kids crowding around our tank, ‘what if we pretended we were sick: do you think they would take us out of this stuffy house too?’”
“‘Brother,’ said she wearily, ‘that they might do. But most likely they would throw us on a rubbish-heap, where we would die in the hot sun.’
“‘Brother,’ she said tiredly, ‘that might happen. But most likely they would dump us on a garbage pile, where we would die in the blazing sun.’”
“‘But,’ said I, ‘why should they go abroad to seek a rubbish-heap, when the harbor is so close? While we were being brought here I saw men throwing their rubbish into the water. If they would only throw us also there, we could quickly reach the sea.’
“‘But,’ I said, ‘why would they go overseas to look for a trash heap when the harbor is so near? While we were being brought here, I saw men tossing their garbage into the water. If they would just throw us in there too, we could quickly get to the sea.’”
“‘The Sea!’ murmured poor Clippa with a far-away look in her eyes (she had fine eyes, had my sister, Clippa). ‘How like a dream it sounds—the Sea! Oh brother, will we ever swim in it again, think you? Every night as I lie awake on the floor of this evil-smelling dungeon I hear its hearty voice ringing in my ears. How I have longed for it! Just to feel it once again, the nice, big, wholesome homeliness of it all! To jump, just to jump from the crest of an Atlantic wave, laughing in the trade wind’s spindrift, down into the blue-green swirling trough! To chase the shrimps on a summer evening, when the sky is red and the light’s all pink within the foam! To lie on the top, in the doldrums’ noonday calm, and warm your tummy in the tropic sun! To wander hand in hand once more[212] through the giant seaweed forests of the Indian Ocean, seeking the delicious eggs of the pop-pop! To play hide-and-seek among the castles of the coral towns with their pearl and jasper windows spangling the floor of the Spanish Main! To picnic in the anemone-meadows, dim blue and lilac-gray, that lie in the lowlands beyond the South Sea Garden! To throw somersaults on the springy sponge-beds of the Mexican Gulf! To poke about among the dead ships and see what wonders and adventures lie inside!—And then, on winter nights when the Northeaster whips the water into froth, to swoop down and down to get away from the cold, down to where the water’s warm and dark, down and still down, till we spy the twinkle of the fire-eels far below where our friends and cousins sit chatting round the Council Grotto—chatting, Brother, over the news and gossip of the Sea!... Oh—’
“‘The Sea!’ murmured poor Clippa with a distant look in her eyes (my sister Clippa had beautiful eyes). ‘It sounds like a dream—the Sea! Oh, brother, do you think we’ll ever swim in it again? Every night, as I lie awake on the floor of this stinky dungeon, I hear its welcoming voice ringing in my ears. How I’ve longed for it! Just to feel it again, the nice, big, comforting familiarity of it all! To jump, just to jump from the crest of an Atlantic wave, laughing in the trade wind’s spray, down into the blue-green swirling trough! To chase the shrimp on a summer evening, when the sky is red and the light is all pink within the foam! To lie on the surface, in the calm of the doldrums at noon, and warm my tummy in the tropical sun! To wander hand in hand once more[212] through the giant seaweed forests of the Indian Ocean, searching for the tasty eggs of the pop-pop! To play hide-and-seek among the castles of the coral towns with their pearl and jasper windows sparkling on the floor of the Spanish Main! To picnic in the anemone meadows, dim blue and lilac-gray, that stretch out in the lowlands beyond the South Sea Garden! To do somersaults on the bouncy sponge beds of the Mexican Gulf! To explore the wrecked ships and see what wonders and adventures lie inside!—And then, on winter nights when the Northeaster whips the water into foam, to swoop down and down to escape the cold, down to where the water’s warm and dark, down and still down, until we catch sight of the glow of the fire-eels far below where our friends and cousins sit chatting around the Council Grotto—chatting, Brother, about the news and gossip of the Sea!... Oh—’
“And then she broke down completely, sniffling.
“And then she completely fell apart, sniffing.”
“‘Stop it!’ I said. ‘You make me homesick. Look here: let’s pretend we’re sick—or better still, let’s pretend we’re dead; and see what happens. If they throw us on a rubbish-heap and we fry in the sun, we’ll not be much worse off than we are here in this smelly prison. What do you say? Will you risk it?’
“‘Stop it!’ I said. ‘You’re making me feel homesick. Look, let’s pretend we’re sick—or even better, let’s pretend we’re dead; and see what happens. If they dump us on a trash heap and we bake in the sun, we won’t be much worse off than we are here in this stinky prison. What do you think? Are you willing to take the chance?’”
“‘I will,’ she said—‘and gladly.’
"I will," she said—"and gladly."
“So next morning two fidgits were found by the keeper floating on the top of the water in their[213] tank, stiff and dead. We gave a mighty good imitation of dead fish—although I say it myself. The keeper ran and got the old gentlemen with spectacles and whiskers. They threw up their hands in horror when they saw us. Lifting us carefully out of the water they laid us on wet cloths. That was the hardest part of all. If you’re a fish and get taken out of the water you have to keep opening and shutting your mouth to breathe at all—and even that you can’t keep up for long. And all this time we had to stay stiff as sticks and breathe silently through half-closed lips.
“So, the next morning, two fidgits were found by the keeper floating on the surface of the water in their[213] tank, stiff and dead. We did a really good imitation of dead fish—if I may say so myself. The keeper ran to get the old gentleman with spectacles and whiskers. They threw up their hands in horror when they saw us. Lifting us carefully out of the water, they laid us on wet cloths. That was the hardest part of all. If you’re a fish and get taken out of the water, you have to keep opening and shutting your mouth to breathe at all—and even that you can’t do for long. And all this time, we had to stay stiff as sticks and breathe silently through half-closed lips.”
“Well, the old fellows poked us and felt us and pinched us till I thought they’d never be done. Then, when their backs were turned a moment, a wretched cat got up on the table and nearly ate us. Luckily the old men turned round in time and shooed her away. You may be sure though that we took a couple of good gulps of air while they weren’t looking; and that was the only thing that saved us from choking. I wanted to whisper to Clippa to be brave and stick it out. But I couldn’t even do that; because, as you know, most kinds of fish-talk cannot be heard—not even a shout—unless you’re under water.
“Well, the old guys prodded us and felt us up and pinched us until I thought they’d never stop. Then, when they turned their backs for a moment, a miserable cat jumped up on the table and almost ate us. Luckily, the old men noticed in time and shooed her away. You can be sure we took a couple of big gulps of air while they weren’t watching, and that was the only thing that kept us from choking. I wanted to whisper to Clippa to be brave and hang in there. But I couldn’t even do that because, as you know, most types of fish-talk can’t be heard—not even a shout—unless you’re underwater.”
“Then, just as we were about to give it up and let on that we were alive, one of the old men shook his head sadly, lifted us up and carried us out of the building.
“Then, just as we were about to give up and admit that we were alive, one of the old men shook his head sadly, picked us up, and carried us out of the building.
“‘Now for it!’ I thought to myself. ‘We’ll soon know our fate: liberty or the garbage-can.’
“‘Here we go!’ I thought to myself. ‘We’ll soon find out our fate: freedom or the trash can.’"
“Outside, to our unspeakable horror, he made straight for a large ash-barrel which stood against the wall on the other side of a yard. Most happily for us, however, while he was crossing this yard a very dirty man with a wagon and horses drove up and took the ash-barrel away. I suppose it was his property.
“Outside, to our total shock, he headed straight for a large ash barrel that was leaning against the wall on the other side of the yard. Thankfully for us, while he was crossing the yard, a very dirty man with a wagon and horses showed up and took the ash barrel away. I guess it belonged to him.”
“Then the old man looked around for some other place to throw us. He seemed about to cast us upon the ground. But he evidently thought that this would make the yard untidy and he desisted. The suspense was terrible. He moved outside the yard-gate and my heart sank once more as I saw that he now intended to throw us in the gutter of the roadway. But (fortune was indeed with us that day), a large man in blue clothes and silver buttons stopped him in the nick of time. Evidently, from the way the large man lectured and waved a short thick stick, it was against the rules of the town to throw dead fish in the streets.
Then the old man looked around for another place to toss us. He seemed ready to throw us on the ground. But he clearly thought that would make the yard messy, so he stopped. The suspense was awful. He stepped outside the yard gate, and my heart dropped again when I saw he now meant to throw us into the gutter of the road. But luck was on our side that day; a large man in blue clothes with silver buttons intervened just in time. From the way the large man lectured him and brandished a short, thick stick, it was clear that it was against the town's rules to dump dead fish in the streets.
“At last, to our unutterable joy, the old man turned and moved off with us towards the harbor. He walked so slowly, muttering to himself all the way and watching the man in blue out of the corner of his eye, that I wanted to bite his finger to make him hurry up. Both Clippa and I were actually at our last gasp.
“At last, to our immense joy, the old man turned and headed off with us toward the harbor. He walked so slowly, mumbling to himself the entire way and keeping an eye on the man in blue from the corner of his eye, that I felt like biting his finger to make him hurry up. Both Clippa and I were really at our last gasp.
“Finally he reached the sea-wall and giving us one last sad look he dropped us into the waters of the harbor.
“Finally, he reached the sea wall and gave us one last sad look before dropping us into the waters of the harbor.
“Never had we realized anything like the thrill of that moment, as we felt the salt wetness close over our heads. With one flick of our tails we came to life again. The old man was so surprised that he fell right into the water, almost on top of us. From this he was rescued by a sailor with a boat-hook; and the last we saw of him, the man in blue was dragging him away by the coat-collar, lecturing him again. Apparently it was also against the rules of the town to throw dead fish into the harbor.
“Never had we experienced anything like the excitement of that moment as the salty water closed over our heads. With one flick of our tails, we came back to life. The old man was so shocked that he fell right into the water, nearly landing on us. A sailor with a boat-hook rescued him; and the last we saw of him, the man in blue was pulling him away by the collar of his coat, scolding him once more. Apparently, it was also against the town rules to throw dead fish into the harbor.”
“But we?—What time or thought had we for his troubles? We were free! In lightning leaps, in curving spurts, in crazy zig-zags—whooping, shrieking with delight, we sped for home and the open sea!
“But us?—What time or thought did we have for his troubles? We were free! In lightning jumps, in curving bursts, in wild zig-zags—whooping, screaming with joy, we rushed for home and the open sea!
“That is all of my story and I will now, as I promised last night, try to answer any questions you may ask about the sea, on condition that I am set at liberty as soon as you have done.”
"That's all of my story, and now, as I promised last night, I'll try to answer any questions you might have about the sea, on the condition that I'm freed as soon as you're done."
The Doctor: “Is there any part of the sea deeper than that known as the Nero Deep—I mean the one near the Island of Guam?”
The Doctor: “Is there any part of the ocean deeper than what’s called the Nero Deep—I’m talking about the one near Guam?”
The Fidgit: “Why, certainly. There’s one much deeper than that near the mouth of the Amazon[216] River. But it’s small and hard to find. We call it ‘The Deep Hole.’ And there’s another in the Antarctic Sea.”
The Fidgit: “Of course. There’s one much deeper than that near the mouth of the Amazon[216] River. But it’s small and hard to locate. We call it ‘The Deep Hole.’ And there’s another one in the Antarctic Sea.”
The Doctor: “Can you talk any shellfish language yourself?”
The Doctor: “Can you speak any shellfish language yourself?”
The Fidgit: “No, not a word. We regular fishes don’t have anything to do with the shellfish. We consider them a low class.”
The Fidgit: “No, not a word. We regular fish don’t associate with shellfish. We see them as low class.”
The Doctor: “But when you’re near them, can you hear the sound they make talking—I mean without necessarily understanding what they say?”
The Doctor: “But when you’re close to them, can you hear them talking—I mean without really understanding what they're saying?”
The Fidgit: “Only with the very largest ones. Shellfish have such weak small voices it is almost impossible for any but their own kind to hear them. But with the bigger ones it is different. They make a sad, booming noise, rather like an iron pipe being knocked with a stone—only not nearly so loud of course.”
The Fidgit: “Only with the really big ones. Shellfish have such weak, small voices that it's almost impossible for anyone except their own kind to hear them. But with the larger ones, it’s a different story. They make a sad, booming sound, kind of like an iron pipe being hit with a stone—just not nearly as loud, of course.”
The Doctor: “I am most anxious to get down to the bottom of the sea—to study many things. But we land animals, as you no doubt know, are unable to breathe under water. Have you any ideas that might help me?”
The Doctor: “I really want to get to the bottom of the sea—to study many things. But we land animals, as you probably know, can't breathe underwater. Do you have any suggestions that could help me?”
The Fidgit: “I think that for both your difficulties the best thing for you to do would be to try and get hold of the Great Glass Sea Snail.”
The Fidgit: “I believe that for both of your challenges, the best thing you can do is to try to get your hands on the Great Glass Sea Snail.”
The Doctor: “Er—who, or what, is the Great Glass Sea Snail?”
The Doctor: “Um—who or what is the Great Glass Sea Snail?”
The Fidgit: “He is an enormous salt-water snail,[217] one of the winkle family, but as large as a big house. He talks quite loudly—when he speaks, but this is not often. He can go to any part of the ocean, at all depths because he doesn’t have to be afraid of any creature in the sea. His shell is made of transparent mother-o’-pearl so that you can see through it; but it’s thick and strong. When he is out of his shell and he carries it empty on his back, there is room in it for a wagon and a pair of horses. He has been seen carrying his food in it when traveling.”
The Fidgit: “He’s a huge saltwater snail,[217] part of the winkle family, but as big as a large house. He speaks quite loudly—when he talks, but that isn’t very often. He can go anywhere in the ocean, at any depth because he doesn’t have to worry about any creatures in the sea. His shell is made of transparent mother-of-pearl so you can see through it; but it’s thick and strong. When he’s out of his shell and carries it empty on his back, there’s enough room in it for a wagon and a pair of horses. He has been seen carrying his food inside it while traveling.”
The Doctor: “I feel that that is just the creature I have been looking for. He could take me and my assistant inside his shell and we could explore the deepest depths in safety. Do you think you could get him for me?”
The Doctor: “I believe that's exactly the creature I've been searching for. It could take me and my assistant inside its shell, and we could explore the deepest parts safely. Do you think you could get it for me?”
The Fidgit: “Alas! no. I would willingly if I could; but he is hardly ever seen by ordinary fish. He lives at the bottom of the Deep Hole, and seldom comes out—And into the Deep Hole, the lower waters of which are muddy, fishes such as we are afraid to go.”
The Fidgit: “Unfortunately, no. I would gladly help if I could; but he’s rarely seen by regular fish. He resides at the bottom of the Deep Hole and rarely comes out. And we’re too scared to go into the Deep Hole, where the lower waters are muddy.”
The Doctor: “Dear me! That’s a terrible disappointment. Are there many of this kind of snail in the sea?”
The Doctor: “Oh no! That’s such a letdown. Are there a lot of snails like this in the sea?”
The Fidgit: “Oh no. He is the only one in existence, since his second wife died long, long ago. He is the last of the Giant Shellfish. He belongs to past ages when the whales were land-animals[218] and all that. They say he is over seventy thousand years old.”
The Fidgit: “Oh no. He’s the only one left, since his second wife died a really long time ago. He’s the last of the Giant Shellfish. He comes from a time when whales lived on land and all that. They say he’s over seventy thousand years old.”
The Doctor: “Good Gracious, what wonderful things he could tell me! I do wish I could meet him.”
The Doctor: “Wow, the amazing things he could share with me! I really wish I could meet him.”
The Fidgit: “Were there any more questions you wished to ask me? This water in your tank is getting quite warm and sickly. I’d like to be put back into the sea as soon as you can spare me.”
The Fidgit: “Do you have any more questions for me? The water in this tank is getting pretty warm and unpleasant. I’d like to be returned to the sea as soon as you can let me.”
The Doctor: “Just one more thing: when Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic in 1492, he threw overboard two copies of his diary sealed up in barrels. One of them was never found. It must have sunk. I would like to get it for my library. Do you happen to know where it is?”
The Doctor: “Just one more thing: when Christopher Columbus crossed the Atlantic in 1492, he tossed two copies of his diary into barrels and threw them overboard. One of them was never found. It probably sank. I’d really like to have it for my library. Do you happen to know where it is?”
The Fidgit: “Yes, I do. That too is in the Deep Hole. When the barrel sank the currents drifted it northwards down what we call the Orinoco Slope, till it finally disappeared into the Deep Hole. If it was any other part of the sea I’d try and get it for you; but not there.”
The Fidgit: “Yeah, I do. That’s also in the Deep Hole. When the barrel sank, the currents carried it northward down what we call the Orinoco Slope, until it finally vanished into the Deep Hole. If it was anywhere else in the sea, I’d try to get it for you; but not there.”
The Doctor: “Well, that is all, I think. I hate to put you back into the sea, because I know that as soon as I do, I’ll think of a hundred other questions I wanted to ask you. But I must keep my promise. Would you care for anything before you go?—it seems a cold day—some cracker-crumbs or something?”
The Doctor: “Alright, I think that's everything. I really hate to send you back into the sea because I know that as soon as I do, I’ll come up with a hundred other questions I wanted to ask. But I have to keep my promise. Do you want anything before you leave? It seems like a chilly day—maybe some cracker crumbs or something?”
The Fidgit: “No, I won’t stop. All I want just at present is fresh sea-water.”
The Fidgit: “No, I won’t stop. All I want right now is fresh seawater.”
The Doctor: “I cannot thank you enough for all the information you have given me. You have been very helpful and patient.”
The Doctor: “I really appreciate all the information you’ve shared with me. You’ve been incredibly helpful and patient.”
The Fidgit: “Pray do not mention it. It has been a real pleasure to be of assistance to the great John Dolittle. You are, as of course you know, already quite famous among the better class of fishes. Goodbye!—and good luck to you, to your ship and to all your plans!”
The Fidgit: “Please don’t mention it. It’s been a true pleasure to help the great John Dolittle. You’re already quite famous among the higher class of fishes, as you know. Goodbye!—and good luck to you, your ship, and all your plans!”
The Doctor carried the listening-tank to a port-hole, opened it and emptied the tank into the sea.
The Doctor brought the listening tank to a porthole, opened it, and poured the contents out into the ocean.
“Good-bye!” he murmured as a faint splash reached us from without.
“Goodbye!” he whispered as a soft splash came to us from outside.
I dropped my pencil on the table and leaned back with a sigh. My fingers were so stiff with writers’ cramp that I felt as though I should never be able to open my hand again. But I, at least, had had a night’s sleep. As for the poor Doctor, he was so weary that he had hardly put the tank back upon the table and dropped into a chair, when his eyes closed and he began to snore.
I dropped my pencil on the table and leaned back with a sigh. My fingers were so stiff from writer's cramp that I felt like I might never be able to open my hand again. But at least I had gotten a night’s sleep. As for the poor Doctor, he was so exhausted that he had barely set the tank back on the table and plopped into a chair when his eyes closed and he started to snore.
In the passage outside Polynesia scratched angrily at the door. I rose and let her in.
In the area outside Polynesia scratched angrily at the door. I got up and let her in.
“A nice state of affairs!” she stormed. “What sort of a ship is this? There’s that colored man upstairs asleep under the wheel; the Doctor asleep[220] down here; and you making pot-hooks in a copybook with a pencil! Expect the ship to steer herself to Brazil? We’re just drifting around the sea like an empty bottle—and a week behind time as it is. What’s happened to you all?”
“A great situation this is!” she exclaimed angrily. “What kind of ship is this? There’s that guy upstairs sleeping under the wheel; the Doctor is down here sleeping; and you’re just doodling in a notebook with a pencil! Do you expect the ship to sail itself to Brazil? We’re just floating around the ocean like an empty bottle—and already a week late. What’s happened to all of you?”
She was so angry that her voice rose to a scream. But it would have taken more than that to wake the Doctor.
She was so angry that her voice turned into a scream. But it would have taken more than that to wake the Doctor.
I put the note-book carefully in a drawer and went on deck to take the wheel.
I carefully placed the notebook in a drawer and went up to the deck to take the wheel.
THE THIRD CHAPTER
BAD WEATHER
AS soon as I had the Curlew swung round upon her course again I noticed something peculiar: we were not going as fast as we had been. Our favorable wind had almost entirely disappeared.
As soon as I had the Curlew turned back on course, I noticed something unusual: we weren’t going as fast as we had been. Our good wind had almost completely vanished.
This, at first, we did not worry about, thinking that at any moment it might spring up again. But the whole day went by; then two days; then a week,—ten days, and the wind grew no stronger. The Curlew just dawdled along at the speed of a toddling babe.
This, at first, we didn’t worry about, thinking that at any moment it could come back. But the whole day went by; then two days; then a week—ten days, and the wind didn’t get any stronger. The Curlew just moved along at the pace of a little child.
I now saw that the Doctor was becoming uneasy. He kept getting out his sextant (an instrument which tells you what part of the ocean you are in) and making calculations. He was forever looking at his maps and measuring distances on them. The far edge of the sea, all around us, he examined with his telescope a hundred times a day.
I could tell that the Doctor was getting anxious. He kept pulling out his sextant (an instrument that helps you figure out where you are in the ocean) and doing calculations. He was always checking his maps and measuring distances on them. He examined the far edge of the sea around us through his telescope a hundred times a day.
“But Doctor,” I said when I found him one afternoon mumbling to himself about the misty appearance of the sky, “it wouldn’t matter so much, would it, if we did take a little longer over the trip? We’ve got plenty to eat on board now;[222] and the Purple Bird-of-Paradise will know that we have been delayed by something that we couldn’t help.”
“But Doctor,” I said when I found him one afternoon talking to himself about how the sky looked foggy, “it wouldn’t be such a big deal, right, if we took a bit longer on the trip? We’ve got plenty of food on board now;[222] and the Purple Bird-of-Paradise will understand that we got delayed by something beyond our control.”
“Yes, I suppose so,” he said thoughtfully. “But I hate to keep her waiting. At this season of the year she generally goes to the Peruvian mountains—for her health. And besides, the good weather she prophesied is likely to end any day now and delay us still further. If we could only keep moving at even a fair speed, I wouldn’t mind. It’s this hanging around, almost dead still, that gets me restless—Ah, here comes a wind—Not very strong—but maybe it’ll grow.”
“Yes, I guess so,” he said thoughtfully. “But I really hate to keep her waiting. At this time of year, she usually goes to the Peruvian mountains for her health. Plus, the nice weather she predicted is probably going to end any day now and hold us up even more. If we could just keep going at even a decent pace, I wouldn’t mind. It’s this waiting around, barely moving, that makes me restless—Ah, here comes a wind—Not very strong—but maybe it’ll pick up.”
A gentle breeze from the Northeast came singing through the ropes; and we smiled up hopefully at the Curlew’s leaning masts.
A soft breeze from the Northeast flowed through the ropes, and we looked up at the leaning masts of the Curlew with hopeful smiles.
“We’ve only got another hundred and fifty miles to make, to sight the coast of Brazil,” said the Doctor. “If that wind would just stay with us, steady, for a full day we’d see land.”
“We’ve only got another hundred and fifty miles to go to reach the coast of Brazil,” said the Doctor. “If the wind would just stay like this, steady, for a whole day, we’d see land.”
But suddenly the wind changed, swung to the East, then back to the Northeast—then to the North. It came in fitful gusts, as though it hadn’t made up its mind which way to blow; and I was kept busy at the wheel, swinging the Curlew this way and that to keep the right side of it.
But suddenly the wind shifted, first to the East, then back to the Northeast—then to the North. It came in unpredictable bursts, as if it couldn’t decide which way to blow, and I had to stay focused at the wheel, steering the Curlew back and forth to stay on course.
Presently we heard Polynesia, who was in the rigging keeping a look-out for land or passing ships, screech down to us,
Presently, we heard Polynesia, who was in the rigging keeping an eye out for land or passing ships, screech down to us,
“Bad weather coming. That jumpy wind is an ugly sign. And look!—over there in the East—see that black line, low down? If that isn’t a storm I’m a land-lubber. The gales round here are fierce, when they do blow—tear your canvas out like paper. You take the wheel, Doctor: it’ll need a strong arm if it’s a real storm. I’ll go wake Bumpo and Chee-Chee. This looks bad to me. We’d best get all the sail down right away, till we see how strong she’s going to blow.”
“Bad weather is on the way. That edgy wind is a bad sign. And look!—over there in the East—see that dark line, low down? If that isn’t a storm, then I don’t know what is. The winds around here can be intense when they pick up—can rip your sails apart like paper. You take the wheel, Doctor: it’ll require a strong hand if it’s a real storm. I’ll go wake Bumpo and Chee-Chee. This looks serious to me. We should get all the sails down right away until we see how strong this is going to get.”
Indeed the whole sky was now beginning to take on a very threatening look. The black line to the eastward grew blacker as it came nearer and nearer. A low, rumbly, whispering noise went moaning over the sea. The water which had been so blue and smiling turned to a ruffled ugly gray. And across the darkening sky, shreds of cloud swept like tattered witches flying from the storm.
Indeed, the entire sky was starting to look quite ominous. The dark line to the east grew even darker as it approached. A low, rumbling whispering sound echoed over the sea. The water, which had been so blue and cheerful, transformed into a choppy, unpleasant gray. And across the darkening sky, wisps of clouds raced like ragged witches fleeing the storm.
I must confess I was frightened. You see I had only so far seen the sea in friendly moods: sometimes quiet and lazy; sometimes laughing, venturesome and reckless; sometimes brooding and poetic, when moonbeams turned her ripples into silver threads and dreaming snowy night-clouds piled up fairy-castles in the sky. But as yet I had not known, or even guessed at, the terrible strength of the Sea’s wild anger.
I have to admit I was scared. Up until then, I had only seen the sea when it was calm: sometimes relaxed and lazy; sometimes playful, bold, and reckless; sometimes thoughtful and poetic, when the moonlight turned its waves into silver threads and dreamy night clouds built fairy-tale castles in the sky. But I hadn't experienced, or even imagined, the incredible power of the sea's wild rage.
When that storm finally struck us we leaned right over flatly on our side, as though some invisible[224] giant had slapped the poor Curlew on the cheek.
When the storm finally hit us, we tilted completely on our side, as if some invisible[224] giant had smacked the poor Curlew on the cheek.
After that things happened so thick and so fast that what with the wind that stopped your breath, the driving, blinding water, the deafening noise and the rest, I haven’t a very clear idea of how our shipwreck came about.
After that, things happened so quickly and so intensely that between the wind that took my breath away, the pouring, blinding rain, the overwhelming noise, and everything else, I don’t have a very clear sense of how our shipwreck happened.
I remember seeing the sails, which we were now trying to roll up upon the deck, torn out of our hands by the wind and go overboard like a penny balloon—very nearly carrying Chee-Chee with them. And I have a dim recollection of Polynesia screeching somewhere for one of us to go downstairs and close the port-holes.
I remember seeing the sails that we were trying to roll up on the deck, whipped out of our hands by the wind and going overboard like a cheap balloon—almost taking Chee-Chee with them. And I have a vague memory of Polynesia shouting for one of us to go downstairs and close the port holes.
In spite of our masts being bare of sail we were now scudding along to the southward at a great pace. But every once in a while huge gray-black waves would arise from under the ship’s side like nightmare monsters, swell and climb, then crash down upon us, pressing us into the sea; and the poor Curlew would come to a standstill, half under water, like a gasping, drowning pig.
Even though our masts were without sails, we were speeding south at a fast pace. But every so often, enormous gray-black waves would rise up from the side of the ship like nightmare creatures, swell and climb, then crash down on us, pushing us into the sea; and the poor Curlew would come to a stop, half submerged, like a struggling, drowning pig.
While I was clambering along towards the wheel to see the Doctor, clinging like a leech with hands and legs to the rails lest I be blown overboard, one of these tremendous seas tore loose my hold, filled my throat with water and swept me like a cork the full length of the deck. My head struck a door with an awful bang. And then I fainted.
While I was scrambling over to the wheel to see the Doctor, hanging on tightly with my hands and legs to the rails so I wouldn't get thrown overboard, one of these massive waves broke my grip, filled my throat with water, and swept me like a cork all the way down the deck. My head hit a door with a terrible bang. And then I passed out.
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
WRECKED!
WHEN I awoke I was very hazy in my head. The sky was blue and the sea was calm. At first I thought that I must have fallen asleep in the sun on the deck of the Curlew. And thinking that I would be late for my turn at the wheel, I tried to rise to my feet. I found I couldn’t; my arms were tied to something behind me with a piece of rope. By twisting my neck around I found this to be a mast, broken off short. Then I realized that I wasn’t sitting on a ship at all; I was only sitting on a piece of one. I began to feel uncomfortably scared. Screwing up my eyes, I searched the rim of the sea North, East, South and West: no land: no ships; nothing was in sight. I was alone in the ocean!
WHEN I woke up, my head was really foggy. The sky was blue and the sea was calm. At first, I thought I had fallen asleep in the sun on the deck of the Curlew. Thinking I might be late for my turn at the wheel, I tried to get up. I realized I couldn’t; my arms were tied to something behind me with a piece of rope. By twisting my neck around, I discovered it was a mast, broken off short. Then I understood that I wasn’t sitting on a ship at all; I was just sitting on a piece of one. I started to feel uncomfortably scared. Narrowing my eyes, I looked around at the horizon North, East, South, and West: no land, no ships; nothing was in sight. I was alone in the ocean!
At last, little by little, my bruised head began to remember what had happened: first, the coming of the storm; the sails going overboard; then the big wave which had banged me against the door. But what had become of the Doctor and the others? What day was this, to-morrow or the day after?—And why was I sitting on only part of a ship?
At last, little by little, my sore head started to remember what had happened: first, the arrival of the storm; the sails blowing overboard; then the huge wave that had slammed me against the door. But what happened to the Doctor and the others? What day was it, tomorrow or the day after? —And why was I sitting on just part of a ship?

Working my hand into my pocket, I found my penknife and cut the rope that tied me. This reminded me of a shipwreck story which Joe had once told me, of a captain who had tied his son to a mast in order that he shouldn’t be washed overboard by the gale. So of course it must have been the Doctor who had done the same to me.
Working my hand into my pocket, I found my penknife and cut the rope that was binding me. This made me think of a shipwreck story Joe had once told me, about a captain who had tied his son to a mast to prevent him from being washed overboard by the storm. So, it must have been the Doctor who had done the same to me.
But where was he?
But where is he?
The awful thought came to me that the Doctor and the rest of them must be drowned, since there was no other wreckage to be seen upon the waters. I got to my feet and stared around the sea again—Nothing—nothing but water and sky!
The terrible thought hit me that the Doctor and the others must be drowned, since there was no other wreckage visible on the water. I stood up and looked around the sea again—Nothing—nothing but water and sky!
Presently a long way off I saw the small dark shape of a bird skimming low down over the swell. When it came quite close I saw it was a Stormy Petrel. I tried to talk to it, to see if it could give me news. But unluckily I hadn’t learned much seabird language and I couldn’t even attract its attention, much less make it understand what I wanted.
Right now, I noticed a small dark shape of a bird gliding low over the waves from a distance. When it got closer, I realized it was a Stormy Petrel. I tried to communicate with it to see if it could share any news. Unfortunately, I hadn’t picked up much seabird language, and I couldn’t even catch its attention, let alone make it understand what I was looking for.
Twice it circled round my raft, lazily, with hardly a flip of the wing. And I could not help wondering, in spite of the distress I was in, where it had spent last night—how it, or any other living thing, had weathered such a smashing storm. It made me realize the great big difference between different creatures; and that size and strength are not everything. To this petrel, a frail little thing of feathers, much smaller and weaker than I, the Sea could[228] do anything she liked, it seemed; and his only answer was a lazy, saucy flip of the wing! He was the one who should be called the able seaman. For, come raging gale, come sunlit calm, this wilderness of water was his home.
Twice it circled around my raft, moving slowly, barely flapping its wings. And I couldn't help but wonder, despite my distress, where it had spent the night—how it, or any other living creature, had managed to survive such a brutal storm. It made me realize the significant differences between different beings; that size and strength aren't everything. To this petrel, a delicate little creature of feathers, much smaller and weaker than me, the Sea could do whatever it wanted, it seemed; and his only response was a lazy, cheeky flap of his wing! He was the one who should be called the able seaman. Because, whether it was a raging storm or a sunny calm, this vast expanse of water was his home.
After swooping over the sea around me (just looking for food, I supposed) he went off in the direction from which he had come. And I was alone once more.
After flying over the sea around me (just looking for food, I assumed) he left in the direction he had come from. And I was alone again.
I found I was somewhat hungry—and a little thirsty too. I began to think all sorts of miserable thoughts, the way one does when he is lonesome and has missed breakfast. What was going to become of me now, if the Doctor and the rest were drowned? I would starve to death or die of thirst. Then the sun went behind some clouds and I felt cold. How many hundreds or thousands of miles was I from any land? What if another storm should come and smash up even this poor raft on which I stood?
I realized I was a bit hungry—and a little thirsty too. I started having all kinds of depressing thoughts, like you do when you're lonely and haven’t had breakfast. What was going to happen to me if the Doctor and the others were drowned? I would either starve or die of thirst. Then the sun went behind some clouds, and I felt cold. How many hundreds or thousands of miles was I from any land? What if another storm hit and destroyed this poor raft I was standing on?
I went on like this for a while, growing gloomier and gloomier, when suddenly I thought of Polynesia. “You’re always safe with the Doctor,” she had said. “He gets there. Remember that.”
I kept going like this for a while, feeling more and more down, when suddenly, Polynesia came to mind. “You can always trust the Doctor,” she had said. “He always gets there. Keep that in mind.”
I’m sure I wouldn’t have minded so much if he had been here with me. It was this being all alone that made me want to weep. And yet the petrel was alone!—What a baby I was, I told myself, to be scared to the verge of tears just by loneliness![229] I was quite safe where I was—for the present anyhow. John Dolittle wouldn’t get scared by a little thing like this. He only got excited when he made a discovery, found a new bug or something. And if what Polynesia had said was true, he couldn’t be drowned and things would come out all right in the end somehow.
I wouldn't have minded so much if he had been here with me. It was the loneliness that made me want to cry. And yet the petrel was alone! What a baby I was, I thought, to be scared to the point of tears just from being lonely![229] I was safe where I was—for now, at least. John Dolittle wouldn’t get scared by something like this. He only got excited when he made a discovery, like finding a new bug or something. And if what Polynesia said was true, he couldn’t drown and everything would somehow work out in the end.
I threw out my chest, buttoned up my collar and began walking up and down the short raft to keep warm. I would be like John Dolittle. I wouldn’t cry—And I wouldn’t get excited.
I puffed out my chest, buttoned up my collar, and started pacing back and forth on the small raft to stay warm. I would be like John Dolittle. I wouldn’t cry—and I wouldn’t get worked up.
How long I paced back and forth I don’t know. But it was a long time—for I had nothing else to do.
How long I walked back and forth, I don't know. But it was a long time—since I had nothing else to do.
At last I got tired and lay down to rest. And in spite of all my troubles, I soon fell fast asleep.
At last, I got tired and lay down to rest. And despite all my troubles, I quickly fell fast asleep.
This time when I woke up, stars were staring down at me out of a cloudless sky. The sea was still calm; and my strange craft was rocking gently under me on an easy swell. All my fine courage left me as I gazed up into the big silent night and felt the pains of hunger and thirst set to work in my stomach harder than ever.
This time when I woke up, stars were looking down at me from a clear sky. The sea was still calm, and my unusual boat was gently rocking beneath me on a soft swell. All my courage faded as I looked up at the vast, quiet night and felt the pangs of hunger and thirst hit my stomach harder than ever.
“Are you awake?” said a high silvery voice at my elbow.
“Are you awake?” said a high, silvery voice next to me.
I sprang up as though some one had stuck a pin in me. And there, perched at the very end of my raft, her beautiful golden tail glowing dimly in the starlight, sat Miranda, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise!
I jumped up as if someone had poked me with a pin. And there, sitting at the very edge of my raft, her gorgeous golden tail shining faintly in the starlight, was Miranda, the Purple Bird-of-Paradise!
Never have I been so glad to see any one in my life. I almost fell into the water as I leapt to hug her.
Never have I been so happy to see anyone in my life. I nearly fell into the water as I jumped to hug her.
“I didn’t want to wake you,” said she. “I guessed you must be tired after all you’ve been through—Don’t squash the life out of me, boy: I’m not a stuffed duck, you know.”
“I didn’t want to wake you,” she said. “I figured you must be tired after everything you’ve been through—Don’t crush me, boy: I’m not a stuffed duck, you know.”
“Oh, Miranda, you dear old thing,” said I, “I’m so glad to see you. Tell me, where is the Doctor? Is he alive?”
“Oh, Miranda, you sweet old thing,” I said, “I’m so happy to see you. Tell me, where is the Doctor? Is he okay?”
“Of course he’s alive—and it’s my firm belief he always will be. He’s over there, about forty miles to the westward.”
“Of course he’s alive—and I truly believe he always will be. He’s over there, about forty miles to the west.”
“What’s he doing there?”
“What’s he doing there?”
“He’s sitting on the other half of the Curlew shaving himself—or he was, when I left him.”
“He's sitting on the other half of the Curlew shaving himself—or he was when I left him.”
“Well, thank Heaven he’s alive!” said I—“And Bumpo—and the animals, are they all right?”
“Well, thank goodness he’s alive!” I said. “And Bumpo—and the animals, are they all okay?”
“Yes, they’re with him. Your ship broke in half in the storm. The Doctor had tied you down when he found you stunned. And the part you were on got separated and floated away. Golly, it was a storm! One has to be a gull or an albatross to stand that sort of weather. I had been watching for the Doctor for three weeks, from a cliff-top; but last night I had to take refuge in a cave to keep my tail-feathers from blowing out. As soon as I found the Doctor, he sent me off with some porpoises[231] to help us in our search. There had been quite a gathering of sea-birds waiting to greet the Doctor; but the rough weather sort of broke up the arrangements that had been made to welcome him properly. It was the petrel that first gave us the tip where you were.”
“Yes, they’re with him. Your ship broke in half in the storm. The Doctor had tied you down when he found you stunned. The part you were on got separated and drifted away. Wow, it was a storm! You’d have to be a gull or an albatross to handle that kind of weather. I had been watching for the Doctor for three weeks from a cliff; but last night I had to take shelter in a cave to keep my tail feathers from blowing away. As soon as I found the Doctor, he sent me off with some porpoises[231] to help us in our search. There had been quite a gathering of sea birds waiting to welcome the Doctor, but the bad weather messed up the plans we made to greet him properly. It was the petrel that first gave us the tip about where you were.”
“Well, but how can I get to the Doctor, Miranda?—I haven’t any oars.”
“Well, how am I supposed to get to the Doctor, Miranda? I don’t have any oars.”
“Get to him!—Why, you’re going to him now. Look behind you.”
“Go to him!—Wait, you’re heading to him right now. Look behind you.”
I turned around. The moon was just rising on the sea’s edge. And I now saw that my raft was moving through the water, but so gently that I had not noticed it before.
I turned around. The moon was just rising on the edge of the sea. And now I saw that my raft was moving through the water, but so gently that I hadn't noticed it before.
“What’s moving us?” I asked.
“What’s driving us?” I asked.
“The porpoises,” said Miranda.
“The dolphins,” said Miranda.
I went to the back of the raft and looked down into the water. And just below the surface I could see the dim forms of four big porpoises, their sleek skins glinting in the moonlight, pushing at the raft with their noses.
I went to the back of the raft and looked down into the water. Just below the surface, I could see the faint shapes of four large porpoises, their smooth skin shining in the moonlight as they nudged the raft with their noses.
“They’re old friends of the Doctor’s,” said Miranda. “They’d do anything for John Dolittle. We should see his party soon now. We’re pretty near the place I left them—Yes, there they are! See that dark shape?—No, more to the right of where you’re looking. Can’t you make out the[232] figure of the black man standing against the sky?—Now Chee-Chee spies us—he’s waving. Don’t you see them?”
“They’re old friends of the Doctor’s,” Miranda said. “They’d do anything for John Dolittle. We should see his party soon. We’re really close to where I left them—Yes, there they are! Look at that dark shape?—No, more to the right of where you’re looking. Can’t you see the[232] figure of the Black man standing against the sky?—Now Chee-Chee sees us—he’s waving. Don’t you see them?”
I didn’t—for my eyes were not as sharp as Miranda’s. But presently from somewhere in the murky dusk I heard Bumpo singing his African comic songs with the full force of his enormous voice. And in a little, by peering and peering in the direction of the sound, I at last made out a dim mass of tattered, splintered wreckage—all that remained of the poor Curlew—floating low down upon the water.
I didn’t—my eyesight wasn’t as good as Miranda’s. But soon, from somewhere in the dim twilight, I heard Bumpo singing his funny African songs with the full power of his huge voice. After a bit, by squinting and squinting in the direction of the sound, I finally spotted a vague mass of torn, broken wreckage—all that was left of the poor Curlew—floating low on the water.
A hulloa came through the night. And I answered it. We kept it up, calling to one another back and forth across the calm night sea. And a few minutes later the two halves of our brave little ruined ship bumped gently together again.
A shout came through the night. And I responded to it. We continued to call to each other back and forth across the quiet night sea. A few minutes later, the two halves of our brave little broken ship gently bumped together again.
Now that I was nearer and the moon was higher I could see more plainly. Their half of the ship was much bigger than mine.
Now that I was closer and the moon was higher, I could see more clearly. Their side of the ship was much bigger than mine.
It lay partly upon its side; and most of them were perched upon the top munching ship’s biscuit.
It was lying partly on its side, and most of them were sitting on top, munching on ship's biscuits.
But close down to the edge of the water, using the sea’s calm surface for a mirror and a piece of broken bottle for a razor, John Dolittle was shaving his face by the light of the moon.
But down by the water's edge, using the calm surface of the sea as a mirror and a shard of broken glass as a razor, John Dolittle was shaving his face by the light of the moon.
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
LAND!
THEY all gave me a great greeting as I clambered off my half of the ship on to theirs. Bumpo brought me a wonderful drink of fresh water which he drew from a barrel; and Chee-Chee and Polynesia stood around me feeding me ship’s biscuit.
THEY all welcomed me warmly as I climbed off my side of the ship onto theirs. Bumpo brought me a fantastic drink of fresh water that he poured from a barrel, while Chee-Chee and Polynesia gathered around me, giving me ship’s biscuit.
But it was the sight of the Doctor’s smiling face—just knowing that I was with him once again—that cheered me more than anything else. As I watched him carefully wipe his glass razor and put it away for future use, I could not help comparing him in my mind with the Stormy Petrel. Indeed the vast strange knowledge which he had gained from his speech and friendship with animals had brought him the power to do things which no other human being would dare to try. Like the petrel, he could apparently play with the sea in all her moods. It was no wonder that many of the ignorant savage peoples among whom he passed in his voyages made statues of him showing him as half a fish, half a bird, and half a man. And ridiculous though it was, I could quite understand what Miranda meant when she said she firmly believed that he[234] could never die. Just to be with him gave you a wonderful feeling of comfort and safety.
But it was seeing the Doctor’s smiling face—just knowing I was with him again—that made me happier than anything else. As I watched him carefully clean his glass razor and put it away for later use, I couldn’t help but compare him in my mind to the Stormy Petrel. The vast, strange knowledge he had gained from talking to and bonding with animals had given him the ability to do things no other human would dare to attempt. Like the petrel, he seemed to be able to navigate the sea in all its moods. It was no surprise that many of the ignorant, savage tribes he encountered during his travels built statues of him depicting him as part fish, part bird, and part man. And as silly as it was, I could totally understand what Miranda meant when she said she truly believed that he[234] could never die. Just being with him gave you an incredible sense of comfort and safety.
Except for his appearance (his clothes were crumpled and damp and his battered high hat was stained with salt water) that storm which had so terrified me had disturbed him no more than getting stuck on the mud-bank in Puddleby River.
Except for how he looked (his clothes were wrinkled and wet, and his worn-out top hat was stained with salt water), that storm that had scared me so much didn’t bother him any more than getting stuck in the mud at Puddleby River.
Politely thanking Miranda for getting me so quickly, he asked her if she would now go ahead of us and show us the way to Spidermonkey Island. Next, he gave orders to the porpoises to leave my old piece of the ship and push the bigger half wherever the Bird-of-Paradise should lead us.
Politely thanking Miranda for her quick response, he asked her if she could go ahead of us and show us the way to Spidermonkey Island. Then, he instructed the porpoises to leave my old section of the ship and move the larger piece wherever the Bird-of-Paradise would guide us.
How much he had lost in the wreck besides his razor I did not know—everything, most likely, together with all the money he had saved up to buy the ship with. And still he was smiling as though he wanted for nothing in the world. The only things he had saved, as far as I could see—beyond the barrel of water and bag of biscuit—were his precious note-books. These, I saw when he stood up, he had strapped around his waist with yards and yards of twine. He was, as old Matthew Mugg used to say, a great man. He was unbelievable.
I didn’t know how much he had lost in the wreck besides his razor—probably everything, along with all the money he had saved up to buy the ship. Yet he was smiling as if he didn’t lack anything in the world. The only things he had saved, from what I could tell—besides the barrel of water and the bag of biscuits—were his precious notebooks. I saw that when he stood up, he had strapped them around his waist with long lengths of twine. He was, as old Matthew Mugg used to say, a remarkable man. He was incredible.
And now for three days we continued our journey slowly but steadily—southward.
And now for three days we kept going on our journey slowly but surely—heading south.
The only inconvenience we suffered from was the cold. This seemed to increase as we went forward.[235] The Doctor said that the island, disturbed from its usual paths by the great gale, had evidently drifted further South than it had ever been before.
The only issue we had was the cold. It seemed to get worse as we moved on.[235] The Doctor mentioned that the island, thrown off its regular course by the strong storm, had clearly drifted farther south than it had ever been before.
On the third night poor Miranda came back to us nearly frozen. She told the Doctor that in the morning we would find the island quite close to us, though we couldn’t see it now as it was a misty dark night. She said that she must hurry back at once to a warmer climate; and that she would visit the Doctor in Puddleby next August as usual.
On the third night, poor Miranda returned to us nearly frozen. She told the Doctor that by morning we would see the island fairly close to us, even though it was a foggy, dark night and we couldn't see it now. She said she needed to hurry back to a warmer place and that she would visit the Doctor in Puddleby next August as usual.
“Don’t forget, Miranda,” said John Dolittle, “if you should hear anything of what happened to Long Arrow, to get word to me.”
“Don’t forget, Miranda,” John Dolittle said, “if you hear anything about what happened to Long Arrow, make sure to let me know.”
The Bird-of-Paradise assured him she would. And after the Doctor had thanked her again and again for all that she had done for us, she wished us good luck and disappeared into the night.
The Bird-of-Paradise promised him she would. After the Doctor thanked her repeatedly for everything she had done for us, she wished us good luck and vanished into the night.
We were all awake early in the morning, long before it was light, waiting for our first glimpse of the country we had come so far to see. And as the rising sun turned the eastern sky to gray, of course it was old Polynesia who first shouted that she could see palm-trees and mountain tops.
We were all up early in the morning, long before it got light, waiting for our first view of the country we had traveled so far to see. And as the rising sun turned the eastern sky gray, it was, of course, old Polynesia who first shouted that she could see palm trees and mountain tops.
With the growing light it became plain to all of us: a long island with high rocky mountains in the middle—and so near to us that you could almost throw your hat upon the shore.
With the increasing light, it became clear to all of us: a long island with steep rocky mountains in the center—and so close to us that you could almost throw your hat onto the shore.
The porpoises gave us one last push and our strange-looking craft bumped gently on a low[236] beach. Then, thanking our lucky stars for a chance to stretch our cramped legs, we all bundled off on to the land—the first land, even though it was floating land, that we had trodden for six weeks. What a thrill I felt as I realized that Spidermonkey Island, the little spot in the atlas which my pencil had touched, lay at last beneath my feet!
The porpoises gave us one last push, and our oddly shaped craft gently bumped onto a low [236] beach. Thanking our lucky stars for the chance to stretch our cramped legs, we all piled off onto the land—the first land, even if it was floating, that we had stepped on in six weeks. What a thrill I felt as I realized that Spidermonkey Island, the tiny spot in the atlas that my pencil had touched, was finally beneath my feet!
When the light increased still further we noticed that the palms and grasses of the island seemed withered and almost dead. The Doctor said that it must be on account of the cold that the island was now suffering from in its new climate. These trees and grasses, he told us, were the kind that belonged to warm, tropical weather.
When the light got even brighter, we saw that the palms and grasses on the island looked wilted and nearly dead. The Doctor explained that it was probably because of the cold the island was experiencing in its new climate. He said these trees and grasses were suited for warm, tropical weather.
The porpoises asked if we wanted them any further. And the Doctor said that he didn’t think so, not for the present—nor the raft either, he added; for it was already beginning to fall to pieces and could not float much longer.
The porpoises asked if we wanted their help anymore. The Doctor said he didn’t think so, not for now—nor the raft either, he added; because it was already starting to fall apart and wouldn’t float much longer.
As we were preparing to go inland and explore the island, we suddenly noticed a whole band of Red Indians watching us with great curiosity from among the trees. The Doctor went forward to talk to them. But he could not make them understand. He tried by signs to show them that he had come on a friendly visit. The Indians didn’t seem to like us however. They had bows and arrows and long hunting spears, with stone points, in their[237] hands; and they made signs back to the Doctor to tell him that if he came a step nearer they would kill us all. They evidently wanted us to leave the island at once. It was a very uncomfortable situation.
As we were getting ready to head inland and explore the island, we suddenly noticed a group of Native Americans watching us with great curiosity from the trees. The Doctor stepped forward to talk to them, but he couldn't get them to understand him. He tried using gestures to show them that he had come in peace. However, the Indians didn’t seem to like us. They were armed with bows and arrows and long hunting spears with stone tips in their hands, and they gestured back to the Doctor, indicating that if he took another step closer, they would kill us all. It was clear they wanted us to leave the island immediately. It was a very uncomfortable situation.
At last the Doctor made them understand that he only wanted to see the island all over and that then he would go away—though how he meant to do it, with no boat to sail in, was more than I could imagine.
At last, the Doctor got them to understand that he just wanted to explore the island completely and then he would leave—although how he planned to do that without a boat to sail in was beyond my comprehension.
While they were talking among themselves another Indian arrived—apparently with a message that they were wanted in some other part of the island. Because presently, shaking their spears threateningly at us, they went off with the newcomer.
While they were chatting with each other, another Indian showed up—seemingly with a message that they were needed in another part of the island. Because soon after, shaking their spears menacingly at us, they left with the newcomer.
“What discourteous pagans!” said Bumpo. “Did you ever see such inhospitability?—Never even asked us if we’d had breakfast, the benighted bounders!”
“What rude pagans!” said Bumpo. “Have you ever seen such unkindness? They didn’t even ask us if we’d had breakfast, those ignorant fools!”
“Sh! They’re going off to their village,” said Polynesia. “I’ll bet there’s a village on the other side of those mountains. If you take my advice, Doctor, you’ll get away from this beach while their backs are turned. Let us go up into the higher land for the present—some place where they won’t know where we are. They may grow friendlier when they see we mean no harm. They have[238] honest, open faces and look like a decent crowd to me. They’re just ignorant—probably never saw white folks before.”
“Shh! They’re heading back to their village,” said Polynesia. “I’m sure there’s a village on the other side of those mountains. If you want my advice, Doctor, you should leave this beach while they aren’t looking. Let’s go up into the higher land for now—somewhere they won’t know where to find us. They might become friendlier when they realize we mean no harm. They have[238] honest, open faces and seem like a decent group to me. They’re just uninformed—probably never saw white people before.”
So, feeling a little bit discouraged by our first reception, we moved off towards the mountains in the centre of the island.
So, feeling a bit down about our first reception, we headed towards the mountains in the center of the island.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE JABIZRI
WE found the woods at the feet of the hills thick and tangly and somewhat hard to get through. On Polynesia’s advice, we kept away from all paths and trails, feeling it best to avoid meeting any Indians for the present.
WE found the woods at the base of the hills dense and tangled and somewhat hard to navigate. Following Polynesia's advice, we stuck to the areas away from all paths and trails, thinking it was best to avoid encountering any Indians for now.
But she and Chee-Chee were good guides and splendid jungle-hunters; and the two of them set to work at once looking for food for us. In a very short space of time they had found quite a number of different fruits and nuts which made excellent eating, though none of us knew the names of any of them. We discovered a nice clean stream of good water which came down from the mountains; so we were supplied with something to drink as well.
But she and Chee-Chee were great guides and awesome jungle hunters; they immediately got to work looking for food for us. In no time, they found quite a variety of fruits and nuts that tasted great, even though none of us knew their names. We also came across a nice clean stream with fresh water flowing down from the mountains, so we had something to drink too.
We followed the stream up towards the heights. And presently we came to parts where the woods were thinner and the ground rocky and steep. Here we could get glimpses of wonderful views all over the island, with the blue sea beyond.
We followed the stream up towards the heights. Soon, we reached areas where the trees were sparser and the ground was rocky and steep. Here, we could catch glimpses of amazing views all around the island, with the blue sea in the distance.
While we were admiring one of these the Doctor[240] suddenly said, “Sh!—A Jabizri!—Don’t you hear it?”
While we were admiring one of these, the Doctor[240] suddenly said, “Sh!—A Jabizri!—Don’t you hear it?”
We listened and heard, somewhere in the air about us, an extraordinarily musical hum—like a bee, but not just one note. This hum rose and fell, up and down—almost like some one singing.
We listened and heard, somewhere in the air around us, an incredibly musical hum—like a bee, but not just one note. This hum rose and fell, up and down—almost like someone singing.
“No other insect but the Jabizri beetle hums like that,” said the Doctor. “I wonder where he is—quite near, by the sound—flying among the trees probably. Oh, if I only had my butterfly-net! Why didn’t I think to strap that around my waist too. Confound the storm: I may miss the chance of a lifetime now of getting the rarest beetle in the world—Oh look! There he goes!”
“No other insect except the Jabizri beetle hums like that,” said the Doctor. “I wonder where it is—sounds pretty close—probably flying among the trees. Oh, if only I had my butterfly net! Why didn’t I think to strap that around my waist too? Darn this storm: I might miss the chance of a lifetime to catch the rarest beetle in the world—Oh look! There it goes!”
A huge beetle, easily three inches long I should say, suddenly flew by our noses. The Doctor got frightfully excited. He took off his hat to use as a net, swooped at the beetle and caught it. He nearly fell down a precipice on to the rocks below in his wild hurry, but that didn’t bother him in the least. He knelt down, chortling, upon the ground with the Jabizri safe under his hat. From his pocket he brought out a glass-topped box, and into this he very skilfully made the beetle walk from under the rim of the hat. Then he rose up, happy as a child, to examine his new treasure through the glass lid.
A huge beetle, probably about three inches long, suddenly flew past us. The Doctor got super excited. He took off his hat to use as a net, swooped at the beetle, and caught it. He almost fell down a cliff onto the rocks below in his rush, but that didn’t bother him at all. He knelt down, laughing, on the ground with the Jabizri safely under his hat. From his pocket, he pulled out a glass-topped box, and skillfully got the beetle to walk out from under the hat’s rim and into the box. Then he stood up, as happy as a kid, to examine his new treasure through the glass lid.
It certainly was a most beautiful insect. It was[241] pale blue underneath; but its back was glossy black with huge red spots on it.
It was definitely a stunning insect. It was[241] pale blue underneath, but its back was shiny black with large red spots on it.
“There isn’t an entymologist in the whole world who wouldn’t give all he has to be in my shoes to-day,” said the Doctor—“Hulloa! This Jabizri’s got something on his leg—Doesn’t look like mud. I wonder what it is.”
“There isn’t an entomologist in the whole world who wouldn’t give everything they have to be in my position today,” said the Doctor—“Hey! This Jabizri’s got something on his leg—Doesn’t look like mud. I wonder what it is.”
He took the beetle carefully out of the box and held it by its back in his fingers, where it waved its six legs slowly in the air. We all crowded about him peering at it. Rolled around the middle section of its right foreleg was something that looked like a thin dried leaf. It was bound on very neatly with strong spider-web.
He carefully took the beetle out of the box and held it by its back in his fingers, where it slowly waved its six legs in the air. We all crowded around him, peering at it. Wrapped around the middle section of its right front leg was something that looked like a thin dried leaf. It was neatly bound with strong spider silk.
It was marvelous to see how John Dolittle with his fat heavy fingers undid that cobweb cord and unrolled the leaf, whole, without tearing it or hurting the precious beetle. The Jabizri he put back into the box. Then he spread the leaf out flat and examined it.
It was amazing to see how John Dolittle, with his big, clumsy fingers, loosened that cobweb cord and unrolled the leaf completely, without tearing it or harming the precious beetle. He put the Jabizri back in the box. Then he laid the leaf out flat and looked it over.
You can imagine our surprise when we found that the inside of the leaf was covered with signs and pictures, drawn so tiny that you almost needed a magnifying-glass to tell what they were. Some of the signs we couldn’t make out at all; but nearly all of the pictures were quite plain, figures of men and mountains mostly. The whole was done in a curious sort of brown ink.
You can imagine our surprise when we discovered that the inside of the leaf was filled with signs and pictures, so tiny you’d almost need a magnifying glass to see what they were. Some of the signs we couldn’t figure out at all, but almost all of the pictures were pretty clear, mostly showing figures of men and mountains. The whole thing was done in a strange kind of brown ink.
For several moments there was a dead silence[242] while we all stared at the leaf, fascinated and mystified.
For a few moments, there was complete silence[242] as we all stared at the leaf, both fascinated and confused.
“I think this is written in blood,” said the Doctor at last. “It turns that color when it’s dry. Somebody pricked his finger to make these pictures. It’s an old dodge when you’re short of ink—but highly unsanitary—What an extraordinary thing to find tied to a beetle’s leg! I wish I could talk beetle language, and find out where the Jabizri got it from.”
“I think this is written in blood,” said the Doctor finally. “It turns that color when it dries. Someone must have pricked their finger to make these drawings. It’s an old trick when you run out of ink—but really unsanitary—What an amazing thing to find tied to a beetle's leg! I wish I could speak beetle language and figure out where the Jabizri got it from.”
“But what is it?” I asked—“Rows of little pictures and signs. What do you make of it, Doctor?”
“But what is it?” I asked. “Rows of little pictures and signs. What do you think about it, Doctor?”
“It’s a letter,” he said—“a picture letter. All these little things put together mean a message—But why give a message to a beetle to carry—and to a Jabizri, the rarest beetle in the world?—What an extraordinary thing!”
“It’s a letter,” he said—“a picture letter. All these little things combined mean a message—But why give a message to a beetle to carry—and to a Jabizri, the rarest beetle in the world?—What an amazing thing!”
Then he fell to muttering over the pictures.
Then he started mumbling about the pictures.
“I wonder what it means: men walking up a mountain; men walking into a hole in a mountain; a mountain falling down—it’s a good drawing, that; men pointing to their open mouths; bars—prison-bars, perhaps; men praying; men lying down—they look as though they might be sick; and last of all, just a mountain—a peculiar-shaped mountain.”
“I wonder what it means: guys climbing a mountain; guys walking into a hole in a mountain; a mountain collapsing—it’s a good drawing; guys pointing at their open mouths; bars—maybe prison bars; guys praying; guys lying down—they look like they might be sick; and finally, just a mountain—a strangely shaped mountain.”
All of a sudden the Doctor looked up sharply at me, a wonderful smile of delighted understanding spreading over his face.
All of a sudden, the Doctor looked up at me sharply, a wonderful smile of delighted understanding spreading across his face.
“Long Arrow!” he cried, “don’t you see, Stubbins?—Why, of course! Only a naturalist would think of doing a thing like this: giving his letter to a beetle—not to a common beetle, but to the rarest of all, one that other naturalists would try to catch—Well, well! Long Arrow!—A picture-letter from Long Arrow. For pictures are the only writing that he knows.”
“Long Arrow!” he shouted, “don't you see, Stubbins?—Of course! Only a naturalist would come up with something like this: handing his letter to a beetle—not just any beetle, but the rarest one that other naturalists would go after—Well, well! Long Arrow!—A picture-letter from Long Arrow. Because pictures are the only writing he understands.”
“Yes, but who is the letter to?” I asked.
“Yes, but who is the letter addressed to?” I asked.
“It’s to me very likely. Miranda had told him, I know, years ago, that some day I meant to come here. But if not for me, then it’s for any one who caught the beetle and read it. It’s a letter to the world.”
“It’s very likely for me. Miranda told him, I know, years ago, that someday I planned to come here. But if it’s not for me, then it’s for anyone who caught the beetle and read it. It’s a letter to the world.”
“Well, but what does it say? It doesn’t seem to me that it’s much good to you now you’ve got it.”
“Well, what does it say? It doesn’t seem like it’s much use to you since you have it now.”
“Yes, it is,” he said, “because, look, I can read it now. First picture: men walking up a mountain—that’s Long Arrow and his party; men going into a hole in a mountain—they enter a cave looking for medicine-plants or mosses; a mountain falling down—some hanging rocks must have slipped and trapped them, imprisoned them in the cave. And this was the only living creature that could carry a message for them to the outside world—a beetle, who could burrow his way into the open air. Of course it was only a slim chance that the beetle would be ever caught and the letter read. But it was a chance; and when men are in great danger[244] they grab at any straw of hope.... All right. Now look at the next picture: men pointing to their open mouths—they are hungry; men praying—begging any one who finds this letter to come to their assistance; men lying down—they are sick, or starving. This letter, Stubbins, is their last cry for help.”
“Yes, it is,” he said, “because, look, I can read it now. First picture: men walking up a mountain—that’s Long Arrow and his group; men going into a hole in a mountain—they enter a cave looking for medicine plants or moss; a mountain collapsing—some hanging rocks must have slipped and trapped them, imprisoning them in the cave. And this was the only living creature that could carry a message to the outside world—a beetle, who could burrow his way into the open air. Of course, it was just a slim chance that the beetle would ever be caught and the letter read. But it was a chance; and when people are in great danger[244] they grab at any shred of hope.... All right. Now look at the next picture: men pointing to their open mouths—they are hungry; men praying—begging anyone who finds this letter to come to their aid; men lying down—they are sick or starving. This letter, Stubbins, is their last cry for help.”
He sprang to his feet as he ended, snatched out a note-book and put the letter between the leaves. His hands were trembling with haste and agitation.
He jumped to his feet when he finished, grabbed a notebook, and slipped the letter between the pages. His hands were shaking with urgency and anxiety.
“Come on!” he cried—“up the mountain—all of you. There’s not a moment to lose. Bumpo, bring the water and nuts with you. Heaven only knows how long they’ve been pining underground. Let’s hope and pray we’re not too late!”
“Come on!” he shouted—“up the mountain—all of you. There’s no time to waste. Bumpo, grab the water and nuts. Who knows how long they’ve been stuck underground. Let’s hope we’re not too late!”
“But where are you going to look?” I asked. “Miranda said the island was a hundred miles long and the mountains seem to run all the way down the centre of it.”
“But where are you going to look?” I asked. “Miranda said the island was a hundred miles long and the mountains seem to run all the way down the center of it.”
“Didn’t you see the last picture?” he said, grabbing up his hat from the ground and cramming it on his head. “It was an oddly shaped mountain—looked like a hawk’s head. Well, there’s where he is—if he’s still alive. First thing for us to do, is to get up on a high peak and look around the island for a mountain shaped like a hawks’ head—Just to think of it! There’s a chance of my meeting Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow, after all!—Come on! Hurry! To delay may mean death to the greatest naturalist ever born!”
“Didn’t you see the last picture?” he said, picking up his hat from the ground and shoving it on his head. “It was a mountain that looked strangely shaped—kind of like a hawk’s head. Well, that’s where he is—if he’s still alive. The first thing we need to do is climb to a high peak and scan the island for a mountain that looks like a hawk’s head—Just think about it! I might actually get to meet Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow, after all!—Let’s go! Hurry! Delaying could mean death for the greatest naturalist who ever lived!”
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
HAWK’S-HEAD MOUNTAIN
WE all agreed afterwards that none of us had ever worked so hard in our lives before as we did that day. For my part, I know I was often on the point of dropping exhausted with fatigue; but I just kept on going—like a machine—determined that, whatever happened, I would not be the first to give up.
We all agreed later that none of us had ever worked as hard in our lives as we did that day. For my part, I know I was often on the verge of collapsing from exhaustion; but I just kept pushing through—like a machine—determined that, no matter what happened, I would not be the first to give up.
When we had scrambled to the top of a high peak, almost instantly we saw the strange mountain pictured in the letter. In shape it was the perfect image of a hawk’s head, and was, as far as we could see, the second highest summit in the island.
When we rushed to the top of a high peak, we immediately saw the unusual mountain described in the letter. It looked exactly like a hawk’s head, and from what we could tell, it was the second highest peak on the island.
Although we were all out of breath from our climb, the Doctor didn’t let us rest a second as soon as he had sighted it. With one look at the sun for direction, down he dashed again, breaking through thickets, splashing over brooks, taking all the short cuts. For a fat man, he was certainly the swiftest cross-country runner I ever saw.
Although we were all out of breath from our climb, the Doctor didn’t let us rest for a second as soon as he spotted it. With a quick glance at the sun for direction, he took off again, breaking through bushes, splashing over streams, and taking all the shortcuts. For a heavy guy, he was definitely the fastest cross-country runner I'd ever seen.
We floundered after him as fast as we could. When I say we, I mean Bumpo and myself; for the animals, Jip, Chee-Chee and Polynesia, were a long[246] way ahead—even beyond the Doctor—enjoying the hunt like a paper-chase.
We hurried after him as quickly as we could. When I say we, I mean Bumpo and me; because the animals, Jip, Chee-Chee, and Polynesia, were far ahead—even beyond the Doctor—having the time of their lives like it was a paper chase.
At length we arrived at the foot of the mountain we were making for; and we found its sides very steep. Said the Doctor,
At last, we reached the base of the mountain we were heading for, and we noticed that its slopes were quite steep. The Doctor said,
“Now we will separate and search for caves. This spot where we now are, will be our meeting-place. If anyone finds anything like a cave or a hole where the earth and rocks have fallen in, he must shout and hulloa to the rest of us. If we find nothing we will all gather here in about an hour’s time—Everybody understand?”
“Now we’ll split up and look for caves. This place we’re at will be our meeting spot. If anyone finds something like a cave or a hole where the ground and rocks have collapsed, they need to shout out to the rest of us. If we don’t find anything, let’s all meet back here in about an hour—Everyone clear on that?”
Then we all went off our different ways.
Then we all went our separate ways.
Each of us, you may be sure, was anxious to be the one to make a discovery. And never was a mountain searched so thoroughly. But alas! nothing could we find that looked in the least like a fallen-in cave. There were plenty of places where rocks had tumbled down to the foot of the slopes; but none of these appeared as though caves or passages could possibly lie behind them.
Each of us was eager to be the one to make a discovery. We searched the mountain thoroughly, but unfortunately, we couldn’t find anything that resembled a collapsed cave. There were many spots where rocks had fallen to the bottom of the slopes, but none of them seemed like caves or passages could be hidden behind them.
One by one, tired and disappointed, we straggled back to the meeting-place. The Doctor seemed gloomy and impatient but by no means inclined to give up.
One by one, tired and disappointed, we made our way back to the meeting place. The Doctor looked gloomy and impatient but wasn’t ready to give up at all.
“Jip,” he said, “couldn’t you smell anything like an Indian anywhere?”
“Jip,” he said, “couldn’t you smell anything like an Indian around?”
“No,” said Jip. “I sniffed at every crack on the mountainside. But I am afraid my nose will be[247] of no use to you here, Doctor. The trouble is, the whole air is so saturated with the smell of spider-monkeys that it drowns every other scent—And besides, it’s too cold and dry for good smelling.”
“No,” Jip said. “I checked every crack on the mountainside. But I’m afraid my nose won’t be[247] much help to you here, Doctor. The problem is, the air is so filled with the smell of spider monkeys that it overpowers every other scent—And on top of that, it’s too cold and dry for good smelling.”
“It is certainly that,” said the Doctor—“and getting colder all the time. I’m afraid the island is still drifting to the southward. Let’s hope it stops before long, or we won’t be able to get even nuts and fruit to eat—everything in the island will perish—Chee-Chee, what luck did you have?”
“It’s definitely getting colder,” said the Doctor. “I’m worried the island is still drifting south. Let’s hope it stops soon, or we won’t even be able to find nuts and fruit to eat—everything on the island will die. Chee-Chee, what luck did you have?”
“None, Doctor. I climbed to every peak and pinnacle I could see. I searched every hollow and cleft. But not one place could I find where men might be hidden.”
“None, Doctor. I climbed to every peak and summit I could see. I searched every hollow and crevice. But I couldn’t find a single place where men might be hidden.”
“And Polynesia,” asked the Doctor, “did you see nothing that might put us on the right track?”
“And Polynesia,” the Doctor asked, “did you see anything that could help us find the right direction?”
“Not a thing, Doctor—But I have a plan.”
“Not a thing, Doctor—But I’ve got a plan.”
“Oh good!” cried John Dolittle, full of hope renewed. “What is it? Let’s hear it.”
“Oh great!” exclaimed John Dolittle, filled with renewed hope. “What is it? Let’s hear it.”
“You still have that beetle with you,” she asked—“the Biz-biz, or whatever it is you call the wretched insect?”
“You still have that beetle with you,” she asked—“the Biz-biz, or whatever you call that miserable insect?”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, producing the glass-topped box from his pocket, “here it is.”
“Yeah,” said the Doctor, pulling the glass-topped box from his pocket, “here it is.”
“All right. Now listen,” said she. “If what you have supposed is true—that is, that Long Arrow had been trapped inside the mountain by falling rock, he probably found that beetle inside the cave—perhaps many other different beetles too, eh?[248] He wouldn’t have been likely to take the Biz-biz in with him, would he?—He was hunting plants, you say, not beetles. Isn’t that right?”
“All right. Now listen,” she said. “If what you think is true—that Long Arrow got stuck inside the mountain due to falling rock—then he probably found that beetle in the cave—maybe even a bunch of different beetles too, right?[248] He wouldn’t have taken the Biz-biz with him, would he? He was looking for plants, not beetles. Isn’t that correct?”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, “that’s probably so.”
“Yes,” the Doctor said, “that’s probably true.”
“Very well. It is fair to suppose then that the beetle’s home, or his hole, is in that place—the part of the mountain where Long Arrow and his party are imprisoned, isn’t it?”
“Alright. It’s reasonable to assume then that the beetle’s home, or its burrow, is in that spot—the part of the mountain where Long Arrow and his group are trapped, right?”
“Quite, quite.”
"Absolutely."
“All right. Then the thing to do is to let the beetle go—and watch him; and sooner or later he’ll return to his home in Long Arrow’s cave. And there we will follow him—Or at all events,” she added smoothing down her wing-feathers with a very superior air, “we will follow him till the miserable bug starts nosing under the earth. But at least he will show us what part of the mountain Long Arrow is hidden in.”
“All right. Then the plan is to let the beetle go—and watch him; and sooner or later he’ll return to his home in Long Arrow’s cave. There, we’ll follow him—Or at least,” she added, smoothing down her wing feathers with a very superior attitude, “we’ll follow him until the miserable bug starts digging into the ground. But at least he will show us which part of the mountain Long Arrow is hiding in.”
“But he may fly, if I let him out,” said the Doctor. “Then we shall just lose him and be no better off than we were before.”
“But he might escape if I let him out,” said the Doctor. “Then we'll just lose him and be no better off than we were before.”
“Let him fly,” snorted Polynesia scornfully. “A parrot can wing it as fast as a Biz-biz, I fancy. If he takes to the air, I’ll guarantee not to let the little devil out of my sight. And if he just crawls along the ground you can follow him yourself.”
“Let him go,” Polynesia scoffed. “A parrot can fly as fast as a Biz-biz, I bet. If he takes off, I promise I won’t take my eyes off that little devil. And if he just crawls on the ground, you can follow him yourself.”
“Splendid!” cried the Doctor. “Polynesia, you have a great brain. I’ll set him to work at once and see what happens.”
“Awesome!” exclaimed the Doctor. “Polynesia, you’re brilliant. I’ll get him started right away and see what happens.”
Again we all clustered round the Doctor as he carefully lifted off the glass lid and let the big beetle climb out upon his finger.
Again we all gathered around the Doctor as he carefully took off the glass lid and let the large beetle crawl onto his finger.
“Ladybug, Ladybug, fly away home!” crooned Bumpo. “Your house is on fire and your chil—”
“Ladybug, Ladybug, fly away home!” sang Bumpo. “Your house is on fire and your kids—”
“Oh, be quiet!” snapped Polynesia crossly. “Stop insulting him! Don’t you suppose he has wits enough to go home without your telling him?”
“Oh, be quiet!” Polynesia snapped angrily. “Stop insulting him! Don’t you think he’s smart enough to go home without you telling him?”
“I thought perchance he might be of a philandering disposition,” said Bumpo humbly. “It could be that he is tired of his home and needs to be encouraged. Shall I sing him ‘Home Sweet Home,’ think you?”
“I thought maybe he might be a bit of a womanizer,” said Bumpo humbly. “It could be that he’s tired of his home and needs some encouragement. Should I sing him ‘Home Sweet Home,’ do you think?”
“No. Then he’d never go back. Your voice needs a rest. Don’t sing to him: just watch him—Oh, and Doctor, why not tie another message to the creature’s leg, telling Long Arrow that we’re doing our best to reach him and that he mustn’t give up hope?”
“No. Then he’d never go back. Your voice needs a break. Don’t sing to him: just watch him—Oh, and Doctor, why not tie another message to the creature’s leg, letting Long Arrow know that we’re doing our best to reach him and that he shouldn’t lose hope?”
“I will,” said the Doctor. And in a minute he had pulled a dry leaf from a bush near by and was covering it with little pictures in pencil.
“I will,” said the Doctor. And in a minute, he had picked a dry leaf from a nearby bush and was drawing little pictures on it with a pencil.
At last, neatly fixed up with his new mail-bag, Mr. Jabizri crawled off the Doctor’s finger to the ground and looked about him. He stretched his legs, polished his nose with his front feet and then moved off leisurely to the westward.
At last, all set with his new mailbag, Mr. Jabizri crawled off the Doctor’s finger onto the ground and looked around. He stretched his legs, cleaned his nose with his front feet, and then made his way slowly to the west.
We had expected him to walk up the mountain; instead, he walked around it. Do you know how[250] long it takes a beetle to walk round a mountain? Well, I assure you it takes an unbelievably long time. As the hours dragged by, we hoped and hoped that he would get up and fly the rest, and let Polynesia carry on the work of following him. But he never opened his wings once. I had not realized before how hard it is for a human being to walk slowly enough to keep up with a beetle. It was the most tedious thing I have ever gone through. And as we dawdled along behind, watching him like hawks lest we lose him under a leaf or something, we all got so cross and ill-tempered we were ready to bite one another’s heads off. And when he stopped to look at the scenery or polish his nose some more, I could hear Polynesia behind me letting out the most dreadful seafaring swear-words you ever heard.
We expected him to walk up the mountain; instead, he walked around it. Do you know how[250] long it takes a beetle to walk around a mountain? Well, I assure you it takes an unbelievably long time. As the hours dragged on, we hoped and hoped that he would get up and fly the rest of the way, letting Polynesia take over the job of following him. But he never opened his wings even once. I hadn't realized before how hard it is for a human to walk slowly enough to keep up with a beetle. It was the most tedious thing I've ever experienced. And as we lagged behind, watching him like hawks to avoid losing him under a leaf or something, we all got so irritable and grumpy we were ready to snap at each other. And when he stopped to look at the scenery or polish his nose again, I could hear Polynesia behind me letting out the most awful seafaring curses you’ve ever heard.
After he had led us the whole way round the mountain he brought us to the exact spot where we started from and there he came to a dead stop.
After he led us all the way around the mountain, he took us back to the exact spot where we started, and there he stopped completely.
“Well,” said Bumpo to Polynesia, “what do you think of the beetle’s sense now? You see he doesn’t know enough to go home.”
“Well,” Bumpo said to Polynesia, “what do you think of the beetle’s sense now? You see he doesn’t know enough to go home.”
“Oh, be still, you Hottentot!” snapped Polynesia. “Wouldn’t you want to stretch your legs for exercise if you’d been shut up in a box all day. Probably his home is near here, and that’s why he’s come back.”
“Oh, be quiet, you Hottentot!” snapped Polynesia. “Wouldn’t you want to stretch your legs for some exercise if you’d been stuck in a box all day? His home is probably nearby, and that’s why he’s come back.”
“But why,” I asked, “did he go the whole way round the mountain first?”
“But why,” I asked, “did he go all the way around the mountain first?”
Then the three of us got into a violent argument. But in the middle of it all the Doctor suddenly called out,
Then the three of us got into a heated argument. But in the middle of it all, the Doctor suddenly called out,
“Look, look!”
"Check it out!"
We turned and found that he was pointing to the Jabizri, who was now walking up the mountain at a much faster and more business-like gait.
We turned and saw that he was pointing to the Jabizri, who was now walking up the mountain at a much faster and more purposeful pace.
“Well,” said Bumpo sitting down wearily; “if he is going to walk over the mountain and back, for more exercise, I’ll wait for him here. Chee-Chee and Polynesia can follow him.”
"Well," Bumpo said, sitting down tiredly, "if he's going to walk over the mountain and back for more exercise, I’ll wait for him here. Chee-Chee and Polynesia can follow him."
Indeed it would have taken a monkey or a bird to climb the place which the beetle was now walking up. It was a smooth, flat part of the mountain’s side, steep as a wall.
Indeed, it would have taken a monkey or a bird to climb the spot where the beetle was now walking. It was a smooth, flat section of the mountain’s side, as steep as a wall.
But presently, when the Jabizri was no more than ten feet above our heads, we all cried out together. For, even while we watched him, he had disappeared into the face of the rock like a raindrop soaking into sand.
But right then, when the Jabizri was only ten feet above us, we all shouted at once. For, just as we were watching him, he vanished into the rock like a raindrop soaking into sand.
“He’s gone,” cried Polynesia. “There must be a hole up there.” And in a twinkling she had fluttered up the rock and was clinging to the face of it with her claws.
“He's gone,” cried Polynesia. “There has to be a hole up there.” In an instant, she had flown up the rock and was holding on to its surface with her claws.
“Yes,” she shouted down, “we’ve run him to earth at last. His hole is right here, behind a[252] patch of lichen—big enough to get two fingers in.”
“Yes,” she shouted down, “we’ve finally tracked him down. His burrow is right here, behind a[252] patch of lichen—big enough to fit two fingers in.”
“Ah,” cried the Doctor, “this great slab of rock then must have slid down from the summit and shut off the mouth of the cave like a door. Poor fellows! What a dreadful time they must have spent in there!—Oh, if we only had some picks and shovels now!”
“Ah,” shouted the Doctor, “this huge slab of rock must have fallen from the top and closed off the entrance to the cave like a door. Poor guys! They must have had a terrible time in there!—Oh, if we only had some picks and shovels right now!”
“Picks and shovels wouldn’t do much good,” said Polynesia. “Look at the size of the slab: a hundred feet high and as many broad. You would need an army for a week to make any impression on it.”
“Picks and shovels won’t help much,” Polynesia said. “Just look at the size of that slab: a hundred feet high and just as wide. You'd need an army for a week to make any dent in it.”
“I wonder how thick it is,” said the Doctor; and he picked up a big stone and banged it with all his might against the face of the rock. It made a hollow booming sound, like a giant drum. We all stood still listening while the echo of it died slowly away.
“I wonder how thick it is,” the Doctor said; and he picked up a big rock and hit it with all his strength against the face of the cliff. It produced a hollow booming sound, like a giant drum. We all stood still, listening as the echo faded away.
And then a cold shiver ran down my spine. For, from within the mountain, back came three answering knocks: Boom!... Boom!... Boom!
And then a cold shiver ran down my spine. For, from inside the mountain, came three responding knocks: Boom!... Boom!... Boom!
Wide-eyed we looked at one another as though the earth itself had spoken. And the solemn little silence that followed was broken by the Doctor.
Wide-eyed, we stared at each other as if the earth itself had spoken. The serious silence that followed was interrupted by the Doctor.
“Thank Heaven,” he said in a hushed reverent voice, “some of them at least are alive!”
“Thank goodness,” he said in a quiet, reverent voice, “some of them at least are alive!”
PART FIVE
THE FIRST CHAPTER
A GREAT MOMENT
THE next part of our problem was the hardest of all: how to roll aside, pull down or break open, that gigantic slab. As we gazed up at it towering above our heads, it looked indeed a hopeless task for our tiny strength.
THE next part of our problem was the hardest of all: how to roll aside, pull down, or break open that gigantic slab. As we looked up at it towering above us, it seemed like a hopeless task for our small strength.
But the sounds of life from inside the mountain had put new heart in us. And in a moment we were all scrambling around trying to find any opening or crevice which would give us something to work on. Chee-Chee scaled up the sheer wall of the slab and examined the top of it where it leaned against the mountain’s side; I uprooted bushes and stripped off hanging creepers that might conceal a weak place; the Doctor got more leaves and composed new picture-letters for the Jabizri to take in if he should turn up again; whilst Polynesia carried up a handful of nuts and pushed them into the beetle’s hole, one by one, for the prisoners inside to eat.
But the sounds of life coming from inside the mountain gave us a renewed sense of hope. In no time, we were all scrambling around, trying to find any opening or crevice that would give us something to work with. Chee-Chee climbed up the steep wall of the slab and checked the top where it leaned against the mountain; I pulled up bushes and removed hanging vines that might hide a weak spot; the Doctor gathered more leaves and created new picture-letters for the Jabizri to take in if he showed up again; while Polynesia brought up a handful of nuts and pushed them into the beetle’s hole, one by one, for the prisoners inside to eat.
“Nuts are so nourishing,” she said.
“Nuts are really nutritious,” she said.
But Jip it was who, scratching at the foot of the[254] slab like a good ratter, made the discovery which led to our final success.
But it was Jip who, scratching at the foot of the[254] slab like a good rat, made the discovery that led to our final success.
“Doctor,” he cried, running up to John Dolittle with his nose all covered with black mud, “this slab is resting on nothing but a bed of soft earth. You never saw such easy digging. I guess the cave behind must be just too high up for the Indians to reach the earth with their hands, or they could have scraped a way out long ago. If we can only scratch the earth-bed away from under, the slab might drop a little. Then maybe the Indians can climb out over the top.”
“Doc,” he shouted, running up to John Dolittle with his nose smeared in black mud, “this slab is just sitting on a soft bed of dirt. You wouldn’t believe how easy it is to dig. I think the cave behind is probably too high for the Indians to reach the ground with their hands, or they would’ve figured out a way to escape by now. If we can just scrape away the dirt beneath it, the slab might drop a bit. Then maybe the Indians can climb out over the top.”
The Doctor hurried to examine the place where Jip had dug.
The doctor rushed to check the spot where Jip had dug.
“Why, yes,” he said, “if we can get the earth away from under this front edge, the slab is standing up so straight, we might even make it fall right down in this direction. It’s well worth trying. Let’s get at it, quick.”
“Sure,” he said, “if we can get the ground away from under this front edge, the slab is standing up so straight that we might even make it fall right down in this direction. It’s definitely worth a shot. Let’s get to it, fast.”
We had no tools but the sticks and slivers of stone which we could find around. A strange sight we must have looked, the whole crew of us squatting down on our heels, scratching and burrowing at the foot of the mountain, like six badgers in a row.
We had no tools except for the sticks and bits of stone we could find around. We must have looked pretty weird, all of us squatting on our heels, digging and scratching at the base of the mountain, like six badgers in a line.
After about an hour, during which in spite of the cold the sweat fell from our foreheads in all directions, the Doctor said,
After about an hour, during which sweat poured from our foreheads in every direction despite the cold, the Doctor said,
“Be ready to jump from under, clear out of the way, if she shows signs of moving. If this slab[255] falls on anybody, it will squash him flatter than a pancake.”
“Be ready to get out of the way if she starts to move. If this slab[255] falls on someone, it will crush them flat like a pancake.”
Presently there was a grating, grinding sound.
Presently, there was a harsh, grinding noise.
“Look out!” yelled John Dolittle, “here she comes!—Scatter!”
“Watch out!” shouted John Dolittle, “here she comes!—Get away!”
We ran for our lives, outwards, toward the sides. The big rock slid gently down, about a foot, into the trough which we had made beneath it. For a moment I was disappointed, for like that, it was as hopeless as before—no signs of a cave-mouth showing above it. But as I looked upward, I saw the top coming very slowly away from the mountainside. We had unbalanced it below. As it moved apart from the face of the mountain, sounds of human voices, crying gladly in a strange tongue, issued from behind. Faster and faster the top swung forward, downward. Then, with a roaring crash which shook the whole mountain-range beneath our feet, it struck the earth and cracked in halves.
We ran for our lives, moving to the sides. The big rock shifted down gently, about a foot, into the depression we had created beneath it. For a moment, I felt let down, because it seemed just as hopeless as before—no signs of a cave entrance visible above it. But when I looked up, I noticed the top slowly pulling away from the mountainside. We had unbalanced it from below. As it separated from the mountain face, I heard human voices, joyfully calling out in a strange language, coming from behind. The top swung forward and downward faster and faster. Then, with a thunderous crash that shook the entire mountain range beneath us, it hit the ground and split in half.
How can I describe to any one that first meeting between the two greatest naturalists the world ever knew, Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow and John Dolittle, M.D., of Puddleby-on-the-Marsh? The scene rises before me now, plain and clear in every detail, though it took place so many, many years ago. But when I come to write of it, words seem such poor things with which to tell you of that great occasion.
How can I explain that first meeting between the two greatest naturalists the world has ever known, Long Arrow, son of Golden Arrow, and John Dolittle, M.D., from Puddleby-on-the-Marsh? The scene is vivid in my mind now, clear in every detail, even though it happened so many years ago. But when I try to write about it, words feel like such inadequate tools to capture that significant moment.
I know that the Doctor, whose life was surely[256] full enough of big happenings, always counted the setting free of the Indian scientist as the greatest thing he ever did. For my part, knowing how much this meeting must mean to him, I was on pins and needles of expectation and curiosity as the great stone finally thundered down at our feet and we gazed across it to see what lay behind.
I know that the Doctor, whose life was definitely[256] full of significant events, always considered freeing the Indian scientist to be the biggest achievement of his life. For me, understanding how much this meeting meant to him, I was filled with excitement and curiosity as the massive stone finally crashed down at our feet and we looked across to see what was beyond it.
The gloomy black mouth of a tunnel, full twenty feet high, was revealed. In the centre of this opening stood an enormous red Indian, seven feet tall, handsome, muscular, slim and naked—but for a beaded cloth about his middle and an eagle’s feather in his hair. He held one hand across his face to shield his eyes from the blinding sun which he had not seen in many days.
The dark entrance of a tunnel, fully twenty feet high, came into view. In the middle of this opening stood an enormous Native American, seven feet tall, striking, muscular, slim, and naked—except for a beaded cloth around his waist and an eagle feather in his hair. He held one hand across his face to shield his eyes from the bright sun, which he hadn't seen in many days.
“It is he!” I heard the Doctor whisper at my elbow. “I know him by his great height and the scar upon his chin.”
“It’s him!” I heard the Doctor whisper next to me. “I recognize him by his tall stature and the scar on his chin.”
And he stepped forward slowly across the fallen stone with his hand outstretched to the red man.
And he slowly stepped forward over the fallen stone with his hand extended toward the red man.
Presently the Indian uncovered his eyes. And I saw that they had a curious piercing gleam in them—like the eyes of an eagle, but kinder and more gentle. He slowly raised his right arm, the rest of him still and motionless like a statue, and took the Doctor’s hand in his. It was a great moment. Polynesia nodded to me in a knowing, satisfied kind of way. And I heard old Bumpo sniffle sentimentally.
Presently, the Indian opened his eyes. I noticed they had a curious, piercing shine—like an eagle's eyes, but kinder and gentler. He slowly raised his right arm, while the rest of him stayed still like a statue, and took the Doctor’s hand in his. It was a significant moment. Polynesia gave me a knowing, satisfied nod. I also heard old Bumpo sniffle sentimentally.

“How do you do?” he said in dog-talk; “I am glad to see you,” in horse-signs; “How long have you been buried?” in deer-language. Still the Indian made no move but stood there, straight and stiff, understanding not a word.
“How's it going?” he said in dog-talk; “I’m happy to see you,” in horse-signs; “How long have you been buried?” in deer-language. Still, the Indian didn’t move but stood there, straight and stiff, not understanding a word.
The Doctor tried again, in several other animal dialects. But with no result.
The Doctor tried again in several other animal languages. But there was no result.
Till at last he came to the language of eagles.
Till he finally reached the language of eagles.
“Great Red-Skin,” he said in the fierce screams and short grunts that the big birds use, “never have I been so glad in all my life as I am to-day to find you still alive.”
“Great Red-Skin,” he said in the loud screeches and quick grunts that the big birds use, “I have never been so happy in my life as I am today to find you still alive.”
In a flash Long Arrow’s stony face lit up with a smile of understanding; and back came the answer in eagle-tongue,
In an instant, Long Arrow’s serious face brightened with a smile of understanding, and back came the response in eagle-speak,
“Mighty White Man, I owe my life to you. For the remainder of my days I am your servant to command.”
“Mighty White Man, I owe my life to you. For the rest of my days, I am your servant to command.”
Afterwards Long Arrow told us that this was the only bird or animal language that he had ever been able to learn. But that he had not spoken it in a long time, for no eagles ever came to this island.
After that, Long Arrow told us that this was the only bird or animal language he had ever managed to learn. But he hadn’t spoken it in a long time because no eagles ever visited this island.
Then the Doctor signaled to Bumpo who came forward with the nuts and water. But Long Arrow neither ate nor drank. Taking the supplies with a[259] nod of thanks, he turned and carried them into the inner dimness of the cave. We followed him.
Then the Doctor signaled to Bumpo, who stepped forward with the nuts and water. But Long Arrow neither ate nor drank. Taking the supplies with a[259] nod of thanks, he turned and carried them into the dim interior of the cave. We followed him.
Inside we found nine other Indians, men, women and boys, lying on the rock floor in a dreadful state of thinness and exhaustion.
Inside, we found nine other Indigenous people—men, women, and boys—lying on the rock floor in a terrible state of thinness and exhaustion.
Some had their eyes closed, as if dead. Quickly the Doctor went round them all and listened to their hearts. They were all alive; but one woman was too weak even to stand upon her feet.
Some had their eyes closed, like they were dead. The Doctor quickly went around and listened to their hearts. They were all alive, but one woman was too weak to even stand up.
At a word from the Doctor, Chee-Chee and Polynesia sped off into the jungles after more fruit and water.
At a word from the Doctor, Chee-Chee and Polynesia quickly rushed into the jungle to find more fruit and water.
While Long Arrow was handing round what food we had to his starving friends, we suddenly heard a sound outside the cave. Turning about we saw, clustered at the entrance, the band of Indians who had met us so inhospitably at the beach.
While Long Arrow was distributing the little food we had to his starving friends, we suddenly heard a noise outside the cave. Turning around, we saw the group of Indians who had greeted us so unfriendly at the beach gathered at the entrance.
They peered into the dark cave cautiously at first. But as soon as they saw Long Arrow and the other Indians with us, they came rushing in, laughing, clapping their hands with joy and jabbering away at a tremendous rate.
They cautiously looked into the dark cave at first. But as soon as they saw Long Arrow and the other Indians with us, they rushed in, laughing, clapping their hands with joy, and chatting excitedly.
Long Arrow explained to the Doctor that the nine Indians we had found in the cave with him were two families who had accompanied him into the mountains to help him gather medicine-plants. And while they had been searching for a kind of moss—good for indigestion—which grows only inside of damp caves, the great rock slab had slid down[260] and shut them in. Then for two weeks they had lived on the medicine-moss and such fresh water as could be found dripping from the damp walls of the cave. The other Indians on the island had given them up for lost and mourned them as dead; and they were now very surprised and happy to find their relatives alive.
Long Arrow told the Doctor that the nine Indians we’d found in the cave with him were two families who had come into the mountains to help him gather medicine plants. While they were looking for a type of moss—good for indigestion—that only grows inside damp caves, a huge rock slab had slid down[260] and trapped them inside. They had survived for two weeks on the medicine moss and whatever fresh water they could collect from the dripping walls of the cave. The other Indians on the island had thought they were lost and mourned them as dead; they were now very surprised and happy to find their relatives alive.
When Long Arrow turned to the newcomers and told them in their own language that it was the white man who had found and freed their relatives, they gathered round John Dolittle, all talking at once and beating their breasts.
When Long Arrow turned to the newcomers and told them in their own language that it was the white man who had found and freed their relatives, they gathered around John Dolittle, all talking at once and pounding their chests.
Long Arrow said they were apologizing and trying to tell the Doctor how sorry they were that they had seemed unfriendly to him at the beach. They had never seen a white man before and had really been afraid of him—especially when they saw him conversing with the porpoises. They had thought he was the Devil, they said.
Long Arrow said they were sorry and trying to explain to the Doctor how regretful they were for coming across as unfriendly at the beach. They had never seen a white man before and had actually been scared of him—especially when they saw him talking to the porpoises. They thought he was the Devil, they said.
Then they went outside and looked at the great stone we had thrown down, big as a meadow; and they walked round and round it, pointing to the break running through the middle and wondering how the trick of felling it was done.
Then they went outside and looked at the huge stone we had knocked down, as big as a meadow; and they walked around it, pointing to the crack running through the middle and wondering how we managed to knock it over.
Travelers who have since visited Spidermonkey Island tell me that that huge stone slab is now one of the regular sights of the island. And that the Indian guides, when showing it to visitors, always tell their story of how it came there. They say that[261] when the Doctor found that the rocks had entrapped his friend, Long Arrow, he was so angry that he ripped the mountain in halves with his bare hands and let him out.
Travelers who have visited Spidermonkey Island recently tell me that the huge stone slab is now a common sight on the island. The Indian guides, while showing it to visitors, always share their story about how it ended up there. They say that[261] when the Doctor discovered that the rocks had trapped his friend, Long Arrow, he was so furious that he tore the mountain in half with his bare hands and freed him.
THE SECOND CHAPTER
“THE MEN OF THE MOVING LAND”
FROM that time on the Indians’ treatment of us was very different. We were invited to their village for a feast to celebrate the recovery of the lost families. And after we had made a litter from saplings to carry the sick woman in, we all started off down the mountain.
FROM that time on, the way the Indigenous people treated us changed a lot. They invited us to their village for a feast to celebrate the return of the lost families. After we made a litter from saplings to carry the sick woman, we all headed down the mountain.
On the way the Indians told Long Arrow something which appeared to be sad news, for on hearing it, his face grew very grave. The Doctor asked him what was wrong. And Long Arrow said he had just been informed that the chief of the tribe, an old man of eighty, had died early that morning.
On the way, the Indians told Long Arrow something that seemed to be bad news because, upon hearing it, his expression became very serious. The Doctor asked him what was wrong. Long Arrow said he had just been told that the tribe's chief, an elderly man of eighty, had passed away early that morning.
“That,” Polynesia whispered in my ear, “must have been what they went back to the village for, when the messenger fetched them from the beach.—Remember?”
“That's what they must have gone back to the village for,” Polynesia whispered in my ear, “when the messenger came to get them from the beach.—Remember?”
“What did he die of?” asked the Doctor.
“What did he die from?” asked the Doctor.
“He died of cold,” said Long Arrow.
“He died from the cold,” Long Arrow said.
Indeed, now that the sun was setting, we were all shivering ourselves.
Indeed, now that the sun was setting, we were all shivering.
“This is a serious thing,” said the Doctor to me. “The island is still in the grip of that wretched current flowing southward. We will have to look into[263] this to-morrow. If nothing can be done about it, the Indians had better take to canoes and leave the island. The chance of being wrecked will be better than getting frozen to death in the ice-floes of the Antarctic.”
“This is really serious,” the Doctor said to me. “The island is still stuck in that miserable current moving south. We need to check into this tomorrow. If we can’t do anything about it, the Indians should probably take canoes and leave the island. The odds of being wrecked are better than freezing to death in the Antarctic ice floes.”
Presently we came over a saddle in the hills, and looking downward on the far side of the island, we saw the village—a large cluster of grass huts and gaily colored totem-poles close by the edge of the sea.
Right now, we crossed a ridge in the hills, and looking down on the other side of the island, we saw the village—a big group of grass huts and brightly colored totem poles right by the edge of the sea.
“How artistic!” said the Doctor—“Delightfully situated. What is the name of the village?”
“How artistic!” said the Doctor. “What a lovely location. What’s the name of the village?”
“Popsipetel,” said Long Arrow. “That is the name also of the tribe. The word signifies in Indian tongue, The Men of The Moving Land. There are two tribes of Indians on the island: the Popsipetels at this end and the Bag-jagderags at the other.”
“Popsipetel,” said Long Arrow. “That’s also the name of the tribe. In the Indian language, it means The Men of The Moving Land. There are two tribes of Indians on the island: the Popsipetels at this end and the Bag-jagderags at the other.”
“Which is the larger of the two peoples?”
“Which of the two groups is larger?”
“The Bag-jagderags, by far. Their city covers two square leagues. But,” added Long Arrow a slight frown darkening his handsome face, “for me, I would rather have one Popsipetel than a hundred Bag-jagderags.”
“The Bag-jagderags, no question. Their city spans two square leagues. But,” Long Arrow said, a slight frown clouding his handsome face, “for me, I’d rather have one Popsipetel than a hundred Bag-jagderags.”
The news of the rescue we had made had evidently gone ahead of us. For as we drew nearer to the village we saw crowds of Indians streaming out to greet the friends and relatives whom they had never thought to see again.
The news of the rescue we had accomplished had clearly reached ahead of us. As we got closer to the village, we saw groups of Indians coming out to welcome the friends and family they never thought they’d see again.
These good people, when they too were told how[264] the rescue had been the work of the strange white visitor to their shores, all gathered round the Doctor, shook him by the hands, patted him and hugged him. Then they lifted him up upon their strong shoulders and carried him down the hill into the village.
These kind people, when they heard how[264] the rescue was thanks to the mysterious white visitor to their shores, all came together around the Doctor, shook his hands, patted him, and hugged him. Then they lifted him up onto their strong shoulders and carried him down the hill into the village.
There the welcome we received was even more wonderful. In spite of the cold air of the coming night, the villagers, who had all been shivering within their houses, threw open their doors and came out in hundreds. I had no idea that the little village could hold so many. They thronged about us, smiling and nodding and waving their hands; and as the details of what we had done were recited by Long Arrow they kept shouting strange singing noises, which we supposed were words of gratitude or praise.
There, the welcome we got was even more amazing. Even with the cold night air setting in, the villagers, who had been huddling inside their homes, flung open their doors and came out in droves. I had no idea the small village could host so many people. They crowded around us, smiling, nodding, and waving; and as Long Arrow shared the details of our actions, they kept shouting strange singing sounds that we assumed were expressions of thanks or admiration.
We were next escorted to a brand-new grass house, clean and sweet-smelling within, and informed that it was ours. Six strong Indian boys were told off to be our servants.
We were then taken to a brand-new grass house, which was clean and smelled nice inside, and we were told that it was ours. Six strong Indian boys were assigned to be our servants.
On our way through the village we noticed a house, larger than the rest, standing at the end of the main street. Long Arrow pointed to it and told us it was the Chief’s house, but that it was now empty—no new chief having yet been elected to take the place of the old one who had died.
On our way through the village, we spotted a house bigger than the others, at the end of the main street. Long Arrow pointed it out and told us it was the Chief’s house, but that it was currently empty—no new chief had been elected yet to replace the old one who had passed away.
Inside our new home a feast of fish and fruit had been prepared. Most of the more important men[265] of the tribe were already seating themselves at the long dining-table when we got there. Long Arrow invited us to sit down and eat.
Inside our new home, a banquet of fish and fruit had been set up. Most of the key men[265] of the tribe were already taking their seats at the long dining table when we arrived. Long Arrow invited us to sit down and eat.
This we were glad enough to do, as we were all hungry. But we were both surprised and disappointed when we found that the fish had not been cooked. The Indians did not seem to think this extraordinary in the least, but went ahead gobbling the fish with much relish the way it was, raw.
This was something we were happy to do since we were all hungry. However, we were both surprised and let down when we discovered that the fish hadn’t been cooked. The Indians didn’t seem to find this odd at all; they just dug in and ate the fish raw with great enjoyment.
With many apologies, the Doctor explained to Long Arrow that if they had no objection we would prefer our fish cooked.
With many apologies, the Doctor explained to Long Arrow that if they had no objection, we would prefer our fish cooked.
Imagine our astonishment when we found that the great Long Arrow, so learned in the natural sciences, did not know what the word cooked meant!
Imagine our surprise when we discovered that the great Long Arrow, so knowledgeable in the natural sciences, didn’t know what the word cooked meant!
Polynesia who was sitting on the bench between John Dolittle and myself pulled the Doctor by the sleeve.
Polynesia, who was sitting on the bench between John Dolittle and me, tugged at the Doctor's sleeve.
“I’ll tell you what’s wrong, Doctor,” she whispered as he leant down to listen to her: “these people have no fires! They don’t know how to make a fire. Look outside: It’s almost dark, and there isn’t a light showing in the whole village. This is a fireless people.”
“I’ll tell you what’s wrong, Doctor,” she whispered as he leaned down to hear her: “these people have no fires! They don’t know how to make a fire. Look outside: It’s almost dark, and there isn’t a light showing in the whole village. This is a fireless people.”
THE THIRD CHAPTER
FIRE
THEN the Doctor asked Long Arrow if he knew what fire was, explaining it to him by pictures drawn on the buckskin table-cloth. Long Arrow said he had seen such a thing—coming out of the tops of volcanoes; but that neither he nor any of the Popsipetels knew how it was made.
THEN the Doctor asked Long Arrow if he knew what fire was, explaining it to him with pictures drawn on the buckskin tablecloth. Long Arrow said he had seen something like that—coming out of the tops of volcanoes; but neither he nor any of the Popsipetels knew how it was made.
“Poor perishing heathens!” muttered Bumpo. “No wonder the old chief died of cold!”
"Poor, dying heathens!" grumbled Bumpo. "No wonder the old chief froze to death!"
At that moment we heard a crying sound at the door. And turning round, we saw a weeping Indian mother with a baby in her arms. She said something to the Indians which we could not understand; and Long Arrow told us the baby was sick and she wanted the white doctor to try and cure it.
At that moment, we heard a crying sound at the door. Turning around, we saw a sobbing Indian mother holding a baby in her arms. She spoke to the Indians, but we couldn’t understand; Long Arrow told us the baby was sick and she wanted the white doctor to try to help.
“Oh Lord!” groaned Polynesia in my ear—“Just like Puddleby: patients arriving in the middle of dinner. Well, one thing: the food’s raw, so nothing can get cold anyway.”
“Oh Lord!” groaned Polynesia in my ear—“Just like Puddleby: patients showing up right in the middle of dinner. Well, one thing’s for sure: the food's raw, so nothing can get cold, anyway.”
The Doctor examined the baby and found at once that it was thoroughly chilled.
The doctor checked the baby and immediately noticed that it was really cold.
“Fire—fire! That’s what it needs,” he said turning to Long Arrow—“That’s what you all need.[267] This child will have pneumonia if it isn’t kept warm.”
“Fire—fire! That’s what it needs,” he said, turning to Long Arrow—“That’s what you all need.[267] This child will get pneumonia if it isn’t kept warm.”
“Aye, truly. But how to make a fire,” said Long Arrow—“where to get it: that is the difficulty. All the volcanoes in this land are dead.”
“Aye, for sure. But how do we start a fire?” said Long Arrow. “Where do we get it: that’s the problem. All the volcanoes in this land are extinct.”
Then we fell to hunting through our pockets to see if any matches had survived the shipwreck. The best we could muster were two whole ones and a half—all with the heads soaked off them by salt water.
Then we started searching through our pockets to see if any matches had survived the shipwreck. The best we could find were two whole ones and a half—all with the heads ruined by saltwater.
“Hark, Long Arrow,” said the Doctor: “divers ways there be of making fire without the aid of matches. One: with a strong glass and the rays of the sun. That however, since the sun has set, we cannot now employ. Another is by grinding a hard stick into a soft log—Is the daylight gone without?—Alas yes. Then I fear we must await the morrow; for besides the different woods, we need an old squirrel’s nest for fuel—And that without lamps you could not find in your forests at this hour.”
“Hey, Long Arrow,” said the Doctor, “there are several ways to make fire without matches. One way is by using a strong glass and the sun's rays. However, since the sun has set, we can't do that now. Another way is by rubbing a hard stick against a soft log—Is it completely dark outside?—Oh yes. Then I’m afraid we’ll have to wait until tomorrow; because besides the different types of wood, we need an old squirrel’s nest for fuel—and without lamps, you wouldn’t be able to find that in your forests at this hour.”
“Great are your cunning and your skill, oh White Man,” Long Arrow replied. “But in this you do us an injustice. Know you not that all fireless peoples can see in the dark? Having no lamps we are forced to train ourselves to travel through the blackest night, lightless. I will despatch a messenger and you shall have your squirrel’s nest within the hour.”
“Your cleverness and skill are impressive, White Man,” Long Arrow responded. “But you’re doing us a disservice. Don’t you know that all people who live without fire can see in the dark? Since we don’t have lamps, we have to learn to navigate through the darkest nights without light. I’ll send a messenger, and you’ll have your squirrel’s nest within the hour.”
He gave an order to two of our boy-servants who promptly disappeared running. And sure[268] enough, in a very short space of time a squirrel’s nest, together with hard and soft woods, was brought to our door.
He gave an order to two of our boy servants, who quickly ran off. And sure enough, in no time at all, a squirrel's nest, along with some hard and soft woods, was brought to our door.
The moon had not yet risen and within the house it was practically pitch-black. I could feel and hear, however, that the Indians were moving about comfortably as though it were daylight. The task of making fire the Doctor had to perform almost entirely by the sense of touch, asking Long Arrow and the Indians to hand him his tools when he mislaid them in the dark. And then I made a curious discovery: now that I had to, I found that I was beginning to see a little in the dark myself. And for the first time I realized that of course there is no such thing as pitch-dark, so long as you have a door open or a sky above you.
The moon hadn’t risen yet, and inside the house, it was almost completely dark. I could feel and hear the Indians moving around easily, as if it were daytime. The Doctor had to make the fire mostly by touch, asking Long Arrow and the others to pass him his tools whenever he lost them in the dark. Then I made a surprising discovery: now that I had to, I found I was starting to see a bit in the dark myself. And for the first time, I realized that there really is no such thing as complete darkness, as long as you have a door open or the sky above you.
Calling for the loan of a bow, the Doctor loosened the string, put the hard stick into a loop and began grinding this stick into the soft wood of the log. Soon I smelt that the log was smoking. Then he kept feeding the part that was smoking with the inside lining of the squirrel’s nest, and he asked me to blow upon it with my breath. He made the stick drill faster and faster. More smoke filled the room. And at last the darkness about us was suddenly lit up. The squirrel’s nest had burst into flame.
Calling for a bow to borrow, the Doctor loosened the string, placed the hard stick into a loop, and started grinding it into the soft wood of the log. Soon, I could smell the log starting to smoke. Then he kept adding the inside lining of the squirrel’s nest to the smoldering part and asked me to blow on it. He made the stick drill faster and faster. More smoke filled the room. And finally, the darkness around us was suddenly illuminated. The squirrel’s nest had caught fire.
The Indians murmured and grunted with astonishment. At first they were all for falling on their[269] knees and worshiping the fire. Then they wanted to pick it up with their bare hands and play with it. We had to teach them how it was to be used; and they were quite fascinated when we laid our fish across it on sticks and cooked it. They sniffed the air with relish as, for the first time in history, the smell of fried fish passed through the village of Popsipetel.
The Indians murmured and gasped in amazement. At first, they wanted to drop to their knees and worship the fire. Then they wanted to pick it up with their bare hands and play with it. We had to show them how to use it, and they were totally fascinated when we laid our fish on sticks over it and cooked it. They breathed in the air with delight as, for the first time ever, the smell of fried fish wafted through the village of Popsipetel.
Then we got them to bring us piles and stacks of dry wood; and we made an enormous bonfire in the middle of the main street. Round this, when they felt its warmth, the whole tribe gathered and smiled and wondered. It was a striking sight, one of the pictures from our voyages that I most frequently remember: that roaring jolly blaze beneath the black night sky, and all about it a vast ring of Indians, the firelight gleaming on bronze cheeks, white teeth and flashing eyes—a whole town trying to get warm, giggling and pushing like school-children.
Then we had them bring us loads of dry wood, and we started a huge bonfire in the middle of the main street. As they felt its warmth, the whole tribe gathered around, smiling and curious. It was an amazing sight, one of the memories from our journeys that I recall most often: that roaring, cheerful blaze under the dark night sky, with a large circle of Indigenous people around it, the firelight shining on their bronze cheeks, bright smiles, and sparkling eyes—a whole town trying to stay warm, laughing and jostling like school kids.
In a little, when we had got them more used to the handling of fire, the Doctor showed them how it could be taken into their houses if a hole were only made in the roof to let the smoke out. And before we turned in after that long, long, tiring day, we had fires going in every hut in the village.
In a little while, after we got them more comfortable with handling fire, the Doctor demonstrated how it could be brought into their houses if they just made a hole in the roof to let the smoke escape. By the time we settled down after that long, exhausting day, we had fires going in every hut in the village.
The poor people were so glad to get really warm again that we thought they’d never go to bed. Well on into the early hours of the morning the[270] little town fairly buzzed with a great low murmur: the Popsipetels sitting up talking of their wonderful pale-faced visitor and this strange good thing he had brought with him—fire!
The poor people were so happy to feel truly warm again that we thought they’d never go to bed. Well into the early hours of the morning, the[270] little town was buzzing with a low murmur: the Popsipetels were up, talking about their amazing pale-faced visitor and this strange good thing he had brought with him—fire!
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
WHAT MAKES AN ISLAND FLOAT
VERY early in our experience of Popsipetel kindness we saw that if we were to get anything done at all, we would almost always have to do it secretly. The Doctor was so popular and loved by all that as soon as he showed his face at his door in the morning crowds of admirers, waiting patiently outside, flocked about him and followed him wherever he went. After his fire-making feat, this childlike people expected him, I think, to be continually doing magic; and they were determined not to miss a trick.
VERY early in our experience with Popsipetel kindness, we realized that if we wanted to get anything done, we would almost always have to do it in secret. The Doctor was so popular and beloved by everyone that as soon as he appeared at his door in the morning, crowds of admirers, waiting patiently outside, gathered around him and followed him wherever he went. After his fire-making trick, this naive group expected him, I think, to keep performing magic; and they were set on not missing a single act.
It was only with great difficulty that we escaped from the crowd the first morning and set out with Long Arrow to explore the island at our leisure.
It was only with a lot of effort that we got away from the crowd that first morning and headed out with Long Arrow to explore the island at our own pace.
In the interior we found that not only the plants and trees were suffering from the cold: the animal life was in even worse straits. Everywhere shivering birds were to be seen, their feathers all fluffed out, gathering together for flight to summer lands. And many lay dead upon the ground. Going down to the shore, we watched land-crabs in large numbers taking to the sea to find some better home. While away to the Southeast we could see many icebergs[272] floating—a sign that we were now not far from the terrible region of the Antarctic.
In the interior, we discovered that not only were the plants and trees struggling with the cold, but the animal life was in even worse condition. Everywhere, we noticed shivering birds with their feathers all fluffed up, huddling together for a flight to warmer places. Many were lying dead on the ground. Down at the shore, we observed land crabs in large numbers heading into the sea in search of a better habitat. Meanwhile, to the Southeast, we could see many icebergs[272] floating—a sign that we were close to the harsh region of the Antarctic.
As we were looking out to sea, we noticed our friends the porpoises jumping through the waves. The Doctor hailed them and they came inshore.
As we stared out at the ocean, we spotted our friends the porpoises leaping through the waves. The Doctor called to them and they swam closer to the shore.
He asked them how far we were from the South Polar Continent.
He asked them how far we were from the South Pole.
About a hundred miles, they told him. And then they asked why he wanted to know.
About a hundred miles, they told him. Then they asked why he wanted to know.
“Because this floating island we are on,” said he, “is drifting southward all the time in a current. It’s an island that ordinarily belongs somewhere in the tropic zone—real sultry weather, sunstrokes and all that. If it doesn’t stop going southward pretty soon everything on it is going to perish.”
“Because this floating island we’re on,” he said, “is constantly drifting southward in a current. It’s an island that usually belongs somewhere in the tropics—really hot weather, sunburns and all that. If it doesn’t stop moving south soon, everything on it is going to die.”
“Well,” said the porpoises, “then the thing to do is to get it back into a warmer climate, isn’t it?”
“Well,” said the porpoises, “so the plan is to get it back to a warmer climate, right?”
“Yes, but how?” said the Doctor. “We can’t row it back.”
“Yes, but how?” said the Doctor. “We can’t row it back.”
“No,” said they, “but whales could push it—if you only got enough of them.”
“No,” they said, “but whales could push it—if you just had enough of them.”
“What a splendid idea!—Whales, the very thing!” said the Doctor. “Do you think you could get me some?”
“What a fantastic idea!—Whales, exactly what we need!” said the Doctor. “Do you think you could get me some?”
“Why, certainly,” said the porpoises, “we passed one herd of them out there, sporting about among the icebergs. We’ll ask them to come over. And if they aren’t enough, we’ll try and hunt up some more. Better have plenty.”
“Of course,” said the porpoises, “we saw a group of them out there, playing around the icebergs. We’ll invite them over. And if that’s not enough, we’ll look for some more. It’s better to have more than enough.”
“Thank you,” said the Doctor. “You are very kind—By the way, do you happen to know how this island came to be a floating island? At least half of it, I notice, is made of stone. It is very odd that it floats at all, isn’t it?”
“Thanks,” said the Doctor. “You’re really nice—By the way, do you know how this island became a floating island? I noticed that at least half of it is made of stone. It’s pretty strange that it floats at all, right?”
“It is unusual,” they said. “But the explanation is quite simple. It used to be a mountainous part of South America—an overhanging part—sort of an awkward corner, you might say. Way back in the glacial days, thousands of years ago, it broke off from the mainland; and by some curious accident the inside of it, which is hollow, got filled with air as it fell into the ocean. You can only see less than half of the island: the bigger half is under water. And in the middle of it, underneath, is a huge rock air-chamber, running right up inside the mountains. And that’s what keeps it floating.”
“It’s unusual,” they said. “But the explanation is pretty simple. It used to be a mountainous area of South America—an overhanging part—sort of an awkward corner, you could say. A long time ago, during the glacial period, it broke off from the mainland; and by some strange accident, the inside of it, which is hollow, got filled with air as it fell into the ocean. You can see less than half of the island: the larger part is underwater. And in the middle of it, underneath, is a huge rock air chamber that goes right up inside the mountains. That’s what keeps it floating.”
“What a pecurious phenometer!” said Bumpo.
“What a peculiar thermometer!” said Bumpo.
“It is indeed,” said the Doctor. “I must make a note of that.” And out came the everlasting note-book.
“It really is,” said the Doctor. “I need to jot that down.” And out came the trusty notebook.
The porpoises went bounding off towards the icebergs. And not long after, we saw the sea heaving and frothing as a big herd of whales came towards us at full speed.
The porpoises took off towards the icebergs. Soon after, we saw the sea rolling and bubbling as a large group of whales approached us at full speed.
They certainly were enormous creatures; and there must have been a good two hundred of them.
They were definitely huge creatures, and there had to be at least two hundred of them.
“Here they are,” said the porpoises, poking their heads out of the water.
“Here they are,” said the porpoises, popping their heads out of the water.
“Good!” said the Doctor. “Now just explain to them, will you please? that this is a very serious matter for all the living creatures in this land. And ask them if they will be so good as to go down to the far end of the island, put their noses against it and push it back near the coast of Southern Brazil.”
“Great!” said the Doctor. “Now, could you please explain to them that this is a very serious issue for all the living creatures in this land? And ask them if they would be so kind as to go down to the far end of the island, put their noses against it, and push it back closer to the coast of Southern Brazil.”
The porpoises evidently succeeded in persuading the whales to do as the Doctor asked; for presently we saw them thrashing through the seas, going off towards the south end of the island.
The porpoises clearly managed to convince the whales to follow the Doctor's request; soon we saw them splashing through the waters, heading toward the southern tip of the island.
Then we lay down upon the beach and waited.
Then we lay down on the beach and waited.
After about an hour the Doctor got up and threw a stick into the water. For a while this floated motionless. But soon we saw it begin to move gently down the coast.
After about an hour, the Doctor stood up and tossed a stick into the water. For a while, it floated without moving. But soon, we noticed it start to drift slowly down the coast.
“Ah!” said the Doctor, “see that?—The island is going North at last. Thank goodness!”
“Ah!” said the Doctor, “do you see that?—The island is finally moving North. Thank goodness!”
Faster and faster we left the stick behind; and smaller and dimmer grew the icebergs on the skyline.
Faster and faster, we left the stick behind, and the icebergs on the skyline grew smaller and dimmer.
The Doctor took out his watch, threw more sticks into the water and made a rapid calculation.
The Doctor checked his watch, tossed more sticks into the water, and quickly did the math.
“Humph!—Fourteen and a half knots an hour,” he murmured—“A very nice speed. It should take us about five days to get back near Brazil. Well, that’s that—Quite a load off my mind. I declare I feel warmer already. Let’s go and get something to eat.”
“Humph!—Fourteen and a half knots an hour,” he murmured. “That’s a good speed. It should take us about five days to get back near Brazil. Well, that’s that—What a relief. I honestly feel warmer already. Let’s go grab something to eat.”
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
WAR!
ON our way back to the village the Doctor began discussing natural history with Long Arrow. But their most interesting talk, mainly about plants, had hardly begun when an Indian runner came dashing up to us with a message.
ON our way back to the village, the Doctor started talking about natural history with Long Arrow. But their most interesting conversation, mostly about plants, had barely started when an Indian runner came rushing up to us with a message.
Long Arrow listened gravely to the breathless, babbled words, then turned to the Doctor and said in eagle tongue,
Long Arrow listened seriously to the hurried, rambling words, then turned to the Doctor and said in eagle language,
“Great White Man, an evil thing has befallen the Popsipetels. Our neighbors to the southward, the thievish Bag-jagderags, who for so long have cast envious eyes on our stores of ripe corn, have gone upon the war-path; and even now are advancing to attack us.”
“Great White Man, something terrible has happened to the Popsipetels. Our neighbors to the south, the sneaky Bag-jagderags, who have long been envious of our stockpile of ripe corn, have gone to war; and they are now moving in to attack us.”
“Evil news indeed,” said the Doctor. “Yet let us not judge harshly. Perhaps it is that they are desperate for food, having their own crops frost-killed before harvest. For are they not even nearer the cold South than you?”
“Bad news for sure,” said the Doctor. “But let’s not be too quick to judge. Maybe they’re just in desperate need of food since their crops were ruined by frost before harvest. Aren’t they even closer to the chilly South than you are?”
“Make no excuses for any man of the tribe of the Bag-jagderags,” said Long Arrow shaking his head. “They are an idle shiftless race. They do but see[276] a chance to get corn without the labor of husbandry. If it were not that they are a much bigger tribe and hope to defeat their neighbor by sheer force of numbers, they would not have dared to make open war upon the brave Popsipetels.”
“Don’t make any excuses for anyone from the Bag-jagderags tribe,” said Long Arrow, shaking his head. “They’re a lazy, aimless people. They only look for opportunities to get corn without working for it. If they weren’t such a larger tribe and didn’t think they could overpower their neighbors with sheer numbers, they wouldn’t have had the guts to openly go to war against the brave Popsipetels.”
When we reached the village we found it in a great state of excitement. Everywhere men were seen putting their bows in order, sharpening spears, grinding battle-axes and making arrows by the hundred. Women were raising a high fence of bamboo poles all round the village. Scouts and messengers kept coming and going, bringing news of the movements of the enemy. While high up in the trees and hills about the village we could see look-outs watching the mountains to the southward.
When we arrived at the village, we found it buzzing with excitement. Everywhere we looked, men were organizing their bows, sharpening spears, grinding battle-axes, and making hundreds of arrows. Women were building a tall fence of bamboo poles all around the village. Scouts and messengers were constantly coming and going, delivering news about the enemy's movements. High up in the trees and hills surrounding the village, we could see lookouts watching the mountains to the south.
Long Arrow brought another Indian, short but enormously broad, and introduced him to the Doctor as Big Teeth, the chief warrior of the Popsipetels.
Long Arrow brought another Native American, short but incredibly broad, and introduced him to the Doctor as Big Teeth, the chief warrior of the Popsipetels.
The Doctor volunteered to go and see the enemy and try to argue the matter out peacefully with them instead of fighting; for war, he said, was at best a stupid wasteful business. But the two shook their heads. Such a plan was hopeless, they said. In the last war when they had sent a messenger to do peaceful arguing, the enemy had merely hit him with an ax.
The Doctor offered to go talk to the enemy and try to resolve things peacefully instead of fighting, because, he argued, war is ultimately a stupid and wasteful endeavor. But the two shook their heads. They said that such a plan was pointless. In the last war, when they had sent a messenger to negotiate peacefully, the enemy had just hit him with an ax.
While the Doctor was asking Big Teeth how he meant to defend the village against attack, a cry of alarm was raised by the look-outs.
While the Doctor was asking Big Teeth how he planned to defend the village against an attack, the look-outs raised a cry of alarm.
“They’re coming!—The Bag-jagderags—swarming down the mountains in thousands!”
“They're coming!—The Bag-jagderags—swarming down the mountains by the thousands!”
“Well,” said the Doctor, “it’s all in the day’s work, I suppose. I don’t believe in war; but if the village is attacked we must help defend it.”
“Well,” said the Doctor, “I guess it’s just part of the job. I’m not a fan of war, but if the village is under attack, we have to help protect it.”
And he picked up a club from the ground and tried the heft of it against a stone.
And he picked up a club from the ground and tested its weight against a stone.
“This,” he said, “seems like a pretty good tool to me.” And he walked to the bamboo fence and took his place among the other waiting fighters.
“This,” he said, “looks like a pretty good tool to me.” Then he walked over to the bamboo fence and took his spot among the other waiting fighters.
Then we all got hold of some kind of weapon with which to help our friends, the gallant Popsipetels: I borrowed a bow and a quiver full of arrows; Jip was content to rely upon his old, but still strong teeth; Chee-Chee took a bag of rocks and climbed a palm where he could throw them down upon the enemies’ heads; and Bumpo marched after the Doctor to the fence armed with a young tree in one hand and a door-post in the other.
Then we all grabbed some kind of weapon to help our friends, the brave Popsipetels: I borrowed a bow and a quiver full of arrows; Jip was happy to rely on his old, but still strong teeth; Chee-Chee took a bag of rocks and climbed a palm tree where he could drop them on the enemies' heads; and Bumpo marched after the Doctor to the fence, carrying a young tree in one hand and a doorpost in the other.
When the enemy drew near enough to be seen from where we stood we all gasped with astonishment. The hillsides were actually covered with them—thousands upon thousands. They made our small army within the village look like a mere handful.
When the enemy got close enough to be seen from where we were standing, we all gasped in shock. The hillsides were completely filled with them—thousands upon thousands. Our small army in the village looked like just a tiny group compared to them.
“Saints alive!” muttered Polynesia, “our little lot will stand no chance against that swarm. This will never do. I’m going off to get some help.”
“Saints alive!” muttered Polynesia, “we won’t stand a chance against that swarm. This isn’t going to work. I’m going to get some help.”
Where she was going and what kind of help[278] she meant to get, I had no idea. She just disappeared from my side. But Jip, who had heard her, poked his nose between the bamboo bars of the fence to get a better view of the enemy and said,
Where she was headed and what kind of help[278] she was looking for, I had no clue. She just vanished from my side. But Jip, who had overheard her, poked his nose between the bamboo bars of the fence for a better look at the enemy and said,
“Likely enough she’s gone after the Black Parrots. Let’s hope she finds them in time. Just look at those ugly ruffians climbing down the rocks—millions of ’em! This fight’s going to keep us all hopping.”
"She’s probably gone after the Black Parrots. Let’s hope she finds them soon. Just look at those nasty thugs climbing down the rocks—there are so many of them! This fight is going to keep us all on our toes."
And Jip was right. Before a quarter of an hour had gone by our village was completely surrounded by one huge mob of yelling, raging Bag-jagderags.
And Jip was right. Within fifteen minutes, our village was completely surrounded by one massive crowd of shouting, furious Bag-jagderags.
I now come again to a part in the story of our voyages where things happened so quickly, one upon the other, that looking backwards I see the picture only in a confused kind of way. I know that if it had not been for the Terrible Three—as they came afterwards to be fondly called in Popsipetel history—Long Arrow, Bumpo and the Doctor, the war would have been soon over and the whole island would have belonged to the worthless Bag-jagderags. But the Englishman, the African and the Indian were a regiment in themselves; and between them they made that village a dangerous place for any man to try to enter.
I now return to a part of our journey where everything happened so fast, one thing after another, that looking back I can only see it in a muddled way. I know that if it hadn't been for the Terrible Three—as they later got affectionately named in Popsipetel history—Long Arrow, Bumpo, and the Doctor, the war would have ended quickly and the whole island would have fallen into the hands of the useless Bag-jagderags. But the Englishman, the African, and the Indian were like a regiment on their own; together, they made that village a dangerous place for anyone to attempt to enter.
The bamboo fencing which had been hastily set
up around the town was not a very strong affair;[279]
[280]
and right from the start it gave way in one place
after another as the enemy thronged and crowded
against it. Then the Doctor, Long Arrow and
Bumpo would hurry to the weak spot, a terrific
hand-to-hand fight would take place and the enemy
be thrown out. But almost instantly a cry of
alarm would come from some other part of the
village-wall; and the Three would have to rush off
and do the same thing all over again.
The bamboo fencing that had been quickly put up around the town wasn't very sturdy; [279]
[280] and right from the beginning, it started giving way in one spot after another as the enemy pressed against it. Then the Doctor, Long Arrow, and Bumpo would rush to the weak point, a fierce hand-to-hand fight would erupt, and they'd manage to push the enemy back. But almost immediately, a shout of alarm would come from another part of the village wall; and the three would have to sprint off to do it all over again.

From an Indian rock-engraving found on Hawks’-Head Mountain, Spidermonkey Island
The Popsipetels were themselves no mean fighters; but the strength and weight of those three men of different lands and colors, standing close together, swinging their enormous war-clubs, was really a sight for the wonder and admiration of any one.
The Popsipetels were no pushovers; however, the strength and size of those three men from different backgrounds, standing close together and swinging their massive war clubs, was truly impressive and worthy of admiration from anyone.
Many weeks later when I was passing an Indian camp-fire at night I heard this song being sung. It has since become one of the traditional folksongs of the Popsipetels.
Many weeks later, when I was walking past an Indian campfire at night, I heard this song being sung. It has since become one of the traditional folk songs of the Popsipetels.
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
GENERAL POLYNESIA
BUT alas! even the Three, mighty though they were, could not last forever against an army which seemed to have no end. In one of the hottest scrimmages, when the enemy had broken a particularly wide hole through the fence, I saw Long Arrow’s great figure topple and come down with a spear sticking in his broad chest.
BUT alas! even the Three, powerful as they were, couldn't hold out forever against an army that seemed endless. During one of the fiercest battles, when the enemy had made a significant breach in the fence, I saw Long Arrow's towering figure fall, a spear lodged in his broad chest.
For another half-hour Bumpo and the Doctor fought on side by side. How their strength held out so long I cannot tell, for never a second were they given to get their breath or rest their arms.
For another half-hour, Bumpo and the Doctor fought side by side. I don’t know how their strength lasted so long, because they didn’t get a single moment to catch their breath or rest their arms.
The Doctor—the quiet, kindly, peaceable, little Doctor!—well, you wouldn’t have known him if you had seen him that day dealing out whacks you could hear a mile off, walloping and swatting in all directions.
The Doctor—the calm, friendly, easygoing little Doctor!—well, you wouldn't have recognized him if you had seen him that day handing out punches you could hear from a mile away, hitting and swatting in every direction.
As for Bumpo, with staring eye-balls and grim set teeth, he was a veritable demon. None dared come within yards of that wicked, wide-circling door-post. But a stone, skilfully thrown, struck him at last in the centre of the forehead. And down went[283] the second of the Three. John Dolittle, the last of the Terribles, was left fighting alone.
As for Bumpo, with his wide eyes and gritted teeth, he looked like a real demon. No one dared to come within feet of that evil, sprawling doorpost. But a stone, thrown with precision, finally hit him right in the middle of the forehead. And down went[283] the second of the Three. John Dolittle, the last of the Terribles, was left to fight alone.
Jip and I rushed to his side and tried to take the places of the fallen ones. But, far too light and too small, we made but a poor exchange. Another length of the fence crashed down, and through the widened gap the Bag-jagderags poured in on us like a flood.
Jip and I hurried to his side and tried to fill the spots of those who had fallen. But, being much too light and small, we were a terrible substitute. Another section of the fence came crashing down, and through the larger opening, the Bag-jagderags flooded in on us.
“To the canoes!—To the sea!” shouted the Popsipetels. “Fly for your lives!—All is over!—The war is lost!”
“Get to the canoes!—To the sea!” shouted the Popsipetels. “Run for your lives!—It’s all over!—The war is lost!”
But the Doctor and I never got a chance to fly for our lives. We were swept off our feet and knocked down flat by the sheer weight of the mob. And once down, we were unable to get up again. I thought we would surely be trampled to death.
But the Doctor and I never had the opportunity to escape for our lives. We were completely overwhelmed and knocked flat by the sheer force of the crowd. Once we were down, we couldn't get back up. I was convinced we would definitely be trampled to death.
But at that moment, above the din and racket of the battle, we heard the most terrifying noise that ever assaulted human ears: the sound of millions and millions of parrots all screeching with fury together.
But at that moment, above the noise and chaos of the battle, we heard the most terrifying sound that ever hit human ears: the sound of millions and millions of parrots all screeching in anger together.
The army, which in the nick of time Polynesia had brought to our rescue, darkened the whole sky to the westward. I asked her afterwards, how many birds there were; and she said she didn’t know exactly but that they certainly numbered somewhere between sixty and seventy millions. In that extraordinarily short space of time she had brought them from the mainland of South America.
The army that Polynesia had brought to our rescue just in time filled the entire western sky. I later asked her how many birds there were, and she said she wasn’t sure exactly, but they definitely numbered somewhere between sixty and seventy million. In that incredibly short time, she had brought them from the mainland of South America.
If you have ever heard a parrot screech with anger you will know that it makes a truly frightful sound; and if you have ever been bitten by one, you will know that its bite can be a nasty and a painful thing.
If you've ever heard a parrot squawk in anger, you know it makes a really harsh sound; and if you've ever been bitten by one, you know that its bite can be unpleasant and painful.
The Black Parrots (coal-black all over, they were—except for a scarlet beak and a streak of red in wing and tail) on the word of command from Polynesia set to work upon the Bag-jagderags who were now pouring through the village looking for plunder.
The Black Parrots (completely black except for a bright red beak and a splash of red on their wings and tails) sprang into action at Polynesia's command, targeting the Bag-jagderags, who were now flooding into the village in search of loot.
And the Black Parrots’ method of fighting was peculiar. This is what they did: on the head of each Bag-jagderag three or four parrots settled and took a good foot-hold in his hair with their claws; then they leant down over the sides of his head and began clipping snips out of his ears, for all the world as though they were punching tickets. That is all they did. They never bit them anywhere else except the ears. But it won the war for us.
And the Black Parrots’ way of fighting was unusual. Here’s what they did: three or four parrots would settle on the head of each Bag-jagderag and grip his hair tightly with their claws; then they leaned down over the sides of his head and started snipping at his ears, as if they were punching tickets. That was all they did. They never bit anywhere else but the ears. But it helped us win the war.
With howls pitiful to hear, the Bag-jagderags fell over one another in their haste to get out of that accursed village. It was no use their trying to pull the parrots off their heads; because for each head there were always four more parrots waiting impatiently to get on.
With pathetic howls, the Bag-jagderags stumbled over each other in their rush to escape that cursed village. It was pointless for them to try to pull the parrots off their heads, because for every head, there were always four more parrots eagerly waiting to take their place.
Some of the enemy were lucky; and with only a snip or two managed to get outside the fence—where the parrots immediately left them alone.[285] But with most, before the black birds had done with them, the ears presented a very singular appearance—like the edge of a postage-stamp. This treatment, very painful at the time, did not however do them any permanent harm beyond the change in looks. And it later got to be the tribal mark of the Bag-jagderags. No really smart young lady of this tribe would be seen walking with a man who did not have scalloped ears—for such was a proof that he had been in the Great War. And that (though it is not generally known to scientists) is how this people came to be called by the other Indian nations, the Ragged-Eared Bag-jagderags.
Some of the enemies were lucky; and with just a snip or two, they managed to get outside the fence—where the parrots immediately left them alone.[285] But for most, by the time the black birds were done with them, their ears looked very unique—like the edge of a postage stamp. This treatment, though painful at the time, didn’t cause any permanent damage beyond how they looked. Eventually, it became the tribal mark of the Bag-jagderags. No really stylish young lady from this tribe would be seen walking with a man who didn’t have scalloped ears—because that was proof that he had been in the Great War. And that (even though it’s not generally known to scientists) is how this people came to be called by the other Indian nations, the Ragged-Eared Bag-jagderags.
As soon as the village was cleared of the enemy the Doctor turned his attention to the wounded.
As soon as the village was free of the enemy, the Doctor focused on the injured.
In spite of the length and fierceness of the struggle, there were surprisingly few serious injuries. Poor Long Arrow was the worst off. However, after the Doctor had washed his wound and got him to bed, he opened his eyes and said he already felt better. Bumpo was only badly stunned.
Despite the long and intense fight, there were surprisingly few serious injuries. Poor Long Arrow was the worst affected. However, after the Doctor cleaned his wound and got him to bed, he opened his eyes and said he already felt better. Bumpo was just badly stunned.
With this part of the business over, the Doctor called to Polynesia to have the Black Parrots drive the enemy right back into their own country and to wait there, guarding them all night.
With this part of the business done, the Doctor called for Polynesia to have the Black Parrots push the enemy back into their own territory and to stay there, watching over them all night.
Polynesia gave the short word of command; and like one bird those millions of parrots opened their red beaks and let out once more their terrifying battle-scream.
Polynesia issued the brief command; and like a single bird, those millions of parrots opened their red beaks and unleashed their chilling battle cry once again.
The Bag-jagderags didn’t wait to be bitten a second time, but fled helter-skelter over the mountains from which they had come; whilst Polynesia and her victorious army followed watchfully behind like a great, threatening, black cloud.
The Bag-jagderags didn’t wait to get bitten again, but ran chaotically over the mountains they had come from; while Polynesia and her victorious army followed closely behind like a huge, ominous black cloud.
The Doctor picked up his high hat which had been knocked off in the fight, dusted it carefully and put it on.
The Doctor picked up his top hat that had been knocked off during the fight, dusted it off carefully, and put it back on.
“To-morrow,” he said, shaking his fist towards the hills, “we will arrange the terms of peace—and we will arrange them—in the City of Bag-jagderag!”
“Tomorrow,” he said, shaking his fist at the hills, “we will set the terms of peace—and we will set them—in the City of Bag-jagderag!”
His words were greeted with cheers of triumph from the admiring Popsipetels. The war was over.
His words were met with cheers of victory from the admiring Popsipetels. The war was over.
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE PEACE OF THE PARROTS
THE next day we set out for the far end of the island, and reaching it in canoes (for we went by sea) after a journey of twenty-five hours, we remained no longer than was necessary in the City of Bag-jagderag.
THE next day we headed to the far end of the island, and after a twenty-five hour journey in canoes (since we traveled by sea), we stayed in the City of Bag-jagderag only as long as we had to.
When he threw himself into that fight at Popsipetel, I saw the Doctor really angry for the first time in my life. But his anger, once aroused, was slow to die. All the way down the coast of the island he never ceased to rail against this cowardly people who had attacked his friends, the Popsipetels, for no other reason but to rob them of their corn, because they were too idle to till the land themselves. And he was still angry when he reached the City of Bag-jagderag.
When he jumped into that fight at Popsipetel, I saw the Doctor truly angry for the first time in my life. But his anger, once triggered, took a long time to fade. All the way down the coast of the island, he kept cursing this cowardly group of people who had attacked his friends, the Popsipetels, just to steal their corn because they were too lazy to farm the land themselves. And he was still upset when he got to the City of Bag-jagderag.
Long Arrow had not come with us for he was as yet too weak from his wound. But the Doctor—always clever at languages—was already getting familiar with the Indian tongue. Besides, among the half-dozen Popsipetels who accompanied us to paddle the canoes, was one boy to whom we had taught a little English. He and the Doctor between[288] them managed to make themselves understood to the Bag-jagderags. This people, with the terrible parrots still blackening the hills about their stone town, waiting for the word to descend and attack, were, we found, in a very humble mood.
Long Arrow didn't join us because he was still too weak from his injury. But the Doctor—who was always good with languages—was starting to get the hang of the Indian language. Plus, among the half-dozen Popsipetels who came with us to paddle the canoes, there was one boy we had taught a little English. He and the Doctor managed to understand each other with the Bag-jagderags. This group, with the fierce parrots still darkening the hills around their stone town, was waiting for the signal to attack, but we discovered they were in a very humble mood.
Leaving our canoes we passed up the main street to the palace of the chief. Bumpo and I couldn’t help smiling with satisfaction as we saw how the waiting crowds which lined the roadway bowed their heads to the ground, as the little, round, angry figure of the Doctor strutted ahead of us with his chin in the air.
Leaving our canoes, we walked up the main street to the chief's palace. Bumpo and I couldn't help but smile with satisfaction as we noticed the waiting crowds lining the road bowing their heads to the ground while the little, round, angry figure of the Doctor strutted ahead of us with his chin up.
At the foot of the palace-steps the chief and all the more important personages of the tribe were waiting to meet him, smiling humbly and holding out their hands in friendliness. The Doctor took not the slightest notice. He marched right by them, up the steps to the door of the palace. There he turned around and at once began to address the people in a firm voice.
At the bottom of the palace steps, the chief and all the important people of the tribe were waiting to greet him, smiling politely and extending their hands in friendship. The Doctor didn’t acknowledge them at all. He strode past them, up the steps to the palace door. There, he turned around and immediately started speaking to the crowd in a confident voice.
I never heard such a speech in my life—and I am quite sure that they never did either. First he called them a long string of names: cowards, loafers, thieves, vagabonds, good-for-nothings, bullies and what not. Then he said he was still seriously thinking of allowing the parrots to drive them on into the sea, in order that this pleasant land might be rid, once for all, of their worthless carcases.
I’ve never heard a speech like that in my life—and I’m pretty sure they haven’t either. First, he called them a long list of names: cowards, lazy people, thieves, runaways, useless folks, bullies, and so on. Then he said he was seriously considering letting the parrots push them into the sea so that this beautiful land could finally be rid of their useless bodies.
At this a great cry for mercy went up, and the[289] chief and all of them fell on their knees, calling out that they would submit to any conditions of peace he wished.
At this, a loud cry for mercy arose, and the[289] chief and everyone else dropped to their knees, pleading that they would accept any peace terms he wanted.
Then the Doctor called for one of their scribes—that is, a man who did picture-writing. And on the stone walls of the palace of Bag-jagderag he bade him write down the terms of the peace as he dictated it. This peace is known as The Peace of The Parrots, and—unlike most peaces—was, and is, strictly kept—even to this day.
Then the Doctor called for one of their scribes—basically, a guy who specialized in picture-writing. He ordered him to write down the terms of the peace on the stone walls of the palace of Bag-jagderag as he dictated them. This peace is known as The Peace of The Parrots, and—unlike most peace treaties—was, and still is, strictly upheld—even to this day.
It was quite long in words. The half of the palace-front was covered with picture-writing, and fifty pots of paint were used, before the weary scribe had done. But the main part of it all was that there should be no more fighting; and that the two tribes should give solemn promise to help one another whenever there was corn-famine or other distress in the lands belonging to either.
It was pretty lengthy. Half of the palace front was covered with drawings, and it took fifty pots of paint for the tired scribe to finish. But the most important thing was that there would be no more fighting, and that the two tribes would make a solemn promise to support each other whenever there was a food shortage or any other hardship in either of their territories.
This greatly surprised the Bag-jagderags. They had expected from the Doctor’s angry face that he would at least chop a couple of hundred heads off—and probably make the rest of them slaves for life.
This really shocked the Bag-jagderags. They had anticipated from the Doctor's angry expression that he would at least chop off a couple of hundred heads—and likely make the rest of them slaves for life.
But when they saw that he only meant kindly by them, their great fear of him changed to a tremendous admiration. And as he ended his long speech and walked briskly down the steps again on his way back to the canoes, the group of chieftains threw themselves at his feet and cried,
But when they realized that he was only being kind to them, their intense fear turned into immense admiration. As he finished his lengthy speech and walked quickly down the steps back to the canoes, the group of chieftains fell at his feet and exclaimed,
“Do but stay with us, Great Lord, and all the[290] riches of Bag-jagderag shall be poured into your lap. Gold-mines we know of in the mountains and pearl-beds beneath the sea. Only stay with us, that your all-powerful wisdom may lead our Council and our people in prosperity and peace.”
“Just stay with us, Great Lord, and all the[290] riches of Bag-jagderag will be yours. We know of gold mines in the mountains and pearl beds under the sea. Just stay with us, so your incredible wisdom can guide our Council and our people towards prosperity and peace.”
The Doctor held up his hand for silence.
The Doctor raised his hand to signal for silence.
“No man,” said he, “would wish to be the guest of the Bag-jagderags till they had proved by their deeds that they are an honest race. Be true to the terms of the Peace and from yourselves shall come good government and prosperity—Farewell!”
“No man,” he said, “would want to be a guest of the Bag-jagderags until they have shown through their actions that they are a trustworthy people. Stick to the terms of the Peace, and from you will come good governance and prosperity—Farewell!”
Then he turned and followed by Bumpo, the Popsipetels and myself, walked rapidly down to the canoes.
Then he turned and, followed by Bumpo, the Popsipetels, and me, walked quickly down to the canoes.
THE EIGHTH CHAPTER
THE HANGING STONE
BUT the change of heart in the Bag-jagderags was really sincere. The Doctor had made a great impression on them—a deeper one than even he himself realized at the time. In fact I sometimes think that that speech of his from the palace-steps had more effect upon the Indians of Spidermonkey Island than had any of his great deeds which, great though they were, were always magnified and exaggerated when the news of them was passed from mouth to mouth.
BUT the change of heart in the Bag-jagderags was truly genuine. The Doctor had a significant impact on them—more than even he understood at the time. Sometimes I wonder if that speech he gave from the palace steps affected the Indians of Spidermonkey Island more than any of his great accomplishments, which, impressive as they were, were always blown out of proportion when the news spread from person to person.
A sick girl was brought to him as he reached the place where the boats lay. She turned out to have some quite simple ailment which he quickly gave the remedy for. But this increased his popularity still more. And when he stepped into his canoe, the people all around us actually burst into tears. It seems (I learned this afterwards) that they thought he was going away across the sea, for good, to the mysterious foreign lands from which he had come.
A sick girl was brought to him as he arrived at the spot where the boats were. It turned out she had a pretty simple illness, which he quickly treated. This only boosted his popularity even more. And when he got into his canoe, the people all around actually started crying. It seems (I found this out later) that they thought he was leaving across the sea for good, off to the mysterious foreign lands he had come from.
Some of the chieftains spoke to the Popsipetels as we pushed off. What they said I did not understand; but we noticed that several canoes filled with[292] Bag-jagderags followed us at a respectful distance all the way back to Popsipetel.
Some of the chieftains talked to the Popsipetels as we set off. I didn’t understand what they were saying; however, we noticed that several canoes filled with[292] Bag-jagderags followed us at a respectful distance all the way back to Popsipetel.
The Doctor had determined to return by the other shore, so that we should be thus able to make a complete trip round the island’s shores.
The Doctor decided to return by the other shore so that we could make a complete trip around the island’s shores.
Shortly after we started, while still off the lower end of the island, we sighted a steep point on the coast where the sea was in a great state of turmoil, white with soapy froth. On going nearer, we found that this was caused by our friendly whales who were still faithfully working away with their noses against the end of the island, driving us northward. We had been kept so busy with the war that we had forgotten all about them. But as we paused and watched their mighty tails lashing and churning the sea, we suddenly realized that we had not felt cold in quite a long while. Speeding up our boat lest the island be carried away from us altogether, we passed on up the coast; and here and there we noticed that the trees on the shore already looked greener and more healthy. Spidermonkey Island was getting back into her home climates.
Shortly after we started, still off the lower end of the island, we spotted a steep point on the coast where the sea was in chaos, churning and white with foamy surf. As we got closer, we discovered it was caused by our friendly whales, still diligently pushing against the end of the island, nudging us northward. We had been so caught up with the war that we had completely forgotten about them. But as we paused and watched their powerful tails whipping and stirring the sea, we suddenly realized we hadn’t felt cold in a long time. Picking up the pace to make sure the island didn’t drift away from us, we continued up the coast; here and there, we noticed that the trees along the shore looked greener and healthier. Spidermonkey Island was starting to return to its natural climate.
About halfway to Popsipetel we went ashore and spent two or three days exploring the central part of the island. Our Indian paddlers took us up into the mountains, very steep and high in this region, overhanging the sea. And they showed us what they called the Whispering Rocks.
About halfway to Popsipetel, we went ashore and spent two or three days exploring the central part of the island. Our Indian paddlers took us up into the mountains, which were very steep and high in this area, overlooking the sea. They showed us what they called the Whispering Rocks.
This was a very peculiar and striking piece of[293]
[294]
scenery. It was like a great vast basin, or circus,
in the mountains, and out of the centre of it there
rose a table of rock with an ivory chair upon it.
All around this the mountains went up like stairs,
or theatre-seats, to a great height—except at one
narrow end which was open to a view of the sea.
You could imagine it a council-place or concert-hall
for giants, and the rock table in the centre the stage
for performers or the stand for the speaker.
This was a really unusual and impressive piece of[293]
[294]
landscape. It looked like a huge basin, or arena,
among the mountains, and in the middle of it there
was a rock table with an ivory chair on top.
All around, the mountains rose up like stairs,
or theater seats, to a great height—except at one
narrow end that opened up to a view of the sea.
You could picture it as a gathering place or concert hall
for giants, with the rock table in the center as the stage
for performers or the podium for the speaker.

We asked our guides why it was called the Whispering Rocks; and they said, “Go down into it and we will show you.”
We asked our guides why it was called the Whispering Rocks, and they replied, “Go down there and we’ll show you.”
The great bowl was miles deep and miles wide. We scrambled down the rocks and they showed us how, even when you stood far, far apart from one another, you merely had to whisper in that great place and every one in the theatre could hear you. This was, the Doctor said, on account of the echoes which played backwards and forwards between the high walls of rock.
The massive bowl was miles deep and miles wide. We climbed down the rocks, and they demonstrated how, even when you were really far apart from each other, you only had to whisper in that huge space, and everyone in the theater could hear you. This, the Doctor explained, was because of the echoes bouncing back and forth between the tall rock walls.
Our guides told us that it was here, in days long gone by when the Popsipetels owned the whole of Spidermonkey Island, that the kings were crowned. The ivory chair upon the table was the throne in which they sat. And so great was the big theatre that all the Indians in the island were able to get seats in it to see the ceremony.
Our guides told us that it was here, in the distant past when the Popsipetels owned all of Spidermonkey Island, that the kings were crowned. The ivory chair on the table was the throne where they sat. The big theater was so large that all the island's natives could find seats to witness the ceremony.
They showed us also an enormous hanging stone
perched on the edge of a volcano’s crater—the[295]
[296]
highest summit in the whole island. Although it
was very far below us, we could see it quite plainly;
and it looked wobbly enough to be pushed off its
perch with the hand. There was a legend among
the people, they said, that when the greatest of all
Popsipetel kings should be crowned in the ivory
chair, this hanging stone would tumble into the
volcano’s mouth and go straight down to the centre
of the earth.
They also showed us a massive stone hanging on the edge of a volcano’s crater—the[295]
[296]highest peak on the whole island. Even though it was far below us, we could see it clearly; it looked shaky enough to be pushed off its spot with a hand. There was a legend among the locals that when the greatest of all Popsipetel kings was crowned in the ivory chair, this hanging stone would fall into the volcano's mouth and go straight down to the center of the earth.

The Doctor said he would like to go and examine it closer.
The Doctor said he wanted to go and take a closer look.
And when we were come to the lip of the volcano (it took us half a day to get up to it) we found the stone was unbelievably large—big as a cathedral. Underneath it we could look right down into a black hole which seemed to have no bottom. The Doctor explained to us that volcanoes sometimes spurted up fire from these holes in their tops; but that those on floating islands were always cold and dead.
And when we reached the edge of the volcano (it took us half a day to get there), we found the stone was unbelievably huge—about the size of a cathedral. Below it, we could see straight down into a black hole that seemed to have no bottom. The Doctor explained to us that volcanoes sometimes erupted fire from these holes at their tops, but those on floating islands were always cold and inactive.
“Stubbins,” he said, looking up at the great stone towering above us, “do you know what would most likely happen if that boulder should fall in?”
“Stubbins,” he said, looking up at the huge stone towering above us, “do you know what would probably happen if that boulder fell in?”
“No,” said I, “what?”
“No,” I said, “what?”
“You remember the air-chamber which the porpoises told us lies under the centre of the island?”
“You remember the air chamber that the porpoises said is under the center of the island?”
“Yes.”
"Yes."
“Well, this stone is heavy enough, if it fell into[297] the volcano, to break through into that air-chamber from above. And once it did, the air would escape and the floating island would float no more. It would sink.”
“Well, this stone is heavy enough that if it fell into[297] the volcano, it could break through into that air chamber above. Once it did, the air would escape and the floating island wouldn’t float anymore. It would sink.”
“But then everybody on it would be drowned, wouldn’t they?” said Bumpo.
“But then everyone on it would drown, wouldn’t they?” said Bumpo.
“Oh no, not necessarily. That would depend on the depth of the sea where the sinking took place. The island might touch bottom when it had only gone down, say, a hundred feet. But there would be lots of it still sticking up above the water then, wouldn’t there?”
“Oh no, not really. That would depend on how deep the sea is where the sinking happened. The island might reach the bottom if it had only gone down, let’s say, a hundred feet. But there would still be a lot of it sticking out above the water then, wouldn’t there?”
“Yes,” said Bumpo, “I suppose there would. Well, let us hope that the ponderous fragment does not lose its equilibriosity, for I don’t believe it would stop at the centre of the earth—more likely it would fall right through the world and come out the other side.”
“Yes,” said Bumpo, “I guess that makes sense. Well, let's hope that heavy piece doesn’t lose its balance, because I don't think it would stop at the center of the Earth—more likely it would just fall right through and come out on the other side.”
Many other wonders there were which these men showed us in the central regions of their island. But I have not time or space to tell you of them now.
Many other wonders these men showed us in the central areas of their island. But I don’t have the time or space to tell you about them now.
Descending towards the shore again, we noticed that we were still being watched, even here among the highlands, by the Bag-jagderags who had followed us. And when we put to sea once more a boatload of them proceeded to go ahead of us in the direction of Popsipetel. Having lighter[298] canoes, they traveled faster than our party; and we judged that they should reach the village—if that was where they were going—many hours before we could.
Descending toward the shore again, we noticed that we were still being watched, even here among the highlands, by the Bag-jagderags who had followed us. When we set out to sea once more, a boatload of them moved ahead in the direction of Popsipetel. With lighter canoes, they traveled faster than our group, and we figured they would reach the village—if that was indeed their destination—many hours before we could.
The Doctor was now becoming anxious to see how Long Arrow was getting on, so we all took turns at the paddles and went on traveling by moonlight through the whole night.
The Doctor was starting to worry about how Long Arrow was doing, so we all took turns at the paddles and traveled by moonlight all night long.
We reached Popsipetel just as the dawn was breaking.
We arrived at Popsipetel right as dawn was breaking.
To our great surprise we found that not only we, but the whole village also, had been up all night. A great crowd was gathered about the dead chief’s house. And as we landed our canoes upon the beach we saw a large number of old men, the seniors of the tribe, coming out at the main door.
To our surprise, we discovered that not only had we, but the entire village, also been awake all night. A large crowd had gathered around the dead chief’s house. As we pulled our canoes onto the beach, we saw a significant number of elderly men, the leaders of the tribe, exiting through the main door.
We inquired what was the meaning of all this; and were told that the election of a new chief had been going on all through the whole night. Bumpo asked the name of the new chief; but this, it seemed, had not yet been given out. It would be announced at mid-day.
We asked what all this meant; and were told that the election of a new chief had been happening all night long. Bumpo asked the name of the new chief; but it seemed that this had not been revealed yet. It would be announced at noon.
As soon as the Doctor had paid a visit to Long Arrow and seen that he was doing nicely, we proceeded to our own house at the far end of the village. Here we ate some breakfast and then lay down to take a good rest.
As soon as the Doctor visited Long Arrow and confirmed he was doing well, we headed to our own house at the far end of the village. There, we had some breakfast and then lay down for a good rest.
Rest, indeed, we needed; for life had been strenuous[299] and busy for us ever since we had landed on the island. And it wasn’t many minutes after our weary heads struck the pillows that the whole crew of us were sound asleep.
We really needed to rest; life had been tough[299] and hectic for us ever since we landed on the island. It wasn’t long after our tired heads hit the pillows that the entire crew was fast asleep.
THE NINTH CHAPTER
THE ELECTION
WE were awakened by music. The glaring noonday sunlight was streaming in at our door, outside of which some kind of a band appeared to be playing. We got up and looked out. Our house was surrounded by the whole population of Popsipetel. We were used to having quite a number of curious and admiring Indians waiting at our door at all hours; but this was quite different. The vast crowd was dressed in its best clothes. Bright beads, gawdy feathers and gay blankets gave cheerful color to the scene. Every one seemed in very good humor, singing or playing on musical instruments—mostly painted wooden whistles or drums made from skins.
We were woken up by music. The bright midday sunlight was pouring in through our door, where a band seemed to be playing outside. We got up and looked out. Our house was surrounded by the entire population of Popsipetel. We were used to seeing quite a few curious and admiring locals waiting at our door at all times, but this was something else. The enormous crowd was dressed in their best clothes. Colorful beads, flashy feathers, and vibrant blankets added a cheerful touch to the scene. Everyone appeared to be in a great mood, singing or playing musical instruments—mostly painted wooden whistles or drums made from animal skins.
We found Polynesia—who while we slept had arrived back from Bag-jagderag—sitting on our door-post watching the show. We asked her what all the holiday-making was about.
We found Polynesia—who had come back from Bag-jagderag while we were sleeping—sitting on our doorstep watching the festivities. We asked her what all the celebration was for.
“The result of the election has just been announced,” said she. “The name of the new chief was given out at noon.”
“The result of the election has just been announced,” she said. “They revealed the name of the new chief at noon.”
“And who is the new chief?” asked the Doctor.
“And who is the new chief?” asked the Doctor.
“You are,” said Polynesia quietly.
“You are,” Polynesia said softly.
“I!” gasped the Doctor—“Well, of all things!”
“I!” gasped the Doctor—“Well, who would have thought!”
“Yes,” said she. “You’re the one—And what’s more, they’ve changed your surname for you. They didn’t think that Dolittle was a proper or respectful name for a man who had done so much. So you are now to be known as Jong Thinkalot. How do you like it?”
“Yes,” she said. “You’re the one—And what’s more, they’ve changed your last name for you. They didn’t think that Dolittle was a proper or respectful name for a man who had done so much. So now you’re to be known as Jong Thinkalot. How do you like it?”
“But I don’t want to be a chief,” said the Doctor in an irritable voice.
“But I don’t want to be a chief,” said the Doctor in an annoyed tone.
“I’m afraid you’ll have hard work to get out of it now,” said she—“unless you’re willing to put to sea again in one of their rickety canoes. You see you’ve been elected not merely the Chief of the Popsipetels; you’re to be a king—the King of the whole of Spidermonkey Island. The Bag-jagderags, who were so anxious to have you govern them, sent spies and messengers ahead of you; and when they found that you had been elected Chief of the Popsipetels overnight they were bitterly disappointed. However, rather than lose you altogether, the Bag-jagderags were willing to give up their independence, and insisted that they and their lands be united to the Popsipetels in order that you could be made king of both. So now you’re in for it.”
“I’m afraid you’re going to have a tough time getting out of this now,” she said. “Unless you’re willing to set sail again in one of their shaky canoes. You see, you’ve been elected not just the Chief of the Popsipetels; you’re going to be a king—the King of all of Spidermonkey Island. The Bag-jagderags, who were really eager to have you lead them, sent spies and messengers ahead. When they found out you were named Chief of the Popsipetels overnight, they were seriously disappointed. But rather than lose you completely, the Bag-jagderags were willing to give up their independence and insisted that they and their lands be joined with the Popsipetels so that you could be made king of both. So now you’re stuck with it.”
“Oh Lord!” groaned the Doctor, “I do wish they wouldn’t be so enthusiastic! Bother it, I don’t want to be a king!”
“Oh Lord!” groaned the Doctor, “I really wish they wouldn’t be so enthusiastic! Come on, I don’t want to be a king!”
“I should think, Doctor,” said I, “you’d feel[302] rather proud and glad. I wish I had a chance to be a king.”
“I think, Doctor,” I said, “you’d feel[302] pretty proud and happy. I wish I had a chance to be a king.”
“Oh I know it sounds grand,” said he, pulling on his boots miserably. “But the trouble is, you can’t take up responsibilities and then just drop them again when you feel like it. I have my own work to do. Scarcely one moment have I had to give to natural history since I landed on this island. I’ve been doing some one else’s business all the time. And now they want me to go on doing it! Why, once I’m made King of the Popsipetels, that’s the end of me as a useful naturalist. I’d be too busy for anything. All I’d be then is just a er—er—just a king.”
“Oh, I know it sounds great,” he said, pulling on his boots dejectedly. “But the problem is, you can’t take on responsibilities and then just walk away when it suits you. I have my own work to do. I haven’t had a moment to focus on natural history since I arrived on this island. I’ve been handling someone else’s business the whole time. And now they want me to keep doing it! Once I become King of the Popsipetels, that’s it for me as a useful naturalist. I’d be too busy for anything. All I’d be then is just a, um—just a king.”
“Well, that’s something!” said Bumpo. “My father is a king and has a hundred and twenty wives.”
“Well, that’s something!” said Bumpo. “My dad is a king and has a hundred and twenty wives.”
“That would make it worse,” said the Doctor—“a hundred and twenty times worse. I have my work to do. I don’t want to be a king.”
“That would make it worse,” said the Doctor—“a hundred and twenty times worse. I have my work to do. I don’t want to be a king.”
“Look,” said Polynesia, “here come the head men to announce your election. Hurry up and get your boots laced.”
“Look,” said Polynesia, “here come the leaders to announce your election. Hurry up and get your boots on.”
The throng before our door had suddenly parted asunder, making a long lane; and down this we now saw a group of personages coming towards us. The man in front, a handsome old Indian with a wrinkled face, carried in his hands a wooden crown—a truly beautiful and gorgeous crown, even though[303] of wood. Wonderfully carved and painted, it had two lovely blue feathers springing from the front of it. Behind the old man came eight strong Indians bearing a litter, a sort of chair with long handles underneath to carry it by.
The crowd in front of our door suddenly split apart, creating a long pathway, and down this path, we saw a group of people approaching us. The man at the front, a handsome older Indian with a wrinkled face, held a wooden crown in his hands—a truly beautiful and stunning crown, even though it was made of wood. It was wonderfully carved and painted, with two lovely blue feathers sticking out from the front. Behind the old man, eight strong Indians followed, carrying a litter, a type of chair with long handles underneath for carrying it.
Kneeling down on one knee, bending his head almost to the ground, the old man addressed the Doctor who now stood in the doorway putting on his collar and tie.
Kneeling on one knee, lowering his head almost to the ground, the old man spoke to the Doctor who was now standing in the doorway, putting on his collar and tie.
“Oh, Mighty One,” said he, “we bring you word from the Popsipetel people. Great are your deeds beyond belief, kind is your heart and your wisdom, deeper than the sea. Our chief is dead. The people clamor for a worthy leader. Our old enemies, the Bag-jagderags are become, through you, our brothers and good friends. They too desire to bask beneath the sunshine of your smile. Behold then, I bring to you the Sacred Crown of Popsipetel which, since ancient days when this island and its peoples were one, beneath one monarch, has rested on no kingly brow. Oh Kindly One, we are bidden by the united voices of the peoples of this land to carry you to the Whispering Rocks, that there, with all respect and majesty, you may be crowned our king—King of all the Moving Land.”
“Oh, Mighty One,” he said, “we bring you news from the Popsipetel people. Your deeds are incredible, your heart is kind, and your wisdom runs deeper than the ocean. Our chief has died. The people are calling out for a worthy leader. Our former enemies, the Bag-jagderags, have become our brothers and good friends through you. They too wish to enjoy the warmth of your smile. Look, I bring you the Sacred Crown of Popsipetel, which has not rested on any king's head since ancient days when this island and its people were united under one monarch. Oh, Kindly One, the united voices of the people of this land ask us to take you to the Whispering Rocks, so that there, with all due respect and honor, you may be crowned our king—King of all the Moving Land.”
The good Indians did not seem to have even considered the possibility of John Dolittle’s refusing. As for the poor Doctor, I never saw him so upset[304] by anything. It was in fact the only time I have known him to get thoroughly fussed.
The good Indians didn’t even seem to think about the chance of John Dolittle refusing. As for the poor Doctor, I’ve never seen him so upset[304] about anything. It was actually the only time I’ve known him to get completely flustered.
“Oh dear!” I heard him murmur, looking around wildly for some escape. “What shall I do?—Did any of you see where I laid that stud of mine?—How on earth can I get this collar on without a stud? What a day this is, to be sure!—Maybe it rolled under the bed, Bumpo—I do think they might have given me a day or so to think it over in. Who ever heard of waking a man right out of his sleep, and telling him he’s got to be a king, before he has even washed his face? Can’t any of you find it? Maybe you’re standing on it, Bumpo. Move your feet.”
“Oh no!” I heard him mumble, looking around frantically for a way out. “What am I going to do? Did any of you see where I put my cufflink? How am I supposed to put on this collar without a cufflink? What a day this is, for sure! Maybe it rolled under the bed, Bumpo—I really think they could have given me a day or so to think it over. Who’s ever heard of waking a guy right out of his sleep and telling him he has to be a king before he’s even washed his face? Can’t any of you find it? Maybe you’re standing on it, Bumpo. Move your feet.”
“Oh don’t bother about your stud,” said Polynesia. “You will have to be crowned without a collar. They won’t know the difference.”
“Oh, don’t worry about your stud,” said Polynesia. “You’ll have to be crowned without a collar. They won’t notice the difference.”
“I tell you I’m not going to be crowned,” cried the Doctor—“not if I can help it. I’ll make them a speech. Perhaps that will satisfy them.”
“I’m telling you I’m not going to be crowned,” the Doctor shouted. “Not if I can help it. I’ll give them a speech. Maybe that will make them happy.”
He turned back to the Indians at the door.
He turned back to the Native Americans at the door.
“My friends,” he said, “I am not worthy of this great honor you would do me. Little or no skill have I in the arts of kingcraft. Assuredly among your own brave men you will find many better fitted to lead you. For this compliment, this confidence and trust, I thank you. But, I pray you, do not think of me for such high duties which I could not possibly fulfil.”
“My friends,” he said, “I don’t deserve this great honor you’re offering me. I have little to no skill in the ways of leadership. Certainly, among your own brave men, there are many who are better qualified to lead you. I appreciate this compliment, this confidence, and trust. But please, don’t consider me for such important duties that I wouldn’t be able to handle.”
The old man repeated his words to the people behind him in a louder voice. Stolidly they shook their heads, moving not an inch. The old man turned back to the Doctor.
The old man raised his voice and repeated his words to the people behind him. They shook their heads expressionlessly, not moving an inch. The old man turned back to the Doctor.
“You are the chosen one,” said he. “They will have none but you.”
“You're the chosen one,” he said. “They won't want anyone but you.”
Into the Doctor’s perplexed face suddenly there came a flash of hope.
Into the Doctor’s confused face suddenly came a flash of hope.
“I’ll go and see Long Arrow,” he whispered to me. “Perhaps he will know of some way to get me out of this.”
“I’ll go see Long Arrow,” he whispered to me. “Maybe he’ll know a way to help me get out of this.”
And asking the personages to excuse him a moment, he left them there, standing at his door, and hurried off in the direction of Long Arrow’s house. I followed him.
And asking the people to give him a moment, he left them standing at his door and quickly headed towards Long Arrow’s house. I followed him.
We found our big friend lying on a grass bed outside his home, where he had been moved that he might witness the holiday-making.
We found our big friend lying on a patch of grass outside his home, where he had been laid so he could enjoy the holiday festivities.
“Long Arrow,” said the Doctor speaking quickly in eagle tongue so that the bystanders should not overhear, “in dire peril I come to you for help. These men would make me their king. If such a thing befall me, all the great work I hoped to do must go undone, for who is there unfreer than a king? I pray you speak with them and persuade their kind well-meaning hearts that what they plan to do would be unwise.”
“Long Arrow,” the Doctor said quickly in eagle language so the bystanders wouldn’t hear, “I’m in serious danger and need your help. These men want to make me their king. If that happens, all the important work I wanted to do will go unfinished, because who is less free than a king? Please talk to them and convince their good hearts that what they’re planning is a bad idea.”
Long Arrow raised himself upon his elbow.
Long Arrow propped himself up on his elbow.
“Oh Kindly One,” said he (this seemed now to[306] have become the usual manner of address when speaking to the Doctor), “sorely it grieves me that the first wish you ask of me I should be unable to grant. Alas! I can do nothing. These people have so set their hearts on keeping you for king that if I tried to interfere they would drive me from their land and likely crown you in the end in any case. A king you must be, if only for a while. We must so arrange the business of governing that you may have time to give to Nature’s secrets. Later we may be able to hit upon some plan to relieve you of the burden of the crown. But for now you must be king. These people are a headstrong tribe and they will have their way. There is no other course.”
“Oh Kind One,” he said (this seemed to have become the usual way of addressing the Doctor), “it deeply saddens me that the first request you make of me is one I cannot fulfill. Unfortunately, I can do nothing. These people are so determined to have you as their king that if I tried to intervene, they would drive me from their land and probably crown you anyway. You must be a king, at least for a time. We need to manage the governing in such a way that you have time to explore Nature’s secrets. Later, we might come up with a plan to free you from the weight of the crown. But for now, you have to take on the role of king. These people are stubborn and will get their way. There’s no other option.”
Sadly the Doctor turned away from the bed and faced about. And there behind him stood the old man again, the crown still held in his wrinkled hands and the royal litter waiting at his elbow. With a deep reverence the bearers motioned towards the seat of the chair, inviting the white man to get in.
Sadly, the Doctor turned away from the bed and faced the other way. And there behind him stood the old man again, still holding the crown in his wrinkled hands, with the royal litter waiting beside him. With deep respect, the bearers gestured toward the seat of the chair, inviting the white man to get in.
Once more the poor Doctor looked wildly, hopelessly about him for some means of escape. For a moment I thought he was going to take to his heels and run for it. But the crowd around us was far too thick and densely packed for anyone to break through it. A band of whistles and drums near by suddenly started the music of a solemn processional march. He turned back pleadingly again to Long Arrow in a last appeal for help. But the big[307] Indian merely shook his head and pointed, like the bearers, to the waiting chair.
Once again, the poor Doctor looked around in a panic, desperate for a way out. For a moment, I thought he was going to take off running. But the crowd surrounding us was too thick and tightly packed for anyone to get through. Nearby, a group of whistles and drums suddenly started playing a solemn processional march. He turned back to Long Arrow, pleading for help one last time. But the large Indian simply shook his head and pointed, like the bearers, to the waiting chair.
At last, almost in tears, John Dolittle stepped slowly into the litter and sat down. As he was hoisted on to the broad shoulders of the bearers I heard him still feebly muttering beneath his breath,
At last, nearly in tears, John Dolittle slowly stepped into the litter and sat down. As he was lifted onto the broad shoulders of the bearers, I heard him still weakly mumbling under his breath,
“Botheration take it!—I don’t want to be a king!”
“Ugh!—I don’t want to be a king!”
“Farewell!” called Long Arrow from his bed, “and may good fortune ever stand within the shadow of your throne!”
“Goodbye!” shouted Long Arrow from his bed, “and may good luck always be by your side!”
“He comes!—He comes!” murmured the crowd. “Away! Away!—To the Whispering Rocks!”
“He's coming!—He's coming!” whispered the crowd. “Go! Go!—To the Whispering Rocks!”
And as the procession formed up to leave the village, the crowd about us began hurrying off in the direction of the mountains to make sure of good seats in the giant theatre where the crowning ceremony would take place.
And as the parade got ready to leave the village, the crowd around us started rushing toward the mountains to secure good seats in the massive theater where the crowning ceremony would happen.
THE TENTH CHAPTER
THE CORONATION OF KING JONG
IN my long lifetime I have seen many grand and inspiring things, but never anything that impressed me half as much as the sight of the Whispering Rocks as they looked on the day King Jong was crowned. As Bumpo, Chee-Chee, Polynesia, Jip and I finally reached the dizzy edge of the great bowl and looked down inside it, it was like gazing over a never-ending ocean of copper-colored faces; for every seat in the theatre was filled, every man, woman and child in the island—including Long Arrow who had been carried up on his sick bed—was there to see the show.
In my long life, I've seen many amazing and inspiring things, but nothing impressed me as much as the sight of the Whispering Rocks on the day King Jong was crowned. As Bumpo, Chee-Chee, Polynesia, Jip, and I finally reached the dizzy edge of the great bowl and looked down inside it, it felt like gazing over an endless ocean of copper-colored faces; every seat in the theater was filled, and every man, woman, and child on the island—including Long Arrow, who had been carried up on his sickbed—was there to see the show.
Yet not a sound, not a pin-drop, disturbed the solemn silence of the Whispering Rocks. It was quite creepy and sent chills running up and down your spine. Bumpo told me afterwards that it took his breath away too much for him to speak, but that he hadn’t known before that there were that many people in the world.
Yet not a sound, not a pin drop, disturbed the solemn silence of the Whispering Rocks. It was quite eerie and sent chills up and down your spine. Bumpo told me later that it took his breath away so much that he couldn't speak, but that he hadn't realized before that there were that many people in the world.
Away down by the Table of the Throne stood a brand-new, brightly colored totem-pole. All the Indian families had totem-poles and kept them set[309] up before the doors of their houses. The idea of a totem-pole is something like a door-plate or a visiting card. It represents in its carvings the deeds and qualities of the family to which it belongs. This one, beautifully decorated and much higher than any other, was the Dolittle or, as it was to be henceforth called, the Royal Thinkalot totem. It had nothing but animals on it, to signify the Doctor’s great knowledge of creatures. And the animals chosen to be shown were those which to the Indians were supposed to represent good qualities of character, such as, the deer for speed; the ox for perseverance; the fish for discretion, and so on. But at the top of the totem is always placed the sign or animal by which the family is most proud to be known. This, on the Thinkalot pole, was an enormous parrot, in memory of the famous Peace of the Parrots.
Down by the Table of the Throne stood a brand-new, brightly colored totem pole. All the Indian families had totem poles and displayed them in front of their houses. The idea of a totem pole is somewhat like a doorplate or a business card. It represents, through its carvings, the deeds and qualities of the family it belongs to. This one, beautifully decorated and taller than any other, was the Dolittle or, as it would be known from now on, the Royal Thinkalot totem. It featured only animals to highlight the Doctor’s extensive knowledge of creatures. The animals chosen were those that the Indians believed represented good character traits, such as the deer for speed, the ox for perseverance, the fish for discretion, and so on. However, at the top of the totem is always placed the symbol or animal that the family is most proud of. This, on the Thinkalot pole, was a huge parrot, in honor of the famous Peace of the Parrots.
The Ivory Throne had been all polished with scented oil and it glistened whitely in the strong sunlight. At the foot of it there had been strewn great quantities of branches of flowering trees, which with the new warmth of milder climates were now blossoming in the valleys of the island.
The Ivory Throne was polished with scented oil and shone brightly in the strong sunlight. At its base, there were large amounts of branches from flowering trees, which were now blooming in the island's valleys thanks to the new warmth of milder climates.
Soon we saw the royal litter, with the Doctor seated in it, slowly ascending the winding steps of the Table. Reaching the flat top at last, it halted and the Doctor stepped out upon the flowery carpet. So still and perfect was the silence that even at that[310] distance above I distinctly heard a twig snap beneath his tread.
Soon we saw the royal litter, with the Doctor seated in it, slowly making its way up the winding steps of the Table. When it finally reached the flat top, it stopped, and the Doctor stepped out onto the flowery carpet. The silence was so still and perfect that even from that[310] distance, I could clearly hear a twig snap under his foot.
Walking to the throne accompanied by the old man, the Doctor got up upon the stand and sat down. How tiny his little round figure looked when seen from that tremendous height! The throne had been made for longer-legged kings; and when he was seated, his feet did not reach the ground but dangled six inches from the top step.
Walking to the throne with the old man, the Doctor got up on the platform and sat down. His little round figure looked so small from that great height! The throne was made for taller kings, and when he sat down, his feet didn't touch the ground but hung six inches above the top step.
Then the old man turned round and looking up at the people began to speak in a quiet even voice; but every word he said was easily heard in the furthest corner of the Whispering Rocks.
Then the old man turned around and, looking up at the people, began to speak in a calm, steady voice; but every word he said was easily heard in the farthest corner of the Whispering Rocks.
First he recited the names of all the great Popsipetel kings who in days long ago had been crowned in this ivory chair. He spoke of the greatness of the Popsipetel people, of their triumphs, of their hardships. Then waving his hand towards the Doctor he began recounting the things which this king-to-be had done. And I am bound to say that they easily outmatched the deeds of those who had gone before him.
First, he listed the names of all the great Popsipetel kings who had been crowned in this ivory chair long ago. He spoke about the greatness of the Popsipetel people, their victories, and their struggles. Then, waving his hand towards the Doctor, he started talking about the things this king-to-be had accomplished. I must say, his achievements easily surpassed those of his predecessors.
As soon as he started to speak of what the Doctor had achieved for the tribe, the people, still strictly silent, all began waving their right hands towards the throne. This gave to the vast theatre a very singular appearance: acres and acres of something moving—with never a sound.
As soon as he began talking about what the Doctor had done for the tribe, the people, still completely silent, all started waving their right hands toward the throne. This created a very unique scene in the vast theater: acres and acres of movement—without a single sound.
At last the old man finished his speech and stepping[311] up to the chair, very respectfully removed the Doctor’s battered high hat. He was about to put it upon the ground; but the Doctor took it from him hastily and kept it on his lap. Then taking up the Sacred Crown he placed it upon John Dolittle’s head. It did not fit very well (for it had been made for smaller-headed kings), and when the wind blew in freshly from the sunlit sea the Doctor had some difficulty in keeping it on. But it looked very splendid.
At last, the old man finished his speech and stepped[311] up to the chair, respectfully taking the Doctor’s worn-out high hat. He was about to put it on the ground, but the Doctor quickly grabbed it and kept it on his lap. Then, picking up the Sacred Crown, he placed it on John Dolittle’s head. It didn’t fit very well (since it was made for kings with smaller heads), and when the wind blew in freshly from the sunlit sea, the Doctor struggled to keep it on. But it looked really impressive.
Turning once more to the people, the old man said,
Turning once again to the crowd, the old man said,
“Men of Popsipetel, behold your elected king!—Are you content?”
“People of Popsipetel, here is your chosen king!—Are you happy?”
And then at last the voice of the people broke loose.
And finally, the voice of the people was unleashed.
“Jong! Jong!” they shouted, “Long Live King Jong!”
“Jong! Jong!” they shouted, “Long live King Jong!”
The sound burst upon the solemn silence with the crash of a hundred cannon. There, where even a whisper carried miles, the shock of it was like a blow in the face. Back and forth the mountains threw it to one another. I thought the echoes of it would never die away as it passed rumbling through the whole island, jangling among the lower valleys, booming in the distant sea-caves.
The sound erupted into the stillness like the blast of a hundred cannons. In a place where even a whisper traveled great distances, the impact felt like a punch to the face. The mountains bounced it back and forth between themselves. I thought the echoes would never fade as it rumbled across the entire island, clanging through the lower valleys and booming in the far-off sea caves.
Suddenly I saw the old man point upward, to the highest mountain in the island; and looking over my shoulder, I was just in time to see the Hanging[312] Stone topple slowly out of sight—down into the heart of the volcano.
Suddenly, I saw the old man point up to the highest mountain on the island, and turning my head just in time, I saw the Hanging[312] Stone slowly disappear from view, falling into the heart of the volcano.
“See ye, Men of the Moving Land!” the old man cried: “The stone has fallen and our legend has come true: the King of Kings is crowned this day!”
“Look, People of the Moving Land!” the old man shouted: “The stone has fallen, and our legend has come true: the King of Kings is crowned today!”
The Doctor too had seen the stone fall and he was now standing up looking at the sea expectantly.
The Doctor had also seen the stone fall and was now standing up, looking at the sea with anticipation.
“He’s thinking of the air-chamber,” said Bumpo in my ear. “Let us hope that the sea isn’t very deep in these parts.”
“He’s thinking about the air-chamber,” Bumpo said in my ear. “Let’s hope the sea isn’t too deep around here.”
After a full minute (so long did it take the stone to fall that depth) we heard a muffled, distant, crunching thud—and then immediately after, a great hissing of escaping air. The Doctor, his face tense with anxiety, sat down in the throne again still watching the blue water of the ocean with staring eyes.
After a whole minute (that’s how long it took the stone to fall that distance), we heard a quiet, distant, crunching thud—and right after that, a loud hissing sound of air escaping. The Doctor, his face tight with worry, sat back down in the throne, still staring at the blue water of the ocean with wide eyes.
Soon we felt the island slowly sinking beneath us. We saw the sea creep inland over the beaches as the shores went down—one foot, three feet, ten feet, twenty, fifty, a hundred. And then, thank goodness, gently as a butterfly alighting on a rose, it stopped! Spidermonkey Island had come to rest on the sandy bottom of the Atlantic, and earth was joined to earth once more.
Soon we felt the island slowly sinking beneath us. We saw the sea creep inland over the beaches as the shores went down—one foot, three feet, ten feet, twenty, fifty, a hundred. And then, thank goodness, gently like a butterfly landing on a rose, it stopped! Spidermonkey Island had come to rest on the sandy bottom of the Atlantic, and land was joined to land once more.
Of course many of the houses near the shores were now under water. Popsipetel Village itself had entirely disappeared. But it didn’t matter. No one was drowned; for every soul in the island[313] was high up in the hills watching the coronation of King Jong.
Of course, many of the houses near the shore were now underwater. Popsipetel Village had completely vanished. But it didn’t matter. No one drowned; every person on the island[313] was up in the hills watching the coronation of King Jong.
The Indians themselves did not realize at the time what was taking place, though of course they had felt the land sinking beneath them. The Doctor told us afterwards that it must have been the shock of that tremendous shout, coming from a million throats at once, which had toppled the Hanging Stone off its perch. But in Popsipetel history the story was handed down (and it is firmly believed to this day) that when King Jong sat upon the throne, so great was his mighty weight, that the very island itself sank down to do him honor and never moved again.
The Indigenous people didn't realize what was happening at the time, even though they could feel the land sinking beneath them. The Doctor later explained that it was probably the shock of that massive roar, coming from a million voices all at once, that caused the Hanging Stone to fall from its spot. But in Popsipetel history, the story has been passed down (and it is still strongly believed today) that when King Jong sat on the throne, his enormous weight was so great that the island itself sank down to honor him and never recovered.

PART SIX
THE FIRST CHAPTER
NEW POPSIPETEL
JONG THINKALOT had not ruled over his new kingdom for more than a couple of days before my notions about kings and the kind of lives they led changed very considerably. I had thought that all that kings had to do was to sit on a throne and have people bow down before them several times a day. I now saw that a king can be the hardest-working man in the world—if he attends properly to his business.
JONG THINKALOT had only ruled over his new kingdom for a couple of days when my ideas about kings and the lives they led changed a lot. I used to think that all kings had to do was sit on a throne and have people bow down to them several times a day. I now realized that a king can be the hardest-working person in the world—if he takes his responsibilities seriously.
From the moment that he got up, early in the morning, till the time he went to bed, late at night—seven days in the week—John Dolittle was busy, busy, busy. First of all there was the new town to be built. The village of Popsipetel had disappeared: the City of New Popsipetel must be made. With great care a place was chosen for it—and a very beautiful position it was, at the mouth of a large river. The shores of the island at this point formed a lovely wide bay where canoes—and ships too, if they should ever come—could lie peacefully at anchor without danger from storms.
From the moment he woke up early in the morning until he went to bed late at night—seven days a week—John Dolittle was busy, busy, busy. First, there was the new town to build. The village of Popsipetel had vanished: the City of New Popsipetel needed to be created. They carefully chose a site for it—and it was a stunning location, at the mouth of a large river. The island's shores at this spot formed a beautiful wide bay where canoes—and ships too, if they ever arrived—could rest peacefully at anchor without the risk of storms.
In building this town the Doctor gave the Indians[315] a lot of new ideas. He showed them what town-sewers were, and how garbage should be collected each day and burnt. High up in the hills he made a large lake by damming a stream. This was the water-supply for the town. None of these things had the Indians ever seen; and many of the sicknesses which they had suffered from before were now entirely prevented by proper drainage and pure drinking-water.
In creating this town, the Doctor introduced the Indians[315] to many new concepts. He showed them what city sewers were and how garbage should be collected every day and burned. High in the hills, he built a large lake by damming a stream, which became the town's water supply. The Indians had never seen anything like this before, and many of the illnesses they had suffered from in the past were now completely avoided thanks to proper drainage and clean drinking water.
Peoples who don’t use fire do not of course have metals either; because without fire it is almost impossible to shape iron and steel. One of the first things that John Dolittle did was to search the mountains till he found iron and copper mines. Then he set to work to teach the Indians how these metals could be melted and made into knives and plows and water-pipes and all manner of things.
People who don’t use fire obviously don’t have metals either; because without fire it's nearly impossible to shape iron and steel. One of the first things that John Dolittle did was search the mountains until he found iron and copper mines. Then he got to work teaching the Indians how to melt these metals and make knives, plows, water pipes, and all sorts of things.
In his kingdom the Doctor tried his hardest to do away with most of the old-fashioned pomp and grandeur of a royal court. As he said to Bumpo and me, if he must be a king he meant to be a thoroughly democratic one, that is a king who is chummy and friendly with his subjects and doesn’t put on airs. And when he drew up the plans for the City of New Popsipetel he had no palace shown of any kind. A little cottage in a back street was all that he had provided for himself.
In his kingdom, the Doctor worked hard to get rid of much of the old-fashioned pomp and grandeur of a royal court. As he told Bumpo and me, if he had to be a king, he wanted to be a completely democratic one—a king who is friendly and approachable with his subjects and doesn’t act superior. And when he created the plans for the City of New Popsipetel, he didn’t include any kind of palace. He only provided for himself a small cottage on a side street.
But this the Indians would not permit on any account. They had been used to having their kings[316] rule in a truly grand and kingly manner; and they insisted that he have built for himself the most magnificent palace ever seen. In all else they let him have his own way absolutely; but they wouldn’t allow him to wriggle out of any of the ceremony or show that goes with being a king. A thousand servants he had to keep in his palace, night and day, to wait on him. The Royal Canoe had to be kept up—a gorgeous, polished mahogany boat, seventy feet long, inlaid with mother-o’-pearl and paddled by the hundred strongest men in the island. The palace-gardens covered a square mile and employed a hundred and sixty gardeners.
But the Indians wouldn't allow this under any circumstances. They were used to their kings ruling in a truly grand and royal way; and they insisted that he build the most magnificent palace ever seen. In every other aspect, they let him have his way completely; but they wouldn’t let him skip any of the ceremonies or displays that come with being a king. He had to have a thousand servants in his palace, day and night, to serve him. The Royal Canoe had to be maintained—a beautiful, polished mahogany boat, seventy feet long, inlaid with mother-of-pearl and paddled by the hundred strongest men on the island. The palace gardens covered a square mile and employed one hundred sixty gardeners.
Even in his dress the poor man was compelled always to be grand and elegant and uncomfortable. The beloved and battered high hat was put away in a closet and only looked at secretly. State robes had to be worn on all occasions. And when the Doctor did once in a while manage to sneak off for a short, natural-history expedition he never dared to wear his old clothes, but had to chase his butterflies with a crown upon his head and a scarlet cloak flying behind him in the wind.
Even in his clothing, the poor man always had to appear grand, elegant, and uncomfortable. The beloved, worn high hat was stored away in a closet, only to be looked at in secret. Formal robes were required on all occasions. And whenever the Doctor occasionally managed to sneak off for a brief natural-history outing, he never dared to wear his old clothes; he had to chase butterflies with a crown on his head and a scarlet cloak billowing behind him in the wind.
There was no end to the kinds of duties the Doctor
had to perform and the questions he had to
decide upon—everything, from settling disputes
about lands and boundaries, to making peace between
husband and wife who had been throwing
shoes at one another. In the east wing of the[317]
[318]
Royal Palace was the Hall of Justice. And here
King Jong sat every morning from nine to eleven
passing judgment on all cases that were brought before
him.
There was no shortage of duties the Doctor had to handle and decisions he had to make—everything from resolving disputes over land and boundaries to making peace between a husband and wife who had been throwing shoes at each other. In the east wing of the[317]
[318] Royal Palace was the Hall of Justice. Here, King Jong sat every morning from nine to eleven, making judgments on all the cases brought before him.

Then in the afternoon he taught school. The sort of things he taught were not always those you find in ordinary schools. Grown-ups as well as children came to learn. You see, these Indians were ignorant of many of the things that quite small white children know—though it is also true that they knew a lot that white grown-ups never dreamed of.
Then in the afternoon, he taught school. The subjects he covered weren't always the typical ones you'd find in regular schools. Both adults and kids showed up to learn. You see, these Indians weren't aware of many things that even little white children know—though it's also true that they were knowledgeable about a lot of things that white adults would never even think of.
Bumpo and I helped with the teaching as far as we could—simple arithmetic, and easy things like that. But the classes in astronomy, farming science, the proper care of babies, with a host of other subjects, the Doctor had to teach himself. The Indians were tremendously keen about the schooling and they came in droves and crowds; so that even with the open-air classes (a school-house was impossible of course) the Doctor had to take them in relays and batches of five or six thousand at a time and used a big megaphone or trumpet to make himself heard.
Bumpo and I helped with the teaching as much as we could—basic math and easy things like that. But for classes in astronomy, agricultural science, proper baby care, and a bunch of other subjects, the Doctor had to teach those himself. The locals were really eager about education and showed up in large numbers; so even with the open-air classes (a schoolhouse was obviously out of the question), the Doctor had to manage them in groups of five or six thousand at a time and used a big megaphone or horn to make himself heard.
The rest of his day was more than filled with road-making, building water-mills, attending the sick and a million other things.
The rest of his day was packed with making roads, building water mills, caring for the sick, and a million other tasks.
In spite of his being so unwilling to become a[319] king, John Dolittle made a very good one—once he got started. He may not have been as dignified as many kings in history who were always running off to war and getting themselves into romantic situations; but since I have grown up and seen something of foreign lands and governments I have often thought that Popsipetel under the reign of Jong Thinkalot was perhaps the best ruled state in the history of the world.
Despite his reluctance to become a[319] king, John Dolittle ended up being a really good one—once he got going. He might not have been as dignified as many kings throughout history who were always off to war and caught up in romantic escapades; however, now that I've grown up and experienced some foreign lands and governments, I often think that Popsipetel under King Jong Thinkalot was possibly the best governed state in history.
The Doctor’s birthday came round after we had been on the island six months and a half. The people made a great public holiday of it and there was much feasting, dancing, fireworks, speechmaking and jollification.
The Doctor's birthday arrived after we had been on the island for six and a half months. The locals turned it into a major public celebration with lots of feasting, dancing, fireworks, speeches, and fun.
Towards the close of the day the chief men of the two tribes formed a procession and passed through the streets of the town, carrying a very gorgeously painted tablet of ebony wood, ten feet high. This was a picture-history, such as they preserved for each of the ancient kings of Popsipetel to record their deeds.
As the day came to an end, the leaders of the two tribes formed a procession and walked through the town's streets, carrying a beautifully painted ebony wood tablet that stood ten feet tall. This was a picture-history, like those they kept for each of the ancient kings of Popsipetel to document their achievements.
With great and solemn ceremony it was set up over the door of the new palace: and everybody then clustered round to look at it. It had six pictures on it commemorating the six great events in the life of King Jong and beneath were written the verses that explained them. They were composed by the Court Poet; and this is a translation:
With a grand and serious ceremony, it was put up over the door of the new palace, and everyone gathered around to see it. It featured six images celebrating the six significant events in the life of King Jong, with verses below that explained them. These were written by the Court Poet, and here is a translation:
THE SECOND CHAPTER
THOUGHTS OF HOME
IN the Royal Palace Bumpo and I had a beautiful suite of rooms of our very own—which Polynesia, Jip and Chee-Chee shared with us. Officially Bumpo was Minister of the Interior; while I was First Lord of the Treasury. Long Arrow also had quarters there; but at present he was absent, traveling abroad.
IN the Royal Palace, Bumpo and I had a beautiful suite of rooms that we could call our own, which Polynesia, Jip, and Chee-Chee shared with us. Officially, Bumpo was the Minister of the Interior, while I was the First Lord of the Treasury. Long Arrow also had his own quarters there, but he was currently away, traveling abroad.
One night after supper when the Doctor was away in the town somewhere visiting a new-born baby, we were all sitting round the big table in Bumpo’s reception-room. This we did every evening, to talk over the plans for the following day and various affairs of state. It was a kind of Cabinet Meeting.
One night after dinner when the Doctor was out in town visiting a newborn baby, we were all sitting around the big table in Bumpo’s reception room. We did this every evening to discuss plans for the next day and different state matters. It was like a Cabinet Meeting.
To-night however we were talking about England—and also about things to eat. We had got a little tired of Indian food. You see, none of the natives knew how to cook; and we had the most discouraging time training a chef for the Royal Kitchen. Most of them were champions at spoiling good food. Often we got so hungry that the Doctor would sneak downstairs with us into the palace basement, after all the cooks were safe in bed, and fry pancakes secretly over the dying embers of the fire. The[323] Doctor himself was the finest cook that ever lived. But he used to make a terrible mess of the kitchen; and of course we had to be awfully careful that we didn’t get caught.
Tonight, however, we were talking about England—and also about food. We had gotten a little tired of Indian cuisine. You see, none of the locals knew how to cook, and we had a really frustrating time trying to train a chef for the Royal Kitchen. Most of them were experts at ruining good food. Often, we got so hungry that the Doctor would sneak downstairs with us into the palace basement, after all the cooks were safely in bed, and secretly fry pancakes over the dying embers of the fire. The[323] Doctor himself was the best cook ever. But he would make a terrible mess in the kitchen; and of course, we had to be extremely careful not to get caught.
Well, as I was saying, to-night food was the subject of discussion at the Cabinet Meeting; and I had just been reminding Bumpo of the nice dishes we had had at the bed-maker’s house in Monteverde.
Well, as I was saying, tonight food was the topic of conversation at the Cabinet Meeting; and I had just been reminding Bumpo of the great dishes we had at the bed-maker’s house in Monteverde.
“I tell you what I would like now,” said Bumpo: “a large cup of cocoa with whipped cream on the top of it. In Oxford we used to be able to get the most wonderful cocoa. It is really too bad they haven’t any cocoa-trees in this island, or cows to give cream.”
“I’ll tell you what I want right now,” said Bumpo: “a big cup of cocoa with whipped cream on top. Back in Oxford, we used to get the most amazing cocoa. It’s really a shame they don’t have any cocoa trees on this island, or cows for cream.”
“When do you suppose,” asked Jip, “the Doctor intends to move on from here?”
“When do you think,” asked Jip, “the Doctor plans to move on from here?”
“I was talking to him about that only yesterday,” said Polynesia. “But I couldn’t get any satisfactory answer out of him. He didn’t seem to want to speak about it.”
“I was talking to him about that just yesterday,” said Polynesia. “But I couldn’t get a satisfactory answer from him. He didn’t seem to want to talk about it.”
There was a pause in the conversation.
There was a pause in the conversation.
“Do you know what I believe?” she added presently. “I believe the Doctor has given up even thinking of going home.”
“Do you know what I think?” she added after a moment. “I think the Doctor has stopped even considering going home.”
“Good Lord!” cried Bumpo. “You don’t say!”
“Wow!” exclaimed Bumpo. “You can’t be serious!”
“Sh!” said Polynesia. “What’s that noise?”
“Sh!” said Polynesia. “What’s that sound?”
We listened; and away off in the distant corridors of the palace we heard the sentries crying,
We listened, and far away in the distant hallways of the palace, we heard the guards calling out,
“The King!—Make way!—The King!”
"Make way for the King!"
“It’s he—at last,” whispered Polynesia—“late, as usual. Poor man, how he does work!—Chee-Chee, get the pipe and tobacco out of the cupboard and lay the dressing-gown ready on his chair.”
“It’s him—finally,” whispered Polynesia—“late, as always. Poor guy, he works so hard!—Chee-Chee, get the pipe and tobacco from the cupboard and set the dressing gown out on his chair.”
When the Doctor came into the room he looked serious and thoughtful. Wearily he took off his crown and hung it on a peg behind the door. Then he exchanged the royal cloak for the dressing-gown, dropped into his chair at the head of the table with a deep sigh and started to fill his pipe.
When the Doctor entered the room, he looked serious and contemplative. Tired, he removed his crown and hung it on a peg behind the door. Then, he swapped his royal cloak for a dressing gown, sank into his chair at the head of the table with a heavy sigh, and began to fill his pipe.
“Well,” asked Polynesia quietly, “how did you find the baby?”
“Well,” asked Polynesia softly, “how did you find the baby?”
“The baby?” he murmured—his thoughts still seemed to be very far away—“Ah yes. The baby was much better, thank you—It has cut its second tooth.”
"The baby?" he said quietly—his mind still felt distant—"Oh right. The baby is doing much better, thanks—It just cut its second tooth."
Then he was silent again, staring dreamily at the ceiling through a cloud of tobacco-smoke; while we all sat round quite still, waiting.
Then he fell silent again, staring dreamily at the ceiling through a cloud of tobacco smoke, while we all sat around quietly, waiting.
“We were wondering, Doctor,” said I at last,—“just before you came in—when you would be starting home again. We will have been on this island seven months to-morrow.”
“We were wondering, Doctor,” I said finally, “just before you came in—when you’ll be heading home again. We’ll have been on this island for seven months tomorrow.”
The Doctor sat forward in his chair looking rather uncomfortable.
The Doctor leaned forward in his chair, appearing quite uneasy.
“Well, as a matter of fact,” said he after a moment, “I meant to speak to you myself this evening on that very subject. But it’s—er—a little hard[325] to make any one exactly understand the situation. I am afraid that it would be impossible for me to leave the work I am now engaged on.... You remember, when they first insisted on making me king, I told you it was not easy to shake off responsibilities, once you had taken them up. These people have come to rely on me for a great number of things. We found them ignorant of much that white people enjoy. And we have, one might say, changed the current of their lives considerably. Now it is a very ticklish business, to change the lives of other people. And whether the changes we have made will be, in the end, for good or for bad, is our lookout.”
“Well, actually,” he said after a moment, “I intended to talk to you about that very subject this evening. But it’s, um, a bit tricky to get anyone to fully grasp the situation. I’m afraid it would be impossible for me to step away from the work I’m currently doing... You remember when they first insisted on making me king, I told you it’s not easy to shake off responsibilities once you’ve taken them on. These people have come to depend on me for a lot of things. We found them lacking in many of the benefits that white people enjoy. And we have, you could say, significantly changed the course of their lives. Now, changing other people’s lives is a delicate matter. And whether the changes we've made will ultimately be for better or worse is for us to consider.”
He thought a moment—then went on in a quieter, sadder voice:
He paused for a moment—then continued in a softer, more sorrowful tone:
“I would like to continue my voyages and my natural history work; and I would like to go back to Puddleby—as much as any of you. This is March, and the crocuses will be showing in the lawn.... But that which I feared has come true: I cannot close my eyes to what might happen if I should leave these people and run away. They would probably go back to their old habits and customs: wars, superstitions, devil-worship and what not; and many of the new things we have taught them might be put to improper use and make their condition, then, worse by far than that in which we found them.[326]... They like me; they trust me; they have come to look to me for help in all their problems and troubles. And no man wants to do unfair things to them who trust him.... And then again, I like them. They are, as it were, my children—I never had any children of my own—and I am terribly interested in how they will grow up. Don’t you see what I mean?—How can I possibly run away and leave them in the lurch?... No. I have thought it over a good deal and tried to decide what was best. And I am afraid that the work I took up when I assumed the crown I must stick to. I’m afraid—I’ve got to stay.”
“I want to keep going on my journeys and continue my natural history work; I want to return to Puddleby as much as any of you. It’s March, and the crocuses will be blooming in the lawn.... But my fears have come true: I can’t ignore what might happen if I leave these people and run away. They would likely revert to their old ways and customs: wars, superstitions, devil-worship, and so on; and many of the new things we have taught them might be misused, making their situation even worse than when we found them.[326]... They like me; they trust me; they look to me for help with all their problems and troubles. No one wants to betray those who trust him.... And on top of that, I like them. They’re like my children—I never had any kids of my own—and I’m really interested in how they will grow up. Don’t you get what I mean?—How can I possibly run away and leave them behind?... No. I’ve thought this through a lot and tried to figure out what’s best. I’m afraid that the work I took on when I accepted the crown is something I have to commit to. I’m afraid—I have to stay.”
“For good—for your whole life?” asked Bumpo in a low voice.
“For good—for your whole life?” Bumpo asked quietly.
For some moments the Doctor, frowning, made no answer.
For a moment, the Doctor frowned and didn’t respond.
“I don’t know,” he said at last—“Anyhow for the present there is certainly no hope of my leaving. It wouldn’t be right.”
"I don't know," he finally said. "Anyway, for now, there's definitely no hope of me leaving. It wouldn't be right."
The sad silence that followed was broken finally by a knock upon the door.
The quiet sadness that came after was finally interrupted by a knock on the door.
With a patient sigh the Doctor got up and put on his crown and cloak again.
With a weary sigh, the Doctor got up and put on his crown and cloak again.
“Come in,” he called, sitting down in his chair once more.
“Come in,” he called, sitting back down in his chair.
The door opened and a footman—one of the hundred and forty-three who were always on night duty—stood bowing in the entrance.
The door opened and a footman—one of the hundred and forty-three who were always on night duty—stood bowing at the entrance.
“Oh, Kindly One,” said he, “there is a traveler at the palace-gate who would have speech with Your Majesty.”
“Oh, Kind One,” he said, “there's a traveler at the palace gate who wants to speak with Your Majesty.”
“Another baby’s been born, I’ll bet a shilling,” muttered Polynesia.
“Another baby’s been born, I’m betting a shilling,” muttered Polynesia.
“Did you ask the traveler’s name?” enquired the Doctor.
“Did you ask the traveler's name?” the Doctor asked.
“Yes, Your Majesty,” said the footman. “It is Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow.”
“Yes, Your Majesty,” said the footman. “It’s Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow.”
THE THIRD CHAPTER
THE RED MAN’S SCIENCE
“LONG ARROW!” cried the Doctor. “How splendid! Show him in—show him in at once.”
“LONG ARROW!” shouted the Doctor. “That’s fantastic! Bring him in—bring him in right away.”
“I’m so glad,” he continued, turning to us as soon as the footman had gone. “I’ve missed Long Arrow terribly. He’s an awfully good man to have around—even if he doesn’t talk much. Let me see: it’s five months now since he went off to Brazil. I’m so glad he’s back safe. He does take such tremendous chances with that canoe of his—clever as he is. It’s no joke, crossing a hundred miles of open sea in a twelve-foot canoe. I wouldn’t care to try it.”
“I’m really glad,” he continued, turning to us as soon as the footman left. “I’ve missed Long Arrow a lot. He’s such a great guy to have around—even if he doesn’t say much. Let me think: it’s been five months since he went to Brazil. I’m so happy he’s back safe. He really takes huge risks with that canoe of his—smart as he is. It’s no joke crossing a hundred miles of open sea in a twelve-foot canoe. I wouldn’t want to try it.”
Another knock; and when the door swung open in answer to the Doctor’s call, there stood our big friend on the threshold, a smile upon his strong, bronzed face. Behind him appeared two porters carrying loads done up in Indian palm-matting. These, when the first salutations were over, Long Arrow ordered to lay their burdens down.
Another knock; and when the door opened in response to the Doctor’s call, our big friend stood on the threshold, a smile on his strong, tanned face. Behind him were two porters carrying loads wrapped in Indian palm mats. After the initial greetings, Long Arrow instructed them to set down their burdens.
“Behold, oh Kindly One,” said he, “I bring you, as I promised, my collection of plants which I had[329] hidden in a cave in the Andes. These treasures represent the labors of my life.”
“Look, oh Kind One,” he said, “I bring you, as I promised, my collection of plants that I had[329] hidden in a cave in the Andes. These treasures represent the hard work of my life.”
The packages were opened; and inside were many smaller packages and bundles. Carefully they were laid out in rows upon the table.
The packages were opened, and inside were many smaller packages and bundles. They were carefully arranged in rows on the table.
It appeared at first a large but disappointing display. There were plants, flowers, fruits, leaves, roots, nuts, beans, honeys, gums, bark, seeds, bees and a few kinds of insects.
It looked like a big but underwhelming display at first. There were plants, flowers, fruits, leaves, roots, nuts, beans, honeys, gums, bark, seeds, bees, and a few types of insects.
The study of plants—or botany, as it is called—was a kind of natural history which had never interested me very much. I had considered it, compared with the study of animals, a dull science. But as Long Arrow began taking up the various things in his collection and explaining their qualities to us, I became more and more fascinated. And before he had done I was completely absorbed by the wonders of the Vegetable Kingdom which he had brought so far.
The study of plants—known as botany—was a type of natural history that had never really interested me. I thought it was pretty boring compared to studying animals. But as Long Arrow started showing us the different items in his collection and explaining their features, I became increasingly intrigued. By the time he finished, I was totally captivated by the wonders of the plant kingdom he had brought with him.
“These,” said he, taking up a little packet of big seeds, “are what I have called laughing-beans.’”
“These,” he said, picking up a small packet of big seeds, “are what I call laughing beans.”
“What are they for?” asked Bumpo.
“What are they for?” Bumpo asked.
“To cause mirth,” said the Indian.
“To make people laugh,” said the Indian.
Bumpo, while Long Arrow’s back was turned, took three of the beans and swallowed them.
Bumpo, while Long Arrow wasn't looking, grabbed three of the beans and swallowed them.
“Alas!” said the Indian when he discovered what Bumpo had done. “If he wished to try the powers of these seeds he should have eaten no more than a[330] quarter of a one. Let us hope that he does not die of laughter.”
“Wow!” said the Indian when he found out what Bumpo had done. “If he wanted to test the effects of these seeds, he should have eaten no more than a[330] quarter of one. Let’s hope he doesn’t die from laughing.”
The beans’ effect upon Bumpo was most extraordinary. First he broke into a broad smile; then he began to giggle; finally he burst into such prolonged roars of hearty laughter that we had to carry him into the next room and put him to bed. The Doctor said afterwards that he probably would have died laughing if he had not had such a strong constitution. All through the night he gurgled happily in his sleep. And even when we woke him up the next morning he rolled out of bed still chuckling.
The beans’ effect on Bumpo was truly amazing. First, he broke into a big smile; then he started to giggle; finally, he erupted into such loud, long laughter that we had to carry him into the next room and put him to bed. The Doctor said afterward that he probably would have died laughing if he hadn’t had such a strong constitution. All through the night, he gurgled happily in his sleep. And even when we woke him up the next morning, he rolled out of bed still chuckling.
Returning to the Reception Room, we were shown some red roots which Long Arrow told us had the property, when made into a soup with sugar and salt, of causing people to dance with extraordinary speed and endurance. He asked us to try them; but we refused, thanking him. After Bumpo’s exhibition we were a little afraid of any more experiments for the present.
Returning to the Reception Room, we were shown some red roots that Long Arrow told us had the ability, when made into a soup with sugar and salt, to make people dance with incredible speed and stamina. He asked us to try them, but we declined, thanking him. After Bumpo’s performance, we were a bit wary of any more experiments for the time being.
There was no end to the curious and useful things that Long Arrow had collected: an oil from a vine which would make hair grow in one night; an orange as big as a pumpkin which he had raised in his own mountain-garden in Peru; a black honey (he had brought the bees that made it too and the seeds of the flowers they fed on) which would put you to sleep, just with a teaspoonful, and make you wake[331] up fresh in the morning; a nut that made the voice beautiful for singing; a water-weed that stopped cuts from bleeding; a moss that cured snake-bite; a lichen that prevented sea-sickness.
There was no limit to the interesting and useful things that Long Arrow had gathered: an oil from a vine that made hair grow overnight; an orange as big as a pumpkin that he had grown in his own mountain garden in Peru; a black honey (he had brought the bees that produced it along with the seeds of the flowers they fed on) that would make you drowsy with just a teaspoonful and help you wake up refreshed in the morning; a nut that enhanced your singing voice; a water plant that stopped cuts from bleeding; a moss that treated snake bites; a lichen that prevented seasickness.
The Doctor of course was tremendously interested. Well into the early hours of the morning he was busy going over the articles on the table one by one, listing their names and writing their properties and descriptions into a note-book as Long Arrow dictated.
The Doctor was really intrigued. Well into the early morning, he was occupied with reviewing the articles on the table one by one, noting their names and writing down their properties and descriptions in a notebook as Long Arrow dictated.
“There are things here, Stubbins,” he said as he ended, “which in the hands of skilled druggists will make a vast difference to the medicine and chemistry of the world. I suspect that this sleeping-honey by itself will take the place of half the bad drugs we have had to use so far. Long Arrow has discovered a pharmacopæia of his own. Miranda was right: he is a great naturalist. His name deserves to be placed beside Linnæus. Some day I must get all these things to England—But when,” he added sadly—“Yes, that’s the problem: when?”
“There are things here, Stubbins,” he said as he finished, “that in the hands of skilled pharmacists will make a huge impact on medicine and chemistry around the world. I believe this sleeping honey alone will replace half the bad drugs we've had to use so far. Long Arrow has created his own pharmacopoeia. Miranda was right: he is an amazing naturalist. His name deserves to be alongside Linnæus. One day I need to get all these things to England—But when,” he added sadly, “Yes, that’s the issue: when?”
THE FOURTH CHAPTER
THE SEA-SERPENT
FOR a long time after that Cabinet Meeting of which I have just told you we did not ask the Doctor anything further about going home. Life in Spidermonkey Island went forward, month in month out, busily and pleasantly. The Winter, with Christmas celebrations, came and went, and Summer was with us once again before we knew it.
FOR a long time after that Cabinet Meeting I just told you about, we didn’t ask the Doctor anything else about going home. Life on Spidermonkey Island continued, month after month, busy and enjoyable. Winter, with its Christmas celebrations, came and went, and before we knew it, Summer was back again.
As time passed the Doctor became more and more taken up with the care of his big family; and the hours he could spare for his natural history work grew fewer and fewer. I knew that he often still thought of his house and garden in Puddleby and of his old plans and ambitions; because once in a while we would notice his face grow thoughtful and a little sad, when something reminded him of England or his old life. But he never spoke of these things. And I truly believe he would have spent the remainder of his days on Spidermonkey Island if it hadn’t been for an accident—and for Polynesia.
As time went on, the Doctor became more and more focused on taking care of his large family, and the hours he could dedicate to his natural history work got fewer and fewer. I knew he still often thought about his house and garden in Puddleby, as well as his old plans and dreams, because every now and then we would see his face become pensive and a bit sad when something triggered a memory of England or his former life. But he never talked about these feelings. I genuinely believe he would have spent the rest of his days on Spidermonkey Island if it hadn't been for an accident—and for Polynesia.
The old parrot had grown very tired of the Indians and she made no secret of it.
The old parrot had become really tired of the Indians, and she didn’t hide it at all.
“The very idea,” she said to me one day as we[333] were walking on the seashore—“the idea of the famous John Dolittle spending his valuable life waiting on these greasy natives!—Why, it’s preposterous!”
“The very idea,” she said to me one day as we[333] were walking on the beach—“the thought of the famous John Dolittle wasting his precious life catering to these greasy locals!—Seriously, it’s ridiculous!”
All that morning we had been watching the Doctor superintend the building of the new theatre in Popsipetel—there was already an opera-house and a concert-hall; and finally she had got so grouchy and annoyed at the sight that I had suggested her taking a walk with me.
All that morning we had been watching the Doctor oversee the construction of the new theater in Popsipetel—there was already an opera house and a concert hall; and finally, she got so cranky and annoyed by what she saw that I suggested she take a walk with me.
“Do you really think,” I asked as we sat down on the sands, “that he will never go back to Puddleby again?”
“Do you really think,” I asked as we sat down on the sand, “that he will never go back to Puddleby again?”
“I don’t know,” said she. “At one time I felt sure that the thought of the pets he had left behind at the house would take him home soon. But since Miranda brought him word last August that everything was all right there, that hope’s gone. For months and months I’ve been racking my brains to think up a plan. If we could only hit upon something that would turn his thoughts back to natural history again—I mean something big enough to get him really excited—we might manage it. But how?”—she shrugged her shoulders in disgust—“How?—when all he thinks of now is paving streets and teaching papooses that twice one are two!”
“I don’t know,” she said. “At one point, I was sure that the thought of the pets he left behind at the house would bring him back home soon. But ever since Miranda told him last August that everything is fine there, that hope's gone. For months, I’ve been trying to come up with a plan. If we could just find something that would spark his interest in natural history again—I mean something big enough to really get him excited—we might be able to do it. But how?”—she shrugged her shoulders in frustration—“How?—when all he thinks about now is paving streets and teaching kids that twice one is two!”
It was a perfect Popsipetel day, bright and hot, blue and yellow. Drowsily I looked out to sea[334] thinking of my mother and father. I wondered if they were getting anxious over my long absence. Beside me old Polynesia went on grumbling away in low steady tones; and her words began to mingle and mix with the gentle lapping of the waves upon the shore. It may have been the even murmur of her voice, helped by the soft and balmy air, that lulled me to sleep. I don’t know. Anyhow I presently dreamed that the island had moved again—not floatingly as before, but suddenly, jerkily, as though something enormously powerful had heaved it up from its bed just once and let it down.
It was a perfect Popsipetel day, sunny and warm, blue and yellow. Sleepily, I gazed out at the sea[334], thinking about my mom and dad. I wondered if they were starting to worry about my long absence. Next to me, old Polynesia kept grumbling in a low, steady tone, and her words started to blend with the gentle sound of the waves lapping at the shore. Maybe it was the soothing murmur of her voice, combined with the soft, warm breeze, that made me drift off to sleep. I’m not sure. Anyway, I soon dreamed that the island had shifted again—not gently like before, but suddenly and jerkily, as if something incredibly powerful had lifted it up from its resting place and then let it back down.
How long I slept after that I have no idea. I was awakened by a gentle pecking on the nose.
How long I slept after that, I have no idea. I was woke up by a gentle peck on the nose.
“Tommy!—Tommy!” (it was Polynesia’s voice) “Wake up!—Gosh, what a boy, to sleep through an earthquake and never notice it!—Tommy, listen: here’s our chance now. Wake up, for goodness’ sake!”
“Tommy!—Tommy!” (it was Polynesia’s voice) “Wake up!—Wow, what a kid, to sleep through an earthquake and not even realize it!—Tommy, listen: here’s our chance now. Wake up, for goodness’ sake!”
“What’s the matter?” I asked sitting up with a yawn.
“What's wrong?” I asked, sitting up with a yawn.
“Sh!—Look!” whispered Polynesia pointing out to sea.
“Shh!—Look!” whispered Polynesia, pointing out to sea.
Still only half awake, I stared before me with bleary, sleep-laden eyes. And in the shallow water, not more than thirty yards from shore I saw an enormous pale pink shell. Dome-shaped, it towered up in a graceful rainbow curve to a tremendous height; and round its base the surf broke gently in[335] little waves of white. It could have belonged to the wildest dream.
Still only half awake, I stared ahead with bleary, tired eyes. In the shallow water, no more than thirty yards from shore, I saw a huge pale pink shell. Dome-shaped, it rose gracefully in a beautiful curve to an impressive height, and around its base, the surf gently broke in[335] small waves of white. It could have come from the wildest dream.
“What in the world is it?” I asked.
"What the heck is that?" I asked.
“That,” whispered Polynesia, “is what sailors for hundreds of years have called the Sea-serpent. I’ve seen it myself more than once from the decks of ships, at long range, curving in and out of the water. But now that I see it close and still, I very strongly suspect that the Sea-serpent of history is no other than the Great Glass Sea-snail that the fidgit told us of. If that isn’t the only fish of its kind in the seven seas, call me a carrion-crow—Tommy, we’re in luck. Our job is to get the Doctor down here to look at that prize specimen before it moves off to the Deep Hole. If we can, then trust me, we may leave this blessed island yet. You stay here and keep an eye on it while I go after the Doctor. Don’t move or speak—don’t even breathe heavy: he might get scared—awful timid things, snails. Just watch him; and I’ll be back in two shakes.”
“That,” whispered Polynesia, “is what sailors for hundreds of years have called the Sea-serpent. I’ve seen it myself more than once from the decks of ships, at a distance, curving in and out of the water. But now that I see it up close and still, I really suspect that the Sea-serpent from history is actually the Great Glass Sea-snail that the fidgit told us about. If that isn’t the only one of its kind in the seven seas, call me a carrion-crow—Tommy, we’re in luck. Our job is to get the Doctor down here to check out that prize specimen before it swims off to the Deep Hole. If we can do that, then trust me, we might just leave this blessed island yet. You stay here and keep an eye on it while I go after the Doctor. Don’t move or talk—don’t even breathe heavily: it might get scared—snails are really timid. Just watch it; I’ll be back in a flash.”
Stealthily creeping up the sands till she could get behind the cover of some bushes before she took to her wings, Polynesia went off in the direction of the town; while I remained alone upon the shore fascinatedly watching this unbelievable monster wallowing in the shallow sea.
Stealthily creeping up the sand until she could hide behind some bushes before taking to the air, Polynesia flew off toward the town, while I stayed alone on the shore, fascinatedly watching this incredible creature rolling around in the shallow water.
It moved very little. From time to time it lifted its head out of the water showing its enormously[336] long neck and horns. Occasionally it would try and draw itself up, the way a snail does when he goes to move, but almost at once it would sink down again as if exhausted. It seemed to me to act as though it were hurt underneath; but the lower part of it, which was below the level of the water, I could not see.
It hardly moved. Occasionally, it would lift its head out of the water, revealing its incredibly long neck and horns. Sometimes it would attempt to raise itself up like a snail does when it's about to crawl, but almost immediately it would sink back down as if it were tired. It seemed to behave as if it were injured underneath, but I couldn't see the lower part of it since it was submerged.
I was still absorbed in watching the great beast when Polynesia returned with the Doctor. They approached so silently and so cautiously that I neither saw nor heard them coming till I found them crouching beside me on the sand.
I was still focused on watching the huge animal when Polynesia came back with the Doctor. They approached so quietly and carefully that I didn’t see or hear them until I noticed them crouching next to me on the sand.
One sight of the snail changed the Doctor completely. His eyes just sparkled with delight. I had not seen him so thrilled and happy since the time we caught the Jabizri beetle when we first landed on the island.
One look at the snail transformed the Doctor completely. His eyes lit up with joy. I hadn't seen him so excited and happy since we caught the Jabizri beetle when we first arrived on the island.
“It is he!” he whispered—“the Great Glass Sea-snail himself—not a doubt of it. Polynesia, go down the shore away and see if you can find any of the porpoises for me. Perhaps they can tell us what the snail is doing here—It’s very unusual for him to be in shallow water like this. And Stubbins, you go over to the harbor and bring me a small canoe. But be most careful how you paddle it round into this bay. If the snail should take fright and go out into the deeper water, we may never get a chance to see him again.”
“It’s him!” he whispered. “The Great Glass Sea-snail himself—no doubt about it. Polynesia, go down the shore and see if you can find any porpoises for me. Maybe they can tell us what the snail is doing here. It’s really unusual for him to be in shallow water like this. And Stubbins, you go over to the harbor and bring me a small canoe. But be very careful how you paddle it into this bay. If the snail gets scared and swims out into deeper water, we might never get a chance to see him again.”
“And don’t tell any of the Indians,” Polynesia[337] added in a whisper as I moved to go. “We must keep this a secret or we’ll have a crowd of sightseers round here in five minutes. It’s mighty lucky we found the snail in a quiet bay.”
“And don’t tell any of the Indians,” Polynesia[337] added quietly as I was about to leave. “We need to keep this a secret or we’ll have a bunch of onlookers here in no time. It’s really lucky we found the snail in a calm bay.”
Reaching the harbor, I picked out a small light canoe from among the number that were lying there and without telling any one what I wanted it for, got in and started off to paddle it down the shore.
Reaching the harbor, I spotted a small light canoe among the many that were lying there and without telling anyone what I needed it for, got in and started paddling it down the shore.
I was mortally afraid that the snail might have left before I got back. And you can imagine how delighted I was, when I rounded a rocky cape and came in sight of the bay, to find he was still there.
I was really scared that the snail might have left before I got back. And you can imagine how happy I was when I turned a rocky corner and saw the bay, only to find he was still there.
Polynesia, I saw, had got her errand done and returned ahead of me, bringing with her a pair of porpoises. These were already conversing in low tones with John Dolittle. I beached the canoe and went up to listen.
Polynesia, I noticed, had finished her task and returned before me, bringing along a couple of porpoises. They were already chatting quietly with John Dolittle. I pulled the canoe ashore and approached to listen.
“What I want to know,” the Doctor was saying, “is how the snail comes to be here. I was given to understand that he usually stayed in the Deep Hole; and that when he did come to the surface it was always in mid-ocean.”
“What I want to know,” the Doctor was saying, “is how the snail ended up here. I was told that he usually stayed in the Deep Hole, and that when he did come to the surface, it was always in the middle of the ocean.”
“Oh, didn’t you know?—Haven’t you heard?” the porpoises replied: “you covered up the Deep Hole when you sank the island. Why yes: you let it down right on top of the mouth of the Hole—sort of put the lid on, as it were. The fishes that were in it at the time have been trying to get out ever since. The Great Snail had the worst luck of all: the[338] island nipped him by the tail just as he was leaving the Hole for a quiet evening stroll. And he was held there for six months trying to wriggle himself free. Finally he had to heave the whole island up at one end to get his tail loose. Didn’t you feel a sort of an earthquake shock about an hour ago?”
“Oh, didn’t you know? Haven’t you heard?” the porpoises replied. “You covered up the Deep Hole when you sank the island. Yep, you dropped it right on top of the Hole—kind of put a lid on it, you could say. The fish that were in it at the time have been trying to escape ever since. The Great Snail had the worst luck of all: the[338] island snatched him by the tail just as he was leaving the Hole for a quiet evening stroll. He was stuck there for six months trying to wiggle free. In the end, he had to lift the whole island up at one end to get his tail loose. Didn’t you feel a bit of an earthquake shock about an hour ago?”
“Yes I did,” said the Doctor, “it shook down part of the theatre I was building.”
“Yes, I did,” said the Doctor, “it collapsed part of the theater I was building.”
“Well, that was the snail heaving up the island to get out of the Hole,” they said. “All the other fishes saw their chance and escaped when he raised the lid. It was lucky for them he’s so big and strong. But the strain of that terrific heave told on him: he sprained a muscle in his tail and it started swelling rather badly. He wanted some quiet place to rest up; and seeing this soft beach handy he crawled in here.”
“Well, that was the snail lifting the island to get out of the Hole,” they said. “All the other fish saw their chance and escaped when he raised the lid. It was lucky for them he’s so big and strong. But the effort from that massive lift took a toll on him: he pulled a muscle in his tail and it started swelling quite a bit. He wanted a quiet place to rest; and seeing this soft beach nearby, he crawled in here.”
“Dear me!” said the Doctor. “I’m terribly sorry. I suppose I should have given some sort of notice that the island was going to be let down. But, to tell the truth, we didn’t know it ourselves; it happened by a kind of an accident. Do you imagine the poor fellow is hurt very badly?”
“Wow!” said the Doctor. “I’m really sorry. I guess I should have given some sort of warning that the island was going to sink. But, honestly, we didn’t know it ourselves; it happened by accident. Do you think the poor guy is hurt badly?”
“We’re not sure,” said the porpoises; “because none of us can speak his language. But we swam right around him on our way in here, and he did not seem to be really seriously injured.”
“We’re not sure,” said the porpoises; “because none of us can understand his language. But we swam all around him on our way in here, and he didn’t seem to be seriously injured.”
“Can’t any of your people speak shellfish?” the Doctor asked.
“Can’t any of your people speak shellfish?” the Doctor asked.
“Not a word,” said they. “It’s a most frightfully difficult language.”
“Not a word,” they said. “It’s a really tough language.”
“Do you think that you might be able to find me some kind of a fish that could?”
“Do you think you could find me a fish that could?”
“We don’t know,” said the porpoises. “We might try.”
“We don’t know,” said the porpoises. “We might give it a shot.”
“I should be extremely grateful to you if you would,” said the Doctor. “There are many important questions I want to ask this snail—And besides, I would like to do my best to cure his tail for him. It’s the least I can do. After all, it was my fault, indirectly, that he got hurt.”
“I would really appreciate it if you could,” said the Doctor. “There are a lot of important questions I want to ask this snail—And besides, I’d like to do my best to help heal his tail. It’s the least I can do. After all, it was indirectly my fault that he got hurt.”
“Well, if you wait here,” said the porpoises, “we’ll see what can be done.”
“Well, if you wait here,” said the porpoises, “we’ll see what we can do.”
THE FIFTH CHAPTER
THE SHELLFISH RIDDLE SOLVED AT LAST
SO Doctor Dolittle with a crown on his head sat down upon the shore like King Knut, and waited. And for a whole hour the porpoises kept going and coming, bringing up different kinds of sea-beasts from the deep to see if they could help him.
SO Doctor Dolittle, wearing a crown, sat on the shore like King Knut and waited. For an entire hour, the porpoises swam back and forth, bringing different kinds of sea creatures from the depths to see if they could assist him.
Many and curious were the creatures they produced. It would seem however that there were very few things that spoke shellfish except the shellfish themselves. Still, the porpoises grew a little more hopeful when they discovered a very old sea-urchin (a funny, ball-like, little fellow with long whiskers all over him) who said he could not speak pure shellfish, but he used to understand starfish—enough to get along—when he was young. This was coming nearer, even if it wasn’t anything to go crazy about. Leaving the urchin with us, the porpoises went off once more to hunt up a starfish.
Many strange and fascinating creatures they created. However, it seemed that very few beings could communicate in shellfish, except for the shellfish themselves. Still, the porpoises felt a bit more hopeful when they came across a very old sea urchin (a quirky, round little guy with long whiskers all over him) who said he couldn’t speak pure shellfish, but he used to understand starfish—enough to get by—when he was younger. This was getting closer, even if it wasn’t exactly exciting. Leaving the urchin with us, the porpoises went off again to find a starfish.
They were not long getting one, for they were quite common in those parts. Then, using the sea-urchin as an interpreter, they questioned the starfish. He was a rather stupid sort of creature; but he tried his best to be helpful. And after a[341] little patient examination we found to our delight that he could speak shellfish moderately well.
They didn’t take long to find one, since they were pretty common in the area. Then, using the sea urchin as a translator, they asked the starfish questions. He was a bit of a dull creature, but he did his best to help out. After a[341] bit of careful examination, we were delighted to discover that he could speak shellfish fairly well.
Feeling quite encouraged, the Doctor and I now got into the canoe; and, with the porpoises, the urchin and the starfish swimming alongside, we paddled very gently out till we were close under the towering shell of the Great Snail.
Feeling pretty motivated, the Doctor and I hopped into the canoe; and with the porpoises, the sea urchin, and the starfish swimming alongside, we paddled slowly out until we were right under the towering shell of the Great Snail.
And then began the most curious conversation I have ever witnessed. First the starfish would ask the snail something; and whatever answer the snail gave, the starfish would tell it to the sea-urchin, the urchin would tell it to the porpoises and the porpoises would tell it to the Doctor.
And then the most interesting conversation I’ve ever seen began. First, the starfish would ask the snail something; and no matter what answer the snail gave, the starfish would share it with the sea urchin, the urchin would tell the porpoises, and the porpoises would pass it on to the Doctor.
In this way we obtained considerable information, mostly about the very ancient history of the Animal Kingdom; but we missed a good many of the finer points in the snail’s longer speeches on account of the stupidity of the starfish and all this translating from one language to another.
In this way, we gathered a lot of information, mainly about the ancient history of the Animal Kingdom; however, we missed many of the subtle details in the snail’s longer speeches because of the starfish's ignorance and all the translating between languages.
While the snail was speaking, the Doctor and I put our ears against the wall of his shell and found that we could in this way hear the sound of his voice quite plainly. It was, as the fidgit had described, deep and bell-like. But of course we could not understand a single word he said. However the Doctor was by this time terrifically excited about getting near to learning the language he had sought so long. And presently by making the other fishes repeat over and over again short phrases which the[342] snail used, he began to put words together for himself. You see, he was already familiar with one or two fish languages; and that helped him quite a little. After he had practised for a while like this he leant over the side of the canoe and putting his face below the water, tried speaking to the snail direct.
While the snail was talking, the Doctor and I pressed our ears against the wall of his shell and discovered that we could hear his voice quite clearly this way. It was, as the fidgit had described, deep and ringing. But of course, we couldn't understand a single word he said. However, by this time, the Doctor was incredibly excited about finally getting close to learning the language he had pursued for so long. Eventually, by having the other fish repeat short phrases that the snail used over and over again, he started to piece words together for himself. You see, he was already familiar with one or two fish languages, which helped him a bit. After practicing like this for a while, he leaned over the side of the canoe and, putting his face underwater, tried speaking directly to the snail.
It was hard and difficult work; and hours went by before he got any results. But presently I could tell by the happy look on his face that little by little he was succeeding.
It was tough and challenging work, and hours passed before he saw any results. But soon I could tell by the smile on his face that he was gradually making progress.
The sun was low in the West and the cool evening breeze was beginning to rustle softly through the bamboo-groves when the Doctor finally turned from his work and said to me,
The sun was setting in the West, and a cool evening breeze was starting to softly rustle through the bamboo groves when the Doctor finally stopped his work and said to me,
“Stubbins, I have persuaded the snail to come in on to the dry part of the beach and let me examine his tail. Will you please go back to the town and tell the workmen to stop working on the theatre for to-day? Then go on to the palace and get my medicine-bag. I think I left it under the throne in the Audience Chamber.”
“Stubbins, I’ve convinced the snail to move onto the dry part of the beach so I can check out his tail. Can you go back to town and tell the workers to stop working on the theater for today? Then head to the palace and grab my medicine bag. I think I left it under the throne in the Audience Chamber.”
“And remember,” Polynesia whispered as I turned away, “not a word to a soul. If you get asked questions, keep your mouth shut. Pretend you have a toothache or something.”
“And remember,” Polynesia whispered as I turned away, “not a word to anyone. If you're asked questions, stay silent. Pretend you have a toothache or something.”
This time when I got back to the shore—with the medicine-bag—I found the snail high and dry on the beach. Seeing him in his full length like this, it was easy to understand how old-time, superstitious[343] sailors had called him the Sea-serpent. He certainly was a most gigantic, and in his way, a graceful, beautiful creature. John Dolittle was examining a swelling on his tail.
This time when I returned to the shore—with the medicine bag—I found the snail stranded on the beach. Seeing him fully extended like this, it was easy to understand how ancient, superstitious sailors had referred to him as the Sea Serpent. He was definitely a massive and, in his own way, a graceful and beautiful creature. John Dolittle was checking out a bump on his tail.
From the bag which I had brought the Doctor took a large bottle of embrocation and began rubbing the sprain. Next he took all the bandages he had in the bag and fastened them end to end. But even like that, they were not long enough to go more than halfway round the enormous tail. The Doctor insisted that he must get the swelling strapped tight somehow. So he sent me off to the palace once more to get all the sheets from the Royal Linen-closet. These Polynesia and I tore into bandages for him. And at last, after terrific exertions, we got the sprain strapped to his satisfaction.
From the bag I had brought, the Doctor took a large bottle of ointment and started rubbing the sprain. Then he took all the bandages he had in the bag and connected them end to end. But even like that, they weren't long enough to wrap around the huge tail more than halfway. The Doctor insisted he had to get the swelling wrapped tight somehow. So, he sent me back to the palace to get all the sheets from the Royal Linen closet. Polynesia and I tore them into bandages for him. Finally, after a lot of effort, we managed to strap the sprain to his satisfaction.
The snail really seemed to be quite pleased with the attention he had received; and he stretched himself in lazy comfort when the Doctor was done. In this position, when the shell on his back was empty, you could look right through it and see the palm-trees on the other side.
The snail appeared to be pretty happy with the attention he got, and he relaxed in lazy comfort once the Doctor finished. In this position, when the shell on his back was empty, you could see right through it and spot the palm trees on the other side.
“I think one of us had better sit up with him all night,” said the Doctor. “We might put Bumpo on that duty; he’s been napping all day, I know—in the summer-house. It’s a pretty bad sprain, that; and if the snail shouldn’t be able to sleep, he’ll be happier with some one with him for company. He’ll get all right though—in a few days I should judge.[344] If I wasn’t so confoundedly busy I’d sit up with him myself. I wish I could, because I still have a lot of things to talk over with him.”
“I think one of us should stay up with him all night,” said the Doctor. “We could have Bumpo take that shift; he’s been napping all day, I know—in the summer house. It’s a pretty bad sprain, and if the snail can’t sleep, he’ll feel better with someone there for company. He’ll be okay though—in a few days, I’d guess.[344] If I weren’t so incredibly busy, I’d stay up with him myself. I wish I could, because I still have a lot of things to go over with him.”
“But Doctor,” said Polynesia as we prepared to go back to the town, “you ought to take a holiday. All Kings take holidays once in the while—every one of them. King Charles, for instance—of course Charles was before your time—but he!—why, he was always holiday-making. Not that he was ever what you would call a model king. But just the same, he was frightfully popular. Everybody liked him—even the golden-carp in the fish-pond at Hampton Court. As a king, the only thing I had against him was his inventing those stupid, little, snappy dogs they call King Charles Spaniels. There are lots of stories told about poor Charles; but that, in my opinion, is the worst thing he did. However, all this is beside the point. As I was saying, kings have to take holidays the same as anybody else. And you haven’t taken one since you were crowned, have you now?”
“But Doctor,” said Polynesia as we got ready to head back to town, “you really should take a break. All kings take vacations once in a while—every single one of them. Take King Charles, for example—of course, he was before your time—but he!—well, he was always on holiday. Not that he was what you’d call a model king. But still, he was incredibly popular. Everyone liked him—even the goldfish in the pond at Hampton Court. As a king, the only issue I had with him was that he came up with those silly, little, yappy dogs they call King Charles Spaniels. There are plenty of stories about poor Charles; but in my opinion, that's the worst thing he did. Anyway, that’s not the point. As I was saying, kings need to take holidays just like anyone else. And you haven’t taken one since you were crowned, have you?”
“No,” said the Doctor, “I suppose that’s true.”
“No,” said the Doctor, “I guess that’s true.”
“Well now I tell you what you do,” said she: “as soon as you get back to the palace you publish a royal proclamation that you are going away for a week into the country for your health. And you’re going without any servants, you understand—just like a plain person. It’s called traveling incognito, when kings go off like that. They all do it—It’s[345] the only way they can ever have a good time. Then the week you’re away you can spend lolling on the beach back there with the snail. How’s that?”
“Well, here’s what you should do,” she said: “As soon as you get back to the palace, announce a royal proclamation that you’re heading out to the countryside for a week for your health. And you’re going without any servants, got it? Just like an ordinary person. It’s called traveling incognito when kings do that. They all do it—it’s[345] the only way they can really have a good time. Then during the week you’re gone, you can chill on the beach there with the snail. How’s that?”
“I’d like to,” said the Doctor. “It sounds most attractive. But there’s that new theatre to be built; none of our carpenters would know how to get those rafters on without me to show them—And then there are the babies: these native mothers are so frightfully ignorant.”
“I’d like to,” said the Doctor. “It sounds really appealing. But there’s that new theater that needs to be built; none of our carpenters would know how to get those rafters up without me to guide them—And then there are the babies: these local mothers are so incredibly uninformed.”
“Oh bother the theatre—and the babies too,” snapped Polynesia. “The theatre can wait a week. And as for babies, they never have anything more than colic. How do you suppose babies got along before you came here, for heaven’s sake?—Take a holiday.... You need it.”
“Oh bother the theater—and the babies too,” snapped Polynesia. “The theater can wait a week. And as for babies, they only ever have colic. How do you think babies managed before you got here, for goodness’ sake?—Take a break.... You need it.”
THE SIXTH CHAPTER
THE LAST CABINET MEETING
FROM the way Polynesia talked, I guessed that this idea of a holiday was part of her plan.
FROM the way Polynesia spoke, I figured that this idea of a vacation was part of her plan.
The Doctor made no reply; and we walked on silently towards the town. I could see, nevertheless that her words had made an impression on him.
The Doctor didn’t respond, and we continued walking silently toward the town. I could tell, though, that her words had affected him.
After supper he disappeared from the palace without saying where he was going—a thing he had never done before. Of course we all knew where he had gone: back to the beach to sit up with the snail. We were sure of it because he had said nothing to Bumpo about attending to the matter.
After dinner, he left the palace without telling anyone where he was headed—something he had never done before. Naturally, we all knew where he went: back to the beach to keep the snail company. We were certain of it because he hadn't mentioned anything to Bumpo about taking care of it.
As soon as the doors were closed upon the Cabinet Meeting that night, Polynesia addressed the Ministry:
As soon as the doors were closed after the Cabinet Meeting that night, Polynesia spoke to the Ministry:
“Look here, you fellows,” said she: “we’ve simply got to get the Doctor to take this holiday somehow—unless we’re willing to stay in this blessed island for the rest of our lives.”
“Listen up, everyone,” she said. “We really have to convince the Doctor to take this holiday somehow—unless we’re okay with staying on this blessed island for the rest of our lives.”
“But what difference,” Bumpo asked, “is his taking a holiday going to make?”
“But what difference,” Bumpo asked, “is him taking a vacation going to make?”
Impatiently Polynesia turned upon the Minister of the Interior.
Impatiently, Polynesia turned to the Minister of the Interior.
“Don’t you see? If he has a clear week to get thoroughly interested in his natural history again—marine stuff, his dream of seeing the floor of the ocean and all that—there may be some chance of his consenting to leave this pesky place. But while he is here on duty as king he never gets a moment to think of anything outside of the business of government.”
“Don’t you see? If he has a full week to really dive back into his interest in natural history—marine stuff, his dream of seeing the ocean floor and all that—there might be a chance he would agree to leave this annoying place. But while he’s here as king, he never gets a moment to think about anything beyond the business of government.”
“Yes, that’s true. He’s far too consententious,” Bumpo agreed.
“Yes, that’s true. He’s way too obsessed with being right,” Bumpo agreed.
“And besides,” Polynesia went on, “his only hope of ever getting away from here would be to escape secretly. He’s got to leave while he is holiday-making, incognito—when no one knows where he is or what he’s doing, but us. If he built a ship big enough to cross the sea in, all the Indians would see it, and hear it, being built; and they’d ask what it was for. They would interfere. They’d sooner have anything happen than lose the Doctor. Why, I believe if they thought he had any idea of escaping they would put chains on him.”
“And besides,” Polynesia continued, “his only chance of ever getting away from here would be to escape quietly. He has to leave while he’s on vacation, undercover—when no one knows where he is or what he’s doing, except for us. If he built a ship big enough to cross the sea, all the locals would see it and hear it being built; and they’d ask what it was for. They would interfere. They’d rather anything happen than lose the Doctor. I honestly believe if they thought he had any intention of escaping, they would chain him up.”
“Yes, I really think they would,” I agreed. “Yet without a ship of some kind I don’t see how the Doctor is going to get away, even secretly.”
“Yes, I really think they would,” I agreed. “But without some sort of ship, I don’t see how the Doctor is going to get away, even quietly.”
“Well, I’ll tell you,” said Polynesia. “If we do succeed in making him take this holiday, our next step will be to get the sea-snail to promise to take us all in his shell and carry us to the mouth of Puddleby River. If we can once get the snail willing,[348] the temptation will be too much for John Dolittle and he’ll come, I know—especially as he’ll be able to take those new plants and drugs of Long Arrow’s to the English doctors, as well as see the floor of the ocean on the way.”
“Well, I’ll tell you,” said Polynesia. “If we manage to convince him to take this vacation, our next step will be to get the sea-snail to agree to take us all in his shell and transport us to the mouth of Puddleby River. Once we get the snail on board, the temptation will be too strong for John Dolittle, and I know he’ll come—especially since he’ll be able to bring those new plants and drugs from Long Arrow to the English doctors, as well as see the ocean floor along the way.”
“How thrilling!” I cried. “Do you mean the snail could take us under the sea all the way back to Puddleby?”
“How exciting!” I exclaimed. “Are you saying the snail could take us underwater all the way back to Puddleby?”
“Certainly,” said Polynesia, “a little trip like that is nothing to him. He would crawl along the floor of the ocean and the Doctor could see all the sights. Perfectly simple. Oh, John Dolittle will come all right, if we can only get him to take that holiday—and if the snail will consent to give us the ride.”
“Of course,” said Polynesia, “a little trip like that is nothing for him. He would crawl along the ocean floor and the Doctor could see all the sights. Totally simple. Oh, John Dolittle will definitely come, if we can just get him to take that vacation—and if the snail agrees to give us a ride.”
“Golly, I hope he does!” sighed Jip. “I’m sick of these beastly tropics—they make you feel so lazy and good-for-nothing. And there are no rats or anything here—not that a fellow would have the energy to chase ’em even if there were. My, wouldn’t I be glad to see old Puddleby and the garden again! And won’t Dab-Dab be glad to have us back!”
“Gosh, I really hope he does!” sighed Jip. “I’m so tired of these awful tropics—they make you feel so lazy and useless. And there are no rats or anything around—not that anyone would have the energy to chase them even if there were. Wow, I’d be so happy to see old Puddleby and the garden again! And Dab-Dab will be so happy to have us back!”
“By the end of next month,” said I, “it will be two whole years since we left England—since we pulled up the anchor at Kingsbridge and bumped our way out into the river.”
“By the end of next month,” I said, “it will be two full years since we left England—since we hoisted the anchor at Kingsbridge and made our way out into the river.”
“And got stuck on the mud-bank,” added Chee-Chee in a dreamy, far-away voice.
“And got stuck in the mud,” added Chee-Chee in a dreamy, far-off voice.
“Do you remember how all the people waved to us from the river-wall?” I asked.
“Do you remember how everyone waved to us from the river-wall?” I asked.
“Yes. And I suppose they’ve often talked about us in the town since,” said Jip—“wondering whether we’re dead or alive.”
“Yes. And I guess they’ve often talked about us in town since then,” said Jip—“wondering if we’re dead or alive.”
“Cease,” said Bumpo, “I feel I am about to weep from sediment.”
“Stop,” said Bumpo, “I feel like I'm about to cry from sadness.”
THE SEVENTH CHAPTER
THE DOCTOR’S DECISION
WELL, you can guess how glad we were when next morning the Doctor, after his all-night conversation with the snail, told us that he had made up his mind to take the holiday. A proclamation was published right away by the Town Crier that His Majesty was going into the country for a seven-day rest, but that during his absence the palace and the government offices would be kept open as usual.
WELL, you can imagine how happy we were when the next morning the Doctor, after his all-night talk with the snail, told us he had decided to take the holiday. The Town Crier immediately announced that His Majesty was heading to the countryside for a seven-day break, but that during his time away, the palace and government offices would remain open as usual.
Polynesia was immensely pleased. She at once set quietly to work making arrangements for our departure—taking good care the while that no one should get an inkling of where we were going, what we were taking with us, the hour of our leaving or which of the palace-gates we would go out by.
Polynesia was really happy. She immediately started making plans for our departure—carefully ensuring that no one found out where we were headed, what we were bringing, what time we were leaving, or which gate of the palace we would use.
Cunning old schemer that she was, she forgot nothing. And not even we, who were of the Doctor’s party, could imagine what reasons she had for some of her preparations. She took me inside and told me that the one thing I must remember to bring with me was all of the Doctor’s note-books. Long Arrow, who was the only Indian let into the secret of our destination, said he would like to come[351] with us as far as the beach to see the Great Snail; and him Polynesia told to be sure and bring his collection of plants. Bumpo she ordered to carry the Doctor’s high hat—carefully hidden under his coat. She sent off nearly all the footmen who were on night duty to do errands in the town, so that there should be as few servants as possible to see us leave. And midnight, the hour when most of the townspeople would be asleep, she finally chose for our departure.
Cunning old schemer that she was, she forgot nothing. Even we, who were part of the Doctor’s group, couldn’t guess the reasons behind some of her plans. She took me inside and told me that the one thing I had to remember to bring was all of the Doctor’s notebooks. Long Arrow, the only Indian who knew our destination, said he'd like to join us as far as the beach to see the Great Snail; and Polynesia told him to make sure to bring his collection of plants. She ordered Bumpo to carry the Doctor’s top hat—carefully hidden under his coat. She sent nearly all the footmen on night duty out to run errands in town so that there would be as few servants as possible to see us leave. And she finally chose midnight, when most of the townspeople would be asleep, for our departure.
We had to take a week’s food-supply with us for the royal holiday. So, with our other packages, we were heavy laden when on the stroke of twelve we opened the west door of the palace and stepped cautiously and quietly into the moonlit garden.
We had to bring a week's worth of food for the royal holiday. So, along with our other bags, we were weighed down when, right at midnight, we opened the west door of the palace and stepped carefully and quietly into the moonlit garden.
“Tiptoe incognito,” whispered Bumpo as we gently closed the heavy doors behind us.
“Tiptoe incognito,” whispered Bumpo as we quietly closed the heavy doors behind us.
No one had seen us leave.
Nobody saw us leave.
At the foot of the stone steps leading from the Peacock Terrace to the Sunken Rosary, something made me pause and look back at the magnificent palace which we had built in this strange, far-off land where no white men but ourselves had ever come. Somehow I felt it in my bones that we were leaving it to-night never to return again. And I wondered what other kings and ministers would dwell in its splendid halls when we were gone. The air was hot; and everything was deadly still but for the gentle splashing of the tame flamingoes paddling[352] in the lily-pond. Suddenly the twinkling lantern of a night watchman appeared round the corner of a cypress hedge. Polynesia plucked at my stocking and, in an impatient whisper, bade me hurry before our flight be discovered.
At the bottom of the stone steps leading from the Peacock Terrace to the Sunken Rosary, something made me stop and look back at the amazing palace we had built in this strange, distant land where no other white men had ever come. I somehow felt deep inside that we were leaving it tonight for good. I wondered who else would live in its beautiful halls once we were gone. The air was hot, and everything was incredibly still except for the gentle splashing of the tame flamingoes paddling[352] in the lily pond. Suddenly, the twinkling lantern of a night watchman appeared around the corner of a cypress hedge. Polynesia tugged at my stocking and, in an impatient whisper, urged me to hurry before our escape was discovered.
On our arrival at the beach we found the snail already feeling much better and now able to move his tail without pain.
On our arrival at the beach, we found the snail already feeling much better and now able to move its tail without pain.
The porpoises (who are by nature inquisitive creatures) were still hanging about in the offing to see if anything of interest was going to happen. Polynesia, the plotter, while the Doctor was occupied with his new patient, signaled to them and drew them aside for a little private chat.
The porpoises (who are naturally curious creatures) were still hanging around in the distance, waiting to see if anything interesting was going to happen. Polynesia, the schemer, signaled to them while the Doctor was busy with his new patient and pulled them aside for a little private chat.
“Now see here, my friends,” said she speaking
low: “you know how much John Dolittle has done
for the animals—given his whole life up to them,
one might say. Well, here is your chance to do
something for him. Listen: he got made king of
this island against his will, see? And now that he
has taken the job on, he feels that he can’t leave
it—thinks the Indians won’t be able to get along
without him and all that—which is nonsense, as you
and I very well know. All right. Then here’s the
point: if this snail were only willing to take him and
us—and a little baggage—not very much, thirty or
forty pieces, say—inside his shell and carry us to
England, we feel sure that the Doctor would go;
because he’s just crazy to mess about on the floor of[353]
[354]
the ocean. What’s more this would be his one and
only chance of escape from the island. Now it is
highly important that the Doctor return to his own
country to carry on his proper work which means
such a lot to the animals of the world. So what
we want you to do is to tell the sea-urchin to tell
the starfish to tell the snail to take us in his shell
and carry us to Puddleby River. Is that plain?”
“Listen up, everyone,” she said in a low voice. “You all know how much John Dolittle has done for the animals—he’s basically given his whole life to them. Well, here’s your chance to help him out. Here’s the deal: he became king of this island against his will, right? And now that he’s taken on the role, he feels stuck—he thinks the Indians won’t be able to manage without him, which is just ridiculous, as we all know. So here’s the thing: if this snail would just be willing to take him—and us—and a little bit of luggage—not much, maybe thirty or forty pieces—inside his shell and carry us to England, we’re sure the Doctor would go; he’s really eager to explore the ocean floor. What’s more, this would be his only chance to escape the island. It’s really important for the Doctor to return to his country to continue his vital work, which means so much to animals everywhere. So what we need you to do is tell the sea-urchin to tell the starfish to tell the snail to take us in his shell and carry us to Puddleby River. Clear enough?”

“Quite, quite,” said the porpoises. “And we will willingly do our very best to persuade him—for it is, as you say, a perfect shame for the great man to be wasting his time here when he is so much needed by the animals.”
“Absolutely,” said the porpoises. “And we will gladly do our best to convince him—because, as you mentioned, it’s such a shame for the great man to be wasting his time here when the animals need him so much.”
“And don’t let the Doctor know what you’re about,” said Polynesia as they started to move off. “He might balk if he thought we had any hand in it. Get the snail to offer on his own account to take us. See?”
“And don’t let the Doctor know what you’re up to,” said Polynesia as they started to walk away. “He might hesitate if he thought we were involved. Get the snail to volunteer on his own to take us. Got it?”
John Dolittle, unaware of anything save the work he was engaged on, was standing knee-deep in the shallow water, helping the snail try out his mended tail to see if it were well enough to travel on. Bumpo and Long Arrow, with Chee-Chee and Jip, were lolling at the foot of a palm a little way up the beach. Polynesia and I now went and joined them.
John Dolittle, focused only on his work, was standing knee-deep in the shallow water, helping the snail test out its repaired tail to see if it was good enough to travel. Bumpo and Long Arrow, along with Chee-Chee and Jip, were lounging at the base of a palm tree a short distance up the beach. Polynesia and I then went over to join them.
Half an hour passed.
30 minutes passed.
What success the porpoises had met with, we did not know, till suddenly the Doctor left the snail’s side and came splashing out to us, quite breathless.
What success the porpoises had encountered, we didn’t know, until suddenly the Doctor left the snail’s side and came splashing out to us, completely out of breath.
“What do you think?” he cried, “while I was talking to the snail just now he offered, of his own accord, to take us all back to England inside his shell. He says he has got to go on a voyage of discovery anyway, to hunt up a new home, now that the Deep Hole is closed. Said it wouldn’t be much out of his way to drop us at Puddleby River, if we cared to come along—Goodness, what a chance! I’d love to go. To examine the floor of the ocean all the way from Brazil to Europe! No man ever did it before. What a glorious trip!—Oh that I had never allowed myself to be made king! Now I must see the chance of a lifetime slip by.”
“What do you think?” he exclaimed. “While I was just talking to the snail, he offered, on his own, to take all of us back to England inside his shell. He mentioned he has to go on a voyage of discovery anyway to find a new home now that the Deep Hole is closed. He said it wouldn’t be much out of his way to drop us off at Puddleby River if we wanted to come along—Goodness, what an opportunity! I’d love to go. To explore the ocean floor all the way from Brazil to Europe! No one has ever done that before. What an incredible journey!—Oh, if only I hadn’t let myself be made king! Now I have to watch this once-in-a-lifetime chance slip away.”
He turned from us and moved down the sands again to the middle beach, gazing wistfully, longingly out at the snail. There was something peculiarly sad and forlorn about him as he stood there on the lonely, moonlit shore, the crown upon his head, his figure showing sharply black against the glittering sea behind.
He turned away from us and walked back down the sand to the middle beach, staring longingly at the snail. He looked particularly sad and alone as he stood there on the empty, moonlit shore, the crown on his head, his figure sharply outlined against the shimmering sea behind him.
Out of the darkness at my elbow Polynesia rose and quietly moved down to his side.
Out of the darkness beside me, Polynesia appeared and quietly moved to his side.
“Now Doctor,” said she in a soft persuasive voice as though she were talking to a wayward child, “you know this king business is not your real work in life. These natives will be able to get along without you—not so well as they do with you of course—but they’ll manage—the same as they did before you came. Nobody can say you haven’t[356] done your duty by them. It was their fault: they made you king. Why not accept the snail’s offer; and just drop everything now, and go? The work you’ll do, the information you’ll carry home, will be of far more value than what you’re doing here.”
“Now, Doctor,” she said in a soft, persuasive tone as if she were speaking to a rebellious child, “you know that this king thing isn’t your true calling in life. These people will manage without you—not as well as they do with you, of course—but they’ll get by, just like they did before you arrived. No one can say you haven’t[356] fulfilled your responsibilities to them. It was their decision: they made you king. So why not take the snail’s offer, and just walk away now? The work you’ll do, the insights you’ll bring back home, will be far more valuable than what you’re doing here.”
“Good friend,” said the Doctor turning to her sadly, “I cannot. They would go back to their old unsanitary ways: bad water, uncooked fish, no drainage, enteric fever and the rest.... No. I must think of their health, their welfare. I began life as a people’s doctor: I seem to have come back to it in the end. I cannot desert them. Later perhaps something will turn up. But I cannot leave them now.”
“Good friend,” the Doctor said, turning to her sadly, “I can’t. They would revert to their old unsanitary habits: bad water, raw fish, no drainage, enteric fever and everything else... No. I have to think about their health and wellbeing. I started out as a doctor for the people: it seems I’ve come back to that in the end. I can’t abandon them. Maybe later something will come up. But I can’t leave them right now.”
“That’s where you’re wrong, Doctor,” said she. “Now is when you should go. Nothing will ‘turn up.’ The longer you stay, the harder it will be to leave—Go now. Go to-night.”
“That's where you're mistaken, Doctor,” she said. “Now is the time you should leave. Nothing is going to happen. The longer you stay, the harder it will be to go—Leave now. Leave tonight.”
“What, steal away without even saying good-bye to them! Why, Polynesia, what a thing to suggest!”
“What, leave without even saying goodbye to them! Seriously, Polynesia, how could you suggest that!”
“A fat chance they would give you to say good-bye!” snorted Polynesia growing impatient at last. “I tell you, Doctor, if you go back to that palace tonight, for goodbys or anything else, you will stay there. Now—this moment—is the time for you to go.”
“A slim chance they would give you to say goodbye!” scoffed Polynesia, finally losing her patience. “I’m telling you, Doctor, if you go back to that palace tonight, whether to say goodbye or for anything else, you will end up staying there. Now—this moment—is the time for you to leave.”
The truth of the old parrot’s words seemed to[357] be striking home; for the Doctor stood silent a minute, thinking.
The truth of the old parrot’s words seemed to[357] hit hard; the Doctor stood there silently for a moment, lost in thought.
“But there are the note-books,” he said presently: “I would have to go back to fetch them.”
“But there are the notebooks,” he said after a moment. “I’ll have to go back to get them.”
“I have them here, Doctor,” said I, speaking up—“all of them.”
“I have them here, Doctor,” I said, speaking up—“all of them.”
Again he pondered.
He thought again.
“And Long Arrow’s collection,” he said. “I would have to take that also with me.”
“And Long Arrow’s collection,” he said. “I would need to take that with me too.”
“It is here, Oh Kindly One,” came the Indian’s deep voice from the shadow beneath the palm.
“It’s here, Oh Kind One,” came the Indian’s deep voice from the shadow beneath the palm.
“But what about provisions,” asked the Doctor—“food for the journey?”
“But what about provisions?” the Doctor asked. “Food for the journey?”
“We have a week’s supply with us, for our holiday,” said Polynesia—“that’s more than we will need.”
“We have enough supplies for a week for our vacation,” said Polynesia, “that’s definitely more than we’ll need.”
For a third time the Doctor was silent and thoughtful.
For the third time, the Doctor was quiet and pondering.
“And then there’s my hat,” he said fretfully at last. “That settles it: I’ll have to go back to the palace. I can’t leave without my hat. How could I appear in Puddleby with this crown on my head?”
“And then there’s my hat,” he said anxiously at last. “That’s it: I’ll have to go back to the palace. I can’t leave without my hat. How could I show up in Puddleby with this crown on my head?”
“Here it is, Doctor,” said Bumpo producing the hat, old, battered and beloved, from under his coat.
“Here it is, Doc,” said Bumpo, pulling out the old, worn, and cherished hat from under his coat.
Polynesia had indeed thought of everything.
Polynesia had really thought of everything.
Yet even now we could see the Doctor was still trying to think up further excuses.
Yet even now we could see the Doctor was still trying to come up with more excuses.
“Oh Kindly One,” said Long Arrow, “why tempt[358] ill fortune? Your way is clear. Your future and your work beckon you back to your foreign home beyond the sea. With you will go also what lore I too have gathered for mankind—to lands where it will be of wider use than it can ever here. I see the glimmerings of dawn in the eastern heaven. Day is at hand. Go before your subjects are abroad. Go before your project is discovered. For truly I believe that if you go not now you will linger the remainder of your days a captive king in Popsipetel.”
“Oh Kind One,” said Long Arrow, “why tempt ill fate? Your path is clear. Your future and your work are calling you back to your homeland beyond the sea. Along with you will go the knowledge I’ve gathered for humanity—to places where it will be more beneficial than it could ever be here. I see the light of dawn in the eastern sky. Day is coming. Leave before your people are awake. Leave before your plan is found out. For I truly believe that if you don’t leave now, you will spend the rest of your days as a captive king in Popsipetel.”
Great decisions often take no more than a moment in the making. Against the now paling sky I saw the Doctor’s figure suddenly stiffen. Slowly he lifted the Sacred Crown from off his head and laid it on the sands.
Great decisions often take just a moment to make. Against the fading sky, I saw the Doctor's figure suddenly tense. Slowly, he lifted the Sacred Crown from his head and placed it on the sand.
And when he spoke his voice was choked with tears.
And when he spoke, his voice was thick with tears.
“They will find it here,” he murmured, “when they come to search for me. And they will know that I have gone.... My children, my poor children!—I wonder will they ever understand why it was I left them.... I wonder will they ever understand—and forgive.”
“They’ll find it here,” he whispered, “when they come looking for me. And they’ll know that I’m gone.... My kids, my poor kids!—I wonder if they’ll ever understand why I left them.... I wonder if they’ll ever understand—and forgive.”
He took his old hat from Bumpo; then facing Long Arrow, gripped his outstretched hand in silence.
He took his old hat from Bumpo; then, facing Long Arrow, he silently gripped his outstretched hand.
“You decide aright, oh Kindly One,” said the Indian—“though none will miss and mourn you[359] more than Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow—Farewell, and may good fortune ever lead you by the hand!”
“You're making the right choice, oh Kind One,” said the Indian—“though no one will miss you[359] more than Long Arrow, the son of Golden Arrow—Goodbye, and may good fortune always guide you!”
It was the first and only time I ever saw the Doctor weep. Without a word to any of us, he turned and moved down the beach into the shallow water of the sea.
It was the first and only time I ever saw the Doctor cry. Without saying a word to any of us, he turned and walked down the beach into the shallow water of the sea.
The snail humped up its back and made an opening between its shoulders and the edge of its shell. The Doctor clambered up and passed within. We followed him, after handing up the baggage. The opening shut tight with a whistling suction noise.
The snail lifted its back and created an opening between its shoulders and the edge of its shell. The Doctor climbed up and went inside. We followed him after handing up the luggage. The opening closed tightly with a whistling suction sound.
Then turning in the direction of the East, the great creature began moving smoothly forward, down the slope into the deeper waters.
Then turning towards the East, the great creature started moving smoothly ahead, down the slope into the deeper waters.
Just as the swirling dark green surf was closing in above our heads, the big morning sun popped his rim up over the edge of the ocean. And through our transparent walls of pearl we saw the watery world about us suddenly light up with that most wondrously colorful of visions, a daybreak beneath the sea.
Just as the swirling dark green waves were crashing over us, the big morning sun rose over the edge of the ocean. And through our clear walls of pearl, we watched the underwater world around us suddenly brighten with that incredibly colorful sight, a sunrise beneath the sea.
The rest of the story of our homeward voyage is soon told.
The rest of the story about our journey home is quick to share.
Our new quarters we found very satisfactory. Inside the spacious shell, the snail’s wide back was[360] extremely comfortable to sit and lounge on—better than a sofa, when you once got accustomed to the damp and clammy feeling of it. He asked us, shortly after we started, if we wouldn’t mind taking off our boots, as the hobnails in them hurt his back as we ran excitedly from one side to another to see the different sights.
We found our new space really nice. Inside the roomy shell, the snail’s broad back was[360] extremely comfy to sit and relax on—better than a couch, once you got used to the damp and clammy feeling of it. He asked us, shortly after we began, if we could take off our boots, since the hobnails were hurting his back as we excitedly ran from one side to another to check out the different sights.
The motion was not unpleasant, very smooth and even; in fact, but for the landscape passing outside, you would not know, on the level going, that you were moving at all.
The motion was quite pleasant, smooth and steady; in fact, if it weren't for the scenery outside, you wouldn’t even notice that you were moving at all.
I had always thought for some reason or other that the bottom of the sea was flat. I found that it was just as irregular and changeful as the surface of the dry land. We climbed over great mountain-ranges, with peaks towering above peaks. We threaded our way through dense forests of tall sea-plants. We crossed wide empty stretches of sandy mud, like deserts—so vast that you went on for a whole day with nothing ahead of you but a dim horizon. Sometimes the scene was moss-covered, rolling country, green and restful to the eye like rich pastures; so that you almost looked to see sheep cropping on these underwater downs. And sometimes the snail would roll us forward inside him like peas, when he suddenly dipped downward to descend into some deep secluded valley with steeply sloping sides.
I had always thought, for some reason, that the ocean floor was flat. I discovered that it was just as uneven and variable as the surface of the land. We climbed over massive mountain ranges, with peaks soaring above one another. We navigated through thick forests of tall sea plants. We crossed vast, empty stretches of sandy mud, like deserts—so wide that you could walk for a whole day with nothing in sight but a faint horizon. Sometimes the landscape was covered in moss, rolling like green, peaceful hills that looked like rich pastures; you almost expected to see sheep grazing on these underwater fields. Other times, the snail would roll us inside him like peas when he suddenly dove down into some deep, hidden valley with steep slopes.
In these lower levels we often came upon the[361] shadowy shapes of dead ships, wrecked and sunk Heaven only knows how many years ago; and passing them we would speak in hushed whispers like children seeing monuments in churches.
In these lower levels, we often came across the[361] shadowy outlines of sunken ships, wrecked and submerged who knows how many years ago. As we passed them, we would speak in soft whispers, like kids gazing at statues in churches.
Here too, in the deeper, darker waters, monstrous fishes, feeding quietly in caves and hollows would suddenly spring up, alarmed at our approach, and flash away into the gloom with the speed of an arrow. While other bolder ones, all sorts of unearthly shapes and colors, would come right up and peer in at us through the shell.
Here too, in the deeper, darker waters, monstrous fish, quietly feeding in caves and hollows, would suddenly spring up, startled by our approach, and dart away into the shadows like an arrow. Meanwhile, other braver ones, with all kinds of strange shapes and colors, would come right up and peek in at us through the shell.
“I suppose they think we are a sort of sanaquarium,” said Bumpo—“I’d hate to be a fish.”
“I guess they think we’re some kind of aquarium,” said Bumpo—“I’d hate to be a fish.”
It was a thrilling and ever-changing show. The Doctor wrote or sketched incessantly. Before long we had filled all the blank note-books we had left. Then we searched our pockets for any odd scraps of paper on which to jot down still more observations. We even went through the used books a second time, writing in between the lines, scribbling all over the covers, back and front.
It was an exciting and constantly evolving show. The Doctor was always writing or sketching. Before long, we had filled all the blank notebooks we had left. Then we started searching our pockets for any random scraps of paper to write down even more observations. We even went through the used books a second time, writing in the margins and scribbling all over the covers, front and back.
Our greatest difficulty was getting enough light to see by. In the lower waters it was very dim. On the third day we passed a band of fire-eels, a sort of large, marine glow-worm; and the Doctor asked the snail to get them to come with us for a way. This they did, swimming alongside; and their light was very helpful, though not brilliant.
Our biggest challenge was getting enough light to see. The lower waters were really dim. On the third day, we came across a group of fire-eels, which are like large, oceanic glow-worms. The Doctor asked the snail to convince them to join us for a bit. They did, swimming alongside us, and their light was really helpful, even if it wasn't very bright.
How our giant shellfish found his way across[362] that vast and gloomy world was a great puzzle to us. John Dolittle asked him by what means he navigated—how he knew he was on the right road to Puddleby River. And what the snail said in reply got the Doctor so excited, that having no paper left, he tore out the lining of his precious hat and covered it with notes.
How our giant shellfish made it across[362] that huge and dark world was a big mystery to us. John Dolittle asked him how he navigated—how he knew he was going the right way to Puddleby River. What the snail said in response got the Doctor so hyped that, with no paper left, he ripped out the lining of his beloved hat and filled it with notes.
By night of course it was impossible to see anything; and during the hours of darkness the snail used to swim instead of crawl. When he did so he could travel at a terrific speed, just by waggling that long tail of his. This was the reason why we completed the trip in so short a time—five and a half days.
By night, it was obviously impossible to see anything; and during the hours of darkness, the snail would swim instead of crawl. When he did this, he could move at an incredible speed, just by wiggling that long tail of his. This is why we finished the trip in such a short time—five and a half days.
The air of our chamber, not having a change in the whole voyage, got very close and stuffy; and for the first two days we all had headaches. But after that we got used to it and didn’t mind it in the least.
The air in our room, unchanged throughout the entire journey, became really stale and stuffy; and for the first two days, we all had headaches. But after that, we got used to it and didn’t mind it at all.
Early in the afternoon of the sixth day, we noticed we were climbing a long gentle slope. As we went upward it grew lighter. Finally we saw that the snail had crawled right out of the water altogether and had now come to a dead stop on a long strip of gray sand.
Early in the afternoon of the sixth day, we realized we were climbing a long, gentle slope. As we ascended, it became brighter. Finally, we saw that the snail had completely crawled out of the water and had come to a halt on a long stretch of gray sand.
Behind us we saw the surface of the sea rippled by the wind. On our left was the mouth of a river with the tide running out. While in front, the low flat land stretched away into the mist—which[363] prevented one from seeing very far in any direction. A pair of wild ducks with craning necks and whirring wings passed over us and disappeared like shadows, seaward.
Behind us, we could see the sea's surface rippling from the wind. To our left was the river's mouth with the outgoing tide. In front of us, the flat land extended into the mist—which[363]made it hard to see far in any direction. A pair of wild ducks with stretching necks and flapping wings flew over us and vanished like shadows, heading out to sea.
As a landscape, it was a great change from the hot brilliant sunshine of Popsipetel.
As a landscape, it was a big shift from the hot, bright sunshine of Popsipetel.
With the same whistling suction sound, the snail made the opening for us to crawl out by. As we stepped down upon the marshy land we noticed that a fine, drizzling autumn rain was falling.
With the same whistling suction sound, the snail created an opening for us to crawl out. As we stepped onto the muddy ground, we noticed that a light, drizzling autumn rain was falling.
“Can this be Merrie England?” asked Bumpo, peering into the fog—“doesn’t look like any place in particular. Maybe the snail hasn’t brought us right after all.”
“Could this really be Merrie England?” Bumpo asked, squinting into the fog. “It doesn’t seem like any specific place. Maybe the snail hasn’t led us here after all.”
“Yes,” sighed Polynesia, shaking the rain off her feathers, “this is England all right—You can tell it by the beastly climate.”
“Yes,” sighed Polynesia, shaking the rain off her feathers, “this is definitely England—you can tell by the awful weather.”
“Oh, but fellows,” cried Jip, as he sniffed up the air in great gulps, “it has a smell—a good and glorious smell!—Excuse me a minute: I see a water-rat.”
“Oh, but guys,” exclaimed Jip, taking big gulps of air, “it has a smell—a nice and amazing smell!—Hold on a second: I see a water rat.”
“Sh!—Listen!” said Chee-Chee through teeth that chattered with the cold. “There’s Puddleby church-clock striking four. Why don’t we divide up the baggage and get moving. We’ve got a long way to foot it home across the marshes.”
“Shh!—Listen!” said Chee-Chee, his teeth chattering from the cold. “The church clock in Puddleby is striking four. Why don’t we split up the bags and get going? We have a long way to walk home across the marshes.”
“Let’s hope,” I put in, “that Dab-Dab has a nice fire burning in the kitchen.”
“Let’s hope,” I said, “that Dab-Dab has a nice fire going in the kitchen.”
“I’m sure she will,” said the Doctor as he picked[364] out his old handbag from among the bundles—“With this wind from the East she’ll need it to keep the animals in the house warm. Come on. Let’s hug the river-bank so we don’t miss our way in the fog. You know, there’s something rather attractive in the bad weather of England—when you’ve got a kitchen-fire to look forward to.... Four o’clock! Come along—we’ll just be in nice time for tea.”
“I’m sure she will,” said the Doctor as he picked[364] out his old handbag from among the bundles—“With this wind from the East, she’ll need it to keep the animals warm in the house. Come on. Let’s stick close to the riverbank so we don’t lose our way in the fog. You know, there's something kind of appealing about England's bad weather—especially when you have a cozy kitchen fire to look forward to... Four o’clock! Let’s go—we’ll just be in time for tea.”


Varied hyphenation retained. Obvious punctuation errors repaired.
Varied hyphenation kept. Obvious punctuation mistakes fixed.
Page 20, “he” changed to “be” (Don’t be alarmed)
Page 20, “he” changed to “be” (Don’t be alarmed)
Page 135, “shellflsh” changed to “shellfish” (of the shellfish)
Page 135, “shellfsh” changed to “shellfish” (of the shellfish)
Page 137, “way” changed to “may” (come what may)
Page 137, “way” changed to “may” (come what may)
Page 188, Part Four, THE FIRST CHAPTER made italic to match rest of usage.
Page 188, Part Four, THE FIRST CHAPTER made italic to match the rest of the usage.
Page 218, “is” changed to “it” (where it is)
Page 218, “it” changed to “it” (where it is)
Page 249, “musn’t” changed to “mustn’t” (that he musn’t give)
Page 249, “mustn’t” changed to “mustn’t” (that he mustn’t give)
Page 324, “Polnesia” changed to “Polynesia” (whispered Polynesia)
Page 324, “Polnesia” changed to “Polynesia” (whispered Polynesia)
Page 347, “thoroughy” changed to “thoroughly” (thoroughly interested in)
Page 347, “thoroughy” changed to “thoroughly” (thoroughly interested in)
Page 357, “Poynesia” changed to “Polynesia” (said Polynesia—“that’s more)
Page 357, “Poynesia” changed to “Polynesia” (said Polynesia—“that’s more)
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!